l^fe .iLxSi.-?. 



I LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. I 

*. SVTTC ^ I 

'}af- |,»P8"SU j\" I 

^- ; 

I UNITED STATES OK AJlElLlCA ■ 






¥Mg'^> 






^/i-t 



'^■^ 



4- 



/i^"^ 



THE 



Saloon Keeper's Companion, 



BOOK OF REFERENCE, 



For Saloon Keepers, Proprietors of Hotels, and 
Sporting Men. 



Cor\taining Jokes and Stories, Laws ar\d Busii\ess forms, 

Hoyle's Garr\es revised and improved, and a 

Coir^plete record of all Sporting Events 

up to April 15, 1875. 



WORCESTER : 

PRINTED BY WEST & LEE GAME AND PRINTING CO. 
1875. 

7^ 






Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1875, by 
A. V. NEWTON, '^ 
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C 



PREFACE. 



Knowing that a demand has long been felt for a book of this kind 
the publishers have at length decided, notwithstanding the many diflS- 
cnlties in the way, and the great expense of preparation, to put it 
in press — trusting to the generous response of the saloon keepers of 
the country to sustain them 

The book is divided into four parts. 

Pakt Eirst. — Jokes and stories, containing an endless amount of 
fun for leisure reading. 

Pakt Second. — Contains the latest rules and directions for play- 
ing one hundred different games, including all the most popular 
games of cards, dice, billiards, etc. This is Hoyle revised and im- 
proved, and the laws laid down for the different games are intended 
to cover aU disputed points, and cannot fail to be a benefit to all 
saloon keepers. 

Pakt Third. — Law Department, or "Every Saloon Keeper His 
Own Lawyer and Business Man." This part of the book contains 
advice to the saloon keeper on all points of law that can possibly 
come within the sphere of his business, or that can be of any interest 
to him. It also gives directions for drawing up aU legal and business 
papers, such as drafts, notes, letters of credit, mortgages, leases, forms 
of agreement, etc., also naturalization papers. Great care has been 
taken to have this part of the book accurate, some of the best legal 
talent having revised it. As a rule, the saloon keeper is a jolly, 
easy-going fellow, free with his money; and of this fact no class of 
people are better aware than the lawyers, who always consider him 
as a legitimate source of prey, and who never fail to make him pay 
roundly for their services. From the nature of his business, the 



saloon keeper is more exposed to suits at law than other people j 
the lawyer knows this, and, like the leech, ever stands ready to snck 
his blood. This hook will protect the saloon keeper on all points, 
including the lawyers. 

Pakt Four. — Is one on which a great amount of labor has been 
expended, and as a result we have something long needed and never 
before obtained, viz: A Kecord of the Fastest Time made at Horse 
Trots, Begattas, Yacht Eaces, etc., together with a detailed account of 
the most note-worthy of the same. It contains a record of encounters 
in the Prize Eing, Base Ball, Eifle, and Pigeon Shooting, and in fact 
a complete account of all of interest in the sporting world. The 
accounts of races, fights, etc., are taken from the official published 
reports at the time they occurred, and cannot fail to be correct. 

Kemember that this book is for the trade only — that it is indeed 
THE book, the companion, of the saloon keeper; that, while others on 
every hand stand ready to write against him, this book is written 
entirely in his interest and for his benefit. There is not a line in its 
pages which he cannot read to advantage; and, when not using it as 
a book of reference, it will serve to while away many a leisure hour. 

Of one thing we are certain, our book is a success, judging from 
the sales our agents have made from the canvassing books alone; sales 
which are almost unprecedent in the history of the book business, and 
which are all the more gratifying to the publishers from the fact that 
in bringing out this book they have encountered many obstacles which 
have one by one been swept away, thus showing that patience and 
perseverance axe always sure to be rewarded with success. 

That the book may be as useful as its sales have thus far been great, 
is the hearty wish of the Editor. 



CONTENTS. 



PART FIRST. — FTTK. 

PAGE 

How the Judge was Sold, - - - - - - 11 

Novel Sheep Washing, -..-.- 16 

A Slight Error, 17 

The State Cop's Lament, - - - - - - - 18 

Discovering the Thief, ------- 19 

Done, - - - . - - - - - 21 

Jokes for Every One, 22-23 

A Horse Story, ....... 23 

Short Sketches, 24r-25 

The Use of Slander, - - - - - - 26 

Selling a Ship-Owner, - - - . - - - 27 

Mons. Angueras Adventure with the Woodshuck, - - 30 

Seven Years Itch, - - - - - - - 31 

Mike Fink, the Hunter, .----. 32 

The Clerk's Story, - - - - - - - 33 

Superior Porter, -.---.. 36 

A Slight Misconception, - - - - - - 36 

Let Him Squeal, - .-..-. 37 

Mirthful Morsels, 88 

Vot Shon Say Boud Id, - 39 

Counting Twenty-five, -------40 

Don'd Soo Got Merrit, -.--.. 42 

The Last Pipe of Winter, . - - . - - 44 

Fun and Sentiment, ...... 44-45 

The Man who Hadn't any Objection, - - - - 46 

Going to Bed before a Young Lady, - - - - 47 

Police Sketches, - - - - - - - - 48 

A Great Race, - - - - - - 61 

Simple Division, -.....-57 

How He Lost His Eye, 69 



CONTENTS. 



PART SECOND.— HOTIiE'S GAMES. 

PAGB 

Commercial Pitch, ....... 64 

Dice, ..--.-...65 

Throwing Dice, -- - -- - - 65 

Kaffles, 67 

Draw Poker, -.----- 67 

Multiplication, ....... es^ 

Round the Spot, ....-_ 6S 

Help your Neighbor, - - - - - - 08 

Whist, or Long Whist, 69 

Short Whist, 91 

French Whist, - - 93 

Thirteen and the Odd, 94 

Euchre, .-....-- 94 

Euchre with the Joker, - - - - - - 105 

Two-Handed Euchre, ...... 105 

Three-handed Euchre, - - - - - - - 107 

Set-Back Euchre, 107 

French Euchre, -----... 109 

Lap, , - - 110 

Slam, or Love game, - - - - - - -110 

Jambone, -.-....- .m 

Jamboree, ........ 112 

Speculation, - - -- - - - - IIS 

Commerce, ........ 115 

Put, 116 

Lottery, ■ - - 117 

Ecarte, --...--. 120 

Matrimony, -.-----_ 125 

Piquet, 12© 

Cribbage, - - 131 

Five Card Cribbage, -. . . . - 136 

Five and Ten, ot Spoilt Five, - - - - . - - 137 

Forty-Five, r - - 138 

Division Loo, - - - - - - - - 141 

Full Loo, - - - - - - - - 143 

Thirty-One, 144 

Quinze, --.._--. 145 

Eouge et Noir, - -- - - - - - 14(> 

Game of Spots, ....__. 148 

Railroad Euchre, --.---.- 149 
Faro, - - -...-- -150 

Bras, - - 153 



CONTENTS. Yll. 

PAGE 

All-Fours, - - - IM 

Pitch, or Blind All-Pours, - - - - - - 157 

Sixty-Six, ---..-.. 158 

Bezique, --------- 160 

Bezique without a Trump, - - - . - - 164 

Bezique Panache, ---_.-. 165 

Draw Poker, .-..-.. 165 

Straight Poker, - - - - - - - - 171 

E. O., 172 

Props, -----...- 173 

Cassino, - - -- - -'- - 173 

Ten-Pins, - 176 

Quoits, - - - - -.-- - i77 

Backgammon, ... . _ - . - - 177 

Dominoes, -.---... 182 

Block Game, - - - 182 

Draw Game, ------- I8S 

Muggins, -'- - - - - - - IBS 

Bounce, -------- 184 

Poker, 185- 

Bingo, 187 

BlLLIAKDS, - - - - - - - - 188: 

American Four-Ball Game, - - - - -188- 

The Three-Ball Carom Game, 19S 

The English Game, 202 

Fifteen Ball Pool, - - 20r> 



PART THIRD. — LAWS. 

Agreement, General Form of, - - - - - -212 

" for the Purchase of a House and Lot, - - 213 

" for a Lease, - -..-.. 213 

" to Change a Mortgage Security, - - - 215 

Articles of Co-partnership, --...- 2I6 

Agreement to be Signed by the Purchaser of Lands at Auction, 219^ 

" to be Signed by an Auctioneer, - - - - 21& 

Quit^Claim Deed, - -' 220 

Agreement for the Sale and Delivery of Personal Property, - - 220 

Concerning the Collection of Debts, - . - - - 221^242 

Exemption Laws, ...... 242-268 

Qualification of Voters in the Different States, - - - 269-278 

Limitation of Actions in the Different States, ... 278 



PAGE 

Notes and Bills, - - - - - - - 295 

Landlord and Tenant, - - - . - - - - 303 

Assignments, - - - , - - - - 305 

" of a Mortgage, - - - - - - 305 

of Debt, 306 

" of a Policy of Insurance, . _ _ . 307 

" of Demand for Wages or Debt, - - - 308 

" of Seamen's Wages, - - - - . 309 

Common Bill of Sale, - - - - - - 30» 

Bonds, 310 

Mortgages, -•- - - - - - - 311 

Minors, --- - - - - - 314 

Naturalization, ------- 315 

Law for the Protection of Hotel and Boardtng-House Keepers, - 316 

Miscellaneous Information, ------ 316 

Table of Distances Prom New York, - - - - - 320 

Population of the World, 321 

Penalties, --------- 321 

Maxims for Business Men, - - - - - - 321 

Interest Table at 6 per cent., - - - , - - - 323 

7 " . - - . . - 324 

Legal Bates of Interest, ------- 325 

Value of Foreign Money, ------ 326 

National Debts of Principal Nations, ----- 327 

Population of Cities, ------- 328 

Capacity of Largest Theatres, - - - - - - 330 

Difference in Time from New York, . - - - 334 

Business Law, -------- 335 



PART FOUKTH. — MISCELLANEOUS. 

The Laws of Boat Racing, ------ 3 

Begatta Pules of the National Association of Amateur Oarsmen, 5 

Inter-Collegiate Eegatta, ------ 7 

Saratoga Regatta, ..- --.13 

Rowing Record, - - - -- - - -20 

Record of Winners of American-University Boat Races,' - 23 

Record of English University Races, - - - - 24 

American Championship Races, ----- 24 

English " " - - . . 25 

The Laws of Athletics, - - - - - 25 



Eecord of Best Performances in Putting the "Weight and Throw- 
ing the Hammer, Walking, Running, and Jumping, 
Base Ball — The Championship Code, ... 

Season of 1871, 

" 1872, 

1873, 

1874, 

" 1875, 

Yachts and Yachting, . . . . - 

Kecord of Performances, - . . 

Billiards, - - 

The Pkize Bing, --....- 

Eecord from 1810 to 1875, 

Battle between Morrissey and Heenan, ... 

" " Cob urn and McOool, ... 

" " McCool and Aaron Jones, ... 

" " Coburh and Mace, - - - . - 

" " Harry Hicken and Bryan Campbell, 

" " Jack Kelly and Dan Powers, 

Sketch of William Pool, - - - - . - 

Tkotting, ....... 

Sketch of Flora Temple, ..... 

" George M. Patchen, .... 

" Goldsmith Maid, . . - . . 

" Smuggler, ..... 

Horses with a Record of 2 : 20 or better, ... 

Stallion Eecord, 

Eecord of Best Performances of one mile, . . - 

two miles, 

three miles, ... 
four miles, 

five miles, ... 
ten miles, 
twenty miles, 
fifty miles, 



Pacing Kecord, ... 

Running, ... 
" Record, 

Latest Walking Record, - 
The MuUen-Reid Match, - 
The Great One-Hundred Mile Walk, 
The Irish- American Rifle Matches, 



2r 

28^ 
32 

33; 

34: 

35 
120 



99 
100 

loa 

103 

104r 

104 
105- 
105- 
105^ 
105 
105 
107 
10& 
10» 
110 
110' 
111 



FAGE 

The Match of 1874, Ill 

" " 1875, 112: 

Brooklyn Yacht Club Regatta, 113 

Dorchester " " •' - . _ . - 116- 

Atlantic " '< " . . _ . _ _ 117 

The Oar of 1875, - 119- 



PART I. 



JOKES, STORIES, WIT AND WISDOM FOR LEISURE 
READING. 



I- 

FUN 



DIDN'T UNDERSTAND THE GAME. 

AN ANECDOTE OF A LOUISIANA JUDGE. 

Old Judge L s, who was for years the Circuit 

Judge in that portion of Louisiana known as Attakapas 
Oounty, was justly celebrated for his legal learning, and 
was greatly beloved by his neighbors and friends. He 
was stern, upright, and honest — and the death of the 
:good old man, which occurred some years ago, was 
universally regretted throughout the State. 

But with all his book lore and legal attainments, he was 
perhaps the greenest man at cards in his entire Circuit. 
It has been said that he did not know the Jack of Trumps 
from a diamond. In the village of Opelousas, three indi- 
viduals were sitting round a table, in one of those dog- 
geries, with a billiard table attached, which are so common 
in the Creole parishes, playing a small game of three 
lianded poker, when a quarrel ensued, which resulted in 
an aggravated case of assault and battery. This did not 
end the affair, for at the next term of the court, at the 
head of the docket stood, "The State of Louisiana vs. 
John Allen, for an assault and battery with intent to kill, 
on the body of Enos Griggs." 

The ti-ial came on, and the only man witness to the 
affray was a Captain Johnson, who was the third in the 
game. Johnson was the skipper of one of those crafts 
which transport sugar from that section of the country to 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 13 

New Orleans, and was a self-confident, go-aliead fellow, 
and was as undaunted before the Judge and Jury, as he 
would have beeii before the crew of his own little craft. 
After being sworn, he was directed to tell the Court and 
Jury everything he knew about the affair. After clearing 
his throat, he commenced by stating, "that him and 
Griggs, and John Allen, were over at Boullet's grocery, 
the second day of election, when Allen proposed that 
they should have a small game of poker ; all agreed to it, 
and we went up stairs and sat down to the game ; did not 
know that there was any harsh feelings between Griggs 
and Allen, or I wouldn't a played, but heard after- 
wards — " 

Here the witness was interrupted by the Court, who 
directed him to keep all heresays to himself, and confine 
himself strictly to the facts of the case. 

The witness continued — "Well, we sat down to the 
table — Griggs sat there, John Allen here, and I there, 
(making a diagram of the clerk's table in order to eluci- 
date the position of the parties) . John Allen dealt the 
cards, I went blind ; Griggs he went blind and John Allen 
would n't see him." 

The Judge, who was a little deaf, was in the habit of 
making an ear trumpet of his hand for the pm-pose of 
sharpening his hearing ; and throwing his head a little 
forward and sideways, interrupted the witness by asking 
him, "What was the reason that John Allen didn't see 
Griggs?" 

The witness replied, "I don't know; but he wouldn't 
look at him." 

"Proceed," says the Judge. 

"Well, I saw him and he saw, and just at that 
minute — " 

"Stop, sir," says the Judge, throwing himself into a 
2 



14 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

hearing attitude — ' ' did I understand you to say, that 
you went blind?" 

"Yes, sir, I went blind, and Griggs he was blind, and 
Allen would n't see, but I saw Griggs, and then he saw — " 

"Witness," exclaimed the Judge, striking the bench 
with his clinched fist, " do I hear you right sir ? Do you 
say that you went blind, and then you saw?" 

"Yes, sir," replied the witness, "I saw Griggs, and 
Griggs saw, and just at that " 

"Stop, sir," said the Judge. "Mr. Clerk, fine the 
witness fifty dollars ibr contempt of Court, and direct the 
sheriff to take him to jail, and there to keep him until he 
receives further orders from the Court. Call up the next 
case, Mr. Clerk." 

Capt. Johnson was dumfounded, and did not awake to 
the reality of his condition until the Sheriff laid his hands 
on him — when he exclaimed: "God a' mighty, Mr. 
Judge, what have I done, that I must go to jail?" 

The Judge, who was purple with rage, did not deign to 
reply to poor Johnson, but reiterated the order with 
increased vehemence, and the junior members at the bar, 
who had been anticipating the Jlx that the Captain would 
eventually be placed in, were convulsed with laughter, 
which increased the rage of the old Judge to the highest 
pitch. The prosecuting attorney endeavored to enlighten 
the Judge, and eventually succeeded, but not until he had 
produced a pack of cards, and after dealing out three 
hands, made the blind as clear as day to the Judge. 

The fine and imprisonment were remitted, order was 
restored in the Court, and Captain Johnson was allowed to 
proceed with his testimony. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 15 

NOVEL SHEEP WASHING. 

A few years since when the suljject of Temperance was 
being freely discussed, the citizens of a little town in the 
western part of Massachusetts called a meeting to talk 
over the matter. There had never been a temperance 
society in the place, but after some little discussion it was 
voted to form one. They drew up a pledge of total abstin- 
ence, and agreed if any memlier of the society broke 
it, he should be turned out. 

Before the pledge was accepted. Deacon D arose 

and said he had one objection to it,; he thought that 
Thanksgiving day ought to be free for the members to take 
something, as he could relish his dinner much better at 
this festival if he took a glass of wine. 

Mr. S. thought that the pledge was not perfect. He 
didn't care anything about Thanksgiving, but his famil}^ 
always made a great account of Christmas, and he couldn't 
think of sitting down to dinner then without something to 
drink. He was willing to give it up on all other days, 
and, in fact, that was the only time when he cared any- 
thing about it. 

Mr. B. next arose, and said he agreed with the other 
speakers, except in the time. 'He didn't think much of 
Thanksgiving or Christmas, though he liked a little any 
time. There was one day, however, when he must have 
it, and that was the Fourth of July. He always calcu- 
lated upon having a "reg'lar drunk" on that da}^, and he 
would n't sign the pledge if it prevented him celebrating 
Independence. 

Squire L., an old fanner, followed Mr. B. He was not 
in the habit of taking anything often, but he must have 
some when he washed his sheep. He would sign the 
pledge if it gave him the privilege of imbibing when he 



16 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

washed his sheep. Why, he considered it dangerous for 
him to keep his hands in cold water without something to 
keep him warm inside. 

After some consideration it was concluded that each 
member of the society should take his own occasion to 
drink — Dea. D., on Thanksgiving, Mr. S., Christmas, etc. 
The pledge was signed by a large number, and the society' 
adjourned in a flourishing condition, after voting that it 
should be the duty of the members to watch each other to 
see that thej^ did not break the pledge. 

The next morning Deacon D. walked into his next 
neighbor's 3'ard, who b}^ the way, was Mr. L., the sheep 
man, wondering, as it was a bitter cold morning, whether 
L. was up 3'et. He met his neighbor coming out of the 
house, and to his surprise, gloriously drunk : or to use a 
modern phrase " burning a very beautiful kiln." 

" Why L. ! " exclaimed the astonished deacon, " what 
does this mean, sir? You have broken your pledge and 
disgraced our society and the temperance cause." 

"Not — hie — as 3'ou knows on, deacon," says L. "I 
havn't bro — hie — broke the pledge, deacon." 

"Certainly you have, sir, and I shall report you to the 
society. You agreed not to drink except when you 
washed sheep. You canftot make me believe 3^ou are 
going to wash sheep on such a cold day as this." 

" F-follow — hie — me, deacon." 

L. started for the barn, and the deacon followed. On 
entering the door the deacon saw a large wash-tub stand- 
ing on the floor, with an old ram tied to it, the poor 
animal shaking dreadfully with the cold, and bleating 
pitifully. 

"There — hie — d-d-deacon," said L., pointing to the 
sheep with an air of triumph, "that old — hie — ram has 
been washed six times this — hie — morning." 



SALOON keeper's companiok. 17 

A SLIGHT ERROR. 

Some time ago, one of the crowded boats on the Hudson 
River contained a number of persons from various parts 
of the country, going to New York to attend conferences 
among the ecclesiasticals. A well-fed and pleasing look- 
ing man accosted another of the same calibre, upon some 
trifling observation, as travellers will, and being good 
talkers, they soon got on very social terms. Finally they 
parted, and said one of the two to an acquaintance of 
his : 

" Mr. Moore, who is that gentleman you saw me talk- 
ing to just now, on deck ? " 

"Oh, that's Mr. — a — a — I forget his name; but 
he's a Bishop up here in York State, somewhere, I'm 
told." 

"The deuce he is; well, he's a smart, spry sort of a 
man," said the other. 

Now the Bishop asked the same question of an ac- 
quaintance of his, and learned, to his own surprise, that 
he was a Bishop from the Western part of New York. 

When the boat came to the pier, our first Bishop ap- 
proached the second Bishop, sajdng : 

"Brother, you have probably come down to the Con- 
vention ? " 

" Yes, I have," said No. 2, referring to a political affair 
then in session in the city. 

" Ah, well, where do you stop? If you have no choice, 
allow me to introduce you to a friend's house, up town ; 
he'll be glad to receive yoUj I am sure. He's a good 
Christian, a temperance advocate, and a good man. Will 
you go?" 

" Well, I don't care if I do," said No. 2. 

The two started off, arm in arm, up Broadway, talking 



18 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

social as you please, until tliey arrived at a well-known 
oyster and drinking saloon. 

"Look here, my good sir," said No. 2, "your friend, 
you say, is a teetotaller ! " 

" Yes, brother, he is." 

" Well, as he won't be apt to offer us anything to take, 
and this is a devilish drizzly, ugly morning, stippose we 
pop down here and take a horn f " 

"Sir-r!" exclaimed No. 1, "I understood you was a 
Bishop ? " 

" I am, sir, son of old Judge Bishop, of ; so 

come down and take a drink ! " 

The last seen of No. 1, his swallow-tailed black dress 
coat was sticking out behind as he rounded the first cor- 
ner and disappeared. 



THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE COP'S LAMENT, 

On the morning following the State Election; Nov. 1874. 

You ask what makes me look weary, 

And why I sit trembling here. 
Instead of mixing my toddy 

Or taking a pull at my beer ? 
As you know has been my custom 

Every morning, for many a year. 

I know that we've beer in the cellar, 
And brandy and whiskey, you see; 

The landlords are quite easy fellows, 
And known to be always most free. 

Who, rather than stand prosecution. 
Shelled out, every three months, to me. 

But I'll tell you, my dearest woman, 

"What ails me this beautiful day, 
I've been reading the returns this morning, 

And what do you think they say? 
That Prohibition has gone up Salt Creek, 

And we soon shall be over the bay. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 19 

Oh dear! we speot our money; 

Taxed all the landlords in town; 
Turned out at all the mass meetings, 

And ne'er thought the cause wovdd go down. 
But the People, themselves, have arisen, 

And speedily cooked us brown. 

We shall have to give up our horses, 

Our big house, and servants, too. 
For the landlords no more wUl pay taxes. 

And this you know, dearest, is true, 
That I have not the spunk to go stealing, 

And work I never would do. 

But oh! one faint hope is left me. 

The State must support me some way. 
So I'll hang round at local elections. 

And perhaps I can make it pay. 
By getting some small city office, 

Where my talents peculiar will play. 

So now you may mix up my toddy. 

And draw me a mug of the beer. 
Though 'tis sad to think that those landlords 

Will never send any more here. 
So I'll drink bad luck to the people 

Who thus have robbed me of my cheer. 



DISCOVERING THE THIEF. 

Nick Bowers was a member of the original Christy 
Minstrels, and, in his day, was the greatest "middle man 
and interrogator" known in the profession. Nick used to 
tell, with great merriment, an accident of his boyhood. 
To preserve the flavor of the relation, we will record in 
Nick's own language, and only regret that we cannot ac- 
company it with his inimitable gesticulation : 

"My old man," said Nick, "as a general thing was a 
pretty steady old gent, but once in a while he would get 
oblivious, and water was not the cause of it. I recollect a 



20 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

certain holiday was approaching, and I had been shinning 
around to get a little money to have a time with it on that 
da}' ; but the fates and purses were against me. It was but 
two days prior to the anticipated holiday, and I hadn't nary 
a red. Remember this, boys, when I add that on the same 
afternoon I came into the house, when lo ! there on the 
floor, totally overcome b}' his libations, lay my respected 
daddj', and beside him lay six shining half-dollars, which 
had rolled from his pockets. Boys, I've been an honest 
man all my life ; but once, when a boy, I committed a 
theft. I hooked one of those half-dollars. Thinks I to 
myself, the old man's been on a jamboree, and won't know 
how much he's spent, and will never miss it. But, mark 
you, the next morning I and my two brothers were sum- 
moned into our father's presence. The old man's face 
lowered. I thought of the half-dollar, and knew that a 
storm was brewing. 

" 'Boys, "said he, "last night when I came home I had 
six half-dollars. One of 'em's gone. Your mother didn't 
take it. There's been no one else in the house. Which 
one of you took it ? " 

"We all protested our innocence. 

" 'Bo3''s," said the old man, "that half-dollar never 
walked off, and I'm going to find out which one of you 
took it." 

"Turning round, he took down from the wall an old 
flint-lock blunderbuss. This he deliberately loaded with 
powder and buckshot in our presence ; then fastening it 
upon the table, he cocked it, tied a string to the trigger, 
took a seat behind it, holding the string in his hand, and 
in solemn tones addressed us, thusly : 

"Boys, I'm going to discover the thief and punish 
him at the same time. You must each of you blow into 
the muzzle of that gun. When the guilty one blows, off 



SALOON keeper's companion. 21 

goes his head. Now, then, you have a chance ; will you 
own up or blow ?' 

" Ben," said the old man to my eldest brother, " have 
3^ou got that half-dollar ? " 

" 'No, sir.' 

" 'Take a blow.' 

Ben did so in safety. 

" 'Nick (eh, boys, I tell you the chills began to crawl 
down my back), got that half-dollar?' 

" 'No, sir,' said I, with a defiant swagger. 

" 'Blow in that gun." 

"I walked up bravely, gave a blow, and — dodged ! 

" 'Nick,' said the old man, in a voice of thunder, 
'where is that half-dollar?' 

"He had me. The truth dodged out of me. Said I ; 
'Out in the barn, pop.' " 



"DONE." 

The eyes of one of the brethi-en at Calvary church were 
recently closed. The trick was done by a Dutchman. 
The brother had a house to rent. It was located opposite 
to a down-town graveyard. The brother refused to rent 
it to a person having children. As the Dutchman had no 
less than thirteen of these expensive blessings, he was 
slightly nonplussed. Being himself a member of the 
church, it was impossible for him to lie, and so he did the 
next best thing — he came Quaker over the brother. 
When making application for the house, he took with him 
his entire tribe of olive branches He turned them into 
the graveyard to play. He then opened a negotiation for 
the occupancy of the premises. 

" You know the terms?" said the Calvary. 

" Yah, I know der terms. 
2* 



^2 SALOON ItEEPER*S COMPANION. 

" And you 're satisfied with them? " 

"Satisfied? Yah." 

" You have no children?" 

" Mine childrens (with a sound that came as near to a 
chuckle as to a sob) is all over dere in dat graveyard." 
The Dutchman sadly pointed across the street. 

"■ Poor fellow ! " said the Calvary brother ; " very sorry 
for you. Sign the lease and here's the key." 

The other day, the Calvary Brother called for his rent. 
He found one youngster racing through the hall-waj'^ with 
the cat harnessed to a frying-pan, while another was 
drumming " Shoo-fly," on the banisters with a pair of 
potato-mashers. Fancy his feelings ! 



Why is a baby like a sheaf of wheat ? Because it is 
first cradled, then thrashed, and finally becomes the flower 
of the family. 

A Louisville paper gives the following example of 
editorial style : " When Miss Howson first appeared, her 
bright eyes and lovely face attracted everybod3\ But 
when her beautiful pearly teeth were disclosed, there came 
such a cataract of diamond drops of melody that the house 
seemed, as it were, deluged in a spray of harmony equal to 
that which one might imagine would come from a Niagara 
composed of ^olian harps." 

Two young fellows in Easton got drunk the other da}', 
and while passing a man's front 3'ard saw a cast-iron dog 
lying upon the grass. They thought they would throw it 
out into the street for a joke, so they climbed over the 
fence, and were just going to seize the dog by the nose, 
when he jumped up and began to fondle their legs with his 



SAtooN keeper's compahion, 23 

teeth. He was the champion dog of that town. He made 
forty-eight bites in one minute and twenty seconds by a 
Point Breeze watch ; and when these two young men went 
home, they had enough hydrophobia in their legs to go 
round a whole yearly meeting, with enough over for a 
small Sunday school. And perhaps they are not awful 
sick of cast-iron dogs and statuary. And perhaps they are 
not down on the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to 
Animals ! 

"A DOG," says a correspondent, "is a good thing to 
have in the country. I have one that I raised from a pup. 
He is a good stout fellow, and a heavy barker and feeder- 
The man of whom I bought him said he was a thorough, 
bred, but he begins to have a mongrel look about him. 
He is a good watch dog, though the moment he sees any 
suspicious person about the premises, he goes right into 
the kitchen, and gets under the dresser. First we kept 
him in the house, and he scratched all night to get out. 
Then we turned him out, and he scratched all night to get 
in. Then we tied him up in the garden, and he howled 
so that the neighbors shot at him twice before daybreak. 
Finally we gave him away, and he came back ; and now he 
has just recovered from a fit, in which he has torn up a 
patch that had been sown for our spring radishes." 

A RICHLY-DRESSED lady stopped a boy trudging along 
with a basket, and asked : " My little boy, have you got 
religion? "No ma'am," said the innocent, "I've got 
potatoes." 

A HORSE STORY. 

An American clergyman, who is in the habit of preach- 
ing in different parts of the country, was, not long since, 
at a country hotel, where he observed a horse dealer try- 



24 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

ing to take in a simple gentleman, by imposing upon him 
a broken- winded horse for a sound one. The parson knew 
the bad character of the dealer, and taking the gentleman 
aside, told him to be cautious of the person he was dealing 
with. The gentleman declined the purchase ; and the 
dealer, quite nettled, observed : 

" Parson, I had much rather hear you preach than see 
you privately interfere in bargains between man and man 
in this way." 

"Well," replied the parson, "if you had been where 
you ought to have been last Sunday, you might have heard 
me preach." 

" Where was that?" inquired the dealer. 

" In the State prison," returned the clergyman. 



A TRAVELER arrived at an inn, one cold winter evening, 
and all the seats around the fire were occupied, and none 
of the guests showed any intention of making room for 
him. 

The stranger then called to his hostler : "John, go into 
the stable and give my horse two dozen oysters." "Oys- 
ters," exclaimed the hostler, "why, a horse does not eat 
oysters!" "Do what I tell you" returned his master, 
"you will see." The man left the room and all the 
guests jumped up from their seats and ran out into the 
stable to see a horse eat oysters. Meanwhile the traveler 
had selected the best seat around the fire, and was enjoy- 
ing himself, when the hostler made his appearance and 
said that the horse would eat no oysters. "All right 
then," said the traveler, "give me the oysters and the 
horse a measure of oats." By this means the traveler had 
obtained a comfortable seat for eating his oysters. 

What is the least popular kind of cuff? — The hand-cuff. 



SALOOK keeper's COMPANION. 25 

A STATISTICAL genius declares that " more money is ex- 
pended in the United States for cigars than all the com- 
mon schools in the country." A wag, undoubtedly a 
lover of the weed, seeing the statement going through the 
papers, gets off the following : 

" It has been estimated that the cost of washing linen 
that might just as well have been worn two days longer, 
amounts to enough in this country, to more than defray 
the expenses of the American Board of Foreign Missions. 
The expenses of buttons on the backs of our coats, where 
they are of no earthly use, is equal to the support of all 
our orphan asylums. It is estimated that the value of old 
boots thrown aside, which might have been worn at least 
one day longer, is more than enough to buy flannel night- 
gowns for every baby in the land. Also, that the cost of 
every inch on the full shirt-collars of our young men, is 
equal to the sum necessary to put a Bible into the hands 
of every Patagonian giant." 

A FARMER, who was pestered with crows, hit upon the 
plan of soaking some corn in whiskey and placing it in the 
field so that the crows would get drunk, and then he could 
easily close on them. After soaking some corn all night, 
he put a bountiful supply in the field early next morning, 
and in about two hours he went out to see how things 
were progressing, and mark what followed. One old 
crow, a little larger than than the rest, had gathered up 
and taken possession of all the soaked corn, and had built 
himself a bar out of some clods of earth, and was retailing 
the whiskey-soaked corn to the other crows, charging them 
three grains of sprouted corn for one soaked grain. He 
hadn't the gall to kill creatures that acted so much like 
human beino;s. 



26 SALOON keeper's COMPANIOi^. 

THE USE OF SLANDER. 

Slander is often beneficial to the victim, particularly 
when the victim is a candidate for Congress, We recol- 
lect a case in point. A man somewhere out west, "got 
sent to Washington." He was totally unqualified in every 
respect, for the position. A friend at Washington once 
asked him : 

" How the deuce did j^ou manage to get elected ? " 

" I stole a pig. " 

' ' Hey ? — What ? — How ? — is stealing pigs a qualifi- 
cation to Congress ? " 

"No; but as soon as it was known the papers on 
t' other side took it up, and of course ourn had to defend 
me. A great noise was made about it — we called it an 
attempt to destroy the spotless reputation of an innocent 
man for party purposes — the people got roused and I got 
in." 

At the next election his opponent was elected. His 
friend meeting him one day, asked how it happened. 

" Oh ! blast the feller ! " he replied, " he smelt the rat, 
and got the start of me. He stole a sheep ! " 

But it is not necessary to be absolutely slandered for 
vices. Congressional honors may occasionally be achieved 
by a reputation for comparatively trifling defects, or even 
a lack of accomplishments. We remember a well known 
Congressman, equally celebrated for his fastness and his 
talent, who, after being considerably used up on several 
games of billiards, was roundly told that " he miglit be a 
smart man but one thing was certain — he hadn 't been 
sent to Congress for his playing." 

■ " That 's whar you 're all wrong," he responded, in a cool 
drawl. " It was just that elected me, and nothing else ! " 

" Losing at billiards? " 



SALOON KEEPER*S COMPANION. 2? 

" Yes, I always lost every game ; everybody wanted to 
play with me, and I let 'em ! That made me popular. 
Sometimes it cost a hundred dollars a day — hut I got 
elected / " 



"SELLING" A SHIP OWNER. 

" Are you the owner of the fine vessel lying at the foot 
of Walnut sti'eet ? " enquired an inveterate joker of one of 
our wealthiest ship owners, a few daj^s since. 

"I believe I am, sir," replied the merchant, compla- 
cently looking over his spectacles at the enquirer; "but 
why that question ? " 

"Because, in passing her a few moments since, I 
observed that she had a whole stove in her," responded 
the wag. 

' ' A hole stove in her ? " exclaimed the merchant, hur- 
riedly starting from his desk; "how in the world could 
that have happened ? " 

" Can't say, sir." 

"Is it very large? and is she in a sinking condition?" 
eagerly asked the owner, as he seized his hat and over- 
coat. 

" Well, sir, I think jon might put that in it," pointing 
to a scuttle of coal. "Whether that would be likely to 
sink her or not, I cannot say." 

" Confusion !" gasped the merchant; "some careless- 
ness of the stevedores again. Only a day or two since, a 
fine vessel was sunk by their negligence, in letting a block 
of marble fall on her deck, and now one of mine is to 
share the the same fate." 

Without stopping to thank our joking friend for his un- 
welcome intelligence, tlie shipper started for Walnut street 
wharf, at, for him, a yqvj unusual pace. 



28 SALOON keeper's companion. 

" She hasn't sunk yet, at all events," exclaimed he, as 
he approached the vessel, which lay quite unconscious of 
the accident reported to have happened her. ' ' And there 
are the men at work loading her with castings. Surelj^ 
that fellow must have mistaken the vessel." The mer- 
chant did not, however, relax his speed, but walking 
hurriedly up to the captain, who was quietly overseeing 
the workmen, exclaimed : 

"How's this. Captain C ? A gentleman has just 

informed me that the Adelia has a hole stove in her." 

" A hole stove in her? Where? It 's the first tidings 
I have had of it," cried the captain, looking rather incred- 
ulously at his employer. "You must have been misin- 
formed, sir, for I am morally certain that nothing of the 
kind could have possibly happened. But your own eyes 
will satisfy you that your information is incorrect." 

"I am verj^ glad to hear it," dryly replied the owner, 
' ' yet it appears very strange that this man should have 
made so gross a blunder. Has such an accident happened 
to any other vessel xalong the warf ? " 

" Not that I have heard," said the captain, "and I am 
very sure that if anything of the kind had occurred we 
should have known it." 

" It 's very singular — very. If it were the first of April 
instead of the middle of February, I would think the fel- 
low designed making an April fool of me. He appeared 
so earnest that I cannot but think he really believed that 
such an accident had happened." 

Saying this, the merchant turned his steps homeward, 
when his eye fell upon S., who was too fond of a joke not 
to place himself where, at the proper time, he would be 
forthcoming. As soon as the old shipper spied S., he 
beckoned to him. With a mischievous e3'e, S. approached 
the old man, who, looking sternly at him, enquired. 



SALOON KEEPERS COMPANION. ^'d 

"Are you not the person who called at my counting- 
house a few minutes since, and told me that the ship 
Adelia had a hole stove in her bottom ? " 

" I did not say in her bottom, sir," said S., demurely ; 
" merely stated that she had a hole stove in her." 

" Well, sir, will you have the kindness to inform me in 
what part of the vessel it is. You said, if I recollect 
rightly, that a scuttle of coal might be put in it." 

" I did, sir," said S., spiritedly-; " but first, sir, permit 
me to ask you a single question." 

" Proceed, sir." 

"Well then, what do you call that?" said S., pointing 
to a large stove which the hands were lowering into the 
hold of the vessel." 

" That, sir," cried the merchant, looking sharply at S., 
" that sir, is a stove." 

" A complete stove ? " 

" Yes, sir, a complete stove. 

" Do you think that stove would hold a scuttle of coal 
as large as that in your counting-room ? " 

" I should think it would, sir." 

" Is there not another of the same kind on board now ! " 
asked S., enquiringly, of the captain. 

" There is, sir," replied that dignitary. 

" Well, then," said S., looking very seriously at the 
ship-owner ; " if that's a complete stove it must be a wJiole 
stove, and you will at once agree with me that your vessel 
has a whole stove in her large enough to take in that 
scuttle of coal in jonv office. Good morning," and with 
a wink at the captain, who understood and relished the 
" sell," the joker w^alked off. 

" D — d impudent ! I wish I knew his name ; and yet 
a pretty good joke. Captain C — , you will oblige me 



30 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

by sajang nothing of this," said the old gentleman as he 
started for his office. 

" Certainly not, sir," replied the captain, turning away 
to hide the laughter with which he was bursting. 

There was a hearty laugh at Jones' Exchange, when S. 
related how he had sold old , the wealthy ship- 



MONS. ANGUERA'S ADVENTURE WITH THE 
W00D8H0CK. 

MoNS. Anguera, a well-known teacher of music in Bos- 
ton and the region round about, and a gentleman, and a 
wit of the first quality, purchased a farm in the town of 
South Reading, some two j-ears ago, on which he still 
resides. Soon after taking up his new quarters, he went 
to his barn early one morning, to collect the eggs which 
his hens had laid. On looking into a barrel where he had 
usually found the largest deposit ; instead of eggs, he saw 
at the bottom a shaggy animal, making ineffectual efforts 
to get out. Mons. A. not knowing what sort of an animal 
it was, mistook it, as he said, for a "woodshock," and he 
took up a stone as large as he could lift, and poising it 
over the barrel, let it drop. 'An den, oh, heaven ! ' said 
he, in describing the occurrence, ' such a schmell as come 
from the cask. It went down my troat and schoke me so 
I to.ught I should die. I vomit and vomit so de}^ hear me 
in ,de house, and de servant girl she runned out to see 
what' was de matter ; and she begin to vomit, an te smell 
kept pouring out of de barrel and go all through our 
clothes, and through de house, and all over the place, and 
make us all sick together.' 

Any country resident of New England will know with- 
out our telling him, what sort of a creature Mons. Angue- 



SALOON KEEPERS COMPANION. dl 

ra's woodshock was ; but the funniest part remains to be 
told, and that was the account which he made of the ad- 
venture. The perfume of the animal fllled the air round 
.his premises for months, and as persons were passing by 
in their carriages, just as soon as they caught the schmell 
'O, goot gracious,' said Anguera, 'de way dey would put 
de whip on to deir horses, and turn up deir noses, make 
me laugh till I almost break my vest.' 



SEVEN YEARS' ITCH. 

It is close on to eighteen years ago, that we stayed all 
night at the very house where Oakley stirred up the 
swamp nest. We reached there after a disagreeable day's 
ride in snow and sleet. We had stopped at the Ouachita 
River and spent half an hour very agreeably — old Scar- 
borough fiddled, while his wife and Hedge Triplett run a 
reel. The cold souse we got that day will never be for- 
gotten. At night, after a heart}' supper, we prepared for 
lodging. Dr. Billy Re3'burn, now of Orleans, and ourself, 
took one bed ; Tom Scott, and Fontaine Pope, another ; 
Hedge Triplett, a third ; a stranger who fell in with us, 
the fourth, The mail-rider, an awkward, gawky boy of 
about fifteen, prepared to turn in somewhere. His eye 
first fellupon Hedge's bed and he was making up to it, 
when Hedge cracked his teeth together in a terrible man- 
ner. Reyburn and ourself took the hint. We asked 
Hedge if nothing would prevent it — he replied no. Rey- 
burn proposed bleeding him. "No use," said Hedge, 
"it won't stop f^ew." Stop what?" said the mail-boy. 
'■'Fits!" replied Hedge. It would have done you good to 
see the mail-boy jump. 

His only chance now was with the stranger, who ver}' 
good natu redly invited him to partake of part of his bed. 



32 SALOON keeper's companion. 

The boy accepted ; and, having divested himself of his 
clothing, was about turning in, when the stranger rising 
up in bed, observed: "My young friend, I hate to take 
advantage of you — I have got the itch." "Oh, hell," 
said the bo3^, as he brought a rusty ralvC with his finger 
nails, " Is that all? Why, I have had it these five years !" 
If 3^ou had seen that stranger leave that bed, you would 
know how liffhtning; travels. 



MIKE FINK, THE HUNTER. 

When the river was too low to be navigable, Mike 
spent his time in rifle-shooting. His skill at shooting 
was so generally known that when he entered the grounds 
where a match was to be made for the beef, he was always 
allowed without a shot, the "fifth quarter," that was the 
hide and tallow. Mike always claimed this reward as his 
right, and always got it too, sold it for whisky, and then 
spent the proceeds in treating the crowd. Mike was also 
a wag, said he " told his jokes to be laughed at," and if 
any failed to laugh at the right time, Mike drubbed him 
for his obtuseness and want of appreciation. 

On one of his trips he saw a flock of sheep grazing 
near the shore, and suddenly felt a strong desire for some 
mutton. Catching several of them, Mike and his crew 
rubbed their noses with Scotch snuflT, and then sent and 
had the owner brought down to see what was the matter 
with his sheep, which were running about wild, and bleat- 
ing, and scraping their noses against the trees and ground, 
Mike suggesting that it was that dreadful, contageous 
disease, black murrain. 

"What in the world is to be done?" said the terrified 
proprietor. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 33 

"Why, shoot the sick ones," replied Mike, "before all 
catch it." 

"But who on earth could shoot sheep running about 
that way without hitting the others." 

" My name is Mike Fink," responded Mike, with quiet 
confidence and presumption, " but I think it is best to 
consult some of your neighbors for fear of some mistake 
about the disease," 

The owner recognized " Mike Fink" and sure shot to 
be synonymous terms, and as soon as he heard the name, 
he insisted on Mike's despatching them, but Mike mani- 
fested reluctance until the owner offered him two gallons 
of brandy, which brought compliance. 

The sheep were shot and thrown into the river, whence 
at night they were taken by the exulting crew, and after 
having been barbecued, washed down their hungry maws 
with the two gallons of brandy. 



THE CLERK'S STORY. 

When I used to tend store at Syracuse the old man 
came round one day, and says he : 

" Boys, the one that sells the most between now and 
Christmas gets a vest-pattern as a present." 

Maybe we didn't work for that vest-pattern ! I tell 
you there were some tall stories told in praise of goods 
just about that time ; but the tallest talker, and the one 
who had the most cheek of any of us, was a certain Jonah 
Squires, who roomed with me. He could take a dollar 
out of a man's pocket when the man only intended to 
spend sixpence ; and the women — Lord bless you — they 
just handed over their pocket-books to him, and let him 
lay out what he liked for them. 

One night Jonah woke me up with, " By Jo, old fellow 



34 SALOON keeper's companion. 

if you think that ere's got cotton in it, I'll bring down 
the sheep that it was cut from, and make him own 
his own wool. 'T won't wear out either ; wore a pair 
of pants of thd,t stuff five years, and they are as good now 
as when I first put them on. Take it at thirty cents and 
I'll say you don't owe me anything. Eh, too deaf? 
Well, call it twenty-eight cents. What d'ye say ? Shall 
I tear it? All right, it's a bargain." 

I could feel Jonah's hand playing about the bed clothes 
about -an instant, then rip, tear, tear, went something or 
other, and I hid my head under the blankets, perfectly 
convulsed with laughter, and sure that Jonah had torn 
the best sheet from top to bottom. When I awoke the 
next morning I found that the back of my night shirt was 
split from tail to collar band. 



A MAN bet that he could drink four quarts of bonded 
warehouse whiskey at a sitting. He won the bet and the 
coroner's name was Doolittle. Doolittle said it was a 
very natural-looking corpse. 

Sir Walter Scott, in his days of law practice, once 
defended a house-breaker at Jedburg. After the trial, 
the prisoner sent for him, thanked him for his exertions, 
and said he was sorry he could not give him a fee, but he 
would give him two bits of information : First, that a 
yelping terrier inside a house was a better protection than 
a big dog outside ; and, secondly, that no lock so both- 
ered a house-breaker as an old rusty one. 

The choir sang " Come, ye disconsolate," at a recent 
wedding in Lafayette, Indiana. The bride who is Thirty- 
two, says she isn't near so disconsolate as she was. 



SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. 



35 



SUPERIOR PORTER. 

Stranger : " Have you a good strong porter about 
the house ? " 

Clerk : " Yes, we have the strongest about the place." 

Stranger : " Is he intelligent? " 

Clerk: "Oh, yes, quite intelligent for a porter we 
think." 

Stranger : " One point more a Do you consider him 
fearless — that is, bold and courageous?" 

Clerk : " As for that matter, I know he is ; he would 
not be afraid of the devil himself!" 

Stranger : " Now Mr. Clerk, if your porter is intelli- 
gent enough to find room No. 117, fearless enough to 
enter, and strong enough to get my trunk away from the 
bedbugs, I would like to have him bring it down." 

A MAN came into the office of a practical chemist one 
day, and after asking leave to lock the door, produced 
from a handkerchief, in a very mysterious manner, some 
substance which he laid on the table. 

" Do you see that?" he asked triumphantly. 

" I do," said the gentleman. 

" Well, what do you call it." 

" I call it iron pyrites." 
. ' ' What ! — ain 't it gold ? " 

" No ; it is worth nothing." And placing some on a 
shovel, he held it over the fire, when it all disappeared up 
the chimney. 

The spirit was all gone out of the poor fellow as he 
sank back in a chair, and at last the sad truth came out. 

" There's a widder in our place has a hull hill full of 
that stuff, and I 've gone and married her," 



36 SALOON keeper's companion. 

A SLIGHT MISCONCEPTION. 

The story goes that some 3'ears since, a Doctor of Di- 
vinity, of Boston, a gentleman whose face indicates 
generous living, while upon an exchange here, early on 
Sunday morning, took a stroll through the streets, by 
way of a " constitutional." His attention was attracted 
by a man who was standing on a corner, and evidently 
suffering from the effects of hard drinking the night be- 
fore. The docter passed on, but strangely enough, soon 
again met the same fellow, and passed him, only to en- 
counter him again in another street. At the third meet- 
ing the droughty fellow, evidently mistaking the object of 
the doctor's early walk, accosted him with the remark : 
" I say, old fellow, there isn't a single one open, is 
there?" 

A Chinese servant was brought home by the gentleman 
of the house, and his mistress inquired his name. 

" Yung Hoo Win." 

"Oh," said she, 'I cannot call you that. I will call 
you Charley." 

" What's your name?" he asked, in return. 

" My name is Mrs. John Browning." 

" Welle, I calle you John ! " exclaimed the Celestial. 

Miss Lotta, during a recent Boston engagement, was 
singing Frank Howard's new song, " Guess Who ; " and 
when she repeated the lines — 

" Some one I'm wishing and longing to see, 
Guess who, if you can, guess who," 

an enthusiastic individual in the parquet sprang to his 
feet and exclaimed : " I can't guess ; but I'd give a thou- 
sand dollars if I was the man!" Just imagine the 
applause that followed. 



SALOOK keeper's COMPANION. 37 

"LET HIM SQUEAL." 

The beautiful town of Manchester, Vermont, so pleas- 
antly situated at the foot of Equinox Mountain, is cele- 
brated for two very fine hotels, the Vanderbilt and 
Equinox ; also, though of less pretentions, the Vermont 
House, kept, at the time of my story, by George St — e. 
Oeorge was a character considerably deaf, especially when 
he did not want to hear. Rallying him one day on his 
ability to hear or not to hear, he told me, under promise of 
never telling, the following story : 

When a young man, he worked on a farm for a stingy 
old farmer in an adjoining town. On leaving him, a bal- 
ance of two dollars was due George for wages. Having 
called repeatedly for his money, the old man had some 
excuse for not paying. A sow of the old man's had a 
litter of pigs, consisting of four ; one of them, which is 
generally the case, being a small runt, as they call them. 
George told the man that he would take a pig for his 
money ; the old ihan said he might have the small one. 
George jumped into the pen, and seized the largest pig» 
The old man shouted : 

" Take the small one ! " 

" Let him squeal," said George ; " I can hold him." 

Old man, excited : 

" Take the small one ! " 

" I'll risk his biting," replied George. 

Old man, desperate, and as loud as he could bellow ; 

" Take the small one ! " 

" Let him squeal ; I can hold him," answered George. 

" Take him along, you deaf cuss ; I can't make you 
hear anything." 

George carried off his pig in triumph. 



38 SALOON keeper's companion. 

At the opening of a breach of promise case in Ken- 
tucky, the Court asked the counsel for the plaintiff how 
long the trial would probably last. " I can 't say, exactly," 
replied the counsel, " but will mention as one item that I 
have 384 love letters, written by the defendant to my 
client to read." 

" Mt dear Lucy, I am surprised at your taste in wear- 
ing another woman's hair on your head," said Smith to 
his wife. 

''My dear Tom, replied the wife, " I am equally aston- 
ished that you persist in wearing another sheep's wool on 
your back." 

A NOBLE lord asked a clergyman once, at the bottom of 
his table, why the goose, if there was one, was always 
placed next the parson. 

• Really," replied the clergyman, "I can give no reason 
for it ; but your question is so odd, that I shall never see 
a goose again without thinking of your lordship." 

'' What makes you up so late, sir?" said a father to 
his son, who made his appearance at the breakfast table 
about ten o'clock. " Late ! Why, father, I was up with 
the lark." — " Well, then, sir, for the future, don't remain 
up so long with the lark, but come down a little earlier to 
breakfast." 

A GUEST at one of our hotels, the other evening, wa» 
discovered by the proprietor rather tenderly embracing the 
chambermaid. The landlord rebuked him somewhat 
angrily, and wanted to know the reason of such conduct. 

" Simply obeying the rules of the house," said the guest, 
pointing to a card tacked to the room-door. "Don't it 



SALOOK keeper's COMPANION. 39 

read, ' Any neglect of servants should be reported at the 
office ? ' I don't want to be reported at the office for neglect 
of servants, do I ? " 



VOT SCHON SAY BOUD ID. 

Vhen you vos dryin' so more as a couble of hours al- 
reat}', boud dhree o'glock in der mornin', do make oben 
der vront door mit der corkscrew, und yer vas dri-in' vool 
your vife py dellin' her you vas shaking mit der toor, dhen 
you catch hell Golumbus ! 

Plessed ish dhose dat hafe noding. Dhen yer don't gid 
der runs mit dhem banics on der bocet pook, so more ash 
a couble of dimes. 

Who schdeals mine burse schdeals drash. Put der 

mans vat schdeals mine glase bier by , I bunch him 

der schnoot off. 

Der brice of liberdy ish to geep your eyes opens. Vatch 
teedle oud vor der bolice mit der raid. Grummy dold 
you dot. 

Drain oop von shilt in der vay he shall go und vhen he 
vos so more ash dreee yar olt, he vas a pulley poy mit 
dhem new poots. 

Id ish nod goot too schwap schdreams vhen you vas 
grossing der horses ofer mit. I dold yer. Don't id. 

A benny safed ish goot vor von glass bier, vhen you got 
so more as dhree or vour pesidtes. 

Der oierly pirt catches h 1 on der schmall scale vhen 

he don't get no vurms. 

Onesdy ish der pesdest bolicy, vhen it don't hurd you 
mooch. 

Oierly to pet und oierly to rise. Dot man vas a tarn 
vool. 



40 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

COUNTING TWENTY-FIVE. 

A Utica (N. Y.) editor thus tells how his wife cured his 
ungovernable temper. These are his words : 

I found the cherished face of Maria Ann wreathed in 
smiles, the other evening, when I returned from my ardu- 
ous day's toil. (I am engaged as standing man at a 
saloon.) So many candidates are treating, that the sa- 
loon keeper hires six of us to be treated, We all drink 
with every candidate who comes in, and it makes business 
pretty brisk.) 

Said my chosen one, " Joshua, I am afraid j^ou do not 
always find me an angel in disposition." 

Said I, "That's so — hie — my dear. I don't seldom find 
you 'angel in — anything." 

"And," she added, " you are not always the most pleas- 
ant man in the world." 

I did not feel called on to reply. 

"Now," said she, "read that." 

She had cut an item from the columns of some paper, 
wherein a demented writer told about some impossible 
woman who, being troubled with a bad temper, counted 
twenty-five every time she got provoked, and thus became 
a sweet, amiable and dearly loved ornament of the house 
of her delighted husband. I read the article as well as 
the condition of my head would allow, and remarked. 

"Bosh!" 

Maria Ann paid no attention to me, but unfolded her 
plan. She said that every time I got mad I should count 
twenty-five, and every time she got mad she would count 
twenty-five. I asked her who she thought would pay the 
rent while she sat and counted twentj^-five, over and over, 
all day long. Then she said I was always raising objec- 
tions to her plans for our mutual improvement, and I said 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 41 

I was not, and she said I was enough to try the patience of 
a saint, and I said she was too, and she came for me, and 
I told her to count twenty-five ; but she forgot all about 
that, and just tallied one on my left eye. 

Then I was going to remonstrate with the poker, and 
she told me to count twenty-five, and I said I would not ; 
but I did before she pulled more than half my hair out. 
Then she made me count twenty-five over and over, until 
I was out of breath and felt real pleasant and good natured. 
So we went to supper. Now the cat curled up in my chair, 
but I did not see it until I sat down ; and I did not see it 
then, but I was pretty sure it was there as well as I wanted 
to, and more too. I felt inclined to rise up suddenly, but 
as I gathered to spring, she brandished the teapot and 
murmured ; " Joshua, your temper is rising ; count twenty- 
five or I'll break your head," and that cat was drawing a 
map of Montana with her claws around behind me, with 
the towns and counties marked in my blood. I rose to 
explain, and said, " My dear, I — " but she caromed on 
my head with a well shot tea-cup, and sprinkled my face 
with a quart of hot tea, and I sat down and counted twen- 
ty-five ; but it killed the cat. The old fellow died hard, 
though, I could feel him settle as his nine lives went out, 
one by one. 

A few day's practice of this rule under the loving 
instruction of Maria Ann, has enabled me to conquer my 
temper completely. Nobody can get me mad now — I am 
in a state of perpetual calm ; and I want to see the man 
who wrote that story. I want to fit him for the under- 
taker, and make a demand for mourning goods among his 
friends. Then I can die happy — counting twenty-five. 



What is stronger in death than life ? — An old yellow- 
legged hen. 



42 SALOON keeper's companion. 



DON'D VAS GOT MERRIT. 

UNHAPPY EXPERIENCE OF A LOVING GERMAN COUPLE. 

Many a person who has been waiting for Amsterdam 
parties to furnish the wherewithal to finish sundrj^ branch 
lines of railroad will sympathise with Mr. Leid Spass who 
writes as follows : 

Yawcop Faroe's Vree Lunch Haus, ) 
MiNNEOBOLiCE, 17, Ocd., 1873. i 
Leihen Brintder, Mans: 

I dell somedings vor der baper, so mind Katrina sees 
dot and der finishing druble knows all aboud id. It vos 
in Shuly month, when Mike Hoy vas in der Pridish Brison, 
behindt a peaudiful tay dot Katrina and Leid (I pees Leid) 
vos sidting mit der vence, mit von arm her vaist around 
unt der oder handt on der schmal of her pack, unt I say : 

" Catrina ! vil you haf me ? " 

' ' Vot is dhose ? " say she. 

" Vor vorse ash petter." 

" Oxplain vot vor you balk to me in dose schtyle. Dot 
ish not der vay to speak mit me." 

Veil, I ask her in Deutsch vot she bees Mrs. Spass I go 
trown mineself in der schwill parrel, und she say : 

" Yaw, I dink so too," mit a sigh dot trawed her shoe- 
sdrings indo her belate. 

' ' Vot you dink ? " say I. 

" Dot if you means vot jon told me, dhen I geds readty 
to bees your frau." 

Dhen she shumpedt oop und down fall in mine lap und 
I squeezed her dill her preath schmelt of onions dot she 
more as two veeks eat already und ve vash yoost ash 
happy ash der sun mit der vlowers, und agreedt dot she 
gome to leef mit me yost ash soon vot der pankers goom 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 43 

town mit der zwei thousand hundret toUars to gomblete 
der railroat pranch mit Brainerdt py der St. Baul und 
Bacific. I vish I goodt haf as many glasses peer as me 
vas happy. 

Veil, dime goes like blitzen past und der railroat vos 
not ton, und anoder vellow he goes vooling aroudt mit 
Katrena, Und I don'd like dot. Dhen I doldt her so, und 
she say vot I do abofld dot when she no ask him to do such 
dings. Und so I gooms town here to see mine vrent De 
Lano vot der roat vas not gommence vork, und he doldt 
me he puy dot roadt und puilt id himself in a few tays,. 
und if I vont a gondrackt I vait vor him in Minneap- 
bolice. 

Veil, more dime guick go avay, und I hear dot der pond 
holdters say dot dhey got some glaims on der roat too, und 
I write Vrank apout dot, und pack gooms der letder pudty 
soon vot explains himself dhese vay : 

St. Battl, Oct. 1873. 
lAehen Sir: 

Your ledter vos receivedt und gondents noden. Mr. De Lano direcfB 
me to say dot matder is ausgaspiel, having receivedt von ledter von der 
Amsterdam pankers dot capbage vos nix goot und dhey needt der money 
vor puy mit sauer-kraut. Eastdern bardies say der banic hos proke der 

panks und der varmers dhry to raise mit der railroats und dhey can 

go dhare dhemselves. 

Johannes Dokdbbskbitbn. 

Now vot you dink of dot, und dot oder vellow got loadts 
of money to spendt mit Katrina. Put I got a blace here, 
und safe swei tollars von veek und go oop und get marrit 
mit hor. If she marrit him first I get anoder von. How 
Mgh is dot ? 

• I vind oud some dings apoud Maj. Emmedt und der 
Oder goot poys vot I doldt you sometimes. Dot cat der 
pag ish oud protdy soon. Don 'd id. 



44 SALOON keeper's companion 



THE LAST PIPE OP WINTER. 

'Tis a last Pipe of Winter 

I'm smoking alone ; 
All my lively companions 

Have bolted and gone. 
No spirit of kindred 

Or friendship is nigh, 
To reflect back my laughter, 

They 've aU said " Grood-by." 

They have left me, poor lone one^ 

To chew at the stem 
Of my pipe ; I feel sleepy 

And dull without them. 
So I wearily shuffle 

My limbs into bed, 
Where an ill-shaken pillow 

Feels hard to my head. 

I must go and get married 

Before I grow gray, 
And the charms of my youth 

Are all faded away. 
For when friends have departed, 

And every one's flown, 
Oh! who would inhabit 

These chambers alone. 



FUN AND SENTIMENT. 
Maxim for the salad season — Two heads are better 
than one. 

The baker kneads much, and yet sells everything he 
kneads himself. 

The most fatal form of consumption — The consump- 
tion of strong drink. 

When is a cow absolutely inexcusable? When it's 
a raven without caws. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 45 

Public Spirit. — Readiness to do an^^thing which is 
likely to prove lucrative. 

There is a man in town so bashful that he seldom gets 
acquainted with the facts. 

Theives do not have a very quiet life of it, notwith- 
standing they take things so easj'. 

Young ones and dogs ? — Those who are the least able 
to support them, generally have the most of them. 

Cleopatra was married the first time with G-reat Pomp, 
but she afterwards became a woman of Marc. 

Why would Sampson have made a good opera singer ? 
— Because he could so easily have ^brought down the 
house. 

" Don't tell me that I am mistaken. I know all about 
Congregationalism, for my son has taken the Congrega- 
tional Grlobe for years." 

Johnson was right. Although some men adore 
Wisdom in woman, and with wisdom cram her, 

There isn't one in ten but thinks far more 
Of his own " grtib " than of his spouse's grammar. 

" You might as well attempt to shampoo an elephant 
with a thimble-full of soap-suds as attempt to do business, 
and ignore advertising. 

We recently heard a most touching instance of the 
resignation of an affectionate woman at the funeral of her 
husband. Though she adored him, she did not repine at 
his dark hour. Looking at the remains of her loved and 
lost husband for the last time, she put on her bonnet, and 
thus spoke to the gentlemen whose sad duty it was to 
oflSciate as pall-bearers : 

" You pall-bearers go to the buttery and get some rum, 
and we '11 start this man right along ! " 
3* 



46 SALOON keeper's companion. 

When Daniel Webster was Secretary of State, Signer 
Blitz called on him in Washington, wh«n the following 
dialogue took place: " What has brought you to Wash- 
ington?" " I have come for an office, sir." "An office ! 
What office is there under the government of the United 
States for a magician?" "To count the money in the 
Treasury. I should like you to take one hundred thou- 
sand dollars of Treasury notes and count them carefully. 
I will count them also, when it will appear that there are 
only seventy-five thousand dollars." "Ah ! signor," said 
Mr. Webster, "that won't do. We have magicians in 
Washington who if one hundred thousand dollars were to 
pass through their hands, would leave nothing of it," 



THE MAN WHO HADN'T ANY OBJECTION. 

The author of " St. Twel'mo," noted for his love of a 
practical joke, was " on duty" at the fair of the American 
Institute, and, finding a convenient point of rest behind a 
pyramid of paste and blacking, went quietly to work to 
write up his notes. He had just completed a glowing 
eulogium on the merits of a patent bean-sifter, when he 
was interrupted by a tall countryman, who asked : 

" How do ye sell yer blackin', mister?" 

" I don't sell it," said the absorbed writer. 

" Don't gin it away, du ye?" said the querist, handling 
a box covetously. 

" I haven't given away any yet," replied the still busy 
knight of the pencil. 

" Hain't got any objections to my takin' a box, have 
3'e ? " persisted the torment. 

" Not the least in the world," said the now thoroughly 
roused joker, calmly closing his book, and beaming bland- 
ly upon the interrogator. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 47 

The countryman immediately seized upon a box of the 
polish ; a sharp boy standing near, followed his example ; 
the news of free blacking spread among other sharp boys, 
and the pyramid of blacking was soon reduced to a plain, 
when the newspaper man was overtaken a little distance 
further in the hall by the blacking dealer, irate, red -faced, 
with two policemen, who had the original offender and a 
half-dozen boys in custody. 

"My dear sir," said the phonographer, urbanely, " the 
gentleman asked me if I had any objections to his taking 
a box of the blacking, and I hadn't objection at all, and I 
don't know why I should have." 

And he walked quietly on in pursuit of his labors, leav- 
ing Messrs. Day & Martin to charge a gross of paste 
blacking to profit and loss. 



GOING TO BED BEFORE A YOUNG LADY. 

We publish, under this head, a most amusing story of 

Judge D , of Illinois, in which that gentleman, having 

accepted the hospitality of a large family, occupying a 
single room, was obliged to undress and " hop into bed" 
in the presence of a j^oung lady. 

The judge himself is a "small man, physically speak- 
ing," and the idea of going to bed before the young lady — 
a modest, sensible girl, who, from habit, thought nothing 
of the circumstance — turned his head topsy-turvy. The 
idea of pulling off his boots before her was death, and as 
for doflfing his other fixings, he said he would have sooner 
taken off his legs with a saw. 

At length the tremendous crisis approached. The judge 
had partially undressed, entrenched behind a chair, which 
offered no more protection from "the enemy" than the 
rounds of a ladder. Then he had a dead open space of 



48 SALOON keeper's companion. 

ten feet between the chair and the bed— a sort of Bridge 
of Lodi passage, as he describes it, which he was forced to 
make, exposed to a cruel, raking fire, fore and aft. 

The judge proceeds : 

"Body, limbs and head, setting up a business on one 
hundred and seven and a half pounds, all told, of flesh, 
blood and bones, cannot, individually or collectively, set 
up any ostentatious pretentions. I believe the young lady 
must have been settling in her mind some philosophical 
point on that head. Perhaps her sense of justice wished 
to assure itself of the exact proportions. Perhaps she did 
not feel easy till she knew that a kind Providence had not 
added to poverty individual wrong. 

" Certain it was, she seemed rather pleased with her 
speculation ; for when I arose from a stooping posture, 
finally, wholly disencumbered of cloth, I noticed mischie- 
vous shadows playing about the corners of her mouth. It 
was the moment I had determined to direct her eye to 
some astonishing circumstance out of the window. But 
the young lady spoke at the critical moment : 

" ' Mr. D ,' she observed, 'you have a mighty small 

chance of legs there ! ' 

" Men seldom have any notion of their own powers. I 
never made any pretentions to skill in ' ground and lofty 
tumbling ; ' but it is strictly true that I cleared at one 
bound the open space, planting myself on the centre of the 
bed, and was buried in the blankets in a twinkling." 



The following sketch is of a character that infests the 
docks of New York, and altogether confined to that 
sphere of life. The prisoner in this case, whose name 
was Dickey Swivel, alias Stove Pipe Pete, was placed at 
the bar, and questioned by the judge to the following 
effect : — 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 4& 

Judge — " Bring the prisoner into court." 

Pete — "Here I is, bound to blaze, as the sperits tur- 
kentine said when it was all a-fire." 

Judge — "We will take a little of the fire out of you. 
How do you live ? " 

Pete — " I an't particular, as the oyster said, when they 
axed him if he'd be fried or roasted." 

Judge — " We do n't want to hear what the oyster said 
or the spirits of turpentine either. What do you follow? "" 

Pete — " Anything that comes in my way, as the loco- 
motive said, when he run over the little nigger." 

Judge — "We don't care anything about the locomo- 
tive. What 's your business ? " 

Pete — ". That 's various, as the cat said, when she stole 
the chicken off the table." 

Judge — " That comes nearer the line, I suppose." 

Pete — " Altogether in my line, as the rope said, when, 
it was chocking the pirate." 

Judge — If I hear any more absurd comparisons, I will! 
give you twelve months." 

Pete — " I 'm done, as the beefsteak said to the cook." 

Judge — "Now, sir; your punishment shall depend 
upon the shortness and correctness of your answers. I 
suppose you live by going round the docks ? " 

Pete — " No, sir ; I can't go round the docks without a 
boat, and I han't got none." 

Judge — " Answer me : how do you get your bread?" 
■ Pete — "Sometimes at the baker's, and sometimes I 
eat taters." 

Judge — " No more of your stupid insolence. How do- 
you support yourself? " 

Pete — "Sometimes on my legs, an.d sometimes on a 
cheer." (chair.) 



50 SAiOON keeper's companion. 

Judge — "I order you now to answer this question cor- 
rectly. How do you do ? " 

Pete — "Pretty well, I thank you, judge. How do 
you do ? " 

Judge — "I shall have to commit you." 

Pete — ' ' Veil, you 've committed yourself, fust, that 's 
some consolation." 

Giving and Receiving. — The saying that "there is 
more pleasure in giving than receiving," is supposed to 
apply to kicks, medicine, and advice. 

The subject of impression at first sight was being talked 
over at the tea-table, when the lady whose duty it was to 
preside, said, " she always formed an idea of a person at 
first sight, and generally found it to be correct." 

"Mamma," said her youngest son, in a shrill voice, 
that attracted the attention of all present. 

" Well, my dear, what is it?" replied the good mother. 

" I want to know what was joxjlX opinion of me when 
you first saw me ? " 

The question gave a sudden turn to the conversation. 

Starting a Henery. — A story of close management 
is told about a Yankee, who lately settled down in the 
West. He went to a neighbor, and thus accosted him : 

" Wal, I reckon you hain't got no old hen or nothing, 
you'd lend me for a few weeks, have you, neighbor." 

" I will lend you one with pleasure," replied the gentle- 
man, picking out the very finest one in the coop. 

The Yankee took the hen home, and then went to 
another neighbor and borrowed a dozen eggs. He then 
set the hen, and in due course of time she hatched out a 
dozen chickens. 



SALOON keeper's companiok. 51 

The Yankee was again puzzled ; he could return the 
hen, but how was he to return the eggs ! Another idea. 
He would keep the hen until she had lain a dozen eggs. 
This he did, and then returned the hen and eggs to their 
respective owners, remarking as he did so ; 

" Wal, I reckon I've got as fine a dozen chickens as 
you ever laid your eyes on, and they didn't cost me a 
cent, nuther." 



A DESPERATE RACE. 

A STORY OF THE SETTLEMENT OF OHIO. 



BY FALCONBRIDGE. 

Some years ago, I was one of a convivial party that met 
at the principal hotel in the town of Columbus, Ohio, the 
seat of government of the Buckeye State. 

It was a winter evening, when all without was bleak 
and stormy, and all within were blythe and gay ; when 
song and story made the circuit of the festive board, fill- 
ing up the chasms of life with mirth and laughter. 

"We had met for the express purpose of making a night 
of it, and the pious intention was duly and most relig- 
iously carried out. The Legislature was in session in 
that town, and not a few of the worthy legislators were 
present upon this occasion. 

One of these worthies, I will name, as he not only took 
a big swath in the evening's entertainment, but he was a 
man more generally known than even our worthy Presi- 
dent, J. K. Polk. That man was the famous Captain 
Riley ; whose narrative of suffering and adventures are 
pretty generally known all over the civilized world. Cap- 
tain Riley was a fine, fat, good-humored joker, who, at 
the period of my story, was the representative of the Day- 



52 SALOON keeper's companion. 

ton district, and lived near that little city when at home. 
Well, Captain Riley had amused the company with many 
of his far-famed and singular adventures, which being^ 
mostly told before and read by millions of people that 
have seen his book, I will not attempt to repeat them. 

Many were the stories and adventures told by the 
company, when it came to the turn of a well known 
gentleman, who represented the Cincinnati district. As 

Mr. is yet among the living, and perhaps not disposed 

to be the subject of joke or stor}^ I do not feel at liberty 

to give his name. Mr. was a slow believer in other 

men's adventures, and at the same time much disposed to 
magnify himself into a marvellous hero, whenever the 
opportunity offered. As Captain Riley wound up one of 

his truthful, though really marvellous adventures, Mr. 

coolly remarked that the Captain's story was all very 
well, but did not begin to compare with an adventure 
that he had, " once upon a time," on the Ohio, below the 
present city of Cincinnati. 

"Let's have it — lets have it!" resounded from all 
hands. 

" Well, gentlemen," said the Senator, clearing his voice 
for action and knocking the ashes from his cigar, " Gen- 
tlemen, I'm not in the habit (quite notorious for it !) of 
spinning yarns of marvellous or fictitious matters, and 
therefore it is scarcely necessary to affirm upon the res- 
ponsibility of my reputation, gentlemen, that what I'm 
about to tell you is God's truth, and — " 

Oh, never mind that ; go on, Mr. ," chimed the 

party. 

"Well, gentlemen, in 18 — I came down the Ohio river, 
and settled at Losanti, now called Cincinnati. It was at 
that time but a little settlement of some twenty or thirty 
log and frame cabins ; and where now stands the Broad- 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 63 

way Hotel, and blocks of stores and dwelling houses, was 

the cottage and corn patch of old Mr. , a tailor, who, 

by the way, bought the land for the making of a coat. 

Well, I put up my cabin with the aid of my neighbors, 
put in a patch of corn and potatoes, about where the Fly 
Market now stands, and set about improving my lot, 
house, etc. 

" Occasionally I took my rifle, and started off with my 
dog down the river, to look up a little deer or bar meat, 
then very plenty along the river. The blasted red sMns 
were lurking about, and hovering around the settlement, 
and every once in a while picked off some of our neigh- 
bors or stole our cattle and horses. I hated the red 
devils, and made no bones of peppering the blasted sar- 
pents whenever I got a sight at them. In fact, the red 
rascals had a dread of me, and had laid a great many 
traps to get my scalp, but I wasn't to be catched nap- 
ping. No, no, gentlemen ; I was too well up to 'em for 
that. 

" Well, I started off one morning, pretty early, to take 
a hunt, and travelled a long way down the river, over the 
bottoms and hills, but could not find bar nor deer. 
About four o'clock in the afternoon, I made tracks for the 
settlement again. By and by, I sees a buck just ahead 
of me, walking leisurely down to the river. I slipped up, 
with my faithful old dog close in my rear, to within clever 
shooting distance ; and just as the buck stuck his nose in 
the drink, I drew a bead upon his top-knot, and over he 
tumbled, and splurged and bounded awhile, when I came 
up and relieved him by cutting his wizen — " 

"Well, but what had that to do with an adventure?'* 
said Riley. 

" Hold on a bit, if you please, gentlemen. By Jove, it 
had a great deal to do with it ! For while I was busy 



54 SALOON keeper's companion. 

skinning the hind quarters of the buck, and stowing away 
the kidney fat in my hunting skirt, I heard a noise like 
the breaking of bush under a moccasin up the ' bottom.' 
My dog heard it, and started up to reconnoitre, and I lost 
no time in re-loading my rifle. I had hardly got my 
priming on, before my dog raised a howl and broke 
through the brush towards me with tail down, as he was 
not used to do unless there were wolves, painters, (pan- 
thers,) or ingins about." 

" I picked up my knife, and took up mj line of march 
in a skulking trot up the river. The frequent gullies on 
the lower bank made it tedious travelling there ; so I 
scrambled up the upper bank, which was pretty well cov- 
ered with buckej'^e and sycamore, and very little under- 
brush. One peep below discovered to me three as big 
and strapping red devils, gentlemen, as you ever clapt 
your eyes on ! Yes, there they came, not above six hund- 
red yards in my rear, shouting and yelling like devils, and 
coming after me like h 11 broke loose ! " 

"Well," said the old woodsman sitting at the table 
" you took to a tree, of course ? " 

"Did I? No, by — , gentlemen ; I took no tree just 
then, but took to my heels like sixty, and it was just as 
much as my dog could do to keep up with me. I ran until 
the whoops of the red skins grew fainter and fainter 
behind me, and clean out of wind. I ventured to look 
behind, and there came one single red devil, puffing and 
blowing, not three hundred yards in my rear. He had got 
on to a piece of bottom, where the trees were small and 
scarce. Now, thinks I, old fellow, I '11 have you ; so I 
trotted off at a pace sufficient to let the red devil gain on 
me ; and when he got just about near enough, I wheeled 
and fired, and down I brought him, dead as a door nail, at 
a hundred and twenty yards." 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 55 

"Then you skelp'd (scalped) him immediately," said 
the old woodsman. 

" D clear of it, 'gentlemen, for by the time I got 

my rifle loaded, here came the other two red skins shout- 
ing and whooping close on me ; and away I broke again 
like a quarter horse. I was now about five miles from the 
settlement, and it was getting towards sunset ; I ran until 
my wind began to be pretty short, when I took a look 
back and there the red devils came snorting like mad 
buffaloes, one about two or three hundred yards ahead of 
the other, so I acted possum again until the foremost 
Ingin got pretty well up and I wheeled and fired, at the 
very moment the red devil was ' drawing a head' on me ; 
he fell head over stomach into the dirt, and up came the 
last red devil — " 

" So you laid for him and — " gasped several. 

" No," continued the ' member' " I did not lay for him ; 
I hadn't time to load, so I laid legs to the ground and 
stretched again. I heard the blasted devil every bound he 
made after me. I run and run, until the fire out of my 
eyes and the old dog's tongue hung out of his mouth a 
quarter of a yard long." 

' ' Phe-e-e-ew ! " whistled somebody. 

" Fact, by , gentlemen. Well, what I was to do, I 

didn't know — rifle empty, no big trees about, and a mur- 
dering red devil not three hundred yards in my rear, and, 
what was worse, just then it occurred to me that I was not 
a great ways from a big creek (now called Mill Creek), 
and there I was to be pinned at last." 

" Just at this juncture I struck my toe against a root, 
and down I tumbled, and my old dog over me, before I 
could scramble up — " 

" The devil fired ! " gasped the old woodsman. 

" He did, gentlemen, and I felt the ball strike me under 



56 sAiooN keeper's companion. 

the shoulder ; but that did n't seem to put any embargo 
upon my locomotion, for soon as I got up I took off again, 
quite refreshed by my fall. I heard the red skin close 
behind me coming booming on, and every moment I 

expected to have his d d tomahawk dashed into my 

head or shoulders. Something kind of cool, began to 
trickle down my legs into mj'- boots — " 

" Blood, eh ! for the shot the varmint gin you," said the 
old woodsman, in a great state of excitement. 

"I thought so," said the Senator, "but what do you 
think it was?" 

Not being blood, we were all puzzled to know what the 
blazes it could be. When Riley observed : 

" I suppose you had — " 

" Melted the deer fat which I had stuck in the breast of 
my hunting shirt, and the grease was running down my 
legs until my feet got so greasy that my heavy boots flew 
oflf, and one hitting the dog nearly knocked his brains 
out." 

We all grinned, which the 'member' noticing, observed : 

" I hope, gentlemen, no man here wiU presume to think 
I'm exaggerating?" 

" 0, certainly not ! Go on, M ," we all chimed in. 

" Well, the ground under my feet was soft, and being 
relieved of my heavy boots, with double quick time, and 
seeing the creek about a half a mile off, I ventured to look 
over my shoulder to see what kind of a chance there was 
to hold up and load. The red skin was coming jogging 
along, pretty well blowed out, about five hundred yards in 

the rear. B ! thinks I, here goes to load any how. 

So at it I went, in went the powder, and putting on my 
patch down went the ball about half way, off snapped my 
ramrod." 

" Thunder and lightning ! " shouted the old woodsman,. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 57 

who was worked up to the top notch in the member's 
story. 

" Good God ! was n't I in a pickle ! There was the red 
whelp within two hundred yards of me pacing along and 
loading his rifle as he came ! I jerked out the broken 
ramrod, dashed it away and started on, priming up as I 
started off, determined to turn and give the red devil a 
blast any how, as soon as I reached the creek. 

" I was now within a hundred yards of the creek, could 
see the smoke from the settlement chimneys, a few more 
jumps and I was by the creek, and the red devil close upon 
me — he gave a whoop and I raised mj rifle, on he came 
— knowing that I had broken my ramrod and my load not 
down ; another whoop ! whoop ! and he was within fifty 
yards of me. I pulled trigger and — " 

" And killed him," chuckled Riley. 

" No, sir ! I missed fire, by — ! " 

"And the red devil — " shouted the old woodsman, in 
a franzy of excitement. 

" Fired and killed me!" 

The screams and shouts that followed this finale 
brought landlord Noble, servants and ostlers, running up 
stairs to see if the house was on fire ! 



SIMPLE DIVISION. 

We heard a story the other night on the subject of "di- 
vison," that we thought "some" at the time, and never 
having seen it in print, we are tempted to give our read- 
ers the benefit of it. 

A Southern planter named P., pretty well to do in the 
world now, was some twenty years ago a poor boy on the 
Eastern shore of Maryland. One of the strongest and 
most marked traits of his character, was an inordinate love 



58 SALOON keeper's companion. 

ofmoney. This, however, is characteristic of the people 
in them diggins, where they practice skinning strangers 
during brisk ^seasons, and skinning one another during 
dull times. 

In the course of time, P. was of age, and thought it 
about time to get married. He went to a neighboring 
village, and in the course of time was introduced to a 
daughter of Judge B. 

"Dang fine gal!" said the embrj-o speculator to his 
friends, who were gaining him an entrance among the 
elite. 

" Very." 

" How much might Judge B. be worth? " 

" "Why, about ten thousand dollars," was the reply. 

"And how many children has Judge B?" continued 
the enquirer. 

" Only three." 

" Three into ten goes three times and a third over," 
cj^hered P. 

Here was a chance — a glorious chance — and he im- 
proved it, too. He made love to the beautiful and unso- 
phisticated daughter of the Judge with all her attractions. 
Strange to say, for he was as uncouth a looking cub as 
ever went unlicked, his suit prospered, and they were 
married. 

The honey-moon passed off as all other honey-moons 
do, and they were happy. The bride was. lively and 
chatty, and often made allusions to her brothers and sis- 
ters. Startled at a number of names he thought should 
not be in the catalogue of relations, one evening at tea, 
he said — 

" My dear, I thought there were only three of you?" 

" So there are by my pa, but my pa's first wife had 
eight more." 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 59 

"Eleven into ten, no times and nary one over!" said 
the astonished P., who jumped up and kicked over the 
chair, and groaned in perfect agony. 

" I 'm sold ! I 'm sold ! and — and — a sight cheaper 
than an old bell-wether sheep, at that." 



HOW HE LOST HIS EYE. 

In the neighborhood of a small town situated in 

county, Kentucky, and right at the junction of a cross- 
road which boasted of a grocery and blacksmith shop, and 
"very" small store, there lives a character whom we 
recently met, and whose greatest boast was, that he " wa& 
one of the five hundred men who killed Packenham, at 
New Orleans." 

His person was decidedly " unique," entertaining, as 
he expressed it, " an honest passion for fighting." In the 
course of his knock-downs, all the fingers of his left hand 
had either been bit, cut, or chawed off, with the exception 
of his fore one, which was a long, lank member with a big^ 
nail on the end of it. 

Although deprived of the use of one fist, this finger 
served him a very useful purpose. 

It may be proper to state, that in this section of coun- 
trj^, fighting is regarded as a mere matter of amusement,, 
especial^ when "red eye" is about, and neighbors 
knock-down and "gouge" each other in a friendly man- 
ner. The subject of our story had a peculiar fashion of 
fighting : being rather short, and not very heavy, he had 
to take, as he said, all the advantages to keep even. His 
grand point was to walk up to a man, and bj' a sudden 
thrust, which long practice had rendered him perfect in,, 
poke his long, bony finger with unerring precision in his 
opponent's eye, and hit him at the same time " under the 



60 SALOON keeper's compakion. 

belt." It was at one of those domestic watering places 
where families congregate to pass a few weeks dm-ing the 
summer season, that we first met him. 

He was dressed in the most approved hunting fashion, 
having on buckskin pantaloons, and a coon skin cap, with 
a fox's tail in it. His face was particularly striking, from 
the fact, probablj'^, of its having been frequently "struck," 
as it was covered with scars. 

To complete his description, he had only one eye, and 
that only orb, when we saw him, ga;ve evidence of a re- 
cent muss. 

A crowd of some four or five visitors had assembled at 
the spring, which gushed out of the side of the hill, and 
were seated on some wide benches, listening to his 
marvelous adventures " by flood and field," and the innu- 
merable men he had " font" and " licked." 

One of the party present, at the risk of being considered 
impertinent, ventured to ask him " how he lost his eye." 

The old fellow immediatelj^ brightened up, and sitting 
upon an empty keg, drew a huge twist of the native leaf 
from his buckskin, and said : 

•' Gentlemen, you won't believe this story — some folks 
do n't — but it's a fact, and no mistake." 

" Some forty years ago, things warn't invented to skeer 
game and let foreigners in." 

"Well, about that time I 'hoop-poled' my cabin, on 
the side of one of the Licking Hills, ' previous ' to my 
going to agriculture. There was a powerful lot of game 
then, and a fellow could pick and choose." 

" One day I started out on a still hunt to ' drap bucks ' 
and admire natur. I went about three miles without see- 
ing a deer fat enough to waste powder on. "When I came 
to a precipice on the Brushy Fork of Licking, I stopped 
and commenced thinking about ' Pilgrim's Progress ' and 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 61 

' Robinson Crusoe,' when presently I seed a big buck 
lying at the foot of the precipice, which was about four 
ramrods deep. I tell you, religion and literature flitted 
immediately, and I jest concluded to ' harness ' that spec- 
imen in nat'ral history and take him alive. 

"I' laid down Sweet Betsy — that's what I call my 
rifle — and shed my flannel for a regular tussle. He was 
a lying in the sun at the bottom, and never know'd the 
danger he war in. I made one jump, and lit right across 
his back and grabbed both his horns ; they war horns and 
no mistake, and looked like young black-jacks sprouting 
out the side of his head. The deer was a little surprised 
and run like h — 11 straight up the holler, through the 
thickest sort of woods. 1 hung on to the horns, for I tell 
you, if I had let loose the way he war running, I'd lit on 
the other side of licking, and no mistake." 

" I know'd I war in for the race, and were making it a 
heap under two forty. On we went like the devil beating 
tan bark, through the thickets." 

" I commenced to get tired by and by, and thought I 
would ' ease ' myself by grabbing some sapling. I seed a 
small black jack tree and snatched it with my left hand, 
holding on with the other to the horn of the critter." 

"Something 'cracked.' It warn't the tree, but 'by 
gum,' the horn of the buck had slipped, and I thought I 
was goner. His head must have aked orful, for he run a 
heap faster ; and them big antlers of his'n, as he rushed 
through the bushes, rattled agin his skull like shelled corn 
in a gourd." 

" All at wuns't something keen hit me in the left eye, 
but it got mighty dark of a sudden on that side of my 
head." 

"I 'spose he run about four miles, when he 'fainted,' 
and I got ofi", and after I rested, tied all four of his legs 
4 



62 SALOON KEEPERS COMPANION. 

together before the ' influence ' left him. The blood was 
running down the left side of my face, and I shut my 
other eye, and d — n me if I did n't see nothing. I went 
back on the trail we had run, when I seed a bush move. 
I stopped stock still and bent the other eye upon it." 

Here he paused and took another quid. 

"Gentlemen," he resumed, "it's a fact and no mis- 
take, if it warn't my left eye hanging on a bush and 
winking at me." 

Everybody was silent — surprise was too deep for utter- 
ance, when one of the party, drawing a flask from his 
pocket, handed it to the man with the request that he 
" would wash the story down." 

He smelt it to be sure that it was whiskey, and looking 
round at the party, said, " Gentlemen, here 's to abolish- 
ionist and temperance lecturers — may they have an ever- 
lasting 'itching' without the privilege of 'scratching.' " 
And calling his dog, bade us good-bye and left. 



PART 11. 



HOYLE'S GAMES REVISED AND IMPEOVED. 

LATEST RULES FOR PLAYING ONE HUNDRED DIF- 
FERENT GAMES OF CARDS, DICE, 
BILLIARDS, ETC. 



64 SALOON Keeper's companion. 

II. 

DIRECTIONS FOi^ HOYLE'S GA^VIES. 



COMMERCIAL PITCH, OR AUCTION ALL-FOURS. 

This is another game of " All-Fours," quite amusing 
and exciting in its character, especially as it may be played 
by as many as eight persons. It is subject to the usual 
rules of " All-Fours," and is played as here described :— 

Before the game commences, it is usual to score ten 
points to each player and each strives to wipe out this 
score, as in the game of Set-Back Euchre. Every point a 
player makes is deducted from his score, and the first who 
wipes" this score entirely out wins the game. The cards 
are shuffled, cut, and dealt as in the ordinary game, 
except that no trump is turned, and then commences the 
commercial part of the play, which is bidding for the privi- 
lege of making the trump. This is commenced by the 
eldest hand, who is said to " sell the trump." If, upon 
examination, the player next to the eldest hand thinks his 
hand is strong enough to make a trump, he bids, or 
declares how many points he will give the eldest hand to 
be allowed to make the trump — he may, for example, bid 
two — the next hand may bid three, while the third and 
fourth, not having good hands, decline to bid ; and if no 
one is disposed to give more, the play begins by scoring 
the bid, which announces the pleasant fact, that the eldest 
hand has wiped out three points before a card has been 
played. Now, if the player who made the highest bid 
does not make the points bid, he loses, or is set back 
three points, so that he would have thirteen to make, while 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 65 

the eldest hand would have but seven to go. In this man- 
ner the game proceeds, each one retiring upon making ten 
points, until the players are reduced to two, and he who 
is finally beaten forfeits whatever may have been pending 
upon the issue of the game. If a pool has been made up 
to be played for, the first hand out wins. It sometimes 
happens when a player has four points scored, and thinks 
he can make four points, and the game, that he will bid 
four for the privilege of the pitch, but if he fails he is set 
back four points. If no player bids for the pitch, then 
the eldest hand takes that privilege, and pitches what 
trump he chooses. The player who makes the trump is 
compelled to pitch it. The trump must be put up for 
sale, but if the seller is ofiered less than he thinks he can 
make by pitching the trump himself, he may refuse to 
sell, and retain the privilege of the pitch ; if, however, he 
fails to make the number of points he was oflfered for the 
pitch, then he is set back that number. 

The score of this game is kept the same as Rounce. 



DICE. 

THROWING DICE. 

Each player throws the three Dice, three times, and 
the sum of the spots, which are uppermost at each throw, 
are added together and placed to the score of that player. 
Ties throw over again, if it be necessary to establish any 
result. 

For instance : A is throwing Dice ; at the first throw he 
makes Ace, Four and Six, which added together count 
eleven. His second throw is Five, Two and Three, to- 
gether, ten. Third throw, two Fives and a Four, making 
fourteen — the sum of eleven, ten and fourteen, which is 
thirty-five, is counted to his score. And so with any num- 



66 



SALOON KEEPERS COMPANION. 



ber of players — the one who scores the highest, winning 
the game. 



It is 


you 


do not throw. 


It is you do not thn 


10077695 to 1 




54 




over 39 to 1 42 or more. 


1007768 to 1 




53 or more. 


over 24 to 1 41 


183229 to 1 




52 




very near 16 to 1 40 " 


45809 to 1 




51 




over 10 to 1 39 " 


14093 to 1 




50 




over 7 to 1 38 


5032 to 1 




49 




very near 5 to 1 37 " 


2016 to 1 




48 




over 3 to 1 36 " 


886 to 1 




47 




over 2 to 1 1 o. 
or 28 tonP° 


422 to 1 




46 




215 to 1- 




45 




11 to 6 34 


116 to 1 




44 




9 to 7 33 " 


66tol 




43 ' 






It is exactly equal that you throw 32 or more. 



When articles are Raffled, i. e., put up at lottery, the 
future possession of them being decided by the use of 
Dice, the method usually adopted is that of Throwing 
Dice, and not Raffles, as the term used would seem to 
imply. 

THE FOLLOWING IS A GUIDE TO ANY PERSON INCLINED TO SELL OR 
BUY A CHANCE. 



It is 1 out of 


3 


jrou do not throw 36 


or more. 


1 " 4 


" " 


' 37 




1 " 5 


" " ' 


' 38 




1 " 8 


" " ' 


' 39 




1 " 11 


" " ' 


' 40 




1 " 17 


" " ' 


< 41 « 




1 " 28 


" " ' 


' 42 ' 




1 " 47 


it (I c 


' 43 




1 " 81 


" " ' 


44 ' 




1 " 150 


« (( ( 


' 45 




1 " 293 


" " ' 


' 46 ' 




1 " 613 


« u < 


< 47 ' 




CASES 


OF CURIOSn 


^Y. 


is 1585 to 1 you do not throw 47 r 


leither more nor 1 


807 to 1 




46 




' " 


440 to 1 




45 




' " 


255 to 1 




44 




C t( 


166 to 1 




43 




' " 


100 to 1 




42 




1 <( 


68 tol 




41 




' " 


48 to 1 




40 






35 to 1 




39 




( « 


7 tol 




38 




( it 


21 to 1 




37 




i u 


over 17 to 1 




36 




t CI 


over 15 to 1 




" 35 




' 


" 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 67 

EAFFLES. 

Three Dice are used, which are thrown by each player 
until he succeeds in throwing two alike ; the first throw 
made containing a pair, counts its number of spots to the 
thrower's score. Triplets, or three alike, take precedence 
of pairs, so that three Aces will beat two Sixes and a Five. 

This is sometimes, by previous arrangement, played 
differently, triplets counting only as pairs — thus three 
Fives would be reckoned as fifteen points, and would be 
beaten by two Fives and a Six. 

DRAW POKER 

Is played with five Dice : each player having one throw, 
with the privilege of a second throw if he desire it. In 
the first throw all the five Dice must be thrown — the 
player can leave all, or as many as he pleases, on the 
table, then gather up such as do not satisfy him, and throw 
them again, it being understood that a player can throw 
twice if he pleases, but is not obliged to throw more than 
once if he be content with the result of the first throw. 

The throws rank in the same manner as in the card game 
(see page 152), beginning with the lowest ;. one pair, two 
pairs, triplets, a full hand, four of the same. The highest 
throw is five alike, ranking in the order of their denomina- 
tion, from six down to one ; so that five Sixes make an 
invincible hand ; this, of course, can only occur in the 
Dice game, while a flush occurs only in the card game. 

It should be understood that Six is the highest and Ace 
the lowest, the intermediate numbers ranking accordingly. 

Suppose A is throwing at Draw Poker, and the first 
throw consists of 5, 3, 6, 2 and 5. He will naturally leave 
the two 5's on the table, and throw again with the three 
remaining Dice — if this second throw is a lucky one, he 



68 SALOON keeper's companion. 

may throw a pair of Twos and a Five — tMs will give him 
a full hand of Fives. 

MULTIPLICATION . 

This is played with three Dice, and three throws, as 
follows : the first throw is with three Dice : the highest 
one on the table, and the other two taken up and thrown 
again : the higher one is left, and the lower one taken up 
and thrown again. The spots on the two left on the table 
are aidded together, and their sum multiplied by the spots 
on the third, or last die thrown ; and this total placed to 
the score of the thrower. 

Thus, we will suppose the player to throw as follows : 

First throw, say Three, Two, and Five ; the Five will 
be left on the table, and the Three and Two returned into 
the Dice-box. 

Second throw, say Four and Six ; the Six will remain 
on the table, and the Four replaced in the Dice-box. 

Third throw, say Three ; 

This will count 33 ; thus, the sum of Five and Six, the 
Dice remaining on the table after the first and second 
throws, is eleven ; this sum multiplied by three, the result 
of the third throw, makes 33, 

ROUND THE SPOT. 

This is played with three Dice, which are thrown three 
times — the sum of the spots being thus reckoned — those 
spots only count which lay around a central spot, viz., the 
Three and Five — the Three spot counting for two, and the 
Five spot for four — thus it will be seen that Six, Four, 
Two, and Ace do not count at all ; and therefore a player 
may throw three times and count nothing. 

HELP TOUR NEIGHBOR. 

This amusing game is played with three Dice, and may 
be played by six persons as follows : 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 69 

The players throw in regular rotation. The iSirst player, 
or number one, throws 2, 4, 6, and he has not thrown one, 
the number corresponding to his own, he scores nothing, 
but 6 being the highest number thrown, number six scores 
6 points. 

The second player now throws, and he throws 2,3,5: he 
therefore counts two, and helps his neighbor, five, to 5 
points. 

The third plaj^er throws, and he throws three Fours, so 
he gets nothing, while his neighbor, number four, scores 
4 points : the raffles counting 4 instead of 1 2. 

Number four now plays, and throws 1,3,3, making noth- 
ing for himself, but 3 for number three, or the third pla^^er. 

Number five being the next player, throws three Fives, 
which counts him 5 points. 

Number six throws three Aces, which counts him 
nothing, but enables number one to score 1 point. 

In this way the game proceeds until some one of the 
players wins the game, by making the number of points 
previously agreed upon. When the game is plaj^ed for a 
pool made up by the joint contributions of the players, the 
first man out wins, but if for refreshments, the last player 
out loses. 



WHIST. 
Whist is played by four persons, with a complete pack 
of cards, fifty-two in number. The four players divide 
themselves into two parties, each player sitting opposite 
his partner. This division is usually accomplished by 
what is called cutting the cards, the two highest and the 
two lowest being partners ; or the partnership may be 
settled by each player drawing a card from the pack 
spread out on the table, or in any other way that may be 
4* 



70 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

decided on. The holder of the lowest card is the dealer. 
But previous to their being dealt, the cards are " made" 
— that is, shuffled — by the elder hand, and "cut" by 
the younger hand. The undermost card in the pack, after 
it has been shuffled and cut, is the " trump." 

The whole pack is now dealt out, card by card, the 
dealer beginning with the player on his left, the elder 
hand. The last card is then turned face upwards on the 
table, where it remains till it is the dealer's turn to play, 
when he takes it into his hand before playing to the first 
trick. The elder hand now leads or plays a card. His 
left-hand adversary follows, then his partner, and last of 
all his right-hand adversary. Each player must " follow 
suit," if he can, and the highest card of the suit led wins 
the " trick ; " or if either player cannot follow suit, he 
either passes the suit or trumps. Thus, we will suppose 
the first player leads a Nine of Spades, the second fol- 
lows with a Ten, the third, who perhaps holds two high 
cards, plays a Queen, and the last a Two or Three. The 
trick would then belong to the third player, who won 
it with his Queen. The winner of the trick then leads 
off a card, and the others follow as before, and so on 
till the thirteen tricks are played. A second deal then 
takes place, as before, and so the game proceeds till 
one or the other side has obtained ten tricks, which is 
game. 

The order and value of the Cards in Whist is as fol- 
lows : — Ace is highest in play and lowest in cutting. 
Then follow King, Queen, Knave, Ten, Nine, Eight, 
Seven, Six, Five, Four, Three, Two, the lowest. 

But there are other ways of scoring points besides 
tricks. The four Court cards of the trump suit are called 
honors; and the holders of four, score four towards the 
game ; the holders of three, score two; but if each player 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 71 

or each set of partners hold two, then honors are said 
to be divided, and no points are added to the game on 
either side. 

All tricks above six score to the game. All honors above 
two score in the way explained — two points for three 
honors, four points for four honors. 

If either side get up to nine points, then the holding of 
honors is of no advantage. In the language of the Whist- 
table, at nine points honors do not count. But at eight 
points, the player who holds two honors in his hand has 
what is called the privilege of the call. That is, he may 
ask his partner if he has an honor — " Can you one?" or 
" Have you an honor? " If the partner asked does hold 
the requisite Court card, the honors may be shown, the 
points scored, and the game ended. But the inquiry 
must not be made by the player holding the two honors 
till it is his turn to play, nor must the Holder of a single 
honor inquire of his partner if he has two. 

Nor does the holding of four honors entitle the partners 
to show them at any stage of the game except at eight 
points. 

At nine points honors do not count. It must be under- 
stood, however, that in order to count honors at eight 
points, they must be shown before the first trich is turned^ 
or they cannot be claimed till the round is completed. 
Thus it might happen that the partners at eight points, 
holding the honors between them, and neglecting to show 
them, would be beaten, even though the other side wanted 
three or four tricks for the game. 

EXPLANATION OF TERMS. 

Ace. — Highest in playing, lowest in cutting. 
Blue Peter. — A signal for trumps, allowable in modern 
play. This term is used when a high card is unnecessarily 



72 SALOON keeper's companion. 

played in place of one of lower denomination, as a ten 
for a seven, a five for a deuce, &c. 

Gut. — Lifting the cards when the uppermost portion 
(not fewer than four) is placed below the rest. The pack 
is then ready for the dealer. 

Cutting in. — Deciding the deal by each player taking 
up not fewer than four cards, and the two highest and 
two lowest become partners. The lowest cut has the 
deal, and Ace is lowest. In case of ties, the cards must 
be cut again. 

Call, the. — The privilege of the player at eight points 
asking his partner if he holds an honor — "Have you 
one ? " The partners having eight points are said to have 
the call. When each side stands at eight, the first player 
has the privilege. As explained in a previous page, no 
player can call till it is his turn to play. 

Deal. — The proper distribution of the cards one by 
one, from left to right, face downwards. 

Deal, miss. — A misdeal is made by giving a card too 
many or too few to either player ; in which case the deal 
passes to the next hand. {See Laws). 

Deal, fresh. — A fresh or new deal, rendered necessary 
by any violation of the laws, or by any accident to the 
cards or players. 

Discard. — The same as Renounce. 

Elder-hand. — The player to the left of the dealer. 

Establish a Suit. — To exhaust the best cards in it which 
are against you, and retain its entire command. 

Faced Card. — A card improperly shown in process of 
dealing. It is in the power of adversaries in such cases 
to demand a new deal. 

Finessing. — A term used when a player endeavors to 
conceal his strength, as when, having the best and third 
best (as Ace and Queen), he plays the latter, and risks 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 73 

his adversary holding the second best (the King). If he 
succeed in winning with his Queen, he gains a clear trick, 
because if his adversary throws away on the Queen, the 
Ace is certain of making a trick. The term " finessing " 
may be literally explained by saying a player chances with 
an inferior card to win a trick while he holds the King 
card in his hand. 

Forcing. — This term is employed when the player 
obliges his adversary or partner to play his trump or 
pass the trick. As, for instance, when the player holds 
the last two cards in a suit, and plays one of them. 

Hand. — The thirteen cards dealt to each player. 

Honors. — Ace, King, Queen, and Knave of trumps, 
reckoned in the order here given. 

Jack. — The Knave of any suit. 

King Card. — The highest unplayed card in any suit ; 
the leading or winning card. 

iead, the. — The first player's card, or the card next 
played by the winner of the last trick. 

Long Cards. — Cards of a suit remaining in one hand 
after the remainder of the suit is played. 

Long Suit. — A numerically strong suit. 

Long Trumps. — The last trump card in hand, one or 
more, when the rest are all played. It is important to 
retain a trump in an otherwise weak hand. 

Loose Card. — A card of no value, which may be 
thrown away on any trick won by your partner or ad- 
versary. 

Lurch. — The players who make the double point are 
said to have lurched their adversaries. 

Love. — No points to score. Nothing. 

Marking the Game. — Making the score apparent, with 
coins, etc., as before explained. 

Points. — The score obtained by tricks and honors. 



74 SALOON keeper's companion. 

Quarte. — Four cards in sequence. 

Quarte Major. — A sequence of Ace, King, Queen, and 
Knave. 

Quint. — Five successive cards in a suit ; a sequence of 
five, as King, Queen, Knave, Ten, and Nine. 

Renounce. — Possessing no card of the suit led, and 
playing another which is not a trump. 

BevoJce. — Playing a card different from the suit led, 
though the player can follow suit. The penalty for the 
error, whether made purposely or by accidoit, is the for- 
feiture of three tricks. (>S'ee Laws). 

Bubber. — The best two of three games. 

Eufflng. — Another teim for trumping a suit other than 
trumps. 

Sequence. — Cards following in their natural order, as 
Ace, King, Queen; Two, Three, Four, etc. There may, 
therefore, be a sequence of Four, Five, Six, and so on. 

See-saw. — When each partner trumps a suit. For in- 
stance, A holds no Diamonds, and B no Hearts. When 
A plays Hearts, B trumps and returns a Diamond, which 
A trumps and returns a Heart, and so on. 

Score. — The points gained in a game or rubber. 

Single Card, or Singleton. — One card only of a suit. 

Slam. — Winning every trick in a round. 

Tenace. — Holding the best and third best of any suit 
led when last player. Holding tenace ; as King and Ten 
of Clubs. When your adversary leads that suit, you win 
two tricks perforce. [^Tenace minor mean the second and 
fourth best of any suit.] 

Tierce. — A sequence of three cards in any suit. 

Tierce Major. — Ace, King, and Queen of any suit held 
in one hand. 

Tricks. — The four cards played including the lead. 

Trump. — The last card in tl e deal ; the turn up. 



SALOON keeper's COMPAJflON. 75 

Trumps. — Cards of the same suit as the turn-up. 

Trumping suit. — Playing a trump to any other suit 
led. 

Underplay. — Playing to mislead your adversaries ; as 
by leading a small card though you hold the King card of 
the suit. 

Youngest hand. — The playei- to the right of the dealer. 

THE LAWS OF WHIST.* 

THE RUBBER. 

The rubber is the best of three games. If the first two 
games be won by the same players, the third game is not 
played. 

SCORING. 

A game consists of ten points. Each trick, above six, 
counts one point. 

Honors, i. e,, Ace, King, Queen, and Knave of trumps 
are thus reckoned : 

If a player and his partner, either separately or conjoint- 
ly, hold— 

I. The four honors, they score four points. 
■II. Any three honors, they score two points. 
III. Only two honors, they do not score. 

Those plaj^ers who at the commencement of a deal, are 
at the score of nine, cannot score honors. 

The penalty of a revoke takes precedence of all other 
scores. Tricks score next. Honors last. 

Honors, unless claimed before the trump card of the 
following deal is turned up, cannot be scored. 

* The laws of the game, as revised in 1867, by a joint committee of 
players belonging to the Arlington and Portland Clubs, London, under 
the chairmanship of James Clay, Esq., M. P., and generally adopted by 
the clubs in this country. The notes and explanations in brackets are 
"Cavendish," an accepted writer on the game. 



76 SALOON keeper's companion. 

To score honors is not sufficient ; they must be called 
at the end of the hand ; if so called, they may be scored 
at any time during the game. 

If an erroneous score be proved, such mistake can be 
corrected prior to the conclusion of the game in which it 
occurred, and such game is not concluded until the trump 
card of the following deal has been turned up. 

If an erroneous score affecting the amount of the rubber, 
be proved, such mistake can be rectified at any time 
during the rubber. 

CUTTING. 

The ace is the lowest card. 

In all cases, every one must cut from the same pack. 
Should a player expose more than one card, he must 
cut again. 

CUTTING CARDS OF EQUAL VALUE. 

Two players cutting cards of equal value [in cutting 
for partners] , unless such cards are the two highest, cut 
again ; should they be the two lowest, a fresh cut is neces- 
sary to decide which of those two deals. 

Three players cutting cards of equal value cut again ; 
should the fourth (or remaining) card be the highest, the 
two lowest of the new cut are partners, the lower of those 
two the dealer ; should the fourth card be the lowest, the 
two highest are partners, the original lowest the dealer. 

SHUFFLING. 

The pack must neither be shuffled below the table nor 
so that the face of any card be seen. 

The pack must not be shuffled during the play of the 
hand. 

A pack, having been played with, must neither be 
shuffled by dealing it into packets, nor across the table. 

Each player has a right to shuffle, once only, except 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 77 

as provided by Rule 29, prior to a deal, after a false cut 
[vide Law 31], or when a new deal [vide Law 34] has 
occurred. 

The dealer's partner must collect the cards for the 
ensuing deal, and has the first right to shuffle that pack. 

Each plaj^er after shuffling must place the cards proper- 
ly collected, and face downwards, to the left of the player 
about to deal. 

The dealer has always the right to shuffle last ; but 
should a card or cards be seen during his shuffling or 
whilst giving the pack to be cut, he may be compelled to 
re-shuffle. 

THE DEAL. 

Each plaj'er deals in his turn ; the right of dealing goes 
to the left. 

The player on the dealer's right cuts the pack, and in 
dividing it, must not leave fewer than four cards in either 
packet; if in cutting, or in replacing one of the two 
packets on the other, a card be exposed, or if there be 
any confusion of the cards, or a doubt as to the .exact 
place in which the pack was divided, there must be a fresh 
cut. 

When a player, whose duty it is to cut, has once 
separated the pack, he cannot alter his intention ; he can 
neither re-shuffle nor re-cut the cards. 

"When the pack is cut, should the dealer shuffle the 
cards, he loses his deal, 

A NEW DEAL. 

There must be a new deal — 
I. If during a deal, or during the play of a hand, the 

pack be proved incorrect or imperfect. 
II. If any card, excepting the last, be faced in the pack. 
[The same dealer must deal again.] 



78 SALOON keeper's companion. 

If, whilst dealing, a card be exposed by the dealer or his 
partner, should neither of the adversaries have touched 
the cards, the latter can claim a new deal ; a card exposed 
by either adversary gives that claim to the dealer, pro- 
vided that his partner has not touched a card ; if a new 
deal does not take place, the exposed card cannot be 
called. 

If, during dealing, a pla3^er touch an^^ of his cards, the 
adversaries maj^ do the same, without losing their privi- 
lege of claiming a new deal, should chance give them such 
option. 

If, in dealing, one of the last cards be exposed, and the 
dealer turn up the trump before there is reasonable time 
for his adversaries to decide as to a fresh deal, they do 
not thereb}^ lose their privilege. 

If a player, whilst dealing look at the trump card, his 
adversaries have a right to see it, and may exact a new 
deal. 

If a player take into the hand dealt to him a card 
belonging to the other pack, the adversaries, on discovery 
of the error, may decide whether they will have a fresh 
deal or not. 

A MISDEAL. 

A misdeal loses the deal. [Except as provided in 
Laws 42 and 47.] 
It is a misdeal — 

I. Unless the cards are dealt into four packets, one at 
a time in regular rotation, beginning with the 
player to the dealer's left. 
II. Should the dealer place the last (i. e., the trump) 
card, face downwards, on his^own, or any other 
pack. 
III. Should the trump card not come in its regular order 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 79 

to the dealer ; but he does not lose his deal if the 
pack be proved imperfect. 
IV. Should a player have fourteen or more cards, and 
either of the other three less than thirteen. [The 
pack being perfect. [Vide Law 44.] 
V. Should the dealer, under an impression that he has 
made a mistake, either count the cards on the 
table, or the remainder of the pack. 
VI. Should the dealer deal two cards at once, or two 
cards to the same hand, and then deal a third ; 
but if prior to dealing that third card, the dealer 
can, by altering the position of one card only, 
rectify such error, he may do so, except as 
provided by the second paragraph of this Law. 
VII. Should the dealer omit to have the pack cut to him, 
and the adversaries discover the error, prior to 
the trump card being turned up, and before look- 
ing at their cards, but not after having done so. 
[^Vide also Law 33.] 
A misdeal does not lose the deal if, during the dealing 
either of the adversaries touch the cards prior to the 
dealer's partner having done so, but should the latter have 
first interfered with the cards, notwithstanding either or 
both of the adversaries have subsequently done the same, 
the deal is lost. 

Should three players have their right number of cards — 
the fourth have less than thirteen, and not discover such 
deficiency until he has played any of his cards [i. e., until 
after he has played the first trick] , the deal stands good ; 
should he have played, he is as answerable for any revoke 
he may have made as if the missing card, or cards, had 
been in his hand [vide also Law 67, and Law 41, para- 
graph IV] ; he may search the other pack for it, or them. 
If a pack, during or after a rubber, be proved incorrect 



80 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

or imperfect, such proof does not alter any past score, 
game, or rubber : that hand in which the imperfection was 
detected is null and void ; the dealer deals again. 

Any one dealing out of turn, or with the adversary's 
cards, may be stopped before the trump card is turned up, 
after which the game must proceed as if no mistake had 
been made, 

A player can neither shuffle, cut, nor deal for his part- 
ner, without the permission of his opponents. 

If the adversaries interrupt a dealer whilst dealing, 
either by questioning the score or asserting that it is not 
his deal, and fail to establish such claim, should a misdeal 
occur, he may deal again. 

Should a player take his partner's deal and misdeal, the 
latter is liable to the usual penalty, and the adversary 
next in rotation to the player who ought to have dealt then 
deals. 

THE TRUMP CARD. 

The dealer, when it is his turn to play to the first trick, 
should take the trump card into his hand : if left on the 
table after the first trick be turned and quitted, it is liable 
to be called ; his partner may at any time remind him of 
the liability. 

After the dealer has taken the trump card into his 
hand, it cannot be asked for ; a player naming it at any 
time during the play of that hand is liable to have his 
highest or lowest trump called. [Any one may inquire 
what the trump suit is, at any time.] 

Tf the dealer take the trump card into his hand before it 
is his turn to play, he may be desired to lay it on the 
table ; should he show a wrong card, this card may be 
called, as also a second, a third, &c. , until the trump card 
be produced. 

If the dealer declare himself unable to recollect the 



Saloon keeper*s companion. 81 

trump card, Ms highest or lowest trump may be called at 
any time during that hand, and unless it cause him to 
revoke, must be played ; the call may be repeated, but 
not changed, i. e. from highest to lowest, or vice versa, 
until such card is played. 

CARDS LIABLE TO BE CALLED. 

All exposed cards are liable to be called, and must be 
left [face upwards] on the table ; but a card is not an 
exposed card when dropped on the floor, or elsewhere 
below the table. 

The following are exposed cards : — 
I. Two or more cards played at once. [If two or more 
cards are played at once, the adversaries have a 
• right to call which they please to the trick in course 
of play and afterwards to call the others.] 
II. Any card dropped with its face upwards, or in any 
way exposed on or above the table, even though 
snatched up so quickly that no one can name it. 
[Detached cards (i. e. cards taken out of the hand 
but not dropped) are not liable to be called unless 
named ; vide Law 57. It is important to distin- 
guish between exposed and detached cards.] 
If any one play to an imperfect trick the best card on 
the table [and then lead without waiting for his partner to 
play] , or lead one which is a winning card as against his 
adversaries, and then lead again [without waiting for his 
partner to play] , or play several such winning cards, one 
after the other, without waiting for his partner to play, 
the latter may be called on to win, if he can, the first or 
any other of those tricks, and the other cards thus 
improperly played are exposed cards. 

K a player, or players, under the impression that the 
game is lost — or won — or for other reasons throw his or 



82 SALOON keeper's companion. 

their cards on the table face upwards, such cards are 
exposed, and liable to be called, each player's by the 
adversary ; but should one player alone retain his hand, 
he cannot be forced to abandon it. 

If all four players throw their cards on the table face 
upwards, the hands are abandoned : and no one can again 
take up his cards. Should this general exhibition show 
that the game might have been saved, or won, neither 
can be entertained, unless a revoke be established. The 
revoking players are then liable to the following penalties ; 
they cannot under any circumstances win the game by 
the result of that hand, and the adversaries may add three 
to their score, or deduct thi-ee from that of the revoking 
players. 

A card detached from the rest of the hand so as to be 
named is liable to be called ; but should the adversary 
name a wrong card, he is liable to have a suit called when 
he or his partner have the lead. \^i. e. The first time that 
side obtains the lead.] 

If a player, who has rendered himself liable to have the 
highest or lowest of a suit called, fail to play as desired, 
or if when called on to lead one suit, lead another, having 
in his hand one or more cards of that suit demanded, he 
incurs the penalty of a revoke. 

If any player lead out of tm"n, his ad\ersaries may 
either call the card erroneously' led — or may call a suit 
from him or his partner when it is next the turn of either 
of them to lead. [i. e. The penalty of calling a suit must 
be exacted from whichever of them next first obtains the 
lead. It follows that if the player who leads out of turn 
is the partner of the person who ought to have led, and a 
suit is called, it must be called at once from the right 
leader. If he is allowed to plaj'^ as he pleases, the only 
penalty that remains is to call the card erroneous^ led.] 



SALOON" keeper's Ci^MPANION. 83 

If any player lead out of turn, and the other three have 
followed him the trick is complete, and the error cannot 
be rectified ; but if onlj^ the second, or the second and 
third have played to the false lead, their cards, on discov- 
ery of the mistake, are taken back ; there is no penalty 
against B.nj one, except the original offender, whose card 
may be called — or he, or his partner, when either of them 
(». e., whichever of them next first has the lead] has next 
the lead, may be compelled to play any suit demanded by 
the adversaries. 

In no case can a player be compelled to play a card 
which would oblige him to revoke. 

The call of a card may be repeated [at every trick] 
until such card has been played. 

If a player called on to lead a suit have none of it, the 
penalty is paid. 

CARDS PLAYED IN ERROR, OR NOT PLAYED TO A TRICK. 

If the third hand play before the second, the fourth 
hand may play before his partner. 

Should the third hand not have played, and the fourth 
play before his partner, the latter may be called on to win 
or not to win the trick. 

If any one omit playing to a former trick, and such 
error be not discovered until he' has played to the next, 
the adversaries may claim a new deal ; should they decide 
that the deal stand good, the surplus card at the end of 
the hand is considered to have been played to the imper- 
fect trick, but does not constitute a revoke therein. 

If any one play two cards to the same trick, or mix his 
trump, or other card, with a trick to which it does not 
properly belong, and the mistake be not discovered until 
the hand is played out, he is answerable for all conse- 
quent revokes he may have made. [Vide also Law 43.] 



84 SALOOK Keeper's companion. 

K, during the play of the hand, the error be detected, 
the trick may be counted face downward, in order to 
ascertain whether there be among them a card too many : 
should this be the case they may be searched, and the 
card restored : the player is, however, liable for all re- 
vokes which he may have meanwhile made. 

THE REVOKE. 

Is when a player, holding one or more cards of the suit 
led, plaj's a card of a different suit. [ Vide also Law 58.] 

The penalty for a revoke is — 

I. At the option of the adversaries, who at the end of 
the hand, may either take three tricks from the 
revoking player [and add them to their own] — or 
deduct three points from his score — or add three 
to their own score ; 
II. Can be claimed for as many revokes as occur dur.^ 
ing the hand ; 

III. Is applicable only to the score of the game in which 

it occurs ; 

IV. Cannot be divided, i. e., a player cannot add one 

or two . to his own score and deduct one or two 
from the revoking player ; 
V. Takes precedence of every other score e. g., the 
claimants seven — their opponents nothing — the 
former add three to their score — and thereby win 
the game, even should the latter have made thir- 
teen tricks, and held four honors. 
A revoke is established, if the trick in which it occur be 
turned and quitted i. e., the hand removed from that trick 
after it has been turned face downward on the table — or 
if either the revoking player or his partner, whether in 
his right tm"n or otherwise, lead or play to the following 
trick. 



S COMPANION. 85 

A player may ask his partner whether he has not a card 
of the suit which he has renounced ; should the question be 
asked before the trick is turned and quitted, subsequent 
turning and quitting does not establish the revoke, and 
the error may be corrected, unless the question be an- 
swered in the negative, or unless the revoking player or 
his partner have led or played to the following trick. 

At the end of the hand, the claimants of a revoke may 
search all the tricks. [Vide Law 74.] 

If a player discover his mistake in time to save a re- 
voke, the adversaries, whenever they think fit, may call 
the card thus played in error, or may require him to play 
his highest or lowest card to that trick in which he has 
renounced ; any pla3^er or players who have played after 
him ma.y withdraw their cards and substitute others ; the 
cards withdrawn are not liable to be called. 

If a revoke be claimed, and the accused player or his 
partner mix the cards before they have been sufficiently 
examined by the adversaries, the revoke is established. 
The mixing of the cards only renders the proof of a re- 
voke difficult, but does not prevent the claim, and posssi- 
ble establishment of the penalty. 

A revoke cannot be claimed after the cards have been 
cut for the following deal. 

The revoking player and his partner may, under all 
circumstances, require the hand in which the revoke has 
been detected to be played out. 

If a revoke occur, be claimed and proved, bets on the 
odd trick, or on amount of score, must be decided by the 
actual state of the latter, after the penalty is paid. 

Should the plaj^ers on both sides subject themselves to 
the penalty of one or more revokes, neither can win the 
game ; each is punished at the discretion of his adversary. 
[In the manner prescribed in Law 69.] 
5 



86 SALOON keeper's companion. 

In whatever way the penalty be enforced, under no cir- 
cumstances can a player win the game by the result of the 
hand during which he has revoked ; he cannot score more 
than nine. (Vide Hvle 58.) 

CALLING FOR NEW CARDS. 

Any player (on paying for them) before, but not after, 
the pack be cut for the deal, may call for fresh cards. He 
must call for two new packs, of which the dealer takes 
his choice. 

CALLING HONORS. 

If any one calls after having played, or reminds his 
partner of calling, after the deal is completed, the adver- 
saries may claim a fresh deal. 

K any one calls without having two honors ; or without 
being at the score of eight ; or shall answer the call, 
without having an honor ; the adversaries may consult as 
to a fresh deal, reclaiming their hands if thrown down. 

GENERAL RULES. 

Where a player and his partner have an option of ex- 
acting from their adversaries one of two penalties, they 
should agree who is to make the election but must not 
consult with one another which of the two penalties it is 
advisable to exact ; if they do so consult they lose their 
right [to demand any penalty] ; and if either of them, 
with or without consent of his partner, demand a penalty 
to which he is entitled, such decision is final. 

[This rule does not apply in exacting the penalties for 
a revoke ; partners have then a right to consult.] 

Any one during the play of a trick, or after the four 
Cards are played, and before, but not after they are 
touched for the purpose of gathering them together, may 
demand that the cards be placed before their respective 
players. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 87 

If any one, prior to his partner playing, should call 
attention to the trick — either by saying that it is his, or 
by naming his card, or without being required so to do, by 
drawing it towards him — the adversaries may require 
that opponent's partner to play the highest or lowest of 
the suit then led, or to win or lose [i. e., refrain from 
winning] the trick. 

In all cases where a penalty has been incurred, the 
offender is bound to give reasonable time for the decision 
of his adversaries. 

If a bystander make any remark which calls the atten- 
tion of a player or players to an oversight affecting the 
score, he is liable to be called on, by the players only, to 
pay the stakes and all bets on that game or rubber. 

A bystander, by agreement among the players, may 
dectde any question. 

A card or cards torn or marked must be either replaced 
by agreement, or new cards called at the expense of the 
table. 

Any player may demand to see the last trick turned, 
and no more. Under no circumstances can more than 
eight cards be seen during the play of the hand, viz. : the 
four cards on the table which have not been turned and 
quitted, and the last trick turned. 

ETIQUETTE OF WHIST. 

The following rules belong to the established Etiquette 
of Whist. They are not called laws, as it is difficult, in 
some cases impossible, to apply any penalty to their in- 
fi action, and the only remedy is to cease to play with 
players who habitually disregard them. 

Two packs of cards are invariably used at Clubs : if 
possible this should be adhered to. 

Any one having the lead and several winning cards to 



88 SALOON keeper's companion. 

play, should not draw a second card out of Ms hand 
until his partner has played to the first trick, such 
act being a distinct intimation that the former has played 
a winning card. 

No intimation whatever, by word or gesture, should be 
given by a player as to the state of his hand, or of the 
game. [The question "Who dealt?" is irregular, and if 
asked should not be answered.] 

A player who desires the cards to be placed, or who 
demands to see the last trick [or who asks what the trump 
is] should do it for his own information only, and not in 
order to invite the attention of his partner. 

No player should object to refer to a bystander who 
professes himself uninterested in the game, and able to 
decide anj^ disputed question of facts ; as to who played 
any particular card — whether honors were claimed, though 
not scored, or vice versa — &c., &c. 

It is unfair to revoke purposely ; having mada a revoke 
a pla^^er is not justified in making a second in order to 
conceal the first. 

Until the pla3^ers have made such bets as they wish, 
bets should not be made with bystanders. 

Bystander^ should make no remark, neither should they 
by word or gesture give any intimation of the state of the 
game until concluded and scored, nor should they walk 
round the table to look at the diiferent hands. 

CASES AND DECISIONS. 

The following Cases and Decisions are by " Cavendish," 
and have the approval of James Clay, Esq. 

Card laws are intended to effect two objects: 1. To 
preserve the harmony and determine the ordering of the 
table. Such, for example, are the laws in the previous 
code, which regulate scoriug, cutting, shuffling, &c., and 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 89 

the miscellaneous rules included under the head of 
Etiquette. 2. To prevent any player from obtaining an 
unfair advantage. 

The word "unfair" must be taken in a restricted sense. 
It does not mean intentional unfairness. This is not to be 
dealt with by laws, but bj^ exclusion from the card table. 
In deciding cases of card law, the offender should be 
credited with bona fides. It follows from this, that 
offences should not be judged by the intention of the 
player, but by the amount of injury which his irrregularity 
may inflict on the opponents. 

In a perfect code, there should be a penalty for all 
errors or irregularities, by which the player committing 
them, Of his side, might profit ; and on the other hand 
there should be no penalty for errors by which he who 
commits them, cannot possibly gain an advantage. 

Penalties should be proportioned as closely as possible 
to the gain which might ensue to the offender. For 
instance : if the third hand has not played and the fourth 
plays before his partner, the second hand is informed 
whether or not his partner is likely to win the t! ick. The 
law, therefore, provides that the adversaries shall be 
entitled to call on the second player either to win the 
trick, or not to win it, whichever they please. Sa}^ the 
fourth hand plays an Ace out of turn. The second hand 
may be required to win the trick. If he has none of the 
suit he must trump it. In the opposite case, if the fourth 
hand plays a small card, and the second is called on not 
to win the trick, he must play a small card also. In this 
manner, the second plaj^er is prevented from benefitting 
by the irregular information afforded him. Other oflfences 
are legislated against in a similar way, the point kept in 
view throughout being that no player shall be allowed to 
profit by his own wrong doing. i 



90 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

However carefully a code is drawn up, it will not unfre- 
quently happen in practice, that cases occur which are but 
imperfectly provided for. Such cases should be referred 
for decision to some arbitrator. The arbitrator will find 
himself materially assisted by keeping well before him the 
two great objects with which the laws have been framed. 

The following general rules will also be found useful in 
guiding him to just decisions : 

Where two or more players are in fault, it should be 
considered with whom the first fault lies, and how far it 
induced or invited the subsequent error of the adversary. 

Questions of fact should be settled before the case is 
referred, either by a majority of the players, or, if they are 
divided in opinion, by an onlooker agreed to by both 
parties, the decision of this referee being final. 

When the facts are agreed to they should be written 
down, and the written statement submitted to the judge, 
who should return a written answer. 

Should it so happen that a case is referred, wherein 
the players are divided in opinion as to the facts, the 
arbitrator will do well to decline to give a decision. The 
disputants, however, may be reminded tha.t the player 
whom it is proposed to punish is entitled to the benefit of 
reasonable doubt. 

Questions of interpretation of law should be decided 
liberally, in accordance with the spirit rather than the 
letter of the law. On the other hand, the arbitrator should 
bear in mind the great inconvenience of a lax interpreta- 
tion of card laws, and having made up his mind as to the 
intention of the law, should decide all cases with the 
utmost strictness. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 91 

SHORT WHIST. 

This game is much in vogue, owing to is brevity, and 
the little scope it allows for stratagem, manoeuvre, and the 
usual plans which constitute the chief charm and beauty 
of the old legitimate game, to which it is very inferior, in 
so far as it narrows the field for enterprise and tactics, so 
highly prized in the old game. It is played in the same 
manner, but its chief merit consists in dispatch, being 
often decided by playing two hands. The following are 
the Rules adopted in the most fashionable circles, as ap< 
plicable in particular to this game. 

The laws and penalties are the same as those of the 
regular game of Whist, with the following excep- 
tions : — 

1. Five points constitute the game ; and from this 
circumstance arises the name — Short Whist. 

2. Honors are never called but always counted, except 
at the point of four which corresponds with the point of 
Nine in the old game ; and in like manner, tricks take 
precedence of honors. 

3. Points of the gamcj eight of which may be gained 
in one game, viz., a single, double, or a triple — reckoned 
thus : — 

I. A treble, or game of three points, when their 
adversaries have not scored. 
IE. A double, or game of two points, when their 

adversaries have scored less than three. 
III. A single, or game of one point, when their ad- 
versaries have scored three op four. 

4. The winners of the rubber gain two points (com- 
monly called the rubber points), in addition to the value 
of their games. 

5. Should the rubber have consisted of three games, 



y^ SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. 

the value of the loser's game is deducted from the gross 
number of points gained by their opponents. 

6. A rubber is the best of three, or two out of three 
games, and may be a rubber of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8. Each 
party counting one, and then either gaining a single, is 
two for the rubber, and one for the single — a rubber of 
three; each gaining a double, and afterwards either gain- 
ing a double — a rubber of four; each party first gain- 
ing a single or double, and then either party a triple — a 
rubber of Jive, and so on : even eleven points may be 
scored on the cards, thus : four honors and seven tricks ; 
but although the game may be up by honors, if a bet is 
on the trick, the tricks must be played for. Never lose a 
trick to save the game, when a bye bet is on the trick ; in 
other cases it is prudent to do so. 

PLAYING THE GAME. 

The best mode is to avoid finessing, which, if not 
successful, will in all probability be the means of losing 
the game. Playing a straightforward game is preferable, 
making the most of the cards, without calculating chances 
as at the old game. Never lose a trick in the hope of 
making two afterwards. Leave nothing to chance, but 
boldly make tricks as long as the cards in hand will allow. 
It is equally advantageous to lead up to, as though, an 
Ace turned up ; not so to a King, Queeu, or Knave. 

The odd trick, ingeneral, is in favor of the leader ; but 
in this, as in every other score, the dealer, as last player, 
has a decided advantage. 

A trick or two may occasionally with advantage be 
given away to make sure of the game : this is termed 
underplay, and of course is never practiced when there 
are bets on every odd trick ; nevertheless, it is in most 
cases a successful manoeuvre, and consists in keeping back 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 93 

the best card and playing a small one, thus : the fourth 
hand having Ace, King, and low carets, if his left-hand 
adversary lead, he wins the Ace, and returns a small one ; 
his partner wins the third-best card, unless the second 
and third are both against him. If you lead from King, 
and your right-hand adversary win with Ten or Knave, 
and return your lead, then your chance to make your 
King is to put him in ; but this play is seldom resorted to 
except in trumps, or in other suits when strong in trumps. 

The first object is to win the game ; if this be not at- 
tainable, the second object should be to save it ; therefore 
inform your partner how you stand in trumps, thus : if 
fourth player, win with the highest of a sequence, and 
lead the lowest. Playing a best card to your partner's 
winning card shows that the strongest of that suit are 
behind. Win the adversary's lead with the highest of a 
sequence ; this keeps them in the dark as to where the 
others are. Be as careful of what cards you throw away, 
as of those that you lead. Never lead a card without a 
reason ; it is better even to have a bad reason than none. 

The odds differ very materially : it is full six lo five in 
favor of the dealer in Short, while it is only twenty-one 
to twenty in Long Whist. 



FRENCH WHIST. 

The points in the game are forty instead of ten. 

The honors count for those who win them, and not for 
those who originally held them. 

The most important card is the Ten of Diamonds, inas- 
much as it counts ten in the game for those who win it. 
It is not played as a trump, but as other cards are played, 
therefore extraordinary skill and judgment are to be ex- 
ercised in order to secure it, 
5* 



94 SALOON keeper's companion. 

THIRTEEN AND THE ODD. 

This game is played by two persons with a full pack of 
fifty-two cards, which rank the same as at Whist. 

The players cut for the deal, the lowest dealing fii-st, 
after which the deal is alternate. In cutting. Ace is low. 

The dealer then gives each player thirteen cards, one at 
a time, commencing with the eldest hand, and turns up 
the next card for a trump ; if a misdeal should occur, the 
dealer loses the deal. 

The eldest hand plays first, and the ti-icks are played 
and made subject to the same regulations as in the game 
of Whist, and the pla^^er who first makes seven tricks 
wins the game. In case a player should revoke, he loses 
the game, provided the trick, in which the revoke occurs, 
has been turned. 



EUCHRE. 

The game of Euchre is played with thirty-two cards ; 
all below the denomination of Seven spot being rejected. 
Four persons constitute the complement for the game, and 
partners are determined b}^ dealing and tm-ning up one 
card to each ; those receiving the two lowest cards, and 
vice versa, being associated together. 

The value of the cards in Euchre is the same as in 
Whist, All-Fours, and other games, excepting that the 
Knave of the suit corresponding with the trump is called 
the BigJit Bower, and is the highest card of the hand ; 
and the other Knave of the same color is called the Left 
Bower, and is the card of second importance. For ex- 
ample : if Hearts should be turned trump, the Knave of 
Hearts is the highest card, the Knave of Diamonds second 
in value, and the Ace, King, Queen, etc., of Hearts, then 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 95 

come in their regular order, as at Whist. When the 
Knaves are of the opposite color from the trump card, 
the;^ rank no higher than at Whist. 

The players usually cut for deal, and he who cuts the 
lowest card is entitled to the deal, and that is accom- 
plished by giving the eldest hand, or first person to the 
left of the dealer, two cards, and so on all around, and 
then dealing an additional three cards to each player, in 
the same order. Regularity should be observed in deal- 
ing, and no party should be allowed to receive from the 
dealer, in any round, more than the number of cards given 
to the eldest hand. 

After five cards have been dealt to each player, the 
dealer turns up the top card on the pack, which is called 
the trump. After the first hand, the deal passes to each 
player in rotation. 

The game consists of five points — the parties getting 
that number first being winners — and the points are in- 
dicated by the number of tricks taken by the players. If 
all the tricks are taken by one side it constitutes what is 
technically termed a march, and entitles the fortunate par- 
ties to a count of two ; and it is necessary to take 
three tricks in order to count one, or "make a point" 
as it is called. Taking four tricks counts no more than 
three. 

When the trump is turned, the first person to the left of 
the dealer looks at his cards, for the purpose of determin- 
ing what he intends to do, whether to " pass" or " order 
the trump up ; " and this, to a certain extent, will depend 
upon the strength of his hand. If he holds cards of suffi- 
cient value to secure three tricks, he will say, " I order it 
up," and the dealer is then obliged to take the card turned 
up, and discard one from his hand ; and the card thus 
taken up becomes the trump. If the eldest hand has not 



96 SALOON keeper's companion. 

enough strength to order it up, he will say " I pass," and 
then the partner of the dealer has to determine whether 
he will " pass" or " assist." If he has enough, with the 
help of the card his partner has turned, to make three 
tricks, he will say, " I assist," and the card is taken up as 
before. If he passes, then it goes to the third hand, who 
who proceeds exactly as the eldest hand. Should aU the 
players pass, it becomes the dealer's privilege to announce 
what he will do, and if he thinks he can take three tricks, 
he saj'^s, " I take it up," and immediately discards his 
weakest card, placing it under the remainder of the pack, 
and instead of the card thus rejected he takes that turned 
up, which remains the trump. It is not considered en 
regie for the dealer to remove the trump card until after 
the first trick has been taken, unless he needs it to play. 
It is let lay, that every one may see what the trump is. 
We may as well state here that it is always the dealer's 
privilege to discard any one card in his hand, and take up 
the trump card ; and this holds good whether he is assisted 
by his partner, is ordered up by his adversaries, or takes 
it up himself. This gives the parties having the deal an 
advantage about equal to one trick. Should the dealer 
not be confident of winning three tricks, he says, " I turn 
it down," and at the same time places the tui*n-up card 
face down on the pack. Should all the plaj^ers decline to 
play at the suit turned up, and the dealer turn it down, 
the eldest hand is then entitled to make ti-ump what he 
chooses (excepting the suit already turned down) . If the 
eldest hand is not strong enough in an}^ suit, and does not 
wish to make the trump, he can pass again, and so it will 
go in rotation, each one having an opportunity to make 
the trump in his regular tm-n, to the dealer. K all the 
players, including the dealer, decline the making of the 
trump, the deal is forfeited to the eldest hand. The eldest 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 97 

hand, after the dealer has discarded, opens the game, and 
leads any card he chooses. The person playing the highest 
card takes the trick, and he in his turn is obliged to lead. 
In this manner the game proceeds, until the five cards in 
each hand are exhausted. Players are required, under 
penalty of ttwe loss of two points, to follow suit. If, how- 
ever, they cannot, they may then throw away a small card 
or trump at their pleasure. 

THE LAWS or EUCHRE. — SCORING. , 

1. A game consists of five points. If the side who 
adopt, make, or order up a trump, take — 

I. Five tricks, they score two points. 

II. Three tricks, they score one point. 

III. Four tricks count no more than three. 

IV. If they fail to take three tricks they are euchred, 

and the opposing party score two points. 

2. When a player who plays alone takes — 
I. Five tricks, he scores four points. 

II. Three tricks, he scores one point. 
in. If he fail to take three tricks he is euchred, and the 
opposing party score two points. 

3. The penalty for a revoke takes precedence of all 
other scores. 

4. An error in count can be rectified at any time before 
the next deal is completed. 

SHUFFLING AND CUTTING. 

5. At the outset of the game each player cuts for the 
deal, and the lowest cut deals. If there be a tie, the par- 
ties tied cut again. The players cutting the two highest 
cards play against those cutting the two lowest. 

6. In cutting the Ace is lowest, and the other cards 
rank as at Whist. 



98 SALOON keeper's companion. 

7. Should a player expose more than one card, he must 
cut again. 

8. The cards may be shuffled by any player who de- 
mands that privilege, but the dealer has always the right 
to shuffle last. 

9. The cards must be cut by the right-haud opponent 
before they are dealt. 

10. A cut must not be less than four cards removed 
from the top, nor must it be made so as to leave less than 
four at the bottom ; and the pack must be put on the table 
for the cut. 

DEALING AND DISCARDING. 

11. After the first deal, the right of dealing goes to the 
left. 

12. In dealing, five cards must be distributed to each 
player by the dealer, who may begin b}^ giving first two, 
and then, three cards to each, or vice versa; but which- 
ever course is adopted by him be strictly adhered to until 
the deal is completed ; he must not begin by dealing two 
to one, three to the next, and so on. When this rule is 
violated the adverse side may claim a new deal, provided 
that they have neither of them seen their own hands. 

13. A misdeal forfeits the deal, and the following are 
misdeals : 

I. A card too many or too few given to either player. 

II. Dealing the cards when the pack has not been 

properly cut ; the claim for a misdeal in this case 

must be made prior to the trump card being turned, 

and before the adversaries look at their cards. 

14. Whenever a misdeal is attributable to any inter- 
ruption by the adversaries, the deal will not be forfeited. 
Hence, if an adversary touch his cards during the deal, 
and the dealer's partner has not done so, no misdeal can 
be claimed. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 99 

15. If, whilst dealing, a card be exposed by the dealer 
or partner, should neither of the adversaries have touched 
their cards, the latter may claim a new deal, but the deal 
is not lost. 

16. If, during the deal, the dealer's partner touch any 
of his cards, the adversaries may do the same without 
losing their privilege of claiming a new deal should chance 
give them that option. 

17. If an opponent displays a card dealt, the dealer 
may make a new deal, unless he or his partner have ex- 
amined their own cards. 

18. If a deal is made out of turn, it is good, provided 
it be not discovered before the dealer has discarded, and 
the eldest hand has led. 

19. If a card is faced in dealing, unless it be a trump 
card, a new deal may be demanded, but the right to deal 
is not lost. 

20. If the pack is discovered to be defective, by reasons 
of having more or less than thirty-two cards, the deal is 
void ; but all the points before made are good. 

21. The dealer, unless he turn down the trump, must 
discard one card from his hand and take up the trump 
card. 

22. The discard is not complete until the dealer has 
placed the card under the pack ; and if the eldest hand 
makes a lead before the discard is complete, he cannot 
take back the card thus led, but must let it remain. The 
dealer, however, may change the card he intended to dis- 
card and substitute another, or he may play alone not- 
withstanding a card has been led. After the dealer has 
quitted the discarded card, he cannot take it in hand again 
under any circumstances. 

23. After the discard has been made, the dealer must 
let the trump card remain upon the talon until it is neces- 



100 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

sary to play it on a trick. After the trump card has 
been taken in hand, no player has a right to demand its 
denomination, but he may ask for the trump suit and the 
dealer must inform him. 

24. Should a player play with more than five cards, or 
the dealer forget to discard and omit to declare the fact 
before three tricks have been turned, the party so offend- 
ing is debaiTed from counting any points made in that deal, 
and the deal is lost. Under the above circumstances, 
should the adverse side win, they may score all the points 
they make. 

PLAYING OUT OF TURN, AND EXPOSED CARDS. 

25. All exposed cards maj^ be called, and the offending 
party compelled to lead or play the exposed card or cards 
when he can legally do so, but in no case can a card be 
called if a revoke is thereby caused. (See Law 39.) The 
following are exposed cards : 

I. Two or more cards played at once. 
II. Should a player indicate that he holds a certain card 
in his hand. 

III. Any card dropped with its face upwards. 

IV. All cards exposed, whether by accident or other- 

wise, so that an opponent can distinguish and 
name them. 

26. K any player lead out of tm-n, his adversaries may 
demand of him to withdiaw his card, and the lead may be 
compelled from the right player, and the card improper!}' 
led be treated as an exposed card, and called at any time 
during that deal ; provided that no revoke is thereby 
caused. 

27. If any player lead out of turn and the mislead is 
followed by the other three, the trick is completed and 
stands good ; but if only the second, or the second and 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 101 

third, have played to the false lead, their cards, on dis- 
covery of their mistake, are taken back, and there is no 
penalty against any one except the original offender, 
whose card may be called. 

28. K any player play out of turn, his opponents may 
compel him to withdraw his card, and the card improperly 
played msij be treated as an exposed card, and called at 
any time during that deal, provided no revoke is thereby 
caused. 

29. If any player trump a card in error, and thereby 
induce an opponent to play otherwise than he would have 
done, the latter may take up his card without penalty, and 
may call upon the offender to play the trump at any 
period of the hand. 

30. If two cards be played, or if the player play twice 
to the same trick, his opponent can elect which of the two 
shall remain and belong to the trick. Provided, however, 
that no revoke be caused. 

31. If a player, supposing that he can take every trick, 
or for any other reason, throw down his cards upon the 
table with their faces exposed, the adverse side may oall 
each and all of the cards so exposed, as they may deem 
most advantageous to their game, and the delinquent party 
must play the exposed cards accordingly. 

32. When a revoke occurs, the adverse party are en- 
titled to add two points to their score. 

33. If a suit is led, and any one of the players, having 
a card of the same suit, shall play another suit to it — 
that constitutes a revoke. But if the error be discovered 
before the trick is quitted, or before the party having so 
played a wrong suit or his partner, shall play again, the 
penalty only amounts to the cards being treated as ex- 
posed, and being liable to be called. 

34. When the player, who has made a revoke, corrects 



102 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

his error his partner, if he has played, cannot change his 
card played, but the adversary' may withdraw his card, 
and play another if he objects to do so. 

35. When a revoke is claimed against adversaries, if 
they mix their cards, or throw them up, the revoke is 
taken for granted, and they lose the two points. 

36. No party can claim a revoke after cutting for a 
new deal. 

37. A revoke on both sides forfeits to neither ; but a 
new deal must be had. 

38. If a point has been made by a revoke, it must be 
taken from the score of the offender. 

39. A party refusing to play an exposed card on call, 
forfeits, two to his opponents, as in a revoke. 

MAKING THE TRUMP, AND PLATING ALONE. 

40. Any player making the ti'ump cannot change the suit 
after having once named it ; and if he should by error name 
the suit previously turned down, he forfeits the right to 
make the trump, and such privilege must pass to the next 
eldest player. 

41. A player may only play alone when he adopts, 
orders up, or makes a trump ; or when his partner assists, 
orders up, or makes a trump. He cannot, however, play 
alone with a trump he has passed, or with a trump, the 
making of which he has passed ; nor can he play alone 
after a lead has been made by himself, or by his oppo- 
nents. See Laws 22 and 45. 

42. A player cannot play alone when he or his partner is 
ordered up by an opponent, or when the opposite side adopts 
or makes the trump. Onty those can play alone who have 
legally taken the responsibility of the trump and may be 
Euchred ; therefore, when one player legally elects to play 
alone, neither of his opponents may play alone against him. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 103 

43. "When a player having the right to play alone, 
elects to do so, his partner cannot supersede him and 
play alone instead. 

44. When a player announces that he will play alone, 
his partner must place his cards upon the table face down- 
wards, and should the latter expose any of his cards, 
either by accident or design, his opponents may compel 
him to play or not to play with his partner, at their option. 

45. A player who goes alone, must announce his inten- 
tion in a clear and audible way and tone, so that no doubt 
can be entertained of his design. If he expresses his 
purpose in a vague and ambiguous manner, so that it is 
not clearly understood by his adversaries, and he or they 
make a lead, he forfeits his privilege, and must play with 
his partner. 

INTIMATIONS BETWEEN PARTNERS. 

46. K a partner indicates his hand by words or gestures 
to his partner, directs him how to play, even by telling 
him to follow the rules of the game, or in any way acts 
unfairly, the adversary scores one point. 

47. If a player, when they are at a bridge, calls the 
attention of his partner to the fact, so that the latter or- 
ders up, the latter forfeits the right to order up, and 
either of the opponents may play alone, if they choose so 
to do. 

48. No player has a right to see any trick but the last 
one turned. 

TRUMPS. 

In the game of Euchre, nothing is more important than 
the judicious employment of trumps, and the successful 
issue of the game is, perhaps, more dependent upon a 
thorough knowledge of their power and use, than all the 
other points of the game combined. In the course of this 



104 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

article we have already had much to say about trumps, 
particularly in that portion which treats of the lead, but 
if our readers will permit, we propose to briefly notice one 
subject which has remained untouched — that of trumping, 
or ruffing as it is technically termed ; and if our ideas on 
the subject will prove of any service to the tyro in the 
game, we shall have accomplished all we designed, both 
by this and other portions of the present article. 

If your partner adopts or makes the trump, and you 
hold the Right or Left Bower alone, ruff' with it as soon 
as you get the opportunity. 

When playing second, be careful how you ruff a card of 
a small denomination the first time round, for it is an even 
chance that your partner will take the trick if you let it 
pass. When such a chance presents itself, throw away 
any single card lower than an Ace, so that jon may ruff" 
the suit you throw away when it is led. 

When your partner assists, and you hold a card next 
higher to the turn-up card, ruff" with it when an opportu- 
nity occurs, for by so doing you convey valuable informa- 
tion to your partner. 

When you are in the position of third player, ruff" with 
high or medium' trumps. This line of play forces the 
high trumps of the dealer, as at the game of Whist, and 
thereby you weaken your adversaries. 

When your partner leads a lay Ace, and you have none 
of that suit, do not trump it ; but if you have a single 
card,^ throw it away upon it. 

CONCLUDING HINTS. 

Never lose sight of the state of the game. When you 
are four and four, adopt or make the trump upon a weak 
hand. 

When the game stands three to three, hesitate before 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 105 

you adopt or make a trump upon a weak hand, for a 
Euchre will put your adversaries out. 

When you are one and your opponents have scored 
four, you can afford to try and make it alone upon a 
weaker hand than if the score was more favorable to you. 

When you are eldest hand and the score stands four for 
you and one for your opponents, do not fail to order up 
the trump, to prevent them from going alone. Of course 
you need not do this if you have the Right Bower, or the 
Left Bower guarded. 

Be very careful how you finesse, or underplay — skilful 
players may attempt this in critical positions, but as a 
general rule the tyro should take a trick when he can. 

Never trump your partner's winning cards, but throw 
your losing and single cards upon them. 

When second hand, if compelled to follow suit, head 
the trick if possible ; this greatly strengthens your part- 
ner's game. 

EUCHRE WITH THE JOKER. 

A Euchre pack is usually accompanied bj^ a specimen 
blank card, which has given rise to this amusing variety 
of the game of Euchre. It is called the "Joker," or 
highest trump card, and ranks above the right bower. If 
this " Joker" should happen to be turned for trump, the 
dealer has the privilege of naming au}^ suit he pleases for 
trump. In all other particulars the game is played in 
the same manner as the regular game of Euchre. 



TWO-HANDED EUCHRE. 

In this, as in the four-handed game the deal being made, 
the non-dealer may pass or order up ; should he pass, the 
dealer, at his option, may pass, or discard and take up 



106 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

trump, when the game begins by the lead of the non- 
dealer ; but should the dealer think his hand not strong 
enough to play, he too will pass, when his adversary may 
pass again, or make a trump (which, as a general rule, 
should be next in suit) ; if he pass a second time, the 
dealer has the right to make a trump or again pass, in 
which case the cards are to bp bunched, and the deal 
passed to the original non-dealer. 

If the dealer takes up the trump and plays the hand, he 
must win the three tricks to make a point ; or should he 
take the five tricks, he makes a " march," which entitles 
him to score two points. Should he faU to make three 
tricks, he is Euchred and his adversary counts two points. 
The same rules apply to the party ordering up, or making 
the trump. 

In passing, or ordering up, much will depend upon the 
state of the game, and what the player desires to accom- 
plish ; he may pass upon a good hand, when he has reason 
to believe that by so doing he will Euchre his adversary, 
should he play the hand. In this case, too, he should 
have good reason to suppose that his adversary will take 
up the trump, or else have cards to make the trump himself. 

The player, remembering that he has but a single hand 
to contend against, may play, or even order up, if he has 
a reasonable hope of making three tricks. 

Lead your strongest trumps first, until you have won 
two tricks, and then, having a trump left, lead some other 
card, so that, if your adversary takes it, you may have a 
chance to trump the card he leads, and thus make your 
point. Having won two tricks, and jovlt adversary being 
without a trump, play for a march, by leading trumps, or 
your highest cards. 

The deal is considered equal to a point, therefore never 
pass the deal unless to save a Euchre. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 107 

Having discarded, you have no right to take the card 
back and discard another. Your opponent must profit by 
your mistakes, as well as by your bad play, or weak hand. 

The rules of the four-handed game apply equally to 
two-handed Euchre. 



THREE-HANDED EUCHRE. 

This game, as its name indicates, is played by three 
persons, and as each one plays for .himself, and is there- 
fore opposed by two adversaries, the game requires closer 
attention, and the exercise of more judgment than any of 
the other Euchre games. 

This variety of the game of Euchre is, of course, in 
almost all points identical with the four-handed game ; 
although the object of the players, each being opposed to 
the other two, becomes greatly modified by circumstances. 
The only point of difference is in the march, which gives 
the successful player three points following the analogy of 
the four-handed game, where a lone hand counts four — 
and the two-handed game, where a march counts two, one 
for each player. 

In two-handed Euchre, the player may stand upon a 
slight hand, but not so in this game ; to stand or order up 
he must have a good hand, inasmuch as he has two hands 
combined against him, and should he be Euchred, both 
adversaries count two. 



SET-BACK EUCHRE. 

This game may be played by two or more persons, and 
is governed by the same rules as ordinarj^ Euchre, except 
in the matter of counting, as hereinafter explained. 

Suppose four persons sit down to play, and agree that 



108 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

the pool shall be one dollar : each one contributes twenty- 
five cents. At the beginning of the game, each player is 
five, and now the struggle commences to wipe out these 
scores, and thus win the game. Each player plays for 
himself, and all are combined against him who orders up 
or pla3^s the hand. Should any one not win a single 
trick, he has one point added to his score, and whoever 
is Euchred is obliged to put another quarter into the pool, 
and has two points added to his score. 

The player who thinks he cannot take a trick, has the 
right to throw up his hand, and thus save himself from 
being set hack. The player who is the first to reduce his 
score to nothing, wins the game and the pool. 

A march counts from two to six points, corresponding 
with the whole number of players in the game. 

The above is the game of Set-Back Euchre pure and 
simple, but various modifications are frequently intro- 
duced. The following are the most popular of these : 

After a ti-ump is made, ordered up, or taken up, should 
any player deem himself possessed of a sufficient force of 
trumps to make a march, he will sa^", "I declare" — which 
signifies he will play to take all the tricks — and if he is 
successful in making a march, he wins the game and pool, 
no matter how many points are scored against him. 
Should he, however, be unsuccessful in the undertaking, 
he forfeits double the number of points against him, and, 
in addition, must pa}' in the pool the penalty of a Euchre. 
For instance, if a plaj^er stands with seven points to go, 
and declares without making the march, he must be " set 
back " to fourteen points, and pay a quarter to the pool. 
The pla)''er who declares to make a march has the privilege 
of the lead, and becomes eldest hand, unless he be the 
dealer ; but if the dealer declares, he does not have that 
privilege. In some circles it is customary for the uusuc- 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 109 

cessful plaj-ers to pay to the winner of the pool a certain 
sum (previously agreed upon) for each point they have to 
go when the game is concluded ; this is not, however, 
considered a rule to be sti'ictly followed, but may be left 
to the option of the players. 

Another variety of this game is played as follows : 
When the party adopting, making, or ordering up the 
ti'ump, is Euchred he is set back two points, while his 
adversary scores two, as in the ordinary game. 



FRENCH EUCHRE. 

This interesting modification of the game of Euchre is 
played with a pack of twenty-eight cards, the Sevens and 
Eights being discarded. Five cards are dealt to each 
player, as in the ordinary game, but no trump is turned. 
After the deal has been accomplished, the players bid for 
the privilege of making the trump, commencing with tlie 
eldest hand, and going in rotation to the dealer, who 
unless some other dealer anticipate him by bidding five 
tricks, has the last say. When a player proposes to take 
a certain number of tricks in any named suit, and the 
opposing side declines to outltid liim, the suit thus named 
becomes trump. The eldest hand then leads, and the 
pla}^ proceeds as in the regular four-handed game. The 
player who makes the highest bid must accomplish all he 
proposes, and if with the assistance of his partner he fails 
to take the required number of tricks, he is Euchred, and 
the adverse side score all he would have counted had he 
been successful. To illustrate this, we will suppose that 
A, B, C and D are i>laying the game, A and C being 
associated as partners against B and D. D deals, and A 
being the eldest liand bids two tricks in Hearts, B bids 
three in Clubs, C bids four in Hearts. D, who has the 



110 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

last saj', seeing that his partner's suit is Chibs, and pre- 
suming that he holds the Left Bower, and being very 
strong in Spades, bids five tricks in the latter suit. B 
and D fail to take five tricks and the opposing side score 
five towards game, which is fifteen points. Should either 
side take more tricks than they bid, they can only score 
the number proposed, and not the actual number taken. 
Thus, if A and C bid, and succeed in taking three tricks, 
there is no further necessity of continuing the round, for 
even if thej should take one or two additional tricks they 
cannot score more than the original three proposed. In 
all other particulars French Euchi-e is governed b}' the 
laws of the ordiuar}-, and, we thinlv, superior game. 



LAP, SLAM, JAMBONE, AND JAMBOREE. 

By whom these variations were invented is unknown, 
but it is generally conceded that they are of Southern 
origin where Euchre has long been a decided favorite, 
and where these variations are more frequently played 
than in anj^ other part of our country. 

LAP. 

"When the lap game is pla3'ed, it is usual to count four 
points when a lone hand is Euchi'ed. 

SLAM, OR LOVE GAME. 

Slam or Love appear to be synon^anous terms, and, 
when applied to games, imply that when a party has won 
a game before his opponent has made a single point, the 
vanquished has been slam'd, or played a Love game. 
The term Love is used in all games, and simply means 
nothing. In billiards, the professional marker or keeper 
of the game announces, at the end of each count, the state 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. Ill 

of the game, thus — twenty-five love — meaning that one 
player is twenty-five and tlie other nothing. In Euchre, 
the penalty for being slam'd is, that the game thus lost is 
to be counted a double game, and must be counted as two 
games. And further, suppose a player, being four, and 
his adversaries nothing, plays a lone hand and makes his 
five tricks, he not only wins the game, which is to be 
counted as two games, but counts the extra three points 
on the score of the third game, by means of the Lap, as 
heretofore explained. 

JAMBONE. 

Jambone, as applied to Euchre, means that a party who 
plays Jambone plays a lone hand with his cards exposed 
upon the table. Thus, if a player holds what he supposes 
to be an invincible hand, with which he cannot fail to win 
five tricks, announces in his turn that he will play .Jam- 
bone, he spreads his cards upon the table face up. When 
the cards are thus exposed, the player entitled to the lead 
has the right to call any one of the cards so exposed to be 
played to the first trick, but this right does not extend to 
any but the party entitled to lead. 

The right to the call is forfeited when the partner of the 
player having the lead gives any intimation which enables 
the two to win the first trick. 

A .Jambone hand may be played by either party, subject 
to the same rules which govern playing alone in the reg- 
ular game. 

When the adverse party order up or make the trump, a 
Jambone hand cannot be played, and the holder must be 
content with the satisfaction of Euchring his opponent. 

The .Jambone player being entitled to lead, his left-hand 
opponent only, has the right to say which of the exposed 
cards shall be led. 



112 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

No call can be made after the first trick has been 
played, after which the Jambone player may exercise his 
own judgment, and lead whichever card he pleases. 

If the Jambone player wins less than five tricks, he 
can score but one point; and should he fail to win 
three tricks, his adversaries are entitled to score eight 
points. 

When the dealer plays Jambone, and the eldest hand 
leads a card not a trump, but which the dealer will trump, 
he should call for the lowest exposed card, so that his 
partner may have a chance to play a higher trump than 
the one called, and thus win the trick. 

K the dealer holding a Jambone hand finds that by dis- 
carding and taking up the trump, he weakens his hand, 
he is not obliged to discard, so that the turn-up card 
merely indicates the trump suit. 

A Jambone player cannot be deprived of his right to 
trump if he cannot follow suit. 

The player calling the card for the first trick, must call 
it the moment he leads, or he forfeits his right to the 
call. 

If the lead belongs to the Jambone player, his opponent 
entitled to the call must call before a card is played, 
otherwise the Jambone player may play anj^ card he 
chooses, the right to the call being forfeited. 

These are the most important points in the Jambone 
game, which the player will find quite interesting, and 
which will call forth his greatest skill and the exercise of 
his profoundest judgment. 

JAMBOREE. 

Jamboree signifies the combination of the five highest 
cards, as, for example, the two Bowers, Ace, King, and 
Queen of trumps in one hand, which entitles the holder to 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 113 

count sixteen points. The holder of such a hand, simply 
announces the fact, as no play is necessary ; but should 
he play the hand as a Jambone, he can count only eight 
points, whereas he could count sixteen if he played it, or 
announced it as a Jamboree. 

When the parties are playing, Laps and Slams, and one 
of the players has four points to-his opponent's nothing, 
and announces a Jamboree, the sixteen points thus won, 
added to his four, making twenty points, is equal to four 
games, each of them a Slam, which entitles him to count 
eight games in all. 

Jamboree, like Jambone, cannot be played as such, if 
the adverse party order up the trump or make it, in which 
case the hand can only make two points, as in an ordin- 
ary Euchre. 



SPECULATION. 

This is a lively, amusing game, and is played with a 
complete pack of cards, which rank in the same order as 
at Whist. Each player pools a certain number of count- 
ers, from one to three, and the dealer double the number 
of the others. Three cards are dealt, one at a time, to 
each player, and one turned up for trumps, which the 
dealer may sell to any one who will purchase it, either be- 
fore or after it is turned up. The highest trump card 
dealt out is entitled to take the pool ; but the cards are 
not to be looked at except in this manner : — The elder 
hand turns the uppermost of his three cards ; if not 
trumps, or if lower than the dealer's turn-up, it is of 
course of no value ; but if higher, he may sell it to any 
one who chooses to speculate, and the price offered should 
bear some proportion to the chance of the card being the 
best trump in the deal, and likewise to the number of 



114 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

counters in the pool. This is done by asking who will 
buy ; and if two or more offer a price, the seller of course 
accepts the highest bidder's offer, if he considers it ade- 
quate to the value of the card. If a sale is not effected, 
the next in hand turns the uppermost of his cards, and if 
it is a salable one, proceeds to sell it as above described. 
When a card is sold, it is handed to the buyer, who places 
it before him but does not turn any of his remaining cards 
till a higher trump appears, his left hand neighbor becom- 
ing elder hand, and turning the next card. In this way 
the playing goes on, till the cards are turned, when, as 
before stated, the holder of the best trump whether b\' 
purchase or otherwise, wins the pool. , 

When a good trump is turned by any of the party, he 
should be allowed time to sell it before another card is 
discovered. On turning Knaves and Fives of any suit, a 
counter is to be paid into the pool for each, b}^ the pos- 
sessor of the hand in which they happen to be. 

It is customary to purchase cards before they are 
turned, when they happen to be among the last, and no 
high trump already discovered. Speculations are fre- 
quently profitable ; but if you turn a good card, it is 
generally advisable to sell it if you can obtain a fair price, 
particularly if there are many cards to turn. A cautious 
player sometimes sells his hand before it is dealt, or 
before turning any of his cards, if he can get more for it 
than his stake in the pool. 

This game is sometimes a little varied by dealing a 
spare hand, which is not to be looked at till all the hands 
are discovered, and if it should contain the best trump 
dealt, the pool remains for the next deal, in addition to 
the usual contributions of each player, thus doubling its 
amount, 



SALOON KEEPERS COMPANION. 



115 



COMMERCE. 

At this game each of the players deposits an equal 
stake, usually a counter, in the pool ; and the dealer, who 
is likewise called the banker, deals three cards all round, 
and asks "Who will trade?" The players, beginning 
with the elder hand, either " Trade for ready money," or 
" Barter." Trading for money is giving a card and a 
counter to the dealer, who places the card under the 
stock, or remainder of the pack and gives one in lieu of 
it, from the top, to the trader. The counter is profit to 
the banker, who thus trades with the stock free of ex- 
pense. "Barter" is exchanging a card with the right 
hand player, which must not be refused, unless the person 
of whom it is requested stands without trading or barter- 
ing, in which case, or as soon as any one stops, the hands 
are shown, and the best takes the pool. 

The object in either trading or bartering is to obtain, 1st, 
a Tricon, or three like cards, similar to pair-royal, which 
takes place of the next two chances ; 2d, a Sequence, or 
three following cards of the same suit ; which has the pref- 
erence of, 3d, a Point, or the greatest number of pips on 
two or three cards of the same suit in hand, the Ace reckon- 
ing for eleven, and the pictured cards for ten. The highest 
tricon gains the pool ; or if no tricon occurs, the highest 
sequence ; or the best point, if no sequence occurs. 

The banker always ranks as elder hand in case of 
equality ; and if he does not win, he pays a counter to 
the winner ; but if he has a tricon or sequence, and loses 
in consequence of another having a better, he pays a 

counter to each player. 

* 

There is a very simple game, which is sometimes called 
Commerce, and is^ played in this manner. An equal 



116 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

stake being put into the pool by each, the cards are all 
dealt out, and the elder hand exchanges a card with the 
second player, the second with the third, and so on, till 
one of the party wins the pool by having all the cards in 
his hand of the same suit, which he announces by saying, 
" My ship sails." 



PUT. 

Put is played with a complete pack, generally by two 
people, sometimes by three, and often by four. The cards 
rank differently in this game from the others. Three's 
being the best, next the Two, then Ace, King, and so on 
in the usual order. After cutting for deal, &c., at which 
the lowest card wins, three cards, by one at a time, are 
given to each player ; then the game is played in the fol- 
lowing way : if the non-dealer throw up his cards, he loses 
a point ; if he plays, and the dealer does not lay down 
another to it, he gains a point ; but should the dealer 
either win the same, pass it, or lay down one of equal 
value, forming what is styled a tie, the non-dealer is still 
at liberty to Put, that is, play or not, and his opponent 
then only gains a point ; then if both parties agree to go 
on, whoever gains all the tricks or two out of three, wins 
five points, which are the game ; if each player obtain one 
trick, and the third is a tie, then neither party scores. 

Four-Handed Put differs only in that any two of the 
players give each his best card to his partner, who then 
lays out one of his, and the game is afterwards played as 
in two-handed Put. 
• 

THE LAWS OF PUT. 

1. If the dealer accidentally discover any of his adver- 
sary's cards, the latter may insist upon a new deal. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 117 

2. If the dealer discover any of his own cards in deal- 
ing, he must abide by the deal. 

3. When a faced card is discovered during the deal, the 
cards must be re-shuffled and dealt again. 

4. If the dealer give his adversary more cards than are 
necessary, the adversary may call a fresh deal, or suffer 
the dealer to draw the extra cards from his hand. 

5. If the dealer give himself more cards than are his 
due, the adversary may add a point to h's game, and call 
a fresh deal, or draw the extra cards from the dealer's 
hand. 

6. No bystander must interfere, under penalty of pa^-- 
ing the stakes. 

7. Either party saying "7 put" — that is, / play — 
cannot retract, but rnust abide the event of the game or 
pay the stakes. 



LOTTERY. 

This is one of the most amusing of those games which 
are played merely for amusement. It admits of a con- 
siderable number of players, and is played as follows : 
A complete pack of cards being separated into two par- 
cels, each containing a red and a black suit, the person 
on the left of the dealer takes one of the parcels, out of 
which any of the party darws three cards for the prizes, 
which are placed with their faces downwards on the table. 
The dealer then proceeds to &ell the cards in the other 
parcel, for the tickets, at such a price as may be agreed 
on, usually a counter for each card, and the twenty-six 
counters thus paid are placed in different proportions on 
the prizes. If any cards remain after all the party have 
got an equal number, one more card is sold to each of 
those wishing to purchase, in the order of dealing, so far 
6* 



118 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

as the cards will go. The players then turn their cards, 
and bet among themselves on the event of the drawing, 
thus : each looks round the table to see who holds the 
cards corresponding in value to his own (wrhich will of 
course be of different color, there being only a red and a 
black suit dealt,) and inquires how much they will stake 
on such a card ; and the sum agreed on, from two to a 
dozen counters, is laid upon the respective cards. 

When all the bets are made, the drawing goes on in this 
manner: the person on the dealer's left (called the 
drawer), who holds the undealt parcel, turns the upper- 
most card, and, supposing it to be the Nine of the black 
suit, he says, " the black Nine pays the red," on which 
the pel son who has the black Nine on the table pays to 
the holder of the red Nine the number of counters staked 
on it, and turns down his card. In like manner the red 
King, or whatever the next drawn card may bfe, pays the 
black ; and so on, the person who receives at the same 
time taking off the counters staked on his own card, and 
the person who pays turning down his. When a card is 
drawn which has been already paid, that is, when the 
second Nine, King, Ten, or Six, &c., is announced, the 
card corresponding in color and value is turned down. 

There being twenty- six cards on the table, while there 
are only twenty-three to draw (the three prizes having 
been taken from that parcel), there will thus remain 
unturned thiee cards corresponding in value to the cards 
turned down for the prizes, and the holders of these 
three cards take each the counter which may have been 
placed upon that prize corresponding in value to his own 
card. 

N, B. The drawer should place the cards, as they are 
drawn, at the bottom of the parcel, with their faces 
upwards, which will show when the whole twenty-three 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 119 

are drawn ; and he ought to observe that those who get 
the prizes do not mix them with their other cards. 

This game may likewise be played by a large company 
with two complete packs of cards, one for the prizes, the 
other for the tickets, and dealt by any two of the party as 
may choose, for the deal is neither advantageous nor 
otherwise. Each player pools a fixed sum, or stakes a 
certain number of counters, on which a settled value is 
put, and which are placed in a box or pool as a fund for 
the lottery ; then after the cards have been shuffled, and 
are cut by the left-hand neighbor, one dealer gives to every 
player a card, faced downwards, for the lots or prizes, on 
which are to be placed different numbers of counters out 
of the pool, at the option of the person to whom such card 
has been given ; afterwards the second dealer distributes 
from the other pack a card to each player, for the tickets ; 
the lots are then turned by one of the managers, and who- 
ever possesses a corresponding card receives the stake 
placed thereon, and those remaining undrawn are added 
to the fund in the pool ; the dealers then collect the cards 
and proceed as^before, till the fund is exhausted, when the 
party pool again, and those who have gained more count- 
ers than they want, receive the diference in money. 

Another method is, to take at random three cards out 
of one of the packs, and place them face downwards, on a 
board or in a bowl on the table for the prizes ; then every 
player purchases from the other pack any number of cards 
for tickets as may be most agreeable, paying a fixed sum 
or certain quantity of counters for each, which sums or 
counters are put in different proportions on the three 
prizes to be gained by those who happen to have pur- 
chased corresponding cards, and such as happen not to be 
drawn are continued till the next deal. 



120 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

ECARTE. 

The game of Ecarte or Discard, in its general outline 
is very simple and easily played. It has the advantage of 
being by no means tedious, while at the same time a con- 
siderable degree of circumspection and calculation is 
necessary to play it successfully. 

Though it admits of only two players at a time, yet it 
may be so played as to include several in the interest of 
the game. It is usual, in large parties, for either the win- 
ner or loser (as may be agreed on) to give up his place at 
the table every two or three games, to any of the company 
who ma}^ be disposed to take it. This is termed playing 
a cul leve; and the games as before mentioned, being 
short, such an arrangement adds very much to the liveli- 
ness of the party. 

Two packs of cards (one of them with colored backs) 
are sometimes used, and a game played with each alter- 
nately ; but this is not essential to the game, as it may be 
plaj'^ed equally well with a single pack. There are several 
minor regulations established, which kee]^ the attention 
alive, and if neglected, expose the careless player to 
severe losses. 

The cards rank thus : — King, Queen, Knave, Ace, Ten, 
Nine, Eight, Seven. 

MODE OF PLAYING. 

The Two, Three, Four, Five, and Six of each suit having 
been thrown out of the pack, leaving thirty-two cards, as 
in Piquet, the parties cut for the deal in the usual way, 
which the highest Whist card wins, with the advantage of 
scoring one point if the King is turned up as the trump 
card. When it is played in rubbers as is frequently the 
case, the deal follows as in single games, till the three are 
played. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 121 

The pack being shuffled and cut, five cards are dealt to 
each player, b}^ two and three, or three and two, at a 
time ; and the same order of distribution must be con- 
tinued throughout the game, which has been adopted at 
first ; the eleventh card is turned up for trumps, and the 
remainder of the pack, called the Talon, the dealer places 
at his right hand. 

The elder hand (if he is satisfied with his cards, and 
does not mean to discard, ).then commences to play, first 
naming the suit he intends to lead ; the adversary is bound 
to take the trick if he has the winning card of the suit led, 
but he need not trump in order to win it, unless he chooses. 
The holder of the King of trumps must declare it before he 
plays, saying, "I have the King." K he leads the King, 
he msij announce it after he has played ; but should it be 
covered by his adversary's card, before his declaration, he 
cannot score the King that time. This applies only to the 
elder hand ; the opponent must always declare the King 
before he plays, but for his own sake, he will not speak 
till the adversary has played his first card. The trump, 
as in other games, wins the trick. Whoever wins one 
trick leads for the next, and the playing goes on till the 
five tricks are played. 

Five are game, of which three points may be made in 
one hand, by having the King of trumps in hand, or turn- 
ing it up as the trump card, which reckons one — and 
winning aU the tricks, which entitle the party to score two 
more, and is called having the vole. Winning three tricks 
reckons one point. 

DISCARDING. 

If the elder hand is not content with the cards dealt to 
him, and wishes to change all or any of them, he says, 
" I propose." If the dealer also wishes to discard, he 
assents, and the former, throwing aside the rejected cards 



122 SALOON keeper's companion. 

(called the discard,) gets from the dealer, from the top of 
the Talon or stock, as many in place of them. The dealer 
then changes as many of his own cards as he thinks 
proper ; but the- discard must always be thrown aside be- 
fore fresh cards are taken in. If both parties agree, dis- 
carding may go on as long as there are cards remaining in 
the stock ; but as soon as one part}' is satisfied with his 
hand, the other is not allowed to change any more. If, 
after several discards, it is found that there are not as 
man}^ cards left in the stock as will supply the number 
required, the party asking them must complete his hand 
from his last discard. 

If the dealer refuses to change the cards of the elder 
hand after the first deal, he must win three tricks, other- 
wise he loses two points, and the same consequence at- 
tends the elder hand if he plays without proposing to 
discard. 

The discard is not to be looked at by either party, under 
the penalty of playing the hand with his cards exposed to 
the adversary ; and if the dealer turns up a card for trumps 
while dealing for the discard, he cannot refuse cards to 
the adversarj' that hand. 

The hands being finally settled, the playing goes on as 
before directed. 

LAWS OF THE GAME. 

1. He who does not show his cut, loses the deal; and 
if he shows two cards, he must take the lowest. 

2. The deal is good, though it should be discovered 
afterwards that there are either too few or too many cards 
in the pack. 

3. K a faced card occurs in the pack during the first 
deal, the deal is void, unless it should be the eleventh or 
trump card. 



' SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 123 

4. If faced cards are discovered in dealing for the dis- 
card, and those cards fall to the dealer, he must take 
them, and the deal is good ; but if they fall to the adver- 
sary, he has the option to call a fresh deal, or to go on. 

5. Kthe dealer shows any of his own cards in dealing, 
the deal goes on ; but if any of the adversary's cards are 
shown, he has the option to stand the deal or not, after 
inspecting his hand. 

6. If too many or too few cards are dealt at first and it 
is discovered before the cards have been looked at,- the 
error may be repaired, and the deal is good ; but if either 
party has seen his cards, and the dealer has not enough, 
the adversary may either permit him to complete his hand 
from the Talon, or call a new deal. If he has too many, 
the adversary may either draw the overplus cards from 
his hand, or take the new deal himself. 

7. K the adversary has too few cards dealt to him, he 
may take from the top of the Talon as many as he wants ; 
or if he has too many, he may discard from the overplus, 
— having the option, in either case, of calling a new deal. 

8. The 6th and 7th rules are applicable where the 
dealer is in fault ; but if the mistake has been caused by 
the carelessness of the adversary in discarding or taking 
in cards, he loses one point, besides being debarred from 
reckoning the king, if he has it that deal. 

9. If the dealer deals out of turn, and it is dis- 
covered before the trump is turned, the cards are thrown 
up, and the right dealer takes them ; if the error is dis- 
covered after the trump is turned, but before the parties 
have played or discarded, then the cards are put in 
reserve for the next hand, and the proper dealer goes on 
with the other pack : should the discover}'', however, not 
be made till after the parties have played or discarded, 
then the deal is to be held good. 



124 SALOON keeper's companion. 

10. If the dealer shows more than one card in turning 
up for trump, the adversary may either demand that the 
eleventh card be the trump, and put the others shown to 
the bottom of the pack, or call a new deal. 

11. The player who, under any pretence, looks over his 
adversar3'''s cards, Or the discard, must pla^^ out the hand 
with his own cards exposed. 

12. Any one playing with more than five cards in his 
hand, loses a point, and cannot score the king if he has it. 

13. If one party play without previously naming the 
suit, or play a suit different from the one named, he must 
(if the other party require it) take up his card and play 
the suit named ; but if the adversarj^ judges the card played 
to be more favorable for him than the suit named, he covers 
it, and then it canaot be recalled. 

14. A card played out of turn may be taken up, if not 
played to ; but if covered by the adversary's card, it must 
remain. 

15. A card falling accidentally from the hand upon the 
table, is considered to be played if it partly covers or is 
partly covered by the adversary's card, but not otherwise. 

16. If it is discovered that a revoke has been made — 
that a party has refused to take a trick when he had a 
winning card, each must take up his cards and play the 
hand over again : if the offender wins the vole, or five 
tricks, he is allowed to score oulj' one point ; and if he 
gains the point only, cannot score it at all. 

17. If a plaj^er throws down his hand, either from mis- 
take or want of temper, and the cards get mixed, the 
adversary scores two points. 

18. The player who quits the game before it is finished, 
loses it ; but if any bets are depending, the adversary is 
obliged to play it out with any of the bystanders in the 
interest of the betters. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 125 

19. Lookers on have a right to interfere and point out 
any errors in the play, which if intentional would be un- 
fair, such as taking up and scoring an adversary's trick, 
revoking, etc. The person who bets on any player is 
permitted to advise him in his game. 

20. Bets must be renewed every game, if meant to be 
continued ; and those made on condition of revenge are 
binding only against the winner, the loser not being 
obliged to continue his bet. 



MATRIMONY. 

This game is played with an entire pack of cards, by 
twelve or fourteen persons, and not less than five. The 
game consists of five chances, viz. : 

Matrimony, which is King and Queen. 

Confederacy, King and Knave. 

Intrigue, Queen and Knave. 

Pair, two Aces, or two Kings, etc., and 

Best, which is the Ace of Diamonds, after which any 
other Ace is so considered, then King, etc. 

Those different chances must be marked on a board or 
sheet of paper, similar to that used at Pope Joan. 

Each player has a number of counters ; the dealer then 
puts as many of them as he pleases, on either or all of 
these different chances, and the rest of the players must 
stake the same number of counters but one ; that is, sup- 
pose the dealer puts on a dozen, the other players put on 
eleven. This done, the dealer gives each person two cards, 
beginning with the one on his left, who is eldest hand. 
He then deals round again one card to each, which he 
turns up. The person who has the Ace of Diamonds 
turned up, takes the whole pool. Observe that the Ace of 
Diamonds in hand is of no more value than an}' other card. 



1.26 SALOON keeper's companion. 

If the Ace of Diamonds is not turned up, each, person 
discovers their cards, and if they have Matrimony, Con- 
federacy, etc., each draws whatever number of counters 
there may be on that point. In case two parties should 
have Matrimony, Confederacy, etc., the elder hand wins. 



PIQUET. 

This game admits of only two players, and the twos, 
threes, fours, fives, and sixes of each suit are discarded, 
leaving thirtj^-two cards, which have the same relative 
value as at whist. The game consists of 101 points, and 
the usual mode of marking them is by cards, viz., the six 
and three of any suit to denote the units, and the six and 
three of another suit for the tens, laid over each other 
so as to exhibit a number of spots equal to the points 



EXPLANATION OF TEKMS. 

Talon, or stock, is the eight remaining cards, after 
twelve are dealt to each person. 

Eepique, is when one of the players counts thirty 
points in hand, before his adversary has or can count one, 
when, instead of reckoning thirty, he reckons ninety, and 
proceeds above ninety as many points as he could above 
thirty. 

Pique, is when the elder hand counts thirty in hand 
or play before the adversary counts one ; in which 
case instead of thirty, it reckons for sixty, to which 
is added as many points as may be reckoned above 
thirty. 

Gapot, is when either part}^ makes every trick, which 
counts for forty points. 

Cards, is the majority of the tricks, which reckons for 
ten points. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 127 

Carte Blanche, is not having a pictured card in hand, 
which reckons for ten points, and takes place of every- 
thing else. 

Quatorze, is the four Aces, Kings, Queens, Knaves, or 
tens, and each quatorze reckons for fourteen points. 

Threes of Aces, etc., down to tens, reckon for three 
points. 

Point, is the greatest number of pips on cards of the 
same suit, and are reckoned, the Ace for eleven, the pic- 
tured cards for ten, the nines for nine, etc., and count for 
as many points as cards. 

Tierce, is three successive cards of the same suit, and 
counts for three points. There are six kinds of tierces, 
viz. Ace, King, Queen, called a tierce-major, down to 
Nine, Eight, Seven, a tierce-minor. 

Quart, is four successive cards of the same suit, and 
reckons for four points. There are five kinds of quarts, 
viz. Ace, King, Queen, Knave, called quart-major, down 
to Ten, Nine, Eight, Seven, a quart-minor. 

Quint, is five successive cards of the same suit, and 
reckons for fifteen points. There are four kinds of quints, 
viz. Ace, King, Queen, Knave, Ten, called quint-major, 
down to Knave, Ten, Nine, Eight, Seven, a quint-minor. 

Sixieme, is six successive cards of the same suit, and 
reckons for sixteen points. There are three kinds of 
sixiemes, viz. Ace, King, Queen, Knave, Ten, Nine, a 
sixieme-major, down to Queen, Knave, Ten, Nine, Eight, 
Seven, a sixieme-minor. 

ISeptiema, is seven successive cards of a suit, and counts 
for seventeen points. There are two sorts, viz. from the 
Ace to the Eight inclusive, a septieme-major, and from the 
King to the Seven inclusive, a septieme-minor. 

Huitieme, is eight successive cards of the same suit, and 
reckons for eighteen points. 



128 SALOON keeper's companion. 

LAWS OF THE GAME. 

1. You are to cut tw'o cards at the least. 

2. K a card is faced, and it happens to be discovered, 
either in the dealing or in the stock, there must be a new 
deal, unless it be the bottom card. 

3. If the dealer turns up a card in dealing belonging 
to the elder hand, it is in the option of the elder hand to 
have a new deal. 

4. If the dealer deals a card too few, it is in the option 
of the elder hand to have a new deal ; but if he stands 
the deal, he must leave three cards for the younger 
hand. 

5. If the elder or younger hand plays with thirteen 
cards, he counts nothing. 

6. If you play with eleven cards, or fewer, no penalty 
attends it. 

7. Should either of the players have thirteen cards 
dealt, it is at the option of the elder hand to stand the 
deal or not ; and if he chooses to stand, then the person 
having thirteen is to discard one more than he takes in ; 
but should either party have above thirteen cards, then a 
new deal must take place. 

8. The elder hand is obliged to lay out at least one card. 

9. If the elder hand takes in one of the three cards 
which belong to the younger hand, he loses the game. 

10. If the elder hand, in taking his five cards, should 
happen to turn up a card belonging to the younger hand, 
he is to reckon nothing that deal. 

11. If the elder hand touches the stock after he has 
discarded, he cannot alter his discard. 

12. If the younger hand takes in five cards, he loses 
the game, unless the elder hand has left two cards. 

13. If the elder hand leaves a card, and after he has 
taken in, happens to put to his discard the four cards 



^ SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 129 

taken in, they must remain with his discard, and he play 
with only eight cards 

14. If the 3'ounger hand leaves a card or cards, and 
mixes it with his discard before he has shown it to the 
elder hand, who is first to tell him what he will play, the 
elder hand is entitled to see his whole discard. 

15. If the younger hand leaves a card or cards, and 
does not see them, nor mixes them to his discard, the 
elder hand has no right to see them ; but then they must 
remain separate whilst the cards are playing and the 
younger hand cannot look at them. 

16. If the younger hand leaves a card or cards, and 
looks at them, the elder hand is entitled to see them, first 
declaring what suit he will lead. 

17. No player can discard twice, and after he has 
touched the stock, he is not allowed to take any of his 
discard back again. 

18. When the elder hand does not takes all his cards, 
he must specify what number he takes or leaves. 

19. Carte blanche counts first, and consequently saves 
piques and repiques. It also piques and repiques the 
adversary, in the same manner as if those points were 
reckoned in any other way. 

20. Carte blanche need not be shown till the adversary 
has first discarded ; only the elder hand must bid the 
younger hand to discard for carte blanche ; which after 
he has done, show your blanche by counting the cards 
down one after another. 

21. The player who at the commencement does not 
reckon or show carte blanche, his point, or any sequence, 
&G., is not to count them afterwards. 

22. In the first place, call your point ; and if 5'ou have 
two points, if you design to reckon the highest, you are 
to call that first, and are to abide by your first call. 



130 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. • 

23. If the elder hand calls a point, and does not show 
it, it is not to be reckoned ; and the younger hand may 
show and reckon his point. 

24. You are to call your tierces, quarts, quiats, etc. 
next ; and to call the highest of them, in case you design 
to reckon them. 

25. You are to call a quatorze preferablj'^ to three aces, 
etc., if you design to reckon them. 

26. If you call a tierce, having a quart in your hand, 
you must abide by your first call. 

27. If the elder or younger hand reckons what he have 
not, he counts nothing. 

28. If the elder hand calls forty-one for his point, 
which happens to be a quart-major, and it is allowed to be 
good, and only reckons four for it, and plays away, he is 
not eatitled to count more, 

29. If the elder hand shows a point, or a quart or tierce, 
and asks if the}' are good, and afterwards forgets to reckon 
any of them, it bars the younger hand from reckoning any 
of equal value. > 

30. Whosoever calls his game wrong, and does not 
correct himself before he plays, is not to reckon an3''thing 
that game ; but the adversary is to reckon all he has good 
in his own game. 

31. The player who looks at any card belonging to the 
stock, is liable to have a suit called. 

32. Any card that has touched the board is deemed to 
be played, unless in case of a revoke. 

33. If any player names a suit, and then plays a differ- 
ent one, the antagonist maj^^ call a suit. 

34. Whoever deals twice together, and discovers it pre- 
vious to seeing his cards, may insist upon his adversar}^ 
dealing, although the latter may have looked at his cards. 

35. Should the pack be found eiToneous in any deal, 
that deal is void ; but the preceding deals are valid. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 131 

CRIBBAGE. 

This game differs materiall}'^ from all others, not onl}' bj' 
its most immense variety of chances, but also in the mode 
of pla3dng ; and it is generally considered useful in render- 
ing young people expert in the science of calculation. It 
maybe played by two, three, or four persons, with a com- 
plete pack of cards. There are three varieties of this game, 
viz : Five-Card, Six-Card, and Eight-Card Cribbage, the 
second of which being most generally played, we shall 
describe it first. 

The game consists of 61, and in plajing, the points, as 
they are gained, are marked with pegs upon a cribbage 
board, which may be had at anj^ toy-shop, and is so uni- 
versally known as not to require au}^ description. 

EXPLANATION OF TERMS. 

Crib^ are the cards thrown out b}^ each part}', and what- 
ever poiiits tliey make are scored hy the dealer. 

Pairs, are two like cards, as two Aces, two Kings, etc., 
and reckon two points, whether in hand or playing. 

Pairs Royal, are three like cards, and reckon for six 
points, whether in hand or playing. 

Double Pairs Royal, are four like cards, and reckon for 
twelve points, whether in hand or playing. 

Fifteens. Each fifteen reckons for two points, whether 
in hand or playing. In hand they are formed either by 
two cards, such as a Five and a Ten, a Six and a Nine, 
etc., or by three or more cards, the pips of which will 
make fifteen. And in playing, tlius : If such cards are 
played as make together fifteen, the two points are to be 
scored towards the game by the part}^ playing the last. 

Sequences are three, four, or more successive cards, 
may reckon for an equal number of points either in hand 



132 SALOON keeper's companion. 

or pla5dDg. In playing it is of no consequence wHch 
card is played first. As thus : Your adversary playing 
an Ace, you a Five, he a Three, you a Two, then he a 
Four, he counts five for the sequence. 

Flush, is when the cards are all of one suit, and reckons 
for as many points as cards. For a flush in crib, the card 
turned up must be of the same suit as those in the crib. 

End Hole, is the point gained by the last player under 
thirty-one, and reckons for one point when under thirty- 
one, and for two points when thirty-one. 

MODE OF PLATING. 

The right to deal being settled as at Whist, the non- 
dealer cuts, and six cards are dealt, by one or three at a 
time, to each of the two players, who having examined 
their hands, lay out two cards each for the crib, which 
belongs to and is reckoned by the dealer. In doing this, * 
always be careful to recollect whose crib it is, as the cards 
which may be of advantage to your own, are almost inva- 
riably prejudicial to your game when the crib belongs to 
your adversary. The almost endless variety of chances 
at this game renders it almost impossible to give, in a 
small compass, sufficient directions to put out, retain, or 
play the cards to advantage in all the different stages of 
the game. Experience and attention, with a little calcu- 
lation, will soon enable the learner to play well. 

After the cards are laid out for the crib, the non-dealer 
cuts the remainder of the pack, and the dealer turns up 
the uppermost card. If it happens to be a Knave, the 
dealer takes two points for it. 

The non-dealer then plays a card, which the other 
endeavors to pair, or to play one the pips of which, 
reckoned with the first, will amount to fifteen, in either of 
which cases he takes two points. (The pictured cards 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 13S 

count ten, and the rest according to the spots.) The non- 
dealer now plays another card, trying to make a pair, or a 
sequence, flush, pair-royal, or fifteen, if the two cards 
previously played have not exceeded that number ; and so 
on alternately, till the pips of the cards played make 
thirty-one, or the nearest possible number under that. If 
the party whose turn it is to play has not a card that will 
make thirt3'-one or come in under it, he says " go " to his 
antagonist, who is thereupon entitled to score one point, 
and must play any card he has that will come in under 
thirty-one ; if he can make thirty-one exactl}-, he scores 
two. The next player now begins a new series of cards, 
and the playing goes on up to thirtj^-one, each endeavoring 
to pair, etc., as before. The player, of the last card i& 
entitled to score one point for it. 

The number that each successive card makes should be 
mentioned by the player as he lays it down : thus, if A 
plays a Knave, he says ten ; B plays a Five, fifteen, for 
which he takes two points ; A another Five, twenty, tak- 
ing two points for the pair of Fives ; B plays a Four, 
twenty-four ; A a Six, thirt}^, and takes three points for the 
sequence of four, five and six ; if B can play an Ace, he 
says thirt^'-one and takes two points ; if not, he says go^ 
and A scores one point for the go, or if he has an Ace, 
two points for thirtj^-one. These cards should now be 
turned, and B, plays his two remaining cards, taking one 
point for the last card, and if they together make fifteen,, 
or a pair, two more points. Close cards should be retained 
in hand, as they may enable 3'ou to acquire four points 
when last player. Thus, if you hold a Seven and Eight, 
and your opponent has but one card, it is five and a half 
to one that such card is either a Six or a Nine, in which 
case you reckon three for the sequence, and one for last 
card. 

7 



134 SALOON keeper's companion. 

When the cards are played out, the non-dealer proceeds 
to count and take for his hand, reckoning the cards every 
possible way they can be varied, and always including the 
turn-up card. For every fifteen, as Queen and Five, Nine 
and Six, Eight, Three and Four, &c., two points ; pair, 
two points ; pair-royal, six ; double pair-royal, twelve ; 
sequence or flush, or both, according to the number; 
Knave of the same suit as the turn-up, one point. The 
dealer then proceeds to reckon first his hand, and then his 
crib, in the same way, and each marks the number of 
points gained. 

We have given under the head "Five-Card Cribbage," 
a few illustrations of the mode of reckoning the cards, 
which will give the learner a better idea of it than could 
be conveyed by any description. 

N. B. — When four play at this game, the partners are 
settled as at whist, and sit opposite each other ; only five 
cards are dealt, of which one is thrown out by each player 
for the crib. Or if the party consist of three, one card is 
given for the crib in dealing, usually the last card, and 
one from each of the three players make up the requisite 
number. A triangular board is used when three plaj', 
each scoring his own points. 



The dealer is supposed to have some trifling advantage. 
He is entitled to expect twenty-five points by his hand, 
crib, and next hand. Thus, at the second deal, if his 
front peg is in the twenty-fifth hole of the board, he has 
his compliment of points ; the same at his third deal, if 
he is within eleven points of game. 

If the non-dealer by his first hand attains the eleventh 
hole in the board, he will have the best of the game ; for 
he is entitled to expect he shall make his second deal with 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 135 

Ms front peg in the thirty-six hole, and by which he will 
probably win the game, by his hand, crib, and next hand. 
Being dealer, and your adversary having above his com- 
pliment of points, you must play your game accordinglJ^ 
Thus if you have good cards, endeavor to make as many 
points as possible by pairing, fifteens, &c. On the con- 
trary, if your cards are indifferent, you must play off, to 
prevent your adversary from obtaining points. 

LAWS OF THE GAME. 

1. In dealing, the dealer may discover every card he 
has, if he pleases. But if he shows his adversaries' cards, 
the adversary is entitled to mark two points to his game, 
and demand a fresh deal if he thinks proper. 

2. The dealer giving his adversary more cards than are 
necessary, the adversary is entitled to score two points to 
his game, provided he detects the mistake before he takes 
up his cards. 

3. The dealer observing his adversary to have more 
■cards (after he has taken them up) than he is entitled to, 
may mark four points to his game, and call a new deal if 
he thinks proper. 

4. The dealer giving himself more cards than are his 
•due, the adversary may score two points to his game, and 
call a fresh deal if he thinks proper ; or he may draw the 
extra cards from the dealer's hands. 

5. The non-dealer observing his adversary to have 
more cards than are his due, after they are taken off the 
table, may score four points to his game, and call a new 
deal. 

6. Neither party may shuffle or meddle with the cards 
from the time they are dealt until they are cut for the 
turn-up card, under penalty of the adversary scoring two 
points to his game. 



136 SALOON keeper's companion. 

7. Either party scoring more points than he is entitled) 
to, either in playing his cards, or marking his hand or 
crib, the adversary may put back the points so marked,- 
and score the same number to his own game. 

8. Either party touching his pegs, unless when neces- 
sary to mark his points, the adversary may score twO' 
points to his game. 

9. Either party taking out his front peg must place it 
behind the other. 

10. Any bystander interfering or speaking in the game,, 
shall pay the stakes lost. 

11. Either party taking a less number of points than; 
are his due, incurs no penaltj'^, but is not allowed to rectify 
his mistake. Many good players> erroneously conceive 
the adversary may avail himself of such omission by scor- 
ing to his game the deficient points. 

12. Either player has a right to pack his own cards, 
and should he place them on the pack, and omit scoring^ 
for them, whether hand or crib, he must not mark for 
ttiem afterwards. 



FIVE-CARD CRIBBAGE. 

Is precisely similar to the game described above, except 
in the following particulars : — 

1st. At the beginning of each game, the non-dealer 
scores three points, which is called three for the last. 

2d. Only five cards are dealt to each player, of which 
two are laid out for the crib. 

3d. The cards remaining after thirty-one or the nearest 
number under it has been made, are not to be played ; but 
the parties proceed to reckon their hands and crib, as 
before described. 

This game is considered much more difficult to play 



SALOON KEEPER'S COMPANION. 



137 



-well than Six-Card Cribbage, and is therefore preferred, 
iby professed gamesters. The following maxims for lay- 
ing out cards for the crib, and the examples illustrating 
the mode of reckoning the cards, ought to be attentively 
perused and frequently referred to by those who wish to 
racquire a competent knowledge of the game. 



FIVE AND TEN, OR SPOILT, FIVE. 

Spoilt Five is played with a pack of fifty-two cards, and 
"two, three, four, five, six or eight persons may play. Each 
game is decided in one hand, and consists in endeavoring 
to get the majority of the five tricks, which is called a 
Five, and entitles the winner to the stakes played for ; or 
to gain the whole five tricks, which is called a Ten, and 
the winner in this case draws double stakes. 

The cards rank differently in the red and black suits, 
:and change in value when trumps and when not trumps. 

THE RANK AND ORDER OP THE CARDS WHEN TRUMPS. 



Hearts and Diamonds. 



Spades and Clubs. 



Five, 


Knave, 


Five, 


Knave, 


Ace of 


Hearts, 


Ace of 


Hearts, 


Ace of 


Diamonds, 


Ace of 


Trumps, 


King, 


Queen, 


King, 


Queen, 


Ten, 


Nine, 


Two, 


Three, 


Eight, 


Seven, 


Four, 


Six, 


Six, 


Four, 


Seven, 


Eight, 


Three, 


Two. 


Nine, 


Ten. 



THE RANK OF THE CARDS WHEN NOT TRUMPS. 

Hearts and Diamonds. Sioades and Clubs, 

King, Queen, King, Queen, 

Knave, Ten, Knave, Ace, 



138 SALOON keeper's companion. 



Hearts and Diamonds. 


Spades 


and Clubs. 


Nine, Eight, 


Two, 


Three, 


Seven, Six, 


Four, 


Five, 


Five, Four, 


Six, 


Seven, 


Three, Two, 


Eight, 


Nine, 


Ace of Diamonds. 


Ten. 





From the above lists it will be observed that the Five m 
first, and the Knave second in order, when trumps ; and 
that the Ace of Hearts is always trump, and ranks as the 
third best card. These three cards have the privilege of 
revoking, when it suits the holder of them to do so ; but 
if the Five be led, the holder of the Knave or Ace must 
play it, if he has not another trump to play ; and the Ace 
unguarded must in like manner be played if the Knave 
be led, the superior card always forcing the inferior. The 
Ace of Diamonds, which is fourth in order, when that 
suit is trumps, is the lowest when not trumps ; and the 
usual rank of the inferior cards is reversed in the black 
suits, the Two being above the Three, the Three above 
the Four, and so on, the Ten ranking lowest, whether 
trumps or not. 



FORTY-FIVE. 

Forty-five is usually played by four persons, with a 
pack of fifty-two cards. Five cards are dealt to eacb 
player, by twos and threes, or vice versa, and the next card 
is turned for trump, as at Euchre. The deal passes to 
the left, each player dealing in rotation. 

The two following tables will show the rank and order 
of the caids when trumps, or when not so : 



SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. 



139 



THE RANK AND 


ORDER OF THE CAR 


DS WHEN TRUMPS. 


Clubs and Spades. 


Diamonds. 


Hearts. 


Five, 


Five, 


Five, 


Knave, 


Knave, 


Knave, 


Ace of Hearts, 


Ace of Hearts, 


Ace, 


Ace, 


Ace, 


King, 


King, 


King, 


Queen, 


Queen, 


Queen, 


Ten, 


Two, 


Ten, 


Nine, 


Three, 


Nine, 


Eight, 


Four, 


Eight, 


Seven^. 


Six, 


Seven, 


Six, 


Seven, 


Six, 


Four, 


Eight, 


Four, 


Three, 


Nine, 


Three, 


Two. 13in:all. 


Ten. 14 in all. 


Two. 14 in all. 





THE RANK OF THE CARDS WHBN NOT TRUMPS. 



Cluhs and Spades. Diamonds. 



Hearts. 



King, 


King, 


King, 


Queen, 


Queen, 


Queen, 


Knave, 


Knave, 


Knave, 


Ace, 


Ten, 


Ten, 


Two, 


Nine, ■ 


Nine, 


Three, 


Eight, 


Eight, 


Four, 


Seven, 


Seven, 


Five, 


Six, 


Six, 


Six, 


Five, 


Five, 


Seven, 


Four, 


Four, 


Eight, 


Three, 


Three, 


Nine, 


Two, 


Two. 12 in all. 



Ten. 13 in all. Ace, 13 in all. 



140 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

From the tables it will be observed that the Five is 
first, and the Knave second in order, when trumps, and 
that the Ace of Hearts is always trump, and ranks as the 
third best card. The holder of the Five or Knave has the 
privilege of revoking when it suits him to do so ; that is, 
he may retain the Five or Knave of trumps in hand, 
although trump be led, and the holder of the Ace of 
Hearts has also the privilege of revoking from any trump 
oard but the Five or Knave ; but in all other cases the 
players must follow suit when trumps are led, under 
penalty of forfeiting the game. The largest trump always 
forces the smaller, as in the game of Spoilt Five; thus the 
Knave of trumps unguarded must be played upon the 
Five of trumps. The Ace of Diamonds, which is fourth 
in order when that suit is trumps, is the lowest when not 
trumps. The usual rank of the inferior card is reversed 
in the black suits, the Two being above the Three, the 
Three above the Four, and so on, the Ten ranking lowest, 
whether trumps or not. 

When a lay suit is led, the player must follow suit or 
trump. 

The King or Ace, when turned up by the dealer, counts 
five. Any player holding the King of trumps, must, when 
it comes to his turn to play, lay out a card for it ; and if 
the Ace should not be in play, the trump turned up is his. 
Should the Ace be out, the turned up trump belongs to 
its holder, and he who holds the King takes up the card 
he laid out. This is called " robbing the trump." The 
lead commences at the eldest hand, and each trick taken 
counts five. The game consists of forty-five, and the 
player or players (if partners) first scoring that number, 
win the stakes. 

There is a variety of Forty-Five called the Jenk Game, 
which differs from the regular game in the following 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 141 

particulars : 1 . The player can rob with the Ace only. 
2. The King or Ace does not count five for the dealer 
when turned up. 3. When the dealer turns the Ace he 
'has the privilege of discarding and taking it to hand, but 
!he can only score for what it makes in actual play. 4. 
Thirty may be scored in each deal, five extra being 
•counted for the best trump played ; but, if no trump 
«hould be out, twenty-five only can be scored. 5. When 
A party takes all five tricks, he wins the game (this is 
•called a Jenk) . When all the tricks are not made by one 
party, the game must be continued in the ordinary man- 
ner, until forty-five is scored. A Jenk, however, counts 
-out, whenever made. 



LOO. 

THE LAWS OF DIVISION LOO. 

1 . The deal is determined by throwing round a card to 
each player ; the player receiving the lowest card is 
entitled to the deal. 

2. The person who misdeals, forfeits a loo and loses 
his deal ; but if a card is faced in the pack, he is to deal 
again t or if any of the company is the cause of showing 
a card in dealing, that person forfeits a loo, and the cards 
must be dealt afresh. 

3. If the dealer looks at his own hand before he has asked 
each individual whether they play or not, he forfeits a loo. 

4. The hands ought to be lifted in succession from the 
dealer, and any one taking up and looking at another's 
hand forfeits a loo, and the person whose cards have been 
taken, may inspect both hands and take his choice of the two. 

5. The person who announces his intention to play or 
not, or who throws down his cards before those to the 
Tight have decided, forfeits a loo. 

7* 



142 SALOON KEEPER*S COMPANION. 

6. No person is to look at Dumby, if not taken, before 
the dealer has decided, under the penalty of a loo, besides 
being obliged to play Dumby. 

7. Whoever plays a card out of the regular order of 
play, forfeits a loo. 

8. No player may inform another what cards he pos- 
sesses, or give any intimation as to any card in hand or 
Dumby, under penalty of a loo. 

9. K a player throw up his cards after the leading 

10. The person who neglects to put his loo into the 
pool before the trump card is turned up, forfeits a loo. 
card is played, he is looed. 

11. A card played by mistake, if seen, must remain; 
but if it cause a revoke, it must be taken up, and may be 
called, as at Whist, when it does not oblige the party to 
revoke ; and the person who played it forfeits a loo. 

12. With Ace of trumps only, or King, if Ace is turned 
up, the first player must lead it. If he fail to do so he 
forfeits a double loo to the next pool. 

13. The elder hand who holds two trumps, and does- 
not lead from them, playing the highest first ; and the 
pc^rson who does not lead a trump if he can, after taking^ 
a trick ; and the player who revokes, or who does not 
either follow suit or trump, provided he can thereby 
" head the trick," each forfeit a loo — it being difficult to 
determine how the cards might have been played had the 
false play not taken place. 

TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN LOO. 

Bold Stand. — To have a bold stand is a method of 
playing the game, in which it is a rule, that whenever 
there is onl}^ the deal to be played for, every person is 
obliged to stand in order to make a loo for the next hand.. 
As often as this happens it is a bold stand. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 143 

Dumhy. — The spare hand, which must be dealt in the 
regular order of the other hands, either first or last but 
one, and not according to the dealer's whim. 

Force. — The same as Bold Stand. 

Heading the Trick. — Playing a better card of the suit 
led, or not having any of the suit, trumping it. 

Loo. — The loo is the sum put up by any one that is 
looed, and is either limited or unlimited ; when unlimited, 
a person is looed for the whole amount of the pool ; if 
limited, he is looed for no more than a certain sum, pre- 
viously agreed upon, generally the price of the deal ; but 
he is never looed for more than the pool. 

Looed. — A person playing is looed when he does not 
take a trick, or when he breaks any of the laws of the 
game. 

Miss. — The same as Dumby. 

Misdeal. — Is when the dealer gives an}^ of the party 
more or less than three cards, or deals too many or too 
few hands, or deals out of regular order, or shows a card 
in dealing. 

Paying for the Deal — At each new deal, the dealer 
puts into the pool three counters, or three of whatever it 
may be be agreed on by the party to play for ; and this is 
called the price of the deal. 

Pool. — The pool consists of the counters which are 
paid for the deals, and of the sums forfeited by those who 
were looed the preceding hand. 

Revoke. — When a person who has suit does not 
play it. 

FULL, OR UNDIVIDED LOO. 

This is played precisely like Division Loo, except that 
the pool is not divided proportionally among those win- 
ning tricks ; but a player must take all three tiicks to win 



144 SALOON keeper's companion. 

the pool, thus : after the three tricks are played, if either 
player has taken them all, he takes the whole pool ; but if 
the tricks are divided among the players, the pool remains. 
Those playing who have taken no trick at all, are looed, 
and must pay double the price of the deal into the pool. 
The game goes on in this way until the, pool is taken bj^ 
some one of the players, when the next hand is bold stand, 
and is dealt and played as first described. Sometimes club 
law is introduced, when all must play when a Club hap- 
pens to be turned trump. 



THIRTl-ONE. 



This is a very simple, agreeable game. It is played 
with an entire pack of cards, and by any number of per- 
sons under seventeen. Each player puts an equal stake 
into the pool ; three cards are dealt to each, and a spare 
hand, in the middle of the table, which is turned up. The 
object of the game is to get thirty-one, or as near it as 
possible, reckoning as follows : the Ace stands for eleven, 
each of the honors for ten, and the other cards for the 
number of spots on them respectively ; thus, Ace, King, 
and Six of any one suit reckon twenty-seven ; Ace, with 
two honors or one honor and the Ten, for thirty-one ; an 
honor, a Ten, and a Five, for twenty-five ; and so on : but 
observe that all the three cards must be of one suit ; and 
three cards of equal value, as three Kings, Tens, Fives, 
Twos, or Aces, are better than thirty, but inferior to thirty- 
one. Each player in turn, beginning at the elder hand, 
exchanges one of his cards for one out of the spare hand ; 
and this goes on till some one has got thirty-one, or stops 
changing When any one gets game, or thirty-one, he 
shows his hand, and takes the pool, which finishes the 
game. If one stops without being thirty-one, the other 



SALOON keeper's companiok. 145 

players can change once more only, or till it comes to the 
turn of the person who stopped, and then all show their 
hands, and he who is nearest to thirty-one gets the pool. 
In the event of two or more being equal, the elder hand 
has the preference, only that three Aces, Kings, etc., rank 
preferably to three Queens, or lower cards. 

Another mode is as follows : — Instead of depositing a 
stake, each player has two or three counters ; and when 
all stop, the person who is lowest puts one of his counters 
in the pool ; and he who has one or two left, after all the 
other players have paid in their three, is winner, and takes 
the whole, as in the game of Snip, Snap, Snore 'em. 
"When two or more happen to be equally low, they each 
pay a counter. 



QUINZE. 

This is a French game, very similar to Vingt-un, described 
elsewhere, and is much admired for its simplicity and fair- 
ness, depending entirely upon chance, and not requiring 
that attention which many other games do. It is usually 
played b}^ two persons, and is called Quinze from Fifteen 
being the game, which is made as follows. The cards are 
shuffled by both players, and after they have cut for the 
deal, which is determined by the lowest card, the dealer 
is authorized to shuffle them again ; after this the adver- 
sary cuts them, and the dealer gives one card to his 
opponent, and another to himself. Should the dealer's 
adversary not approve of his card, he is entitled to have 
as many cards given him successively, as will make fif- 
teen, or come nearest to that number, which are commonlj^ 
given from the top of the pack. For example : If he 
should have a deuce, and draws a five, which amount to 
seven, he should continue going on, in expectation of 



146 SALOON keeper's companion. 

coming nearer fifteen ; should he draw an eight, which 
makes just fifteen, he, as elder hand, is certain of winning 
the game ; but should he overdraw himself, and make 
more than fifteen, he loses, unless the dealer should do 
the same, which constitutes a draw game, and they double 
the stakes ; thus going on till one of them wins the game, 
by standing and being nearest fifteen. Upon the close of 
each game, the cards are packed and shuffled, when the 
players again cut for deal, the advantage being invariably 
for the elder hand. 



ROUGE ET NOIR. 

Rouge et Noir, or Red and Black, is a modern game, so 
styled, not from the cards, but from the colors marked on 
the tapis, or green cloth, with which the table is covered. 

The first parcel of cards played is usually for Noir, the 
second for Rouge, though sometimes the cards are cut to 
determine which shall begin. All the terms of this game 
are French, and that language is used in placing. Any 
number of persons may play, and the punters may risk 
their money on which color they please, placing the stakes 
in the outer semi-circle ; but after the first card is turned 
up, no other stakes can be laid for that coup. 

The tailleur and croupier being seated opposite each 
other, with a basket for receiving the cards of everj^ coup 
after dealing, placed on the middle of the table ; the tail- 
leur, then passing round six packs of cards to be shuffled 
and mixed confusedly all together by the company, after- 
wards finally shuffles them, and inserts all the end cards 
into various parts of the 312, till he meets with an honor, 
which being placed upright at the end, is ofl!ered to a pun- 
ter, who, putting the same into any part of the pack, the 
tailleur there separates it, and lays that part which was 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 147 

below the said honor uppermost ; and taking therefrom a 
handful of cards, and placing a weight upon the remainder^ 
proceeds to deal, taking afterwards other parcels from the 
heap as they may be wanted, till all are dealt out. He 
looks at the first card, and puts its face downwards ; two 
others, one red, the other black, are then laid back to 
back, and that placed conspicuously uppermost which is 
of a similar color with the said first card ; these two cards 
are turned according to the color of that card which after- 
wards ma}^ be first dealt in each succeeding coup. When 
the stakes are deposited, the tailleur cries Noir. turns the- 
top card, and places each succeeding one in a row, till the 
points of those so turned shall exceed thirty ; he then de- 
clares the numbers, at trente et un, one and-thirty ; or if 
above that, up to fortj^, he only says, deux, trois, quatre, 
cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, two, three, four, five, six, seveUy 
eight, nine; and when/oriy, quarante. 

Another parcel is then dealt in a similar mode for 
Rouge, and the punters win who had staked on that color- 
the points for which were thirty-one or nearest to it, which 
the tailleur declares, by saying. Rouge gagne. Red wins; 
or Rouge perd. Bed loses. These two parcels, one of 
each color, make a coup. When the same number is dealt 
for each, the tailleur says, apres, after, which forms un 
refait, or Doublet, by which neither party loses, except it 
is un refait trente et un, one-and-thirty , when the tailleur 
wins half the stakes punted on each color, which half the 
punters ma}' either pay, or have their stake moved into 
the middle semi-circle of the color they then choose, called 
la premier prison, the first prison, to be detennined by the 
next event, whether they lose all or are set at Kberty ; but 
if un refait second trente et un, a second Doublet of one- 
and-thirty, should occur in the next succeeding deal, the 
punters lose only one-half of their remaining moiety,. 



148 SALOOK keeper's companion. 

making three-fourths of their original stakes, and are 
removed into the smallest semi-circle, styled la seconde 
prison, the second prison, and the next coup determines 
whether the punter loses all, or is to be removed again into 
la premiere prison. 

Punters, after winning, many paroli, etc., and pursue 
their luck to a soixante, as at Faro ; but as no livrets are 
tised at Eouge et Noir, they cannot make either paix or 
pont. 

At this game a banker cannot refuse any stake not ex- 
ceeding his fund ; which the punter declares, by saying, 
Je va la Banque, Va la Banque, or Va Banque, I aim at 
the Bank. Bankers generally furnish punters with slips 
of card paper, ruled in columns, each marked N. or R. at 
the top, on which accounts are kept by pricking with a 
pin ; and when un refait happens, the same is denoted by 
running the pin through the middle line. Some bankers 
give up the profit of le refait during the first deal. 

The odds against le refait being dealt, are reckoned 
sixty-three to one, but bankers expect it twice in three 
•deals, and there are generally from twenty-nine to thirty- 
two coups in each deal. 



GAME OF SPOTS. 

Although exceedingly simple in its details this game re- 
quires good judgment to play it skillfully. 

The deal is determined by a cut, and is won by the 
lowest number of spots, so that a Two is superior to an 
Ace or a court-card. Five cards are then dealt, one at a 
time, as in Cribbage, when the eldest hand leads off, and 
the cards thus played may be taken by any card having a 
greater number of spots. The winner of the tricks then 
plays, as in All-Fours, and thus the game proceeds, until 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 149 

all the cards have been plaj'-ed, when each player counts 
the number of spots upon the cards he has won, and he 
who has the greater number wins. 

Face cards, having but one spot, may be taken by a 
Two or any other card having two or more spots. 

Tricks can be won only by a higher number of spots, 
therefore ties belong to the player who leads. 

In playing, lead off your lowest card, reserving j'our 
high cards for the last play. 

The game is usually played by two, but may be played by 
three or four persons with five or six cards, as agreed upon. 



RAILROAD EUCHRE WITH THE JOKER. 

Railroad Euchre is played with a pack of thirty-three 
€ards, consisting of a regular Euchre pack, and an addi- 
tional blank card which is usually called the "Joker," 
or imperial trump. 

The Joker is always a trump, no matter what suit is 
turned up or made trumps, and will beat the Right Bower. 
Railroad Euchre differs also from the regular game in the 
following particulars : 

I. — The game is ten points. 

II. — If a plaj'er elects to "go alone," he may call for 
his partner's best card, and discard any in his own hand, 
but either plaj-er of the opposing side may also call for 
the best card held by his partner, and if the latter succeed 
in gaining a euchre, his side is entitled to a score of four 
points. 

III. — Lap, Slam, and Jamboree, are also plaj-ed. These 
modifications are fully explained on pages 110 to 113. 

IV. — If the blank card, or "Joker," is turned up for 
trump, the dealer ma}', after looking at his hand, name 
any suit for trumps ; but this does not debar him from the 



150 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

privilege of turning it down when his turn comes to an- 
nounce what he will do, as in the regular game. 

In all other particulars, Railroad Euchre is played in 
the same manner as the regular game. 



FARO. 

LAWS OF FAEO. 

1 . All bets are to be take d or paid, as they lie upon 
the card, except there is an express understanding to the 
contrary. The intentions of a plaj^er are not to be con- 
sidered by the dealer, his bet being supposed to represent 
his intention. 

2. If a player wishes to bar a bet on a card, he must 
make the dealer understand that he bars it, when it will 
remain barred until he says " it goes." 

3. If a player should put a bet upon a card and say to 
the dealer, " One-half of this bet goes," it would be so 
understood until the end of the deal, unless the order was 
revoked. 

4. Should a player or the dealer, by design or accident, 
remove or alter a bet belonging to another, he is respon- 
sible for its loss. 

5. When two players bet the same stake, " single," 
upon different cards, one coppered and the other to win, 
and they both win upon the same turn, the copper bet, 
being the first to win, must be paid. 

6. The dealer must pa}^ all bets for which he turns, 
provided they are made in checks, but onl}^ the limit of 
the game if in bank-bills. 

7. The dealer should take and pay correctly, and not 
make mistakes by design or through carelessness ; nor 
should he alter the position of the cards dealt, but 



SALOON keeper's compakion. 151 

allow them to remain upon their respective piles undis- 
tm-bed. 

8. When the players have broken a bank, the dealer 
must take and pay the largest bets first. Suppose the 
bank to have but one dollar left — a turn is made by which 
the dealer wins one dollar and loses two, he must take the 
dollar he wins and pay the dollar lost ; the rule is to take 
and pay the amount of the bank in sight. 

9. The dealer has the right to close his game, or to quit 
dealing, whenever he sees proper to do so. 

10. Players have the right to count, or otherwise ex- 
amine the cards of the dealer, if the}' suspect foul play, or 
if they wish to guard against it. In all cases the dealer 
has the right to the last shuffle and cut ; and where he 
permits a player to shuffle or cut, it is an extension of 
courtesy to the player, and not his right. 

TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN FARO. 

Banker^ or Backer. — The person who furnishes the 
money for the game. 

Dealer. — He who deals the cards, and takes and pays 
the bets. 

Cue, or Case Keeper. — The person who marks game on 
the cue-box. 

Looker-Out. — The dealer's assistant. 

Checks. — Ivory tokens representing money, with which 
the game is plaj^ed ; they vary in color, size, and value. 

The Hock, or Hockelty Card is the last card remaining 
in the box after the deal has been made. When one turn 
remains to be made, there are three cards in the box, they 
may be, for example, the Five, Six, and Seven ; we will 
suppose the last turn to be Five, Six, leaving the Seven 
in the box, which would be called the hock card, because,, 
as the game was originally pla3'ed, the dealer took " hock,"^ 



152 SALOON keeper's companion. 

that is, all the mone^^ which happened to be placed upon 
that card ; the bank, therefore, had a certainty of winning 
that money, without the possibility of losing it — hence 
the term hock^ which means certainty. 

A Deal. — The dealer is said to have made a deal, when 
he has dealt out the whole deck. 

A Turn. — The two cards drawn from the dealer's box — 
•one for the bank and the other for the player, which thus 
■determines the events of the game, constitute a turn. 

Coppering a Bet. — If a player wishes to bet that a card 
will lose (that is, win for the bank) , he indicates his wish 
by placing a cent, or whatever may be provided for that 
purpose, upon the top of his stake. It is called "cop- 
pering," because coppers were first used to mark such 
bets. 

To Bar a Bet. — A player having a bet upon a card, 
and wishing to bar it for a turn, must say to the dealer, 
" I bar this bet for the turn," pointing to it, in which 
■case it can neither lose nor win. 

Last Call. — When three cards only remain in the box, 
any player has the privilege of calling the order in which 
they will be dealt — this is termed the last call. The 
checks are placed so as to express the call, and if correctly 
made, the bank pays four for one, and if a "cat," two 
for one. 

A Cat, or Cat Harpen. — When the last turn consists of 
two cards of the same denomination, and one other card, 
as two Tens and a King, it is called a cat. 

Paroli, or Parlee. — Suppose a player to bet five dollars 
upon the Ace — it wins and the dealer pays it ; if the 
player then allows the ten dollars to remain upon the Ace, 
he is said to play paroli, which means, the original stake 
and all its winnings. 

Pressing a Bet, is to add to the original stake. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 153^ 

Betting Even Stakes, is when the player constantly bets- 
the same amount. 

Stringing a Bet, is taking in one or more cards remote 
from the one upon which the bet is placed. 

Playing a Bet Open, is to bet a card will win, not to lose. 

Repeating and Reversing.^^ A card is said to repeat, 
when it plays as it did upon the previous deal, and to re- 
verse when it plays directly opposite ; that is, if it won 
four times, it reverses if it loses four times. 

Snap. — A temporary bank, not a regular or established 
game. 

Sleepers. — A bet becomes a sleeper, when the owner has 
forgotten it, it is then public property, any one having a 
right to take it. 

A Bet, or Case Card. — When three cards of one denom- 
ination are out, the one remaining in the box is called the 
het, case, or single card. 

The Soda Card is the top card of the deck when put 
into the dealing-box, preparatory to a deal. 



BRAG. 

THE LAWS OF BRAG. 

1 . When a player brags so high that all his antagonists- 
bolt, he need not show his hand. 

2. No player shall examine the pack, or the hands 
bolted, or show them to any player who is bragging. 

3. Nothing can be claimed for a hand bolted or thrown 
up unexposed. 

4. K the dealer misdeal the first three to each player^ 
he forfeits the amount of the ante, and must deal again. 

5. K any player take in more or less cards then he is 
entitled to, and does not correct it before his cards or any 



154 SALOON keeper's companion. 

succeeding him are shown, he loses his right in the pool 
the same as by bolting ; but the game goes on. 

6. If a card is faced in the pack, a new deal may be 
called. 

7. If a card is shown in dealing, the player to whom it 
was dealt may refuse it. * 

8. No player may hrag or go it, without putting up the 
amount. 

9. If no person goes in to the ante, the stake is with- 
drawn, and the deal passes to the next. 

10. Every player has a right to shuffle the cards ; the 
one on the right of the dealer must cut them. 

11. No .one but the dealer is obliged to tell how many 
cards he took in, and he is not obliged to tell any player 
that has made a bet. 



ALL-FOURS. 

This game, sometimes called Old- Sledge and Seven-Up, 
is played with a full pack of fifty-two cards, which take 
rank as at Whist — the Ace being the highest and the Two 
the lowest. The number of points to be played for are 
seven ; unless otherwise agreed on before the commence- 
ment of the game. 

TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN ALL-POURS. 

High. — The highest trump out ; the holder scores one 
point. 

Low. — The lowest trump out ; the original holder 
scores one point, even if it be taken by his adversary. 

Jack. — The Knave of trumps. The holder scores one 
point, unless it be won by his adversary, in which case 
the winner scores the point. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 155 

Game. — The greatest number that, in the tricks gained, 
can be shown by either party ; reckoning for — 

Each Ace four towards game. 
" King three " • " 
" Queen two " " 

" Knave one " " 

" Tenien " " 

The other cards do not count towards game ; thus it 
may happen that a deal may be played without either 
party having any to score for game, by reason of holding 
neither court-cards nor Tens. 

When the players hold equal numbers — ties — the 
elder hand, the non-dealer, scores the point for game. 

Begging is when the elder hand, disliking his cards, 
uses his privilege, and says " I beg ; " in which case the 
dealer must either suffer his adversary to score one point, 
saying, "Take one," or give each three more cards from 
the pack, and then turn up the next card, for trumps ; if, 
however, the trump turned up be of the same suit as the 
first, the dealer must go on, giving each three cards more, 
and turning up the next, until a change of suit for trump 
takes place. 

Eldest Hand. — This term signifies the player immedi- 
ately to the left of the dealer. 

LAWS OF THE GAME OF ALL-FOURS. — OF CUTTING AND 
DEALING. 

1. The deal is determined by cutting the cards, and 
the player cutting the highest card deals. In cutting, the 
Ace is the highest card, and ties cut again. 

[In the four-handed game, the two highest play against 
the two lowest.] 

2. Less than four cards is not a cut, and the plaj^er 



156 SALOON keeper's companion. 

cutting must leave at least four cards at the bottom of the 
pack. 

3. If a card be exposed, a new cut maj' be demanded. 

4. A new deal maj^ be demanded if, in dealing, aa 
opponent's card be faced, or if the dealer in any way dis- 
cover any of his adversary's cards ; or if, to either party, 
too few or too manj' cards have been dealt. In either 
case it is optional with the players to have a new deal, 
provided no card has been played, but not afterwards. 

5. If the dealer expose any of his own cards, the deal 
stands good. 

6. K a misdeal should occur, the dealer must bunch the 
cards and deal anew ; the opponent of the dealer, however,, 
has the option of the deal, if he chooses to take it. 

7. The deal passes to the left. 

THE SCORE. 

8. The points score in the following order : 1st, higJiy 
2d, low^ 3d, Jack, 4th, game. 

9. Each Jack turned up by the dealer, counts one point 
for him in the game, unless a misdeal should occur before 
the Jack is turned. If the dealer turns Jack, and a mis- 
deal should occur afterwards, even though it be the same 
hand, or if he turns Jack and the cards run out by reason 
of the same suit being turned, he is not debarred from 
scoring the point. 

10. One card may count all fours ; for example, the 
eldest hand holds the Knave, and stands his game ; the 
dealer having neither trump. Ten, Ace, nor court-card, it 
will follow that the Knave will be both high, low, Jack, 
and game. 

11. Should' there be a tie for game, the non-dealer 
scores the point. If three or more are playing, and there 
is a tie, the eldest hand scores game. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 157 

OF BEGGING. 

12. If a player beg, it is at the option of the dealer to 
give him one point or run the cards for a new trump. 
When playing three-handed, if the dealer give one player, 
he must give both. 

13. No player may beg more than once in each hand. 

14. Should the same suit be turned until the cards run 
out, then the cards must be bunched, and dealt anew. 

15. When playing the four-handed game, the dealer 
and the player on his left only, are permitted to look at 
their cards previous to the latter deciding upon his hand, 
and in case he begs, the other parties must not raise their 
cards until the dealer announces whether he will ' ' give 
one," or run the cards to another trump. 

OF THE REVOKE. 

16. Each player must follow suit, if he can, unless he 
chooses to trump. A revoke, with Jack in revoker's hand, 
adds two points, without Jack, one point to opponent's 
score. 



PITCH; OR BLIND ALL-FOURS. 

This game is played the same as All-Fours, with the 
following exceptions : 

I. There is no begging. 
II. No trump is turned. 

III. The eldest hand has the privilege of making 

any suit he chooses trump, the first card he 
leads, or pitches (as it is termed), being trump. 

IV. After the trump is pitched it cannot be recalled. 
V. In the event of a tie in counting game, no game 

is scored by either party. 



158 SALOON keeper's companion. 

In all other particulars, Pitch is pla^'ed precisely the 
same as regular All-Fours, and all the laws of the latter 
game apply to it with equal force, exoept the modifications 
enumerated and explained above. 



SIXTY-SIX. 

This game is one almost universally in vogue among the 
Germans, and is deservedly gaining favor in the United 
States, as it may be classed in the first rank among games 
for two or three players. It is played with twenty-four 
cards, viz. : the Ace, Ten, King, Queen, Knave, and Nine 
of each suit, the cards ranking in value in the order 
named above trumps being the superior suit, as at Whist, 
etc. 

TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN SIXTY-SIX. 

Round. — So much of a game as intervenes between one 
deal and the next. 

Closing. — If at any time a player thinks he can make 
sixty -six without further drawing, he may, when it is his 
turn to lead, turn down the trump. This is called closing. 

Drawing. — The act of taking a card from the top of the 
talon after a trick has been played and taken. 

Blank. — A card in hand is said to be blank when there 
is no other card of the same suit in hand with it. The 
term is also applied to a King and Queen of the same suit, 
in which case the twenty of that suit is blank. 

Talon. — The cards remaining in the pack after the 
deal. 

Discarding. — The player having the Nine of trumps in 
his hand may exchange it for the trump card at any time 
after he has won a trick, this is called discarding. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 159 

THE LAWS OF SIXTY- SIX. 

1. After the game is closed, no more cards can be 
drawn from the talon ; and if the player who turned the 
trump down fail to make sixty-six, his opponent scores 
two points. 

2. If a player turn the trump down before his adver- 
sary has won a trick, and fail to make sixty-six, his 
opponent scores three points. 

3. Before the game is closed, or the talon is exhausted, 
neither player is compelled to follow suit, even though 
trumps be led, but is at liberty to play any card he 
pleases ; but after the trump is turned down, or the cards 
are all drawn, a player must not only follow suit, but 
must take the trick if he can ; and, if he cannot follow 
suit, must take the trick with a trump. Any failure in 
this respect forfeits the count on that hand, and adds 
two points to the opponent's score. 

4. If a player should declare sixty-six, and on examina- 
tion, his cards will not count as much, his opponent scores 
two points, and the round is ended. 

5. Either player ma}^ examine the last trick taken, but 
no other. 

6. When a player declares sixty-six, all cards unplayed 
are void, and the round is ended. 

7. In case, at the end of a round, each player counts 
sixty-five neither scores, but the winner of the next round 
scores one point in addition to what he may then make. 

8. If a player have the Ace, Ten, King, and Queen 
•of trumps dealt him, he may at once lay them down and 
score three points, as these cards count in themselves 
sixty-eight, and his opponent manifestly cannot win a 
trick. 

9. In discarding, the exchange must be made, if at all, 
before the last card in the talon is drawn. 



160 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

10. If the trump be turned down, the exchange must 
be made, if at all, before another card is led. 

11. Discarding does not involve the necessity of clos- 
ing, as the discarded Nine is merely exchanged for, and 
assumes the place of the trump card. 

12. After the talon has been exhausted, the winner of 
the last, that is, the twelfth trick, adds ten points to his 
count. The last trick in a round in which the trump ha& 
been turned down does not count anything, as it is not 
the twelfth trick. 

13. If a player fail to draw when he ought, and it be 
discovered before either player has drawn another card,, 
the erring player must draw a card at once to rectify 
the mistake. But if the error be not noticed until after 
another card has been drawn by either player, the oppo- 
nent has the choice of ordering the defaulter to draw, and 
proceeding with the game ; or of throwing down his hand,^ 
and scoring one point towards his game, thus ending the 
round. 



BEZIQUE. 

TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN B-EZIQUE. 

Bezique (Single). — The Queen of Spades and Knave 
of Diamonds. 

Bezique (Double). — Two Queens of Spades, and two 
Knaves of Diamonds. 

Brisques. — The Aces and Tens in the tricks taken. . 

Common Marriage. — The King and Queen of the same 
suit, other than trumps. 

Eldest Hand. — The player immediately at the left of 
the dealer. "When two play, the non-dealer. 

Fours of Aces, Kings, Queens, or Knaves. 

Pack. — The same as the Euchre, Piquet, or Ecarte 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 161 

pack, composed of thirty-two cards, all under the Seven 
spots being discarded. 

Quint-Major. — Same as Sequence. 

Roycd Marriage. — The King and queen of trumps. 

Seqtience. — Ace, King, Queen, Knave, and ten of 
trumps. 

Stock. — The number of packs of cards corresponding 
with the number of players, shuffled together, and ready 
to be dealt. 

Talon. — The cards remaining after the dealer has 
distributed eight to each player. 

THE LAVrS OF BEZIQUE. 

1. Bezique is ordinarily played by two persons, with 
two or three packs of thirty-two cards (Euchre packs) . 
The game is usually 1,000 points. 

2. The deal is determined by cutting, and the player 
cutting the lowest card deals. 

3. The deal is accomplished by giving each player three 
cards for two rounds, and two cards on the last round, 
thus giving each eight cards, and the seventeenth (if only 
two play) is turned up for trump. If a misdeal should 
occur, the hand passes or the dealer must deal again, at 
the option of the eldest hand. 

4. After the deal is completed the dealer places the 
talon upon the table, at his right. 

5. The eldest hand leads first,' and the player who wins 
the trick takes a card from the talon in order to complete 
his number of eight cards. The one who has lost the 
trick then takes a card in the same manner, and the play 
continues till the talon is exhausted. The winner of the 
trick has the privilege of the lead. 

6. When a card is led, and other cards identical in 
value are played in the same round, the first card played 



162 SALOON keeper's companion. 

takes precedence of all others of the same denomination^ 
and wins the trick, unless ii is trumped, or outranked by 
a card of superior value. 

7. The following is the value of the cards, in making 
the tricks: 1st, the Ace, which takes all other cards; 
2d, the Ten ; 3d, the King ; 4th, the Queen ; 5th, the 
Knave ; 6th, the Nine ; 7th, the Eight ; 8th, the Seven. 

8. "Whenever a plaj-er neglect to take his cai'd from the 
talon, he loses the play, or, left to the choice of his adver- 
sary, he may take the next two cards. 

9. The play is equally void, at the choice of the adver- 
sary, when a player plays with a card too many ; he must,, 
if the play is not declared void, play twice in succession 
without drawing a card from the talon.. 

10. When the turned-up trump card is not a Seven, the 
player holding the Seven of trumps can exchange it for 
the turned-up card — in which case he scores ten points. 

11. The possessor of a Bezique, Sequence, or any other 
combination, of cards in hand, must take a trick before 
declaring the same. 

12. The value of the combination, in counting the 
points, are as follows : 

Each Ace or Ten taken or saved in 

trick, counts 10 points. 

Each Seven of trumps, when played 

or ■ turned up, " 10 " 

The last trick, " 10 '' 

A common marriage, " 20 "^ 

A roj^al marriage, " 40 '^ 

A Bezique, " 40 " 

Four Knaves, " . _ " 40 "■ 

Four Queens, " 60 " 

Four Kings, " 80 " 

Four Aces, "100 " 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 163 

A sequence (quint-major), counts 250 points. 

A double Bezique, " 500 " 

13. King and Queen of tramps or any other suit once 
married, cannot again be married in the same hand, but 
may constitute one of four Kings or Queens, a sequence 
of trumps, or a Bezique, double or single. Or, a King, 
Queen or Knave once used in a sequence, or a combina- 
tion of fours, may be employed to form a marriage or 
Bezique, or an Ace of trumps which has counted in a 
sequence may be used to make a combination of four Aces, 
and vice versa. In other words, any card, except either of 
those which have been used to form Bezique, may serve to 
compose any other combination in which it has not previ- 
ously been employed. 

14. If after having declared and scored any combina- 
tion the same combination is filled in the hand, it also 
counts ; but neither of the cards employed to form the 
first may be used to constitute the second. 

15. If a player declares Bezique, and subsequently is 
fortunate enough to draw cards sufficient to declare double 
Bezique, the latter counts 500 points, in addition to the 
40 points already scored for Bezique. 

16. When a single Bezique is in hand, it may be 
declared and placed upon the table, and there remain 
until the double Bezique is subseqently acquired. 

17. Only one combination may be declared at a time. 

18. A player who, having only three cards, declares 
lour and scores, must, when the error is discovered, 
con-ect the score by not counting it, and he can be com- 
pelled to play one of the three cards, if the error is not 
discovered before his adversary shall have played. 

19. It is permitted to decline following suit as long as 
there are any cards left in the talon ; but the privilege 
ceases when the talon is exhausted. 



164 SALOON keeper's companion. 

20. The player taking the trick just previous to ex- 
hausting the talon, may then declare any combination in 
his hand. The winner of the trick then takes the last 
card in the talon and his adversary the trump card, and 
afterwards no combination can be declared or counted. 
The declared cards on the table must be taken in the hand 
of each player, and the rule imperatively is, follow suit 
with the highest in your hand, and if you cannot follow 
suit, trump the trick. 

21. After all the cards have been taken in hand, if any 
player revoke by not playing the highest in suit, or refuse 
to trump when he has not suit in hand, his adversary ma}' 
claim a deduction of forty points from the score of the 
player so revoking, or refusing to trump. 

22. The last trick having been made, each player 
counts the Aces and Tens which are in the tricks he has 
taken ; these Aces and Tens are called brisques. For 
each brisque the holder scores ten points, which are added 
to the score made during the playing by the combinations. 

23. Brisques are not counted when any one of the 
players makes the game by scorings made by combina- 
tions ; that is to say, when neither of the players has 
made the number of points fixed to complete the game, 
then he who, with the brisques, counts most over the fixed 
number, wins ; and, in case of a tie, the winner is the one 
taking the last trick. 



• BEZIQUE WITHOUT A TRUMP. 

This is played like the ordinary game, except that no 
card is turned to make a trump, but the trump is decided 
by the first marriage which is declared. For example : 
you or your adversary declare a marriage in Clubs, then 
Clubs becomes trumps, and so on with the other suits. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 165 

The quint-major of trumps, or the score of 250, cannot 
be declared until after the first marriage has been declared. 

The Seven of trumps in this game does not count ten 
points. The Beziques, four Kings, four Queens, etc., are 
•counted the same as in Bezique when the trump is tm-ned, 
and can be declared before the trump is determined. It 
is the same with the other cards which form combinations ; 
their value remains the same as in the ordinary game of 
Bezique. 



BEZIQUE PANACHE. 

In the game so called, the four Aces, four Kings, four 
Queens, four Knaves, must be, in order to count, com- 
posed of Spades, Diamonds, Hearts, and Clubs ; thus an 
eighty of Kings, composed of two Kings of Spades, one 
of Hearts, and one of Diamonds, does not form a combi- 
nation ; and in like manner with Queens and Knaves. 

This game ought to be the object of especial agreement. 

With respect to the combinations of the four points, the 
rules are those of ordinary Bezique. 



RULES FOR PLAYING DRAW POKER. 

The deal is of no special value, and any body may begin. 

The dealer, beginning with the person at his left, throws 
around five cards to each player, giving one card at a 
time. 

The dealer shuffles and makes up the pack himself, or 
it may be done by the player at his left, and the player at 
his right must cut. 

To begin the pool, the player next to the dealer on his 
left must put up money, which is called an " ante," and 
then, in succession, each player, passing around to the 
8* 



166 . SALOON keeper's companion. 

left, must, after looking at his hand, determine if he goes, 
in or not ; and' each person deciding to play for the pool 
must put in twice the amount of the ante. Those who- 
decline to play throw up their cards, face downward, on 
the table, and, per consequence, in front of the next 
dealer. When all who wish to play have gone in, the 
person putting up the ante can either give up all interest 
in the pool, thus forfeiting the ante which has been put up 
or else can play like the others who have gone in, hj 
''making good," that is, putting up in addition to the 
ante, as much more as will make him equal in stake to 
the rest. 

If a number of plaj-ers have gone in, it is best, gener- ' 
ally, for the ante man to make good and go in even with 
a poor hand, because half his stake is already up, and he 
can therefore stay in for half as much as the others have 
had to put up, which is a percentage in favor of his taking 
the risk. This of course does not apply if any one has- 
"raised," that is, more than doubled the ante before it 
comes around to the starting point 

Any one at the time going in, must put up as much as 
double the ante, and may put up as much more as he. 
pleases, by way of "raising" the ante, in which case 
every other player must put up as much as will make hi» 
stake to such increase, or else abandon what he has al- 
ready put in. 

Each plaj^er as he makes good and equals the others 
who are in before him, can thus increase the ante if he 
chooses, compelling the others still to come up to that 
increase or to abandon their share in the pool. 

All "going in" or "raising" of the pool, as well as all 
betting afterwards, must be in regular order, going round 
by the left ; no one going in, making good, increasing the 
ante, or betting, except in turn. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 167 

When all are in equally who intend to play, each player 
in turn has the privilege of drawing ; that is, of throwing 
awa}- any number of his five cards and drawing as many 
others, to try thus to better his hand. The cards thus 
thrown up must be placed face downward on the table, 
and for convenience, in front of or near the next dealer. 

The dealer, passing around to the left, will ask each 
pla3'er in tm-n how many cards he will have, and deal him 
the number asked for from the top of the pack without 
being seen. The dealer, if he has gone in to play for the 
pool, will, in like manner, help himself last. 

The plaj^ers must throw away their discarded cards 
before taking up or booking at those they draw. 

EVERY PLAYER FOR HIMSELF. 

In the game every player is for himself and against all 
others, and to that end will not let any of his cards be 
seen, nor betray the value of his hand by draping or play- 
ing out of his turn, or by change of countenance, or any 
other sign. It is a gi-eat object to mystify your adversa- 
ries up to the " call," when hands have to be shown. To 
this end it is permitted to chaff or talk nonsense, with a 
view of misleading your adversaries as to the value of 
j-our hand, but this must be without unreasonably delay- 
ing the game. 

When the drawing is all complete, the betting goes 
around in order, as the drawing, to the left. The ante 
man is the first to bet unless he has declined to play, and 
in that case the first to bet is the player nearest to the 
dealer on his left. But the player entitled to bet first 
may withhold his bet until the others have bet round to 
him, which is called " holding the age," and this being an 
advantage, should, as a general rule, be practiced. 

Each better in turn must put into the pool a sum equal 



168 SALOON keeper's companion. 

at least to the first bet made ; but each may in turn increase 
the bet or raise it as it comes to him ; in which case, the 
bets, proceeding around in order, must be made by each 
player in his turn equal to the highest amount put in by 
any one, or else failing to do that, the party who fails 
must go out of the play, forfeiting his interest in the pool. 

When a player puts in only as much as has been put in 
by each player who has preceded him, that is called, "see- 
ing " the bet. 

When a player puts in that much, and raises it, that is 
called seeing the bet and " going better." 

When the bet goes around to the last better or player 
who remains in, if he does not wish to see and go better, 
he simply sees and " calls," and then all playing must 
show their hands, and the highest hand wins the pool. 

When any one declines to see the bet, or the increase 
of bet which has been made, he "lays down" his hand, 
that is, throws it up with the cards face downward on the 
table. If all the other players throw down their hands, 
the one who remains in the last, wins, and takes the pool 
without showing his hand. 

To " bluff" is to take risk of betting high enough on a 
poor hand or a worthless one, to make all other players 
lay down their hands without seeing or calling you. 

When a hand is complete, so that the holder of it can 
play without drawing to better it, that is called a " pat " 
hand. A bold player will sometimes decline to draw any 
cards, and pretend to have a pat hand, and play it as 
such, when he has none. 

A skillful player will watch and observe what each 
player draws, the expression of the face, the circumstances 
and manner of betting, and judge, or try to judge of the 
value of each hand opposed to him accordingly. 

No one is bound to answer the question, how many 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 169 

■cards he di-ew, except the dealer ; and the dealer is not 
bound to after the betting has begun. 

ON DRAWING. 

If the player determines to draw to a pair, he draws 
three cards. If he draws to two pair, he draws one card. 

If he holds three to begin with, he draws two cards, in 
order to have the best chance of making a full, inasmuch 
as, in playing, pairs are apt to run together. But to 
deceive his adversaries and make them think he has 
nothing better than two pairs, a sharp player will often 
draw but one card to his threes. 

It is advisable some times to keep an Ace, or other high 
card, as an " outsider" with a small pair, and draw but 
one card — thus taking the chances of matching the high 
cards, and so getting a good two pau-s, or something bet- 
ter possibly — while at the same time others may be 
deceived into believing that the player is drawing to 
threes. 

When drawing to two cards of the same suit, to try to 
make a flush, or to cards of successive denominations, to 
try to make a sequence, as many more cards are to be 
taken as will be needed to fill out the flush or the sequence. 
But it is seldom advisable to venture in to di'aw for either 
a flush or a sequence when more than one card is required 
to complete the hand. 

When a player holds fours in his original hand, it is as 
good as it can be ; and yet it is best to throw away the 
outside card and draw one, because others may then think 
he is onlj' drawing to two pairs, or for a flush or sequence, 
and he will not suspect the great value of the hand. 

When one is in (as he ought seldom to be) without even 
so much as a pair, his choice must be, either to discard 
four cards, or three cards, and draw to the highest or two 



170 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

highest in the hand, or throw away the whole hand and 
draw five, or look content and serious, stand pat, and bet 
high ! 

The player determining to try this last alternative on a 
worthless hand, had better generally begin by raising 
when he goes in, or else nobody will be likelj'- to believe 
in his pretended strong hand. 

RELATIVE VALUE OF HANDS IN THEIR ORDER BEGINNING WITH 
THE BEST. 

1. A Sequence Flush — Which is a sequence of five 
cards, and all the same suit. 

2. Fours — Which is four of the five cards of the same 
denomination. 

3. A Full — Which is a hand consisting of three cards 
of the same denomination and two of likewise equal 
denominations. 

4. A Flush — Which is all five cards of the same suit. 

5. A Sequence — Which is all five cards not of the 
same suit but all in sequence. [In computing the value 
of a sequence, an Ace card counts either the highest or 
lowest card, that is, below a Deuce or obove a King^] - 

6. Threes — Which is three cards of the same denom- 
ination, but the other two of different denominations from 
each other. 

7. Two pairs. 

8. One pair. 

9. When the hand has neither of the above the count is 
by cards of the highest value or denomination. 

When parties opposed each holds a pair, the highest 
pair wins, and the same when each party holds threes or 
fours. 

When each party holds two pairs, the highest pair of 
the two determines the relative value of the hands. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 171' 

When each party holds a sequence, the hand commen- 
cing with the highest card in sequence wins ; so also when' 
two or more parties hold flushes against each other.* 

That full counts highest of which the three cards of the 
same denomination are highest. The two cards of the 
same denomination held onl}' to constitute the full, but do 
not add to the value of the "hand. 

When hands are equal, so far that each party holds a 
pair, or two pairs, of exactly the same value then the next 
highest card or cards in each hand must be compared with 
th3 next highest card or cards in the other hand to deter- 
mine which wins. 

In case of the highest hands (which very seldom occurs) 
being exactly equal the pool is divided. 

The main elements of success in the game are : 

(1.) Good luck. (2.) Good cards. (3.) Plenty of 
cheek. . (4.) Good temper. 



STRAIGHT POKER. 

Straight Poker, or Blufl", as it is sometimes called, is 

plaj'ed with a pack of fifty-two cards. The game is 

governed by the same rules as Draw Poker, and differs 

from the latter game in the following particulars only : 

I. The winner of the pool has the deal. 

II. Each player anties before the cards are cut for the 

deal. 
III. Any player may pass with the privilege of coming. 
in again, provided no player preceding him has 
made a bet. 



* Many experts rate threes in relative value above a sequence, but 
the better opinion is that a sequence should rank first, as being in^ 
itself one of the complete hands. 



172 SALOON keeper's companion. 

IV. No player is permitted to discard or draw any 

cards. 
V. When all the players pass, the eldest hand deals, 
and each player deposits another ante in the pool, 
thus making what is termed a " double-header." 
When a misdeal occurs the rule is the same. 
To avoid confusion, and prevent misunderstanding, i: .- 
stead of each player depositing an ante before the cards 
are cut, it is usual for one of the players (at the com- 
mencement of the game, the dealer) to put up a sum 
equal to an ante from each, thus : if four are plajdng and 
the ante is one chip, the dealer puts up four chips, and 
passes the buck. 



E. O. 

An E. 0. table is circular in form, but of no exact 
dimensions, though in general about four feet in diameter. 
The extreme circumference is a kind of counter, or depot, 
for the stakes, marked all round with the letters E and ; 
on which each adventurer places money according to his 
inclination. The interior part of the table consists, first, 
of a kind of gallery, or rolling-place, for the ball, which, 
with the outward parts above, called depot, or counter, is 
stationary or fixed. The most interior part moves upon 
an axis, or pivot, and is turned about with handles, whilst 
the ball is set in motion around the gallery. This part is 
generally divided into forty niches, or interstices, twent}^ 
of which are marked with the letter E, and the other 
twenty with the letter O. The lodging of the ball in any 
of the niches distinguished by those letters, determines the 
wager. The proprietor of the tables have two bar-holes, 
and are obliged to take all bets offered, either for E or ; 
but if the ball falls into either of the bar-holes, they win 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 173 

all the bets upon the opposite letter, and do not pay to 
that in which it falls ; an advantage in the proportion of 
two to forty, or five per cent, in their favor. 



PROPS. 

The origin of this game is uncertain, but it is played 
exclusively in New England, more particularly in Boston, 
where gaming-houses are exclusively devoted to it. It is 
not a banking, but a percentage game, the keeper of the 
table taking a certain percentage from all sums plaj^ed for. 
In one of the most popular Prop rooms in Boston, the 
average percentage was said to be ten dollars an hour. 
The game is played with four sea-shells, about an inch in 
length, the convex part of the sheU being cut off, and the 
cavity filled with red sealing-wax, thus making it flat on 
either side. 

The players gather around a long table prepared for 
the purpose, and which is usually covered with green baize, 
when one of them takes the props, places his money upon 
the table, and cries, ^^ Set to me /"" Ten dollars that I 
throw a nick" — which means that he will throw an even 
number, that is, two or four of either side up — if odd, he 
loses. The parties around the table take as much of the 
proposed bet as they see proper, or one may take it all. 
when the props are thrown, and if he wins he may con- 
tinue to thi'ow until he loses by throwing an odd number, 
or an " out " as the technical is, when the shells are passed 
to the next man, who proceeds as before. 



CASSINO. 

An entire pack of cards is used in this game, which is 
generally played by four persons (but occasionally by two 



174 SALOON keeper's companion. 

or three) , and the partners and deal are determined in the 
same manner as at Whist. Eleven points constitute the 
game, and are calculated thus : — 

Great Cassino, is the Ten of Diamonds, and reckons for 
two points. 

Little Cassino, the Two of Spades, reckons for one. 

The Cards, is having a greater share of the pack than 
your adversary, and reckons for three. 

The Spades, is having the majority of that suit, and 
reckons for one. 

The Aces, each of which reckons for one point ; four. 

Lurched, is when your adversary has won the game, 
before you have gained six points. 

MODE OF PLAYING. 

The deal is made by giving each person one card, and 
turning up one on the board, and thus alternately until 
each plaj^er has four cards, and there are four on the 
board. When each has played his four cards, four more 
are dealt round, but none turned up ; and so on till the 
pack is finished. 

The cards being dealt thus, examine 3^our cards in hand 
and those on the board, to see if you can pair them, or 
make up a number of pips from the cards on the table, 
equal to the card you \&y down ; if so j^ou take them up, 
and place them before you with their faces downward. If 
you can neither pair nor match any of the cards on the 
table, 3'ou must put down one. 

When by playing a card you can match all on the board, 
that is, suppose there were eight or ten cards which would 
make three or four distinct tens, and you play a ten, 3'ou 
take them all up, and thus clearing the board, are entitled 
to add one point to j'our score. 

Endeavor to take up Spades in preference to any other 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 175 

suit, as the majority in that suit constitutes a point to- 
wards game ; and you should likewise give a preference to 
either of the Cassinos or Aces, though 3'ou may thereby 
take up fewer cards. 

When you can neither pair nor take up any cards, play 
such a card as will not assist to make up an eight, nine, 
or ten, etc. In this case, the best to play is a pictured 
card, or a small one, but not an Ace. 

When 3^ou hold a pair, and a similar card is on the table ^ 
you should, if the fourth is out (it is not judicious other- 
wise) lay down one of them, wait your turn to play the 
other, and then take up the three together ; but you are 
not obliged to take them, if a more advantageous card 
offers. 

Always take up the card laid down hj j^our opponent in 
preference to any other on the table. 

While Great or Little Cassino is in, forbear playing a 
ten, or a two. 

Always take up as many cards as possible with one 
card, and endeavor to win the last cards. 

Though you can play your cards to advantage, avoid 
doing so when it may give j^our opponent an opportunity 
of clearing the board. 

Remember the cards played, and those that remain in, 
which will advantage you greatl}' in playing. 

You can never examine the cards taken up, unless you 
suspect a mistake, when you must challenge it imme- 
diately (that is, before you play your cards), otherwise 
you cannot claim it. 

When you take up a pair, it is best to separate them by 
placing them in difierent parts of the cards before you, to 
prevent their coming in pairs the next deal. 

Those cards which remain on the table unmatched at the 
conclusion, belong to the person who last took up, and 



176 SALOON keeper's companion. 

each party then proceeds to reckon his game, that is, the 
points that may arise from either of the Cassinos, the Aces, 
and the majority of the cards, or of the Spades. If both 
should be equal, neither party scores anything. The lesser 
number is likewise to be subtracted from the greater ; as 
thus, suppose that you have Great Cassino and two Aces, 
which make four points, and your adversary has Little 
Cassino, the cards, the Spades, and two Aces, which are 
seven points, he can only mark three, as your four must 
be deducted. , It may thus frequently happen that neither 
party reckons anything in a single deal, particularly when 
three persons play, as in this case the lowest subtract their 
points from the highest, and he can score only the over- 
plus, if any. 

This game is sometimes played by two, and each part}^ 
marks for himself, allowing the subtraction before men- 
tioned. 



THE LAWS OF TEN-PINS. 

1 . Ten rolls constitute a game. 

2. Each division or roll consists of three balls, unless 
the pins are all down in less — a ten-strike, or a spare 
ends a roll. 

[This must not be understood to have an}^ reference to 
the score of a division, which, in case of a double or single 
spare, is dependent on subsequent play.] 

3. Any number of players not exceeding five may pla}' 
on a side, and the side making the lowest aggregate of 
pins must pay for the game. 

4. Ties must be decided by a single ball. 

5. In rolling, no player must advance beyond the line 
on the alley when delivering a ball. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 177 

6. Pitching or lofting the balls is not allowed, and any 
player persisting in doing so (after having been warned) 
forfeits the game. 



THE LAWS OF QUOITS. 
The laws here given are those adopted by the National 
Quoit Convention. 

1. The distance for playing shall be eighteen yards. 

2. The Mot shall not be more nor less than one inch 
above the clay. 

3. The measurement shall be from the centre of the top 
of the Mot to the nearest iron in sight without disturbing 
the clay. 

4. In case of measurement, two opposing Quoits being 
equal, it shall be declared a draw. 

5. In the case of two or four playing, Twenty-one points 
shall constitute a game. 

6. In the event of six playing. Fifteen points shall con- 
stitute a game. 

7. In the event of eight or more playing. Eleven points 
shall constitute a game. 

8. In plaj'ing, the one getting the first shot shall lead 
off' at the next end. 

9. Each player shall have the privilege of selecting his 
own size Quoits. 

10. The Mot in all cases shall be at an angle of forty- 
five degrees. 

BACKGAMMON. 

TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN BACKGAMMON. 

The terms used for the numbers on the dice are : 1 , Ace ; 
2, Deuce; 3, Trois or Tray; 4, Quatre; 5, Cinque; 
6, Six. 



178 SALOON keeper's companion. 

Doublets. — Two dices with the faces bearing the same 
number of pips, as two Aces,' two Sixes, etc. 

Bearing your Men. — RemoA'ing them from the table. 

Hit. — To remove all your men before j-our adversary 
has done so. 

Blot. — A single man upon a point. 

Home. — Your inner table. 

Gammon. — When the winner has borne off all his men 
before his adversary has removed any from the table, 
and is equal to two games. 

Backgammon. — When the winner has borne off all his 
men before the loser has carried his men out of his adver- 
sary's inner table. Equal to three games. 

Men. — The draughts used in the game. 

MaMng points. — Winning hits. 

Getting Home. — Bringing your men from your oppo- 
nent's tables into your own. 

. To Enter. — Is to place your man again on the board 
after he has been excluded by reason of a point being 
:already full. 

Bar. — The division between the boxes. 

Bar-Point. — That next the bar. 

THE LAWS OF BACKGAMMON. 

1. If you take a man or men from any point, that man 
■or men must be played. 

2. You are not understood to have plaj^ed any man till 
it is placed upon a point and quitted. 

3. If you pla}^ with fourteen men onl}^, there is no pen- 
alt}^ attending it, because, with a lesser number, you play 
at a disadvantage, by not having the additional man to 
make up your table. 

4. If, while you are bearing your men, one of j^our men 
should be hit, such man must be entered in j'our adver- 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 179 

sary's table and brought home, before 3'ou can bear any 
more men. 

5. If 3"ou have mistaken your throw, and played it, and 
3'our adversary has thrown, it is not in ^-our power or his 
choice to alter it, unless both parties agree. 

6. If a plaj^er bear off a man or men, before he has 
brought all his own men home, the men thus borne off 
must be placed upon the bar, as men captured to be re- 
entered in the adversary's table. 

RULES FOR PLATING THE GAME. 

It is very difficult, saj^s Captain Crawley, from whose 
excellent work on Backgammon we quote, to la}^ down 
rules to provide for circumstances contingent upon chance, 
but it is essential to point out how, at the commencement 
of the game, the throws may be rendered most avail- 
able. 

The best throw is double aces, which should be plaj^ed 
two on the bar and two on the cinque point ; the antagonist 
then cannot escape with either a quatre, cinque or six 
throw ; and if fortune enable you to fill up your quatre 
point also, he may find it as hard to get out as did 
Sterne's starling. 

The next best is sixes, for the two bar-points may be 
occupied, and it may hap that the adversary becomes 
barred in or out, as were schoolmasters before the}* were 
so much abroad. 

The third best is trois-ace, which completes the cinque 
point in your table. 

Quatre-deuce cinque-trois, and six-quatre form respect- 
ively the quatre, trois, and deuce points in yom- table. 

Six-ace must be plaj'ed to gain footing at the bar, that 
being a point well adapted for successfull}- waging this 
noisy warfare. 



180 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

Double trois, take a double jump to the same sta- 
tion. 

Wlien double deuces are flung, they must be played two 
on your table's quatre point, and two from the five men in 
the far corner on the hostile side. 

Double fours from the same array of five to the quatre 
points at home. 

Double fives in like order to the trois. 

Six-deuce -^ one of the twins in the enemy's camp as far 
as he will go. 

Six-trois — from the same. 

Cinque-quatre — from the same to the same. 

Cinque-deuce — two men from the cornered five before 
mentioned. 

Cinque-ace (a vile thi-ow) — perhaps the best, because 
the boldest, play is one man on your cinque point, another 
to the point adjoining the bar. 

Quatre-trois — two men from the extreme five ready to 
form points next throw — fortuna juvante. 

Quatre-ace — from the five to the fifth point thence. 

Trois-deuce — the same, or spread in preparation for 
seats at yom- table. . 

Deuce-ace — ad libitum^ as you like it. 

Six-cinque enables one of the men in the adversarj-'s 
table, with two bounds, to join his fellows, eleven degrees 
distant. 

These may be called the Backgammon tactics for the 
opening of the campaign. We give now instructions to 
apply to the progress of the warfare. As we are using 
martial terms, and assuming authority, we will take the 
opportunity to generalize, and do it in these : 

When the numbers flung are not available to make 
points, let them make preparations for points ; spread the 
men so that you may hope gallantly to carry your point 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 181 

the next throw ; but this should onl}' be done when the 
adverse table affords facilities for entering. 

If it appear unadvisable to spread your men, endeavor 
to get away with one or both ft'om the adversary's table^ 
steal a march, which is a lawful theft. 

When compelled to leave a blot, leave it not uncared 
lor, but " cover j^our man" as well, and as soon, and as 
perfectly as j^ou can. 

Linger not in the enemy's entrenchments, or retreat 
may be cut off; whenever the bar-point and two points in 
iJie table are occupied, be assured that — 

"Time, the churl, has beckoned, 
And you must away, away." 

Be over-bold rather than over- wary ; more games are 
lost by excess of caution than by extremity of rashness — 

" For desperate valor oft makes good, 
Even by its daring, venture rude, 
Where prudence would have failed." 

If retreat from the hostile lines be hopeless, scniple not 
to leave blots to be taken; four men, especially on for- 
ward points, will sorely anno}^ your adversary and render 
his liome uncomfortable. 

Avoid, if possible, breaking up the six or cinque points 
in j-our table towards the close of the game, or if you cap- 
ture the foe you cannot detain him long ; he must soon 
lliug one of those numbers, and, like the gazelle, " exult- 
ing, still may bound," to a safer locality. 

Eschew many men on one point — five or more (per- 
haps four) are called a long string, and long strings may 
be all very well in the matter of titles, kites, or pearls, 
but at Backgammon they are neither useful nor graceful. 

K you have two or three captives, and an indiffei-entlj^ 
furnished home, hurry your men forward ; bear them in 
9 



182 SALOON keeper's companion. 

whenever 3011 ma^ , not as " siugle spies, but in battal- 
ions ; " truss up every possible point ; keep the enemy 
out, or be prepared to hit any single man, and expel him 
should he enter. 

If the course of tlie dice, like that of another well-known 
course, '' run not smooth," and you are compelled, when 
in possession of a captive, to leave a blot away from home, 
leave it, if possible, so that it necessitates doublets for the ■ 
adversary to enter and hit you at one throw. 

When running to avoid a gammon, and having two men 
on the enemj^'s ace point, move an}' of their fellows rather 
than them. 

It is frequently good pla}' to take a • man and leave a 
blot, " a poor thing of 3'our own," in the place, if the 
antagonist's power cannot re-hit you, except with double 
dice, for it is five to one against his effecting such a con- 
summation. 

Avoid crowding your game ; avoid, especially, having 
many men on the trois or deuce stations at home, for such 
men are pent up, so as to be moveless, and the sti-uggle 
nuist be carried on by stragglers, perhaps at a distance, 
certainly to a disadvantage. 



DOMINOES. 



BLOCK GAME. 

Each player draws seven from the pool. The highest 
double leads in the first hand, and, after that, each plaj'er 
leads alternately until the end of the game. The pieces 
are played one at a time, and each piece to be played 
must match the end of a piece that does not join any other. 
K a player cannot play, the next plays. K neither can 
play the set is blocked, and they count the number of 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 183 

spots on the pieces each still holds. Whoever has the 
lowest number of spots adds to his count the number held 
by his opponents. If there are two with the same number 
of spots, and they are lower than their opponents, there is 
no count. If any one is able to play his last piece while 
his opponents hold theh's, he cries " Domino," and wins 
the hand, and adds to his count the number of spots the 
rest hold. The number rerjuired to win the game is one 
hundred, but it may be made less by agreement. 

DRAW GAME. 

Each player draws seven, as in the block game, and the 
game is subject to the same rules as block, except when a 
player cannot play he is obliged to draw from the pool 
until he can play, or has exhausted the stock of pieces, 
even though the game be blocked by his adversary. The 
plaj^er may draw as many pieces as he pleases. He must 
draw until he can match. After a lead has been made, 
there is no abridgment to this right. Many persons con- 
found the Draw game with Muggins and the Bergen game, 
and in those games the rules are different, as follows : 
when a player can play, he is obliged to. The object of 
drawing is to enable him to play. Having drawn the re- 
quired piece, the rule to play remains imperative as before. 
The Draw game is, however, based upon the unabridged 
right to draw, and is known as a distinctive game by this 
privilege only. 

MUGGINS. 

Each player draws five pieces. The highest double 
leads, after that they lead alternately. The count is made 
by fives. If the one who leads can put down any domino 
containing spots that amount to five or ten, as the Double- 
Five, Six-Four, Five-Blank, Tre^^-Deuce, etc., he counts 
that number to his score in the game. In matching, if a 



184 SALOON keeper's companion. 

piece can be put down so as to make five, ten, fifteen, or 
twenty, by adding the spots contained on both ends of the 
row, it counts to the score of the one setting it. Thus, a 
Tre}' being at one end, and a Five being at the other, the 
next phxyer in order putting down a Deuce-Five, would 
score five ; or if Double-Tre}^ was at one end, and a pla3^er 
was successful in playing so as to get Double-Deuce at the 
other end, it would score ten for him. A Double-Six be- 
ing at one end, and Four at the other, if the next player 
set down a Double-Four, he counts twent}^ — Double-Six, 
i. G. 12 4- Double-Four, i. e. 8 = 20. The player who 
makes a count must instantly announce it when he plays 
his piece, and if he fail to do so, or if he announce the 
count wrongly, and vmj of his opponents call " Muggins," 
he is debarred from scoring the count. K a pla^-er cannot 
match he draws from the pool, the same as in the Draw 
game, until he gets the piece required to match either end, 
or exhausts the pool. As in the Draw or Block game, the 
first one who plays his last piece adds to his count the 
spots his opponents have ; and the same if he gains them 
when the game is blocked, by having the lowest count.- 
But the sum thus added to the score is some multiple of 
five nearest the actual amount. Thus, if his opponents 
have twent}?^ spots, and he has nineteen, he adds twenty 
to his score. If the}" have twenty-two he adds twenty, 
because that is the nearest multiple of five ; but if the}' 
ha\e twenty-three he would add twent3''-five, twenty- three 
being nearer that than to twent3\ The number of the 
game is two hundred, if two play ; but one hundi-ed and 
fifty, if there be three or more players. 

DOMINO ROUNCE. 

This is a pleasant game, and from two to four may par- 
ticipate in it. The pieces rank from Six to Blank, and 



SALOOK keeper's COMPANION. 185 

the Doubles are the best of each suit, trump being superior 
to any other suit. The game begins by "turning for 
trump," and he who turns the highest domino is trump- 
holder for that hand. The dominoes are then shuffled, 
and each plaj'^er takes five pieces, when the player at the 
t-igM of the trump-holder turns the trump, and the end of 
the piece having the greatest number of spots upon it be- 
comes trump for that round. The plaj^ers to the left of 
the trump-holder then announce in regular succession 
whether they will stand, discard their hand and take a 
dumby, or pass. When two or three play there are two 
dumbies of six pieces each, but when four play there is 
only one dumb}' of seven pieces, and the eldest hand has 
the privilege of taking it. When all the players pass up 
to the trump-holder, the last player may elect to give the 
trump-holder a score of five points instead of standing or 
playing dumby. The tnimp-holder may, if he chooses, 
discard a weak piece and take in the trump turned, or he 
may discard his hand and take a dumby, provided there 
is one left ; in which case he must abandon the trump 
turned. The player who takes a dumby must discard so 
as to leave only five pieces in his hand. After the first 
hand, the trump passes to the players at the left in suc- 
cession. The game begins at fifteen, and is counted down 
until the score is " wiped out," each trick counting one. 
The player who fails to take a trick with his hand is 
" Rounced," i. e., sent up five points. It is imperative 
that suit should be followed, and if in hand, trump led 
after trick as in Loo, but a player is not compelled to 
"head," i. e., take a trick, when he cannot follow suit. 

DOMINO POKER. 

In this game only twenty pieces are employed, the 
Double-Ace and all the Blanks being discarded. The 



186 SALOON KKErER's COMPANION. 

hands rank in regular order from one pair, np to tlie 
Royal Hand, which is the highest hand that can be held, 
as follows : — 

One Pair. — Any two Doubles, Doublo-Six and Double- 
Deuce will beat Double-Five and Double-Four. 

FhisJi. — An}' five of a suit not in consecutive order; 
as Six-Ace, Six-Trey, Six-Four, Six-Five, and Double- 
Six. 

Triplets, or Threes. — Anj' three Doubles, Double- Ace, 
and Double-Blank being discarded, it follows that only 
one hand of triplets can be out in the same field. 

/Straight Four. — A sequence, or rotation of Fours ; as 
Four-Six, Four-Five, Double-Four, Four-Trey, and Four- 
Deuce. 

Full Hand. — Three Doubles, and two of any suit; as 
Double-Six, Double-Ti-e}-, and Double-Deuce, together 
with Deuce-Four, and Deuce Ace. 

Straight Fire. — A sequence, or rotation of Fives. 

FoH7's. — Any four Doubles. 

Straight Six. — A sequence, or rotation of Sixes. 

Boyal Hand, or Imuncible. — Five Doubles. 

When none of the above hands are out, the best is 
determined by the rank of the highest leading pieces, 
thus a hand led b}' Double-Six is superior to a hand 
led bj' Double-Five, but a hand headed by Double- 
Deuce will beat Six-Five ; and Six-Five will outrank 
Five-Four. 

Domino Poker is governed b}' the same laws as the card 
game called Sti'aight Poker, and is played in precisely 
the same manner ; one game being played with cards and 
the other with Dominoes ; the hands consequent!}" rank 
ditterently, but in every other particular they are iden- 
tical. 



SALOON KKKPEr's OOMI'ANrON. 187 



This gamo is played as similarly to the card game of 
Sixty-Six, as the difference between dominoes and cards 
will permit. The rank of the pieces is the same fts in 
other domino games, except that Blanks count as seven 
spots. The DouVjle-Blank, which is called Bingo, and 
c^junts for fourteen spots, is the highest Domino, and will 
take the DoiMa of trumps. 

The game is played by two persons, and is commenced 
by each drawing for the lead, and he who draws the 
lowest piece has the lead. Each player then draws seven 
pieces, after which eldest hand turns up another piece, 
the highest spot on which is trumps. The eldest hand 
then leads, and the play is conducted in the same manner 
as Sixty-Six at cards. 

The game consists of seven points, which are made 
in the following manner : The player who first counts 
seventy, scores one point towards game ; if he make 
seventy before his opponent has counted thirty, he scores 
two points ; if before his adversary has won a trick, three 
points. If Bingo capture the Double of trumps, it adds 
at once one point to the winn(;r of the trick. 

The pieces count as follows to the winner of the trick 
containing them ; the Double of trumps always twenty- 
eight, the other Doubles and all the other trumps accord- 
ing to their spots ; the Six-Four and Three-Blank are 
always good for ten each, whether trumps or not ; the 
other pieces have no value. 

If a player have, at any time, two Doubles in his hand, 
he can, when it is his turn to lead, play one, show the 
other and announce twenty points, which are added to his 
count as soon as he has won a trick. If he hold three 
Doubles, he counts forty ; or four Doubles, fifty ; for five 



188 SALOON keeper's COMPANIOli. 

Doubles, sixty ; for six Doubles, seventy points. If 

Bingo be among the Doubles held, it adds ten more to 
the count. 



BILLIARDS. 



ftlE LAWS OF THE AMERICAN FOUR BALL GAME. 

On stringing for lead. Who ever, playing from inside 
the " string line" against an outside cushion, brings the 
returning cue-ball nearest the head cushion, which is the 
one at which the plaj^ers stand, may claim the choice of 
balls and lead. 

Provided, That, in stringing, the player's ball has not 
come in contact with his opponent's, while the latter was 
at rest. 

Nor has fallen into any of the pockets. In either event 
the player forfeits choice and lead. 

Should the cue-balls, both being in motion, come in 
contact, the strokes are worthless and must be played 
again. 

In " stringing," it is necessary that both cue-balls shall 
be struck at the same time, so that one ball cannot reach 
the lower cushion before the other has been put in motion. 

ON LEADING. 

The player who wins the choice of ball and lead, must 
either roll his ball down toward the lower cushion, as an 
object for his opponent to play at, or else oblige his 
opponent to lead off as above stated. 

In leading, the player's ball must be played from within 
the string line, and struck with enough force to send it 
beyond the deep-red ball on its proper spot at the foot of 
the table. But it must not be played with such force as 



SALOON keeper's COMPANIOif. 189 

tx) re-pass, after having struck the lower cushion, the 
deep-red ball. Neither should it touch either red ball, or 
lodge on the cushion, or fall into a pocket, or bound off 
the table. In either of the cases stated in this section, or 
in case the cue-ball is not struck with enough force to pass 
beyond the deep-red, it shall be at the option of the op- 
ponent (player No. 2), to make No. 1 spot his ball on the 
pool spot nearest the lower cushion, or lead again ; or he 
may take the lead himself. 

No count or forfeiture can be made or incurred until 
two strokes have been played. 

After the lead is made, the game is considered as 
opened. 

ON OPENING THE GAME. 

The game is opened by player No. 2 playing on the 
white ball at the foot of the table. 

If he fails to hit the white first, or fails to hit it at all, 
he loses one point which shall be added to his opponent's 
score. If he pockets himself after hitting a red ball first, 
he loses three points, notwithstanding he may have sub- 
sequently hit the white. 

If the striker fails to hit any of the other balls with bis 
own, he loses one point, which, beside other forfeitures, 
shall be added to his opponent's score. 

The striker loses two when the ball with which he plays is 
pocketed, or lodges on the cushion, or goes over the table, 
after having struck or been in fixed contact with the other 
white, no matter if it has touched one or both of the reds. 

The striker loses three when the ball with which he 
plays is pocketed, or lodges on the cushion, or goes over 
the table, after having come in contact with one or both 
of the reds, and not the white. The same holds good if 
neither red nor white be struck. 
9* 



190 SALOON feJEEPER's COMPANtON; 

K the player cause any ball to bound off the tiable, and 
if it by hitting any of the bystanders, be thrown back 
upon the table, it should still be treated as if it had fallen 
tb the floor. If a red ball, it must be spotted ; if a white, 
held in hand. If it be the last stiiker's ball, he forfeits 
twd or three, the same as if it had fallen into a pockets 

ON FOtL STROKES. 

The penalty of a foul stroke is, that the plaj^er cannot 
count any points he may have made by such a stroke, and 
his opponent may claim the next play. The following, 
beside those already mentioned, are foul strokes : — 

If either player plays with his opponent's ball, the 
stroke is foul ; and, if successful, he cannot count, if 
the error is discovered before a second shot is made. 

If two or more strokes have been made before the dis- 
covery, counting cannot be disturbed, and the plaj^er may 
keep on his run with the same ball, or he may have the 
balls changed. The same privilege is given to the oppos- 
ing player when it is his turn to play. 

If it be discovered that both plaj^ers have used the 
wrong ball in succession, the first one to play with the 
wrong ball cannot put in a claim of foul against his oppo- 
nent, because the latter, in using the wrong ball, was only 
playing from his proper position on the table. 

Though the striker, while playing with the wrong ball 
cannot count the points he may make, except in the cases 
stated above, nevertheless, whatever forfeitures he may 
incur while playing with the wrong ball, he must pay, as 
if he had been playing with his own. 

If, however, both the white balls be off the table at the 
same time, and if either player by mistake, take up the 
wrong one and play with it, the stroke must hold good, 
and he may count whatever he has made. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 191 

tf the striker play at a ball before it is quite at rest, or 
while any other ball is rolling on the table, the stroke is foul. 

If, after falling into a pocket, a cue-ball or an object- 
ball should rebound and come back to the bed of the table, 
it must be treated as a ball not pocketed. 

If the player in playing with the but or side of his cue, 
does not withdraw the but or side before the cue-ball 
touches the first object-ball, the stroke is foul. 

A stroke made while the red ball is off the table, if its 
spot is not occupied, is foul. When its proper spot is 
occupied, the red must remain off the table until its spot 
is vacated, and all the balls are at rest. 

K the game being played is one in which hazards or 
pockets do not count, a red ball that has been pocketed or 
forced off the table shall be spotted on another spot in 
case its own is covered, and if also, the non-striker's ball 
is off the table at the time. If the light red, it shall be 
placed on the dark red spot ; and if that spot is covered, 
the light red shall be placed on the pool spot at the foot 
of the table. If the dark red, it shall be placed on the 
light red spot, &c. If both reds are off the table at the 
same time, and their spots are covered by the two whites, 
one of the reds may be placed on the pool spot. The other 
must remain off the table until its proper spot is unoccupied. 

If after making a successful stroke, the plaj^er interrupts 
or disturbs the free course of any ball in motion, the stroke 
is foul, and he cannot score the point made thereby. 

A touch is a shot. And if, while the balls are motion- 
less, a player touches or moves a.uj ball on the table 
except his own, it is foul. He has, however the right of 
playing a stroke for safet}^ in case bis own ball has hot 
been touched, but he can make no count on the shot. 

In playing a shot, if the cue leaves the ball and hits it 
ao-ain, the stroke is foul. 



192 SALOON keeper's companion. 

If another striker in reaching forward or otherwise, has 
not at least one foot on the floor when striking, the shot 
is foul, and no points can be counted. 

If, when the player's ball is in hand, he does not cause 
it to pass outside the string before striking any of the 
object-balls or cushions (except in the case stated in the 
following rule) , his stroke is foul, and his opponent may 
choose whether he will play with the balls as they are, 
have them returned to their original positions, or cause 
the stroke to be played again ; or, if the players make a 
losing hazard under such circumstances the penalty may 
be enforced. 

Playing at a ball whose base or point of contact with 
the table is outside the "string," is called plajdng out 
of the " string ;" and the stroke is a fair one, even though 
the side which the ball strikes is projecting over and con- 
sequently within the string. 

Playing straight at a ball that is considered in the 
"string" is foul, even though the cue-ball should pass 
quite beyond the string before striking. 

Giving a miss inside the " string" when the player is in 
hand is foul, but he can for securitj^ cause his ball to go 
out of the string and return. 

If a player changes a stroke that he is ready to make, 
at the instance of any person in the room — even it be 
that of his partner in a double match — the altered stroke 
is foul. 

Putting marks of any description, either upon the table 
or cushions is foul, and a player while occupied in a game, 
■ has no right to try a particular stroke on another table. 

ON CASES WHERE THE BALLS ARE IN CONTACT. 

When the cue-ball is in contact with any other ball, the 
striker ma}^ effect a count either by playing first upon 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 193 

some ball other than that with which his ball is in con- 
tact, or hj plapng first against the cushion, or by a 
massee. In either of the two last-specified cases, it is of 
no consequence which ball the returning cue-ball strikes 
first. 

Should the cue-ball be in contact with all the other balls 
on the table — or, if with two balls onl3% while the re- 
maining ball is on the table, in such a position that it is 
impossible for the striker to play either on the free ball or 
the cushion Jirst — he shall be at liberty to have all the 
balls taken up and the reds spotted as at the beginning of 
the game. It shall also be at his option to take the lead 
himself or oblige his opponent to lead. 

ON WITHDRAWING FROM, WITHOUT FINISHING A GAME. 

In either or all of the foregoing cases, if the discourtesy 
is continued, the person affronted is privileged to with- 
draw, and the game shall be considered as drawn, and 
any stakes which may have been resting on it must be 
returned. 

The player may protest against his opponent's standing 
before him, or so near to him as to disturb his aim. 

Also, against loud talking or annoyance of any kind bj" 
his opponent, while he is making his play. _ 

Also, against being denied the use of the bridge, or 
any other of the instruments used in the room in playing 
unless a particular stipulation to the contrary was agreed 
upon before Taeginning the game. 

Or if his opponent shall refuse to abide by the marker's, 
referee's, or company's decision on a contended point, 
which it was agi-eed between them to defer to the marker 
or company for determination. 

Should the interruption have been unintentional, the 
marker, if so desired by the player who has the right to 



l94 SALOON keeper's companion^ 

repeat his sti*oke, must return the balls as near as possible 
to their former position. 

on cases in which the marker must replace the balls, 

if called on, as nearly as possible in 

their former positions. 

In the case stated in the preceding rule. 

Where any of the balls, when motionless, are accident- 
ally moved. 

Where any of the balls, while rolling, are stopped in- 
tentionally, or otherwise on the part of any person other 
than the player. In this event, the marker, if so desired 
by the players or referee, shall place the interrupted ball 
as nearly as possible in the position it would evidently 
have attained had it not been disturbed. 

Where the cue-ball, resting on the edge of a pocket, 
rolls into it before the striker has time to play. 

Where the object-ball, in a like position, is rolled back 
into the pocket, by any of the common vibrations of the 
table. 

In all the cases previously mentioned, where it is speci- 
fied that in consequence of a foul stroke the player's 
opponent shall be at liberty to play at the balls as they 
stand, or cause them to be replaced by the marker. 

When either or both of the red balls are pocketed, or 
forced from the table, the marker must spot them before 
another stroke is played ; unless (the game being played 
in caroms and pockets) the proper spot for either be 
covered b}'^ one of the playing balls, in which event the 
red one must be kept in hand until its spot is uncovered. 

If after playing a ball, the player should try to retard 
or assist its motion in any way, his opponent may play at 
the balls as they stand, or call upon the marker to replace 
them in the position the}^ would otherwise have occupied. 



l95 

it is the duty of every player to note that a ball is 
properly spotted before the next stroke is made. As 
where a player is in hand, a claim of foul cannot be put 
in, after the cue-ball has been struck in one instance, and 
the red ball in another. All claims that the red ball is 
not on its spot, or that the striker's ball is not inside the 
"string" when he is about to play after having been in 
hand, should be made before the stroke is plaj'^ed, as it is 
difficult to decide, after the stroke, whether there was just 
reason for the claim. 



ON THE DUTY OP PLAYERS TO EACH OTHER. 

Each player must attend to his own rights, and use his 
own discretion. His opponent cannot be expected to 
answer questions relative to the position of the baills, &c. 
The player must use his own judgment. 

When the cue-ball is very near another ball, the player 
must not play straight upon that ball until he notifies his 
opponent that they do not touch, and gives him or his um- 
pire time to be satisfied on that point. 

The opponent or umpire is bound to call " time," or 
give some notice of his approach, if, while the player is 
about to make a stroke, either of them wishes to look at 
the balls, or submit a question to the referee. 

Each plaj'er should attend to his own game, and never 
disturb his opponent's, except when a foul stroke or some 
other violation of these rules may call for forfeiture. 

ON THE DUTY OF THE MARKER AND THE SPECTATORS 
TO THE PLAYERS. 

In a single game, no person, except the player and his 
umpire, has a right to interrupt the play, or mention an 
error which has been or is about to be made. The player 



196 SALOON KEEiPER's COMI^ANIOii. 

to whose damage the foul stroke is being or has been 
played, should notice that himself. 

After a stroke has been made, no person in the room 
should mention it in praise or censure ; for the same 
stroke may happen again in the course of the game, and 
the player's play may difler considerably because of the 
criticism which he has heard. 

Let the marker and spectators keep as quiet as possible, 
because if they move around the table they are likely 
to interrupt the players, and certain to distract their 
attention. 

When the spectators are appealed to by the marker or 
referee for their views on a point on which he has been 
questioned, but is unable to decide, those who are inti- 
mate with the game may answer according to the best 
of their knowledge. Those who do not thoroughly under- 
stand the game, should excuse themselves by allowing 
their ignorance. They may not have noticed the disputed 
stroke, or noticing it may not have understood its merits. 

ON THE DUTIES OF THE MARKER. 

The marker's duties are as follows : — 

To proclaim each count in a distinct voice. 

To post the total run made by each player before the 
next begins to strike. 

To spot the balls when necessary. 

To deliver the bridge or other instruments of the game, 
when called for. 

To see that the player be not interrupted in his stroke 
by crowding from the spectators. 

To decide without partiality all points of order and jus- 
tice, which are officially presented to him for his opinion. 
However, 

He must never offer a remark on any part of the game. 



SALOON Keeper's companion. 197 

Nor touch any but a pocketed ball himself, nor permit 
any person except the players to touch one, except when 
officially requested to replace the balls, or when asked to 
decide which ball belongs to the player. In this case, 
should the spot be turned down on the table, he may raise 
the ball to make sure of the fact — ■■ but he must never 
touch them voluntarily. 

INSTRUCTIONS TO THE MARKER. 

in keeping count of the American or four-ball game, 

Give the striker two for pocketing his opponent's ball, 
or for caroming on a white and red. 

Give him three for each red ball pocketed, or for a 
carom on the two red balls. 

Give him four for caroming on a red and white, and 
pocketing his opponent's ball. 

Give him Jive for caroming on all the balls, no matter 
in what order they are touched ; also Jive for pocketing a 
red ball and caroming on his opponent's, Siudjive for car- 
oming on the two red balls and pocketing his opponent's. 

Give him six when he caroms on the two red balls, and 
pockets one of them. 

Give him seven when he caroms on a white and red 
ball, and pockets both ; seven when he caroms on all the 
balls and pockets the white. 

Give him eight for pocketing one of the red balls, and 
caroming on all the others ; also for caroming on the two 
reds, pocketing one of them, and also his opponent's ball. 

Give him nine for caroming on the two reds, and pock- 
eting both of them. 

Give him ten for caroming on all the balls and pocket- 
ing a red ball, and his opponent's. 

Give him eleven for caroming on all the balls, and pock- 
eting the two reds. 



198 SALOON keeper's companion. 

Give him thirteen when he caroms on all, and pockets 
all the balls except his own. 

Give his opponent one when the player make a miss, or 
fails to strike any of the balls on the table with his own. 

Give his opponent two when the player's ball bounds 
over the side of the table, or lodges on the top of the 
cushion after it has struck a white ball ; two also, if the 
plaj^er pockets his own ball after touching his opponent's. 

Give the opponent three when the striker pockets his 
own ball without touching any other on the table, or after 
it has touched a red ; or causes it to bound off the table, 
or lodge on the cushion under similar circumstances ; or, 
in commencing the game, goes into a pocket after having 
touched a red first and afterwards the white. 

FURTHER RULES FOR THIS GAME WHEN PLAYED 
AS A FOUR-HANDED MATCH. 

In a four-handed match — two playing as partners 
against two — the foregoing rules of the single game must 
be observed in addition to the following : — 

In this double match the player's partner is at libert}' 
to caution him against playing with the wrong ball, or 
playing, when his ball in hand, at an object-ball inside 
the string ; but he must not give him any hints as to the 
best mode of play, &c., unless some agreement to the 
contrary has been made before opening the game. 



THREE-BALL CAROM GAME. 

This game is played with three balls, two white and 
one red. 

LAWS OF THE THREE-BALL CAROM GAME. 

The game is opened b}^ stringing for the lead and choice 
of balls, as in the four-ball game, the same regulations 



SALOON keeper's companion. 199 

controlling. In " stringing," the players should try to 
strike the cue-balls at the same time ; and he whose ball 
stops nearest the cushion at the head of the table, has 
choice of playing first or of obliging his opponent to do 
so, a right which shall afterward belong to both players 
alternately. 

Except a particular agreement be made between the 
players and the table-keeper, the game has usually twentj'^- 
one points, if each carom counts but one and forty-five 
points when each counts two, and misses are scored. 

The first player places his ball in any part of the semi- 
circle, at his choice. Then he plays at the ball on the 
deep-re.d spot, and must not hit the white first unless he 
has caused his ball to touch the cushion at some point 
outside of the " string." 

The second player whose ball has been placed on the 
spot, plays in his turn. On a carom table, he can play on 
either ball although both should be inside the " sti'ing." 
On a pocket table it is at his option to have the red 
placed on its proper spot, or he may choose to play the 
balls as they stand. Should he take the latter course in 
this case, or at any other time he chances to be in hand 
on a pocket table, he must, before striking either ball in 
the " string," make his own to pass outside. 

If a player is in hand on a carom table, and the other 
balls are inside the " string," he may play straight upon 
either. On a pocket table, he can only play as described 
in the above law. Also, he must limit his ball to the 
semi-circle, and not allow the lower part of his body to 
pass beyond the right line which would be described, if 
prolonged, by the edge of the side cushion. 

The player should have at least, one foot on the floor. 

A ball precisely on the " string line," is called inside 
the string. 



200 SALOON Keeper's companioK. 

The carom is good, and the points count for the playef, 
even though his ball be lost ; and he continues to play. 

By pushing a ball, the player loses the point or points 
he ma}^ have made by that stroke, and puts his ball out of 
hand. 

A player who plays before all the balls are motionless, 
forfeits his stroke and his hand is out. 

When the cue-ball is in contact with one or more balls, 
all are taken up, and placed as at the opening of the 
game ; and the player being considered in hand, con- 
tinues his play. 

If the balls are moved by accident by any other person 
than the player himself — for instance, through the inter- 
ference of his opponent, or the marker, or other outside 
party — they must be replaced, and the player permitted 
to play. 

If in playing or after playing, the player move any ball 
other than his own, he cannot make a counting stroke, 
but he may play for safety. 

A player has no right to move the balls, and must not 
do it without the consent of his opponent. 

When the cue-ball is very near another ball, the player 
should not play without notifying his opponent that they 
do not touch, and giving him time to satisfy himself on 
that point. 

Playing with the wrong ball is foul. The rules in re- 
gard to playing with the wrong ball in the four-ball game, 
may apply to the three-ball game. 

Blowing at a ball, or trying in any way to change its 
course or position, is foul. If he who offends in this way 
is in play, he must give up the table to his adversary, 
should the latter request it. In any case, it shall be 
optional with the opposing player to have the ball or balls 
replaced, or played with as they are. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 201 

If a lost ball in being replaced on the table, moves 
another, the ball so disturbed must be returned to its 
place again by the marker or referee, and he whose turn 
it is to play, ma,j proceed. 

The red ball^ being lost, and its spot covered, it shall 
be placed on the "string" spot; if the latter should be 
occupied, the red shall be placed on the pool spot at the 
foot of the table. A white ball being lost, and its spot 
occupied, shall be placed on the deep-red spot, or if that 
is covered, on the pool spot, unless it be the turn of the 
player, whose ball is lost to play, in which case there is 
no need to spot the ball. 

On a carom table, a lost white ball that has been placed 
on the " string" spot cannot be moved, after the opposing 
player has played a stroke while the ball was in this posi- 
tion. But on a pocket table, it is claimed that a ball is 
in hand until it has been hit or moved from its place, it 
having been placed on the spot simply to give the in- 
striker a chance to count. On a carom or pocketless 
table, custom has made the rule that a lost ball is not in 
hand after one stroke has been played ; in consideration 
of this ruling, the plaj^er, instead of being allowed to 
change the position of his ball, is privileged to play at 
any ball, whether it is in or out of the " string," and re- 
gardless, also, of whether he stands at the head or at 
either side of the table. 

A player who gives up a game, proclaims it lost by so 
doing. 

THE ENGLISH GAME. 

This game is played with three balls — two white and 
one red. The red is placed on a spot thirteen inches 
from the lower cushion and half way between the corner 
pockets. The string is a semi-circle, with a radius of ten 



202 SALOON keeper's companion. 

inches drawn on the string line, within any part of which 
the player can play. A third spot is also placed exactly 
in the centre of the table, half-way between the side 
pockets. This game is called the Winning and Losing 
Carambole Game. It is played by two or four players. 
The game is made by winning and losing hazards, caroms, 
and forfeits, and is generally played fifty up. When four 
players make a match, they play side against side, each 
player being privileged to instruct his partner ; sixty- 
three points is tlie game. 

THE LAWS OF THE ENGLISH WINNING AND LOSING 
CARAMBOLE GAME. 

The game opens by stringing for the lead and choice of 
the balls. 

The red ball must be placed on the lower of the two 
spots at the foot of the table, and replaced there when it 
is holed or forced off the table, or when the balls are broken. 

The player who breaks the balls, leads off. 

If a player makes one stroke in a game, he must finish 
that game or lose it. 

If the striker make any points by carom or hazard, he 
continues his game until he ceases to make points or gives 
a miss. 

If, when the cue is pointed, the ball should be uninten- 
tionally moved, it may be replaced ; and if not replaced 
before the stroke is played, the opponent ma}' claim it as 
a foul stroke. 

If a ball bounds from the table and strikes one of the 
players or a bystander, so as to prevent its falling on the 
floor, it must be considered as off the table. 

If a ball rolls so near the edge of a pocket as to stand 
there, and it afterward falls in, it must be replaced and 
played at or with, as the case may be. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 203 

If a ball spin on the edge of a pocket, and although 
stationary for a time, if the motion be not gone out of the 
ball, and it drops into the pocket, the hazard is scored. 

If the ball lodges on the top of a cushion, it is considered 
as off the table. 

After the opponent's ball is off the table, and the two re- 
maining balls are on the line or inside the baulk, the player 
whose ball is in hand must play outside from the semi- 
circle, and if he does not strike one of the balls in return- 
ing from the cushion, he loses one point for a miss. 

A line-ball cannot be played at by a player whose ball 
is in hand, except by first striking a cushion outside of 
the baulk line. 

All misses must be given with the point of the cue, and 
the ball struck but once ; if otherwise given, the opponent 
may claim it as a foul stroke, and make the player play 
the stroke over, or have the ball replaced. 

No score can be made by a foul stroke. 

If the opponent does hot choose to exact the penalty 
for a foul stroke, the striker may play on, and score all 
the points he made by the foul stroke — which the marker 
is bound to score. 

If the striker hole the white ball (the white winning 
hazard), or if he hole his own ball from the white ball 
(the white losing hazard) , he gains two points ; if he does 
both, he gains four points. 

If the striker hole the red ball he wins three ; and if by 
the same stroke he hole his own ball from the red, he wins 
three more. 

When the red ball is pocketed or off the table, and the 
spot on which it should stand is covered by the white 
ball, it must be placed in a corresponding position, at the 
other end of the table ; but if that should be covered also, 
by the other white ball, it must be placed in the centre of 



204 SALOON keeper's COMrANlON. 

the table directly between the two middle pockets ; where- 
ever it is placed it must remain until it be played, or the 
game is finished. 

Two points are scored for a carom ; two points for a 
white hazard, and three points for a red hazard. 

K the striker in taking aim, or in the act of striking, 
move his ball so as to strike the ball at which he is play- 
ing, it is a stroke and must pass as such, unless his oppo- 
nent permits him to play over again. 

If a player in the act of striking, move his ball, however 
slightly, it is a stroke. 

If the striker miss the ball he plays at he loses one 
point ; and if by the same stroke his own ball runs into a 
pocket, he loses three points — and his opponent scores 
so many. This is called a coup. 

If the striker force his own or an}^ of the other balls 
from the table, after having made a carom or a hazard, he 
gains nothing by the stroke, and his opponent plays on 
without breaking the balls. 

If the striker wilfull}^ force his ball from the table with- 
out striking another ball, he loses three points ; but if the 
ball rolls off accidental^ he loses but one point for the miss. 

If a striker play with the wrong ball, and a carom or 
hazard be made by it, the opponent ma}' have the balls 
broken ; but if nothing be made by the stroke, the oppo- 
nent may take his choice of balls for the next stroke ; with 
the ball he chooses he must play until the close of the 
game. 

No person has a right to tell his opponent that the 
striker has played or is about to play with the wrong ball. 

No person except the opponent has a right to tell the 
striker that he is playing with the wrong ball. 

If the opponent do not see the striker play with the 
wrong ball, or seeing it, do not choose to exact the pen- 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 205 

alty, the marker is bound to score all the points made by 
the stroke. 

If the striker's ball be in hand, and the other two balls 
within the baulk, and should, he, by accident or design, 
strike one of them without first playing out of the baulk, 
the opponent has the choice of allowing the balls to remain 
as they are, and scoring n miss — of having the ball so 
struck, returned to its original position, and scoring a 
miss — of -obliging the striker to play the stroke over, or 
of making it a foul stroke, and breaking the balls. 

If the striker's ball be in hand, he must not play at a 
cushion within the baulk, to strike a ball that is out of it. 

If the striker's ball be in hand, and, in playing from the 
baulk, he should move his ball in the act of striking, it is a 
stroke, although the balls should not go out of the baulk. 
But the opponent may if he choose, oblige him to play the 
stroke over. 

If the striker's ball be near the ball he plays at, and he 
play the stroke with the point of the cue, it is fair ; but if 
he play with the but, the marker or referee may judge 
whether it be a foul or fair. 

If the striker's ball be on the brink of a pocket, : nd he, 
in the act of striking, misses the hit, and in withdrawing 
his cue knocks the ball into the pocket, he loses three 
points — it being a coup. 

If the striker, in giving a miss from the baulk, should 
let his ball stay in the baulk, without its having gone out, 
the opponent may allow it to remain so, or compel him to 
play the stroke over. 

If the striker in giving a miss, should make a foul 
sti'oke, and his opponent should claim it as such, and 
exact the penalty, the miss is not scored. 

No person shall take up a ball without permission from 
the opponent. 
10 



206 SALOON keeper's companion. 

If a player or other person move a ball by accident 
or design, or take it up thinking the game closed, it must 
be replaced to suit the opponent, or the balls must be 
broken. 

If either player interrupt the course of the ball, it is 
foul, and the ball nuist be replaced, the balls broken, or 
the game forfeited. 

No person shall give advice to the players while the 
game is in progress. 

No person shall move about the room during the game, 
or make a disturbance that will in any way annoy the 
pla^^ers. 

FIFTEEN-BALL POOL. 

In this game, as its name imports, there must be fifteen 
object balls used — balls made expressly for the game, 
and numbered from 1 to 15. These balls are arranged in 
the form of a triangle on the table — a wooden frame 
being used to insure correctness. The deep red ball with 
the highest number, holds its usual place on the board, 
and forms the apex of the triangle pointing upward 
towards the string. P^ach plaj-er must pocket as many 
balls as he can, the number on each ball pocketed, being 
scored to his account ; so that not he who pockets the 
largest number of balls, but he whose hazards when added 
up, give the largest total, wins the game. Thus, one 
might pocket all the balls numbered from 1 to 7, and his 
total would amount to but 28 ; while another, looking 
keener to the main chance, would do better than No. 1, 
by pocketing the two balls marked 14 and 15, giving a 
total of 29. 

There is but one cue-ball (the white) used, each player 
playing with it as he finds it on the table, or from behind 
the string, if it be in hand. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 207 

LAWS OF THE FIFTEEN-BALL POOL. 

The order of playing is settled as for Pia pool. The 
player plays from behind the string, as in the ordinary 
game, and may miss if he chooses — but the miss, and all 
misses in this game, will score three against him. The 
other plaj'ers follow him in their order. 

The player, if he likes, may use either the but of the 
cue or the mace ; and jam his own ball against the others, 
not being compelled to draw back the mace or cue before 
the cue-ball touches the object-ball. 

As the sum total of the figures on the fifteen balls 
amounts only to 120, of which 61 is more than half, who- 
ever makes the latter number first is winner, and may 
receive the stakes. 

Three points are taken from a player's score, for mak- 
ing a miss or a losing hazard, or forcing his own ball 
from the table. 

If the player pockets one or more of the object-balls 
and his own ball at the same time, he cannot score for the 
numbered balls, which must be placed on the spot, or in 
a line behind it, if the spot be covered, and he forfeits 
three for his losing hazard. 

A hazard is good in this game, even when the cue and 
object-balls ar« in contact. 

As in the ordinary game, the player, when the cue-ball 
is in hand, may play from any place within the string at 
any object-ball outside. 

And if none of the object-balls be outside, he may spot 
the one nearest out of the string on the deep red spot, and 
play accordingly. 

If there be a tie between two or more of the highest 
players, its decision may be left to the succeeding game ; 
and whoever is highest in that, shall be declared winner 



208 SALOON keeper's companion. 

of the preceding one, quite independent of the game then 
on hand. A person might thus win an undecided game 
of Fifteen-ball Pool by scoring one in the next game, if 
neither of his opponents who tied him had scored anything. 

Should they be tied in the second game, it may be re- 
ferred to a third. 

Should the striker, in taking aim or making ready to 
play, move any ball on the table, the stroke is foul, If 
the cue-ball was disturbed, it shall be deemed a stroke, 
and he loses three if the cue-ball touches no other. If it 
is an object-ball that was moved, he may play a stroke for 
safety, but can make no count. 

If he happens to move an}' other ball than his own, 
after he has made his stroke, it is not foul. After the 
ball or balls are returned to their proper positions, he may 
continue his play. 

If a player plays out of order when not requested to do 
so, it is foul, and the balls must be returned to their orig- 
inal positions and he whose turn it was to play, plays. 

But should a player be requested to play, and he plays 
more than one stroke before being stopped, even if it was 
not his turn, the strokes thus made are fair, and he may 
claim an}' counts he may have made by such strokes. 

Should an}' of the balls on the table be accidentally 
moved by any other person than the player, they should 
be replaced as nearly as possible, in their proper posi- 
tions, and the players may continue. 

All rules in the American Game of Billiards not con- 
flicting with these, apply to this game also. 

This game is occasionally played for small stakes, but 
more commonly the only point to be decided is — who 
pays for the use of the table ? This charge must be cov- 
ered by the player who has the lowest count, and it is 
possible in this game for a player's count (owing to losses 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 209 

of different kinds) to be half a dozen or dozen worse than 
nothing. Thus, if A had won or lost nothing, while B 
had pocketed balls 5 and 3, but had also made three 
losses — B would have to pay as his losses amounting to 
9, and his gains to 8, would leave him the worse by one 
than A, who stood at zero, while B was zero minus one. 



PART III. 



GENERAL LAWS OF THE DIFFERENT STATES. 



212 SALOON keeper's companion. 

III. 

LAWS OF STATES. 



General form of Agreement. 

This Agreement, made this — day of -, one thousand 

eight hundred and , between , of the 

of , in the county of , and state of , 

of the first part, and of the of , in 

said and , of the second part . 

Witnesseth, That the said , in consideration of 

the covenants on the part of the party of the second part, 
hereinafter contained, doth covenant and agree to and 

with the said — — , that [^llere insert the agreement 

on the part of the party No. 1.] 

And the said , in consideration of the cove- 
nants on the part of the party of the first part, doth cov- 
enant and agree to and with the said • — , that 

\^Here insert the agreement on the part of party No. 2.] 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and 
seals, the day and year first written above. 
Sealed and delivered in the presence of 

( ) " [L.S.] 

( ) [L- S.] 

[ When required, this datise may be inserted :] 
And it is further agreed, between the parties hereto, 
that the party that shall fail to perform this agreement on 
his part, will pay to the other the full sum of fifty dollars, 
as liquidated, fixed, and and settled damages. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 213 

Agreement for the Purchase of a House and Lot. 

Memorandum of an agreement made this — day of , 

I the year 18 — , between , of the city of 

and , of the same city. 



Witnesseth : That the said , agrees to sell, and 

the said agrees to purchase, for the price or con- 
sideration of dollars, the house and lot known and 

distinguished as No. — , in street, in the said city of 

. The possession of the property is to be delivered on 

the — day of next, when — per cent, of the purchase 

money is to be paid in cash, and a bond and mortgage on 
the premises, bearing — per cent, interest, payable in — 
years (such interest payable — ) , is to be executed for the 
balance of the purchase money, at which time also a deed 
of conveyance in fee simple, containing the usual full cov- 
enants and warranty is to be delivered, executed by the 

said and wife. The title made satisfactory to the 

said , it being understood that this agreement shall 

be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and 
assignees of the respective parties ; and also that the 
said premises are now insured for — dollars, and, in case 

the said house be burnt before the said — day of 

next, that the said shall hold the said insurance, 

in trust for, and will then transfer the same to the said 
with the said deed. 

In witness «fec., [as in General form.'] 

Agreement for a Lease. 

Memorandum of an agreement made this — day of 

in the yeax between of the city of , 

and of said city. 

Witnesseth, That the said agrees, by inden- 
ture, to be executed on or before the — day of next 

to demise and let the said , the house and lot 

10* 



214 SALOON keeper's companion. 

known as number — in street, in said city, at 

present in the occupation of — , to hold to the 

said his executors, administrators, andassigns, 

from the — day of next, for, and during the term of 

— years, at or under the clear yearly rent of dollars, 

payable , clear of all taxes and deductions ; in whicli 

lease there shall be contained covenants on the part of the 

said , his executors, administrators, and assigns, 

to pay rent, (except in case the premises are destroyed by 
fire :) not to carr}^ on any offensive or other business upon 
the premises, (except bj' the written permission of the 

said ;) to deliver the same up at the end of the 

term in good repair, (except damages b}^ fire, as aforesaid ;) 
with all other usual and reasonable covenants ; and a pro- 
vision for the re-entry of the said , his heirs or 

assigns, in case of non-pajmient of the rent for the space 
of fifteen days after either of the said rent-days, or the 
non-performance of anj^ of the covenants ; and there shall 
also be contained therein covenants on the part of the said 
, his heirs and assigns, for quiet enjoyment, to re- 
new said lease at the expiration of said term, for a further 

period of — years at the same rent on the said , 

his executors, administi-ators or assigns, paying the said 

, his executors, administrators or assigns, the 

sum of — dollars as a premium for such renewal; and 
that in case of an accidental fire at any time, during the 
said terms, or either of Uiem, the said will forth- 
with proceed to put the premises in as good repair as 
before the fire, the rent in the meantime to cease ; and the 

said herebj^ agrees to accept such lease on the 

terms aforesaid ; and it is mutually agreed that the costs 
of making, executing, and recording said lease, and a 
counterpart thereof, shall be borne by said parties equally 
As witness, t&c, [as in General Form.^ 



Saloon kkkper's companion. 215 

Agreement to change a Mortgage Security. 

This Hgreement, made the — day of , in the year 

, between , and , in the city of 

■ of the first part, and of said city of 

second part. 

Witnesseth, Tliat whereas the said parties of the first 
part have sold and conveyed in fee, unto the said party of 
the second part, the six several lots of ground in said city 

known as numbers for the price or consideration of 

dollars, part of which sum has been paid down on 

the delivery of the deeds therefor, and, whereas, in order 
to secure to the said parties of the first part, the payment 
of the residue of said purchase money, to wit, the sum of 

dollars in six equal payments of dollars each, 

in ten years, with interest thereon at the rate of — per 
cent, per annum, the said party of the second part, and 
his wife, have executed and delivered to the said parties 
of the first part, six several mortgages on the said prem- 
ises, as collateral securit}^ for the six several bonds of cor- 
responding amounts, executed and delivered by the said 
party of the second part to the said parties of the first 
part ; and, whereas, also, it may at some future period 
become expedient or advantageous, for the said party of 
the second part to sell or otherwise dispose of the said 
premises so by him purchased as aforesaid, free and clear 
from the incumbrance of the said mortgages. Now, there- 
fore, this agreement, witnesseth : Tliat the said parties 
of the first part, for and in consideration of the premises, 
do, for themselves, their successors and assigns, forever 
covenant, promise, and agree, to and with the said party 
of the second part, his heirs, executors, administrators, 
and assigns, that he, the said party of the second part, 
shall and may at all times hereafter, liavi; and retain the 



216 SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

right of changing the security above mentioned, by sub- 
stituting, instead of any, either or all of the said mort- 
gages, the like security on other real estate or prop- 
erty of at least equal value with the said mortgaged 
premises. 

And this agreement further witnesseth : that whenever 
the said party of the second part, his heirs, executors, 
administrators or assigns, shall furnish the said parties 
of the first part, their successors or assigns, with such 
other satisfactory security as aforesaid, the said parties of 
the first part, their successors and assigns, shall and will, 
upon request to them made, forthwith execute and deliver 
to the said party of the second part, his heirs, executors, 
administrators, and assigns, good and suflScient releases 
and discharges of the said mortgages, or any of them, and 
of the said premises therein mentioned. 

In witness, &c. [as in General Form.'] 



Articles of Copartnership. 

Articles of copartnership made and concluded this 

day of , in the j^ear one thousand eight hundred and 

, by and between X. Y., merchant, of the first part, 

and G. H., merchant, of the second part, both of , in 

the count}' of . Whereas it is the intention of the 

said parties to form a copartnership, for the purpose of 
carrying on the retail business of merchants, for which 
purpose they have agreed on the following terms and 
articles of agreement, to the faithful performance of which 
they mutually bind and engage themselves each to the 
other, his executors and administrators. 

First. The style of the said copartnership shall be 

" and compau}'," and it shall continue for the term 

of years from the above date, except in case of 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION; 21 7 

the death of either of the said parties within the said 
term. 

Second. The said X. Y. and G. H. are the proprietors 
of the stock, a schedule of which is contained in their 
stock book, in the proportion of two-thirds to the said X. 
Y., and one-third to the said G. H. ; and the said parties 
shall continue to be owners of their joint stock in the 
same proportion and in case of any addition being made 
to the same by mutual consent, the said X. Y, shall 
advance two-thirds, and the said G. H. one-third of the 
cost thereof. 

Third. All profits which may accrue to the said part- 
nership shall be divided, and all losses happening to the 
said firm, whether from bad debts, depreciation of goods, 
or any other cause or accident, and all expenses of the 
business, shall be borne by the said parties, in the afore- 
said proportions of their interest in the said stock. 

Fourth. The said G. H. shall devote and give all his 
time and attention to the business of the said firm as a 
salesman, and generallj^ to the care and superintendence 
of the store ; and the said X, Y. shall devote so much of 
his time as may be requisite, in advertising, overseeing, 
and directing the importation of articles necessary to said 
business. 

Fifth. All the purchases, sales, transactions, and ac- 
counts of the said firm shall be kept in regular books, 
which shall be always open to the inspection of both par- 
ties and their legal representatives respectively. An 
account of stock shall be taken, and an account between 
the said parties shall be settled, as often as once in every 
year, and as much oftener as either partner may desire, 
and in writing request. 

Sixth. Neither of the said parties shall subscribe any 
bond, sign or endorse any note of hand, accept, sign, or 



21^ SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

endorse any bill of exchange, or assume an}^ other liabil- 
it}'^, verbal or written, either in his own name or in the 
name of the firm, for the accommodation of an}' other per- 
son or persons whatsoever, without the consent in writing 
of the other pai;ty ; nor shall either party lend any of the 
funds of the copartnership without such consent of the 
other partner. 

Seventh. No importation, or large purchase of goods, 
shall be made, nor any transaction out of the usual course 
of the retail business shall be undertaken b}" either of the 
partners, without previous consultation with, and the ap- 
probation of, the other partner. 

Eighth. Neither partj'^ shall withdraw from the joint 
stock, at any time, more than his share of the profits of 
the business then earned, nor shall either party be entitled 
to interest on his share of the capital ; but if, at the expi- 
ration of the year, a balance of profits be found due to 
either partner, he shall be at liberty to withdraw the said 
balance, or to leave it in the business provided the other 
partner consent thereto, and in that case he shall be al- 
lowed interest on the said balance. 

Ninth. For the purpose of securing the performance of 
the foregoing agreements, it is agreed that either part}', 
in case of an}^ violation of them or either of them by the 
other, shall have the right to dissolve this copartnership 
forthwith, on his becoming informed of such violation. 

In witness, &c. [as in General Form.'] 

Agreement to continue the Partnership ; to be endorsed on 
the BacJc of the Original Articles. 
Whereas, the partnership evidenced by the within- 
written articles, has this day expired by the limitations 

contained herein [or will expire on the da}' of 

next], it is hereby agreed, that the same shall be con- 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 2l9 

tinued on the same terms, and with all the provisions and 

restrictions herein contained, for the further term of 

years from this date [or from the day of next]. 

In witness, &c., [as in General Form.'] 

Agreement to he signed by the Purchaser of Lands 
• at Auction. 
I hereby acknowledge, that I have this day purchased 
at public auction all that [describe the land]., for the sum 

of dollars, [or for the price of dollars 

cent per acre, or per foot,] and have paid into the hands 

of B. C, the auctioneer, the sum of , as a deposit, 

and in part payment of the said purchase money : and I 

hereby agree to pay the remaining sura of unto E. 

F., the vendor at , on or before the day of , 

and in all other respects on my part to fulfil the annexed 

conditions of sale. Witness my hand, this of , 

A. I)., 18—. 

D. E. 

Agreement to he signed by Auctioneer^ after a 
Hale of Land at Auction. 
I herel)}' acknowledge that D. E. has been this day 
declared by me the highest bidder and purchaser of [de- 
scribe the land]., at the sum of dollars, [or at the sum 

of dollars cents per acre, or foot], and that he 

has paid into my hands the sum of , as a deposit, 

and in part payment of the purchase money; and I here- 
by agree that the vendor, E.F., shall in all respects fulful 
the conditions of the sale liereto annexed. Witness my 

hand, at , on the day oC A. D., 18 — . 

li. C, Auctioneer. 



220 SAtooN keeper's companioiJ. 

Quit-Claim Deed. 

Know all men by tliese presents, that we, C. D. of, *&c., 
and E., the wife of the said C, in consideration of the 

sum of , to us in hand paid, by F. G., of, &c., the 

receipt whereof we do hereby acknowledge, have bar- 
gained, sold and quit-claimed, and.bj- these presents do 
bargain, sell and quit-claim, unto the said F. G., and to 
his heirs and assigns forever, all our, and each of our 
right, title, interest, estate, claim, and demand, both at 
law and in equity, and as well in possession as in expec- 
tancy of, in, and to all that certain farm, or piece of land, 
situate, «&c., [describe it.'] with all and singular, the here- 
ditaments and appurtenances thereunto belonging. 

In witness, &c,, as in General Form of Agreement. 



Agreement for the Sale and Delivery of Personal Property. 

This agreement, made this day of , one thou-. 

sand eight hundred and , between of the city of 

of the first part, and -, of the said cit}^ of the 

second part. Witnesseth, that the said in consid- 
eration of the covenants on the part of the said , doth 

covenant to and with the said , that he will deliver to 

the said , at his storehouse in , aforesaid 

bushels of , of good merchantable qualit}^, on or before 

the day of next. And the said , in consider- 
ation of the covenants on the part of the said , doth 

covenant and agree to and with the said , that he 

will pa}' to the said at the rate of one dollar for each 

bushel of wheat so delivered, immediatel}' on the comple- 
tion of the delivery thereof. In witness, «S:c., [as iii Gen- 
eral Form.'] 



SALOON KKKPKr's COMPANION. 221 

CONCERNING THP: COLLECTION OF DEBTS. 

Maink. — A debtor within the State may be arrested on 
any judgment or contract, amounting to or exceeding the 
sum of ten dollars, if he is about to leave the State, and it 
can be proven on oath by the creditor that the debtor has 
means more than sufficient for his immediate use. 

New Hampsiiirk. — A debtor may be arrested in this 
State, if the creditor can prove on oath that he is indebted 
to him in a writ of execution in the sum of thirteen dol- 
lars and thirty-three cents or over, and that there is good 
reason to believe that he is about to leave the State to 
avoid the payment of his debts, or that he is concealing 
his property for the same purpose. The debtor, on his 
arrest may demand to be led before two Justices of the 
Peace ; and if the magistrates are satisfied, from his affi- 
davit and such evidence as he may })ring forward, that 
he neither conceals his [)roperty nor designs to leave the 
State, the}' may onhjr his discharge. 

Vekmont. — In this State, no resident citizen of any of 
the United States can be arrested for debt, unless it can 
be satisfactorily proved that he is about to abscond from 
the State with money or othei- i)roperty secreted about his 
person or elsewh<Me, to the amount of twenty dollars or 
more, or sufficient to satisfy the claim for which the writ 
against him is issued. The writ of attachment may issue 
against his goods, chattels or estate, and, if none can be 
found, then against his body. 

Massachusk/its. — No person shall l)e arrested on a 
mesne process in an action of contract, unless the plain- 
tiff, or some person in his behalf, makes affidavit and 
proves: First, That he has a good cause of action, and 
reasonable expectation of recovering a sum amounting to 
twenty dollars, exclusive of all costs which may have ac- 



222 SALOON keeper's companion. 

crued in any former action. Second, That he believes, 
the defendant has propert}^ not exempt from being taken 
from execution, which he does not intend to apply to the 
payment of the plaintlflF's claim : and Third, that he be- 
lieves that the defendant intends to leave the State, so 
that execution, if obtained, cannot be served upon him : 
or (instead of the second or third) that the defendant is 
an attorney at law ; that the debt is for money collected 
by the defendant for the plaintiff, and that the defendant 
unreasonably neglects to pay the same. No person shall 
be arrested on mesne process in an action of tort, unless 
it is proved that the plaintiff" believes that he has a good 
cause of action against the defendant, that he has a rea- 
sonable expectation of recovering a sum equal to one-third 
the damages claimed in the writ, and that he has reason 
to believe that the defendant is likely to remove beyond 
the jurisdiction of the court. No person shall be arrested 
on an execution, except in actions of tort, unless after 
execution is issued amounting to twenty dollars, exclusive 
of all cost, it is proved that the debtor has property not 
exempt from being taken on execution, which he does not 
attempt to apply for the payment of the plaintiff's claim ; 
or, that since the debt was contracted, or the cause of 
action accrued, the debtor has fraudulently conveyed, 
concealed, or otherwise disposed of some part of his es- 
tate, with a design to secure the same to his own use or 
defraud his creditors ; or, that since the said time, the 
debtor has hazarded and paid money or other property to 
the value of one hundred dollars or more in some kind of 
gaming prohibited by the law of this State ; or, that since 
that time the debtor has wilfully misused his estate for 
the purpose of enabling himself to swear that he has not 
any estate to the amount of twenty dollars, except such 
as is exempt from being taken on exemption. If the 



SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. ZZO 

action was founded on contract, it must be proved, that 
the debtor contracted the debt with the intention not to 
pay the same ; or, that the defendant is an attorney at 
law, and that the same unreasonably neglects to pay the 
money collected by the defendant to the plaintiff. No 
person shall be arrested on mesne process in a civil action 
for slander or libel ; no woman shall be arrested on any 
civil process except for tort. When arrested on mesne 
process the defendant shall be allowed reasonable time to 
procure bail, and when arrested in such process in action 
of contract, or on execution, he shall be allowed reason- 
able time for his recognizance. 

All real estate, goods and chattels, liable to be taken 
on execution (except such goods and chattels as, from 
then- nature or situation, have been considered as exempt 
according to the principles of the conmaon law as adopted 
and practiced in this state) may be attached upon the 
original writ, in every action in which debt or damages 
are recoverable, and held as security to satisfy such judg- 
ment as the plaintiff may recover : provided, that no 
attachment of lands or tenements shall be made on a writ 
returnable before a justice of the peace, or police court, 
unless the debt or damage demanded therein exceed 
twenty dollars. Different attachments may be made suc- 
cessfully upon the same writ, but no further attachment 
shall be made after the summons is served. Excessive 
attachments may be reduced on application to the 
com-t. 

Rhode Island. — All debtors are liable to arrest in this 
State, This applies ta males and females. The latter, 
however, are only liable where the debt or damages re- 
covered exceed the sum of fifty dollars. She may also 
be arrested on a writ of execution for a less sum, when 
the contract is under seal. Whenever the Sheriff holding 



224 SALOON Keeper's companion. 

the warrant of arrest cannot find the defendant, he may 
attach his or her goods and chattels. 

Connecticut. — No person can be arrested for debt in 
this State unless it can be proved that he employed fraud 
or made false representations in contracting the debt ; or 
that he conceals effects not exempt from attachment to 
prevent their being seized by legal process ; or refuses to 
pay his creditor or creditors holding judgments against 
him when he is possessed of sufficient means to do so ; or 
refuses to disclose his rights of action ; or in an action on 
a promise to marry ; or for misconduct or neglect in 
office ; or in a professional emplo^ntnent ; or as trustee or 
in a fiduciar}^ capacity. 

New Yobk. — A debtor may be arrested in this State 
only when it can be proved that he used fraud in contract- 
ing the debt, or that he concealed or put his property out 
of his hands for the purpose of defeating his creditors. 
But before the conplainant can obtain the order of arrest, 
he must give securitj^ to the Judge before whom the case 
is to be tried, that he will pay all costs and damages con- 
sequent upon the arrest, in case the defendant should 
succeed in recovering judgment. The defendant, when 
arrested, may give bail, by causing a written undertaking 
to be executed by two or more responsible bondsmen in 
the sum demanded by the Judge, to the effect that he — 
the defendant — will at all times hold himself in readiness 
to respond to any call made for his appearance at the 
Court. His sureties may, at any time previous to the 
termination of the suit, withdraw their bonds for his ap- 
pearance ; or the defendant may surrender himself to the 
Sheriff, who will detain him till the rendering of the 
verdict. 

Maryland. — An}' creditor may, on a judgment, attach 
the real or personal estate, or rights in and of action of 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 225 

his debtor. If the debtor is not a citizen of the State, 
and does not reside therein, or if he is a fugitive from jus- 
tice, or has removed from his usual residence, with intent 
to injure or defraud his creditors, the latter may obtain an 
attachment against his property, real and personal, and 
also against his rights in action. Imprisonment for debt 
does not exist in this State. 

Delaware. — Imprisonment for debt in this State exists 
only when it can be shown that the debtor has secreted or 
conveyed away his property to defraud his creditor or 
creditors. The party making the complaint must set forth 
the alleged fraudulent conveyance, and state upon oath 
that the defendant is justly indebted to him in a sum ex- 
ceeding five dollars, and that he verily believes the defend- 
ant has secreted or otherwise disposed of property over 
the value of twenty-five dollars, with the view of defraud- 
ing his creditors. 

Virginia. — There is no imprisonment for debt in this 
State. When a suit is instituted for debt or for damages 
on breach of contract, the complainant may obtain an 
attachment against the estate of the defendant for the 
amount stated. 

North Carolina. — When a debtor has removed, or is 
removing privily out of the county, or absents himself, so 
that process cannot be served upon him, an attachment 
may issue against the estate, real and personal, of such 
debtor, wherever the same may be found. An attachment 
may also issue in favor of a resident of the State against 
the estate of a non-resident. 

South Carolina. — When a debt exceeds the sum of 
thirty dollars and sixty-two cents, the debtor may be 
arrested and held to bail upon the affidavit of the amount 
of the debt being annexed to the i)rocess. A debtor about 
to abscond before the maturity of his debt may also be 



226 SALOON keeper's companion. 

arrested and held to bail. Attachments may be issued 
against the property of a debtor residing out of the State ; 
against a debtor who is making preparations to abscond 
from the State ; against a debtor who is removing, or 
about to remove from the district ; and against a debtor 
who secretes himself, so that process cannot be served 
upon him. 

Geor&ia. — In cases where a debt is not due, and the 
debtor is removing, or about to remove from the State, an 
affidavit of such fact, and of the amount of the debt, is 
sufficient to authorize the issue of an attachment against 
the property of such debtor. 

Unmarried women, or widows, cannot be arrested for 
debt. 

In any case pending a suit, if the debtor attempt to 
leave the State, or convey his property awa}^ to the in- 
jury of his creditors, an attachment may immediately issue 
against his property. 

Attachments may issue against the real and personal 
estate of a debtor residing without the limits of the State, 
whether the creditor resides within the State or not. 

When a debtor is arrested or imprisoned for debt, and 
shall make it evident to the court that he is insolvent, and 
shall deliver a schedule of his real and personal estate, 
debts, credits, and effects, and shall take the insolvent's 
oath, he shall obtain a discharge from imprisonment ; and 
every creditor so discharged shall not be liable to arrest 
or imprisonment for any debt contracted before his dis- 
charge. 

Alabama. — A debtor may be arrested in this State on 
showing that he is preparing to abscond ; that he has 
fraudulently disposed of his property ; that he withholds 
property liable for his debts ; that he secretes himself to 
avoid process ; that he resides out of the State ; or that 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 227 

he is about to remove his property from tlie State, whereby 
the plaintiff may lose his debt, or be compelled to sue for 
it in another State. Attachments, auxiliary to pending 
suits, ma}^ be sued out on the same grounds as original 
attachments. A debtor may get himself discharged from 
arrest by making an affidavit that the complaint on which 
he was arr<!sted is not true, and that he is possessed of 
nothing with which to satisfy the debt ; or by rendering a 
schedule of his propert}^, real and personal, and making 
an affidavit that he is not possessed of property to the 
value of twenty-dollars, other than what is mentioned in 
the schedule, except such property as is by law exempt 
from execution, and that he has not disposed of property 
to secure it to his own use, or to defraud his creditors. 
This oath may, however, be impeached or controverted by 
the plaintiff. If the debtor be convicted of rendering a 
false or fraudulent schedule, he is liable to one year's im- 
prisonment. 

Florida. — An attachment may issue against the estate 
of a debtor upon an affidavit that a debt is due, or becom- 
ing due, within nine months ; that the debtor is removing, 
or about to remove, from the State ; that he has ab- 
sconded, or is about to abscond ; that he conceals himself 
so that process cannot be served ; or that he is secreting 
or otherwise disposing of his property, for the purpose of 
defrauding his creditors. 

Mississippi. — Attachments may be issued against the 
property of a debtor when it can be made apparent to any 
Judge of the Supreme Court, or any Justice of the Peace 
of any county, that the debtor has removed, or is about to 
remove, his effects from the State ; or that he conceals 
himself, so that process cannot be served upon him ; or 
that he incurred the debt by fraudulent representations. 
As in New York, however, the plaintiff must give a bond 



228 SALOON keeper's companion. 

to secure the payment of all costs and damages that may 
be recovered against him by the defendant. 

Louisiana. — Females and non-residents are exempt 
from arrest on civil contracts in this State. A debtor 
can be arrested before judgment, upon affidavit that he is 
about to quit the State, without leaving in it sufficient 
property to satisfy the judgment which the creditor ex- 
pects to obtain. But after judgment, he cannot be 
arrested to compel the payment thereof. When a credi- 
tor believes that a third person has in his possession cer- 
tain propert}^ belonging to his debtor, he may cite such 
person to declare on oath what property he has in his pos- 
session belonging to the defendant, and to what amount 
he is indebted to said defendant, notwithstanding the debt 
is not fully due. Attachments ma^' issue against the 
property of a debtor when it shall appear that he is about 
to quit the State, or where he has already left the State, 
never to return, or in case he resides out of the State ; or 
where he secretes himself to avoid process. A debtor's 
property may also be attached in the hands of third per- 
sons to secure the payment of a debt, whether the amount 
be liquidated or not, provided the time of pajrment has 
arrived, and the creditor state expressly and positively 
the amount which he claims. But plaintiff, in conjunc- 
tion with one good and solvent surety, residing within the 
jurisdiction of the court to which the petition for attach- 
ment is presented, must give security for the payment of 
any damages which may ensue, should it be decided that 
the attachment was wrongfully obtained. 

Kentucky. — Attachments may issue for the recovery of 
money upon a contract where the action is against one or 
more defendants, who, or some one of whom, reside out of 
the State ; or who has been absent from the State during 
a period of four months ; or has departed from the State 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 229 

with intent to defraud his creditors ; or has left the county 
in which he usually resides for the purpose of avoiding 
process ; ' or conceals himself so that summons cannot be 
served upon him ; or who is about to remove his property 
or some portion of it, from the State, not leaving sufficient 
to satisfy the claims of plaintiff ; or who has or is about to 
dispose of his propert}- with intent to defraud his credi- 
tors. Security must be given by the plaintiff to satisfy 
the defendant's damages, if it be proved that the order 
was wrongfully obtained. 

Illinois. — An attachment ma}^ issue against the body 
-of a debtor refusing to surrender his property, real and 
personal, for the satisfaction of any execution that may 
be issued against it ; also, when it can be shown that a 
debtor has employed fraud, either in incurring a debt or 
in concealing, removing, or otherwise disposing of his 
propert^^ for the purpose of defraudii^ his creditors. 
These are the only cases in which a party may be arrested 
for debt. Attachments may issue against the property of 
a debtor who is preparing to remove the same from the 
State ; also, against the property of a non-resident, when 
the sum of his indebtedness exceeds twenty dollars. 

Indiana. — Before special bail can be required, the 
plaintiff must file an affidavit with the clerk of the court 
where the suit is instituted, setting forth his right to re- 
cover an existing debt or damages from the defendant, 
and that he believes the latter is about to leave the State, 
taking with him propertj^ subject to execution, or money 
on effects which should be applied in satisfaction of plain- 
tiff's debt or damages ; defendant's object being to defraud 
said plaintiff'. No warrant for arrest can be delivered to 
an officer, until an order for special bail is obtained and 
endorsed on such writ. Attachments may issue against 
the real and personal property of a debtor, when it shall 
11 



230 SALOON keeper's companion. 

be shown that he has left the State, or is making arrange- 
ments for that purpose, with intent to defraud his creditors 
or to avoid process ; or that he keeps himself concealed so 
that process cannot be served upon him, with intent ta 
create delay or defraud his creditors. But no attachment 
can issue against a debtor so long as his wife and family 
remain settled within the count}^ where his usual place of 
residence may have been prior to his absence ; provided 
such absence is not prolonged more than one 3'ear, and no 
attempt made to conceal his absence, and that he shall not 
be secretly transferring, conve^'ing, or removing his prop- 
erty- or effects, by which the payment of his debts may be 
evaded. Should his wife or family refuse to account for 
his absence, or to state where he ma}' be found, or give a 
false account of either ; or be unable to account for his 
absence ; or to tell where he ma}' be found ; it shall be 
deemed an attempt to conceal his absence, and attachment 
may at once issue against his estate. 

Ohio. — No female, nor any officer or soldier of the 
Eevolutionary war can be arrested or imprisoned in any 
case where the action is founded on contract ; neither can 
any person be imprisoned for debt, except in cases of 
fraud. An execution against the person of a debtor, and 
requiring his committal to the county jail until he satisfy 
the judgment, or is otherwise lawfully discharged, may 
issue upon any judgment for the payment of money, in the 
event of the judgment debtor having removed, or com- 
menced to remove, any of his property out of the jurisdic- 
tion of the court, in order to prevent the collection of 
money due on the judgment ; or when he is possessed of 
property which he fraudulently conceals with like intent ; 
or when he has disposed of his property, or any part 
thereof, to prevent its being taken in execution ; or if he 
fraudulently contracted the debt on which the judgment is 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 231 

rendered ; or when he was arrested on an order before 
judgment, and has not been discharged as an insolvent 
debtor, or the order has not been set aside. Plaintiff 
must, in all cases, give a bond, with sufficient sureties, to 
pay the defendant any damages which may ensue from a 
wrongful attachment, not exceeding double the amount of 
the claim. A creditor, on giving a like bond, ma}' make 
a similar affidavit before his amount is due, and on his 
filing it with the clerk of the court of common pleas, an 
attachment may issue against the propert}', real or per- 
sonal, of the debtor. In such actions, plaintiff cannot 
have judgment until the claim is due. 

Missouri. — Attachment may issue against a debtor 
when he does not reside within the limits of the State ; 
when he secrets himself, to avoid process ; when he has ab- 
sconded ; when he cannot be found at his usual place of 
abode ; when he has removed, or is about to remove his 
property ; when he has fraudulently conveyed or con- 
cealed, or otherwise disposed of his property ; when he is 
about to fraudulently convey, conceal, or otherwise dis- 
pose of his property, so as to hinder or delay his creditors ; 
or when the debt was contracted out of the State, and the 
debtor has absconded, or secretly removed his property 
into the State with intent to hinder, delay, or defraud his 
creditors. In any of these cases of fraudulent disposition 
of property, the attachment may issue, even though the 
debt be not fully due. Before the attachment can issue, 
however, affidavit must be made b}^ plaintiff, or his attor- 
ney, that defendant is justly indebted to plaintiff in the 
sum claimed, after allowing all just credits and offsets ; 
the nature of said debt, and that deponent has good rea- 
son to believe the existence of one or more of the before- 
mentioned causes, entitling him to an attachment. This 
affidavit may be put in issue by defendant, in which case 



232 SALOON kkeper's compakion. 

plaintiff must prove the facts stated in the ground of his 
attachment. The plaintiff must give a bond, with one or 
more responsible sureties, who must be resident house- 
holders of the county in which the suit is brought, in a 
sum at least double the amount of the demand, for the 
paj^ment of such damages as may ensue, in the event of a 
baseless attachment. Imprisonment for debt has no ex- 
istence in this State. 

Michigan. — A debtor may be held to bail when it 
can be shown that he is about removing any portion of his 
property out of the jurisdiction of the court in which the 
suit is brought, with intent to defraud his creditors ; that 
he has property or rights in action, or some interest in 
any public or corporate stock, or money, or evidence of 
debt, which he unjustly refuses to apply in satisfaction of 
such judgment as may have been rendered against him ; 
that he fraudulent^ conceals such propert}^ ; that he has 
removed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, or is about 
to remove, assign, or dispose of any of his property, or 
rights in action, with intent to defraud his creditors ; that 
he fraudulently contracted the debt in respect to which 
the suit is instituted ; that he resides without the State, 
and has done so for a period of three months immediately 
preceding the time of making application for the attach- 
ment ; or the defendant is a foreign corporation. 

Arkansas. — Imprisonment for debt does not exist. 
No debtor can be arrested except upon affidavit by plain- 
tiff, supported by the affidavit of some disinterested and 
credible person, to the effect that fraud has been com- 
mitted, and a statement of facts justifying such allegation. 
An attachment may issue against the property of a debtor, 
provided plaintiff shall, at the time of filing the declara- 
tion, likewise file an affidavit to the effect that the defend- 
ant is justly indebted to the plaintiff in a sum exceeding 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 233 

one hundred dollars, and stating the amount, and also 
that the defendant is not a resident of this State, or that 
he is about to remove out of this State, or that he is about 
to remove his goods and effects out of this State, or that 
he so secretes himself that process cannot be served on 
him, A bond in double the amount claimed must be 
given, conditioned for the payment of such damages as 
may be awarded against plaintift. When the amount 
claimed is one hundred dollars or less, a Justice of the 
Peace may issue an attachment, 

Tennessee, — Attachments may issue against the prop- 
erty of debtors resident within the limits of the State, 
whenever the sheriff of the county makes affidavit that the 
defendant is not to be found in his county ; also, when 
a creditor makes oath that the debtor has absconded or 
secreted himself, so that process cannot be served upon 
him ; or that he is removing or about to remove himself 
or his propert}" out of the State ; or that he is secreting or 
disposing of his property, or that he is a non-resident. 
Plaintiff must likewise state in his affidavit the amount of 
his claim. Citizens of other States ma}^ sue in the circuit 
courts of the State or of the United States. Judgment 
may be obtained by sureties and accommodation endors- 
ers on motion, without notice, against their principals, or 
co-sureties, for their proportion of the debt. Sureties 
and creditors can, after obtaining judgment, recover from 
any person who may have received usurious interest from 
their principal or debtor, the amount over and above the 
legal rate of interest so received ; and this excess of in- 
terest in all cases constitutes a fund in the hands of 
the usurer for the payment of the demands of bona fide 
creditors. Execution issues against the real or per- 
sonal pr.)perty of the defendant immediately after the 
rendering of the judgment, and may be levied and a 



234 SALOON keeper's companion. 

bond taken b}-^ the officer, with security for the delivery, 
on or before the first da}^ of the term of court succeed- 
ing that in which execution issued of sufficient property 
to satisf}' the judgment ; and in the event of the for- 
feiture of this bond, a writ authorizing a sale issues 
against defendant's property, and that of his surety, or 
the officer may proceed to sell under the original execu- 
tion, and in case the amount is not raised by the second 
term after judgment, defendant and his sureties are liable. 
Imprisonment for debt does not exist. 

Texas. — Attachments can be issued only against prop- 
erty, except in cases of fraud. An attachment may be 
sued out against a debtor when a summons to answer to 
a civil suit shall be returned by the sheriff, the debtor not 
being found in the county ; and the attachment may be 
levied upon the property, real or personal, of said debtor. 
To obtain a writ of attachment, plaintiff or his agent must 
make an affidavit to the effect that the defendant is justly 
indebted to him in the sum claimed ; that the defendant 
does not reside within the State, or that he is about to 
remove therefrom ; or that he secretes himself, so that 
process cannot be served ; or that he is about to remove 
his property out of the Stale, and that the attachment is 
not sued out for the purpose of injuring the defendant. 
The judges and clerks of district courts and justices of the 
peace maj' issue original attachments, returnable to their 
respective courts. When making the affidavit, plaintiff, 
with two or more sureties, must give a bond, in double 
the amount due, conditioned that he will prosecute the 
suit to effect, and that he will pay such damages as may 
be afljudged against him for wrongfully suing out such 
attachment. Writs of sequestration may issue under the 
following circumstances, viz : 1st. When a person sues 
for the title or possession of a slave, or other movable 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 235 

property or chattels, and makes affidavit that he fears the 
defendant, or party in possession thereof, will injure or 
ill treat such slave, or waste such property, or remove the 
same out of the State during the pendency of the suit. 
2d. When a person sues for the foreclosure of a mort- 
gage, or the enforcement of a lien upon a slave, or other 
movable property, and swears that he fears the defendant 
will injure such slave or waste such property, or remove 
such slave or property out of the county. 3d. When any 
person sues for the title or possession of real property, 
and makes oath that he fears the defendant, or part}- in 
possession thereof, may make use of his possession to in- 
jure such property, or to waste the fruits and revenue pro- 
duced bj' the same or convert them to his own use. 4th. 
When any person sues for the title or possession of any 
property from which he has been ejected by force or vio- 
lence, and shall make affidavit of such facts, and 5th. 
When a married woman sues for a divorce, and makes 
oath that she fears that her husband will waste her separ- 
ate or their common propertj'^, or the fruits of revenue 
produced by either, or remove the same out of the State 
during the pendency of the suit. 

Iowa. — Arrest for debt cannot take place in this State, 
except on proof of fraud. Attachment may issue by the 
clerk of a district court in an action founded on contract, 
provided that plaintiff makes an affidavit stating as near 
as possible the amount due him by defendant ; that he 
has good reason to believe the defendant is about to dis- 
pose of or remove his property with intent to defraud his 
-creditors ; that he has absconded or secreted himself, so 
that process cannot be served upon him : or that he is a 
non-resident of the State. The writ ma}^ be levied upon 
•defendant's estate, real or personal, found in the county ; 
or upon so much of the same as may be sufficient to 



236 SALOON keeper's companion. 

satisfy the debt, together with interest and costs of 
suit. 

Wisconsin. — Attachment may issue when -the amount 
claimed exceeds one hundred dollars over and above all 
effects, upon an affidavit by plaintiff to the effect that 
defendant is indebted to him in the sum claimed, and that 
said sum is due on contract, express or implied, or upon 
judgment or decree ; that plaintiff knows or believes that 
defendant has absconded or is about to abscond from the 
State, or that he has concealed himself to delay and injure 
his creditors ; or that he has assigned, concealed, or other- 
wise disposed of his property for the purpose of defraud- 
ing his creditors ; or that he has removed or is about to 
remove property form the state with like intent ; or that 
he fraudulently contracted the debt ; or that he has fraud- 
ulently conveyed or disposed of his property, or a part of 
it, or is about to do so, with intent to defraud his credit- 
ors ; or that he is a non-resident of the State-, or is a 
foreign corporation. Attachments may issue in these 
cases when the amount claimed by plaintiff in the affidavit 
exceeds five dollars over and above offsets, and the de- 
fendant resides in another county, and over one hundred 
miles from the office of the Justice. 

California. — A debtor may be arrested when fraud 
has been employed in incurring the debt ; or when he ha& 
concealed, removed, or disposed of his property, or is 
about to do so, with intent to defraud his creditors. Be- 
fore attachment can issue, plaintiff or his agent must 
prove the facts set forth in his affidavit ; he. must alsO' 
execute a gaurantee with two or more sureties, to pay 
defendant all costs and damages that may be sustained in 
consequence of the arrest, to the amount of at least two- 
hundred dollars. The officer serving the writ must notify 
the plaintiff when the arrest is made. Defendant may 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 237 

demand an immediate trial, and it must be had within 
three hours, (unless the trial of another action is pend- 
ing,) otherwise defendant is discharged. Jf the plaintiff 
obtain judgment in this trial, he may obtain another 
arrest on the same ground as the first. Defendant may 
be discharged upon giving an undertaking, with two satis- 
factory sureties, binding themselves in the amount named 
in the order of arrest, that he will render himself amen- 
able to the process of the Court. Attachment may issue 
against the property, real or personal, of a debtor for an 
obligation founded on contract for the payment of money 
in the State, whether the contract was made in the State 
or not. In cases of attachment, it matters not whether 
plaintiff or defendant be a citizen or an alien, so long as 
the demand grows out of a California contract. When a 
sale on execution takes place, the personal estate must be 
first disposed of ; then the real property, or so much of it 
as is requisite to satisfy the demand. The debtor may at 
any time, within six months after the sale, redeem all real 
estate, except leasehold, of unexpired terms of less than 
two years, by paying the amount for which it was sold, 
with eighteen per cent, interest thereon. The purchaser 
is entitled to receive rent from any person who may be in 
possession, except the debtor. 

Minnesota. — The constitution of this State expressly 
forbids the arrest of any person for debt. Attachments 
can be issued onl}- against .a debtor when the plaintiff or 
complainant shall seek to charge the defendant with fraud, 
the concealment of goods, property, or mone}^ or with 
bad faith, touching any pecuniary or business transaction, 
such plaintiff or complainant shall, in all such cases, be 
left to his suit against the defendant, in and by which, in 
his pleadings, he shall charge the defendant with such 
fraud, concealment, &c., in as clear and distinct a man- 
11* 



238 SALOON keeper's companion. 

ner as the case shall permit, to which the defendant shall 
answer or plead, and the facts arising or elicited upon 
such pleadings, and the accompanying evidence, shall be 
submitted to the jury, as in criminal cases. The plaintiff, 
In an action to recover the possession of personal prop- 
erty, may, at the tinje of issuing the summons, or at any 
time before answer, claim the immediate delivery of such 
property. When a delivery is claimed, an affidavit must 
be made by the plaintiff, or by some one in his behalf, 
showing: 1. That the plaintiff is the owner of the prop- 
erty claimed, or is lawjTully entitled to the possession 
thereof, the facts in respect to which must be set forth. 
2. That the property is wrongfully detained by the de- 
fendant. 3. The alleged cause of the detentfon thereof, 
according to his best knowledge, information, and belief. 
4. The actual value of the property. The plaintiff may, 
thereupon, b}' edorsement in writing upon the affidavit, 
require the Sheriff of the county where the property 
claimed may be, to take the same from the defendant and 
deliver it to the plaintiff. 

Oregon. — A debtor may be arrested in this State, if 
the creditor can prove on oath that the said debtor is not 
a resident of the State, or has departed therefrom, or that 
there is good reason to believe that he is about to leave 
the State, with the intent to delay or defraud his creditors, 
or to avoid the service of a summons ; or, that he has 
assigned, secreted, or disposed of, or is about to assign, 
secrete, or dispose of his property, or any part thereof, 
with the intent to delay or defraud his creditors ; or, that 
the debt was fraudulently contracted. 

Before executing a writ, the Sheriff to whom it is di- 
rected shall require a written undertaking, on the part of 
the plaintiff, with one or more sureties, in a sum not less 
than one hundred dollars, nor exceeding the amount 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 239 

claimed by the plaintiff, to the effect that if the defendant 
recover judgment, the plaintiff will pay all costs that may 
be awarded to the defendant, and all damages which he 
may sustain by reason of the atttachment, not exceeding 
the sum specified in the undertaking. 

District of Columbia. — No person can be imprisoned 
on any judgment rendered by a single magistrate, or in 
any case where the judgment, exclusive of costs, shall not 
exceed twenty dollars ; but that in such cases execution 
shall be only on the goods and chattels of the debtor, and 
shall issue by order of the justice who may have taken 
cognizance of the action, from the clerk's office, and shall 
be returnable thereto. Attachments may issue against 
the property of absconding debtors, and others whose 
persons cannot be arrested. 

Kansas. — No person in this State can be arrested, 
held to bail, or imprisoned for debt. Creditors, however, 
whose demands amount to fifty dollars, may sue their 
debtors in any court having jurisdiction of the subject mat- 
ter, by attachment, in the following cases : First. Where 
the debtor is not a resident of, nor resides within this 
State. Second. Where the debtor conceals himself, so 
that the ordinary process of law cannot be served upon 
him. Third. Where the debtor has absconded or ab- 
sented himself from his ordinary place of abode in this 
State, so that the process of law cannot be served upon 
him. Fourth. Where the debtor is about to remove his 
property or effects out of this State, with the intent to 
defraud, hinder, or delay his creditors. Fifth. Where 
the debtor has fraudulently conveyed or assigned, or 
fraudulently concealed or disposed, or is about, fraudu- 
lently, to convey or assign his property or effects, so as 
to hinder or delay his creditors. Sixth. Where the debt 
was contracted out of this State, and the debtor has ab- 



240 SALOON keeper's companion. 

sconded or secretly removed his property or eflfects intO' 
this State, with the intent to defraud, hinder, or delay his 
creditors. An affidavit, alleging any one of these causes, 
shall be held and adjudged good and sufficient. 

Nebraska. — Any person may be arrested in this 
State for debt, and an attachment may issue when any 
person or persons shall file an affidavit before any judge 
or justice of the peace, stating the nature of the plain- 
tiff's claim, that is just, and the amount thereof, as 
nearly as may be, and establishing one or more of the 
following particulars. First. That the defendant has re- 
moved, or begun to remove, any of his property out of 
the jurisdiction of the court, with intent to defraud his 
creditors ; that he has begun to convert his property, or 
a part thereof, into money, for the purpose of placing it 
beyond the reach of his creditors ; that he has property, 
or rights of action, which he fraudulently conceals ; that 
he has assigned, removed, or disposed of, or has begun to 
dispose of his property, or a part thereof, with intent to 
defraud his creditors ; that he fraudulently contracted the 
debt, or incurred the obligation, for which suit is about 
to be, or has been brought. The affidavit, shall also 
contain a statement of the facts claimed to justify the 
belief in the existence of one or more of the above par- 
ticulars. 

The order of arrest shall not be issued by the clerk of 
the court, until there has been executed, by one or more 
sufficient sureties of the plaintiff, a written undertaking, 
to the effect that the plaintiff shall pay to the defendant 
all damages which he may sustain by reason of the arrest, 
if the order be wrongfully obtained, not exceeding double 
the amount of the plaintiff's claim stated in the affidavit. 

Utah. — Attachments may issue within the limits of 
this territory, when any person or persons shall file an 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 241 

affidavit in any of the courts of this territory that some 
person or persons are about to leave the county or terri- 
tory, removing their effects with the intention, he be- 
lieves, of defrauding his, her, or their creditors, and that 
such person or persons are indebted to him, her, or them, 
either by note or book account, and are about to leave 
without paying the same, the court shall issue a writ of 
attachment upon the goods, chattels, and effects, of such 
person or persons, and such goods, chattels, and effects 
shall be held to pay the debt and costs, if, upon a trial, 
judgment shall be rendered against the defendant. The 
writ of attachment may be directed to any and all per- 
sons that shall be owing the said defendant when there is 
not sufficient property found to satisfy the debt and 
costs ; and any such person, so notified or served with an 
attachment, shall be held liable to the amount of hi& 
indebtedness. 

Washington. — Attachments may issue against a debt- 
or when he does not reside within the limits of this terri- 
tory ; when he secretes himself to avoid process ; when 
he has removed, or is about to remove his property, or a 
matei'ial part thereof; when he is about to sell, convey, 
or otherwise dispose of his property, with intent to hin- 
der, defraud, or delay his creditors. No attachment for 
being a non-resident, or secretly leaving the Territory, 
shall issue against any debtor while his family remains 
settled within the county where he usually resided, prior 
to his absence, if he shall not continue absent from the 
Territory more than one year after he shall have absented 
himself, unless an attempt be made to conceal his ab- 
sence. The plaintiff, or some one in his behalf, shall, 
before a writ issues, execute a bond, with sufficient sure- 
ty, to be approved by the clerk of the court, payable to 
the defendant, agreeing to pay all damages which may 



242 SALOON keeper's compakion. 

be sustained by the defendant, if the proceedings of the 
plaintiff shall be wrongful and oppressive. 

Nevada Territory. — Attachments may issue against 
a debtor when he is not a resident of this Territory ; 
when he has absconded or absented himself from his 
usual place of abode, or is about to abscond or absent 
himself, so that the ordinary process of law cannot be 
served upon him ; when he conceals himself to avoid 
process; when he has removed, or is about to remove, 
any of his property or effects out of the Territory, to the 
injury of his creditors, or with the intent to hinder, delay, 
or defraud them ; when he has fraudulently conveyed, 
assigned, or otherwise disposed of his property or effects ; 
when he has fraudulently concealed his property and 
•eflfects ; and when he fraudulently contracted the debt, or 
incurred the obligation respecting which a suit is brought. 

Before issuing a writ, the clerk shall require a written 
undertaking on the part of the plaintiff, in a sum not less 
than two hundred dollars, nor exceeding the amount 
claimed by the plaintiff, with sufficient sureties, to the 
effect, that if the defendant recover Judgment, or if the 
attachment should be dismissed, the plaintiff will pay all 
<josts that may be awarded to the defendant, and all dam- 
ages which he may sustain by reason of the attachment, 
not exceeding the sum specified in the undertaking. 



EXEMPTION LAWS. 

The following are the laws of the different States rela- 
tive to the property exempted by statute from attachment 
on execution : 

Maine. — The wearing apparel of the debtor and his 
family ; one bedstead, bed, and necessary bedding for 
-every two persons in the family, and other household 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 243 

furniture to the value of fifty dollars ; the tools necessary 
for the debtor's trade or occupation ; all the Bibles and 
school-books in nctual use in the family, and one copy of 
the State Statutes ; stoves used exclusively for warming 
buildings ; one cow and one heifer, till she become three 
years old ; two swine, one of which shall not weigh more 
than one hundred pounds ; i^and when the debtor owns a 
cow and a heifer more than three years old, or two swine, 
each weighing more than one hundred pounds, he may 
elect the cow or the heifer, or either of the swine, to be 
exempted ;) ten sheep and the wool from them ; thirty 
hundred weight of hay for the cow, and two tons for the 
sheep, and a sufficient quantity for the heifer, propor- 
tioned to its age ; the produce of farms while standing 
and growing and until harvested, and suflScient corn and 
grain for the sustenance of the debtor and his family, not 
exceeding thirty bushels ; one pew in any meeting house 
where he and his family statedly worship ; all potatoes 
raised or purchased for the consumption of himself and 
family ; firewood, not exceeding twelve cords, conveyed 
to his house for his use ; one boat, not exceeding two tons 
burden, being owned wholly by an inhabitant of the 
State, and usually employed in the fishing business ; one 
cart, of the value of twenty-five dollars ; one harrow, five 
dollars ; one plough, ten dollars ; one cooking-stove, 
thirty-five dollars ; anthracite coal, five tons ; bituminous 
coal, fifty bushels ; and all charcoal on hand ; one pair of 
bulls, steers, or oxen, together with hay enough to keep 
them through the winter ; one ox yoke, with bows, ring, 
and staple, to the value of three dollars ; two chairs, 
three dollars each ; one ox shed, ten dollars ; one or two 
horses,, instead of oxen, to the value of one hundred dol- 
lars ; one barrel of flour and ten dollars worth of lumber, 
wood, or bark ; also, a lot of land, not exceeding half an 



24-4 SALOON keeper's companion. 

acre, used solely as a burying-ground. One sewing-ma- 
chine, worth not over one hundred dollars, kept for actual 
use by debtor or his family. All flax raised on one half 
acre of ground for use of producer and family, and all 
articles manufactured therefrom. 

New Hampshire. — Personal. — All the necessary wear- 
ing apparel of the debtor and his family ; bedsteads, beds, 
and bedding for the tamily ; household furniture to the 
value of twenty dollars ; all the Bibles and school-books 
in use in the family ; one cow, and one and a half tons of 
ha}^ ; one hog and one pig, and the pork of the same 
when slaughtered ; tools of the debtor's occupation, to 
the value of twenty dollars ; six sheep and their fleeces ; 
one cooking-stove, and its appendages ; provisions and 
fuel to the value of twenty dollars ; the interest in one 
pew in any meeting-house in which the debtor or his fam- 
ily usually worship, and in one lot or right of burial in 
any cemetery. Also, the uniform, arms, or equipments, 
of every officer and private in the militia. 

Vermont. — Personal. — Suitable apparel, bedding, teols, 
arms, and articles of household furniture, as may be neces- 
sary for upholding life, one sewing machine kept for use, 
one cow, the best swine, or the meat of one swine, ten 
sheep, and one year's product of said sheep in wool, yarn, 
or cloth, forage sufficient for keeping not exceeding ten 
sheep and one cow through one winter, ten cords of fire- 
wood, twenty bushels of potatoes, such military arms and 
accoutrements as the debtor is required by law to furnish, 
all growing crops, ten bushels of grain, one barrel of 
flour, three swarms of bees, and hives, together with their 
produce in honey, two hundred pounds of sugar, and all 
lettered gravestones, the Bibles and other books iised in 
a family, one pew or slip in a meeting-house or place of 
religious worship, live poultry, not exceeding in amount 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 245 

or value the sum of ten dollars ; the professional books of 
clergymen and attorneys at law, to the value of two hun- 
dred dollars ; and also one yoke of oxen or steers, as the 
debtor may select, with sufficient forage for the keeping 
the same through the winter : Provided, however, this 
latter exemption, as to one yoke of oxen or steers, and 
the forage therefor, is not to extend to any attachment 
issued on any contract made on or before the twenty-first 
day of November, 1859, or to any execution issued on a 
judgment founded on any such contract. 

Massachusetts. — Personal. — All the necessary wear- 
ing apparel of the debtor and his family ; one bedstead,, 
bed, and the necessary bedding for every two persons in 
the family ; one ii'on stove in use in the dwelling-house, 
and fuel to the value of ten dollars, designed lor the use 
of the family ; other necessary household furniture, to the 
value of one hundred dollars ; the Bibles and school-books 
used in the family ; one cow, six sheep, not exceeding 
thirt}^ dollars in value ; one swine, and two tons of hay ; 
the tools and implements of the debtor necessary for car- 
I'ying on his trade or business, and not exceeding fifty 
dollars in value ; the materials and stock in trade for car- 
rying on his business, not beyond fifty dollars ; the uni- 
form, arms, and accoutrements required by law, belong- 
ing to a member of the militia ; amunition and provisions 
intended for the use of the family, not exceeding fifty dol- 
lars in value, and rights of burial and tombs while in uee 
as repositories for the dead. 

Rhode Island. — In this State the law exempts from 
sale on execution the household furniture and family- 
stores of a house keeper, provided the sapae do not 
exceed in value the sum of two hundred dollars ; all the 
necessary wearing api>arel of a debtor and his family ;. 
one cow, and one hog, together with the tools or imple- 



246 SALOON keeper's companion. 

ments of his trade or profession to the value of fifty 
dollars. 

Connecticut. — All wearing apparel, bedding, and nec- 
essary household furniture ; arms and military equipments ; 
implements of the debtor's trade ; one cow, ten sheep, two 
swine and the pork produced from two swine, or two swine 
and two- hundred pounds of pork ; twenty-five bushels 
charcoal ; other coals, two tons ; wheat flour, two hundred 
pounds ; wood, two cords ; hay, two tons ; beef, two hun- 
dred pounds ; fish, two hundred pounds ; potatoes and 
turnips, five bushels each ; Indian corn or rye, ten bushels 
each, and the meal or flour manufactured therefrom ; 
wool or flax, twenty pounds each, or the yarn or cloth 
made therefrom ; one stove and its pipe, the property of 
a man with a family ; the horse, saddle and bridle, to the 
value of one hundred dollars, of any practising physician 
or surgeon ; one sewing machine ; any part of a burying- 
ground, designated as the burial-place of any particular 
person or family ; and one pew ordinarily occupied by the 
debtor's family ; pay and bount}^, whether public or private, 
of soldiers in the service of the State or United States. 

New York. — Personal. — When owned by a house- 
holder. All spinning-wheels, weaving-looms and stoves 
put up or kept for use in any dwelling-house ; one sewing 
machine with appurtenances ; the family Bible, family 
pictures and school-books used by or in the family ; books, 
not exceeding fifty dollars, part of a family library ; pew 
or seat in church in use by debtor or family, ten sheep, 
with their fleeces, and the yarn or cloth manufactured 
therefrom ; pork, beef, fish, flour and vegetables provided 
for family use ; fuel necessary for family for sixty days ; 
necessary wearing apparel, beds, bedsteads and bedding 
for debtor and family ; arms and accoutrements required 
by law ; cooking utensils ; one table, six chairs, six knives 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 247 

and forks, six plates, six tea-cups and saucers, one sugar- 
dish, one milk-pot, one tea-pot, six spoons, one crane and 
appendages, one pair of andirons, shovel and tongs : tools 
and implements of any mechanic necessary to the carrying 
on of his trade, to the value of twenty-five dollars ; also in 
addition, when owned by a householder or any one having 
a family for which he provides ; all necessary household 
furniture and working tools, professional instruments, 
furniture and library ; and team not worth over $250, and 
the food necessary for snch team for ninety days, except 
on executions for purchase-money of such things, or for 
wages of a domestic in a family ; land not over a quarter 
■of an acre set apart for burial-place and vault thereon. 

New Jersey. — Personal. — The following articles, the 
property of the head of a family, are exempt from 
execution upon judgment, founded on contracts made be- 
fore the 14th March, 1851. One cow; one bed and bed- 
ding ; one cradle ; one stove ; one half cord of firewood; 
one half ton of stove coal ; one spinning-wheel ; one table ; 
six chairs ; one hog ; one hundred pounds of flour ; one 
iron cooking pot ; knives, forks, plates and spoons, one 
dozen each ; half dozen bowls ; two pails ; one barrel ; 
one coflfee-pot ; one tub ; one ftying-pan ; the necessary 
tools of a tradesman, to the value of ten dollars ; and all 
necessary wearing apparel. A supplementary act was 
passed February 6, 1858, allowing, in all assignments of 
debtors for the benefit of creditors, goods and chattels to 
the value of two hundred dollars, and all wearing apparel 
for the use of the debtor and his family. 

Homestead. — In addition to the foregoing, there is ex- 
empt, by law, from sale on execution, for debts hereafter 
contracted, the lot and buildings thereon, occupied as a 
residence, and owned by the debtor, to the value of one 
thousand dollars. This exemption will continue after the 



248 SALOON keeper's companion. 

death of the debtor, for the benefit of his widow and family, 
provided one or more of them continue to occupy the same 
till the youngest child is of age, and until the death of the 
widow. No release or waver of this redemption is valid. 
But to entitle the householder to the benefit of this ex- 
emption, a notice of his design to hold the property as a 
homestead must be executed, and recorded in the Clerk's 
ofllce of the county where the property is situated, and 
published once a week, for six weeks, in a newspaper 
published in the county, or in the newspaper published 
nearest the same. No property shall, however, by virtue 
of this act, be exempt from sale for non payment of taxes 
or assessments, or for any labor done thereon, or materials 
furnished therefor, or for debts contracted prior to the 
recording of the aforesaid deed or notice. A homestead 
must be reserved as such for the use of the family ; it can- 
not be leased or sold without the full and free consent of 
the wife of the owner. If an officer cannot find sufficient 
property, apart from that which is exempt, to satisfy the 
execution, a Judge of the Court of Common Pleas may ap- 
point six disinterested persons to appraise the homestead, 
and if its value exceeds one thousand dollars, the excess 
may be sold for the benefit of the judgment creditor. 

Pennsylvania. — Property to the value of three hun- 
dred dollars, over and above all wearing apparel of de- 
fendant and his family, and all Bibles and school books 
used in the family, are exempt. The debtor must elect 
to retain either real or personal estate of the value men 
tioned. Bonds, mortgages, or other contracts for the 
purchase money of real estate, are excepted from the 
operation of the statute. 

If the debtor, when real estate is seized, fails to make 
his election to retain real estate, he is not entitled to 
three hundred dollars from the proceeds of the sale. The 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 249 

claim to personal estate, in order to avail the defendant, 
must be made before the sale ; and if he neglect to enter 
his claim, he thereby waives all benefits to be derived 
from the statute. If the debtor waives his right to the 
exemption by agreement with one execution debtor, it is 
a waiver as to ail other creditors, The widow or children 
of a deceased debtor may retain property belonging to his 
estate, to the value of three hundred dollars, and the 
executor or administrator cannot sell the same, but must 
suffer it to remain for the use of the widow and family, 
unless the claim be founded on a lien for the purchase 
money of real estate. 

Maryland. — Real estate acquired by marriage is not 
liable to execution, during the life of the wife, for the 
debts of the husband. Wages of any laborer, or other 
employee, in the hands of the employer, are exempt to 
the amount of ten dollars. Slaves of the wife, (acquired 
either^ before or after marriage), and her earnings, not 
exceeding one thousand dollars, may be held for her own 
use, and exempted from liability for the debts of the hus- 
band ; corn for necessary maintenance ; bedding, gun, axe, 
pot, and laborer's necessary tools, and such household 
implements, amunition, &c., requisite for subsistence, are 
also exempt. 

Delaware. — The following items of property of white 
citizens are exempt from attachment or execution : The 
necessary wearing apparel of the debtor, his wife and 
children; bed and bedding for every two persons in the 
family ; one iron stove ; fuel for family use, to the amount 
of five dollars ; all Bibles and school-books used in the 
family ; one cow, one swine, and one ton of hay ; the 
library, tools and implements of the debtor necessary 
for carrying on his profession or trade, to the value of 
fifty dollars ; other necessary household furniture, to the 



250 SALOON keeper's companion. 

value of twenty-five dollars ; rights of burial, and tombs 
in use. It is provided, however, that all the articles ex- 
empted shall not exceed one hundred dollars in value, and 
that if, at the time of the execution of the process, the 
debtor is not in posession of all or any of the specified 
articles, other property to that value shall be exempt, ex- 
cept in case of fines or taxes. Those exemptions do not 
afiect a debt or contract incurred prior to July 4th, 1851. 

Virginia. — No growing crop of any kind shall be liable 
to distress or levy, except Indian corn, which may be 
taken at any time after the fifteenth of October in any 
year. If the debtor be a householder, the following arti- 
cles are exempt : One bed and bedding ; six chairs ; one 
table and necessarj'^ Jiitchen furniture, one loom, and its 
appurtenances ; one spinning-wheel, and one pair of cards ; 
one axe ; five barrels of corn ; five bushels of wheat, or 
one barrel of flour ; two hundred pounds of bacon or 
pork ; and forage or hay to the value of five dollars. 
Slaves cannot be levied on without their owner's consent, 
if there be other property not exempt sufficient to satisfy 
the execution. 

North Carolina. — All wearing apparel ; working 
tools ; arms for muster ; one bed and furniture ; one spin- 
ning-wheel, cards, and one loom ; one Bible and Testa- 
ment, one hymn-book, one prayer-book, and all necessary 
school books, the property of defendant. The following 
articles belonging to any housekeeper are also exempt : 
One cow and calf, and one loom ; one Bible and Testament ; 
one hymn book ; ten bushels of corn or wheat ; fifty pounds 
of bacon, beef or pork, or one barrel offish ; all farming tools 
necessary for one laborer ; one bedstead, bed, and bedding 
for every two members of the family, and such other 
property, to the value of fiftj'^ dollars, as may be selected 
by three disinterested freeholders, appointed by any 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 251 

Justice of the Peace in the county, upon application made 
by the defendant. 

South Carolina — Personal. — The law exempts to each 
family two bedsteads, beds and bedding ; one spinning- 
wheel, and two pairs of cards ; one loom ; one cow and a 
calf ; all necessary cooking utencils ; and provisions to 
the value of ten dollars. If the debtor be a farmer, he may 
retain all necessary farming implements ; if a mechanic, 
the tools of his trade. 

Georgia. — Personal — The equipments of military men,, 
and the horses and wearing apparel of troopers ; two beds 
and bedding ; a spinning-wheel, and two pairs of cards ; 
a loom ; common tools of the debtor's trade ; ordinary 
cooking utensils ; thirty dollars worth of provisions, and 
the Family Bible ; a cow and a calf ; one horse or mule, 
to the value of fifty dollars ; and ten swine. The same 
privileges are extended to widows and their families, 
while the widows remain single. 

Homestead. — Every white citizen of the State, being 
the head of the family, may own fifty acres of land ex- 
empt, except for execution for the purchase money of the 
land. But the land thus exempt must include the dwell- 
ing-house, and improvements of the original tract, the 
value of the whole not to exceed two hundred dollars. 

Alabama — Personal. — Two bedsteads, beds, and fur- 
niture ; three cows and calves ; one work horse, mule, or 
pair of oxen ; twenty hogs ; twenty sheep ; five hundred 
weight of meat ; one hundred bushels of corn ; all meal at 
any time on hand ; two plows : two sets of plow gears ; 
one table ; one pot ; one oven ; two water vessels ; one 
dozen cups and saucers ; one set of knives and forks ; one 
dozen plates ; one coffee-pot ; two dishes ; two pairs of 
of cotton cai-ds ; two spinning-wheels ; one churn ; three 
chairs ; two axes ; two hoes ; one horse or ox cart ; one 



252 SALOON keeper's companion. 

gun ; all books and family portraits, and all tools or imple- 
ments of trade. The rent due the landlord, not exceeding 
one 3^ear, must be tendered to him before the goods and 
chattels Ijing on the household propert}' can be taken. 

Homestead. — Fortj- acres of land, not exceeding four 
hundred dollars in value are exempt, provided they are 
not within the corporate limits of an}' town or (Aty. 

Florida — Personal. — All the necessary wearing ap- 
parel, bedding, and kitchen furniture; the horse, saddle, 
vehicle, and harness, to the value of one hundred dollars, 
of ever}' clergj-man ; the horse, saddle, bridle, medicine, 
professional books, and instruments of every surgeon, 
midwife, or physician ; tools necessary in the debtor's 
trade or profession ; the horse and gun, to the value of 
one hundred dollars, belonging to any farmer actually 
•cultivating five or more acres of land within the State ; 
the boat and gun of ever}"- fisherman, pilot, or resident 
upon am' island or coast of the State ; and the boat and 
flat of any ferr3'man, to the value of two hundred dollars. 
Ever}' actual housekeeper with a family may claim as 
■exempt such portion of his property as may be necessary 
for the support of himself and famil}', to the value of one 
hundred dollars, waiving all right to all other exceptions ; 
provided, however, that the defendant is not a non-resi- 
dent, nor about removing from the State, nor removing 
his property, nor fraudulenth' disposing of the same to 
nvoid the payment of his debts. And the defendant must 
make and sign a fair and full statement of all his propert}^, 
verified by aflSdavit, which must accompany the return of 
tlie process. 

Louisiana — Personal.— ThQ clothes, bed, and bedding 
of the debtor and his family ; his arms and accoutrements ; 
household furniture to the amount of two hundred and 
fifty dollars ; the famil}^ library, portraits, and pictures ; 



8ALOOX KBEPEK'S COMPANION, 253 

and the working tools, instruments, and apparatus neces- 
sary to the exercise of the debtor's trade or profession, are 
exempt, except from execution on a demand for the pur- 
chase money. Wages and compensation due for services 
earned within thirty-one days preceding the issuing of 
any seizure, attachment, or garnishment against a debtor, 
to any amount sufficient for the necessary support of any 
person having a family for which he provides, are also 
exempt, except on an execution for alimony furnished to 
the debtor or his famil}-, or for rent of the premises occu- 
pied by them at the time. 

Homestead. — The lot and building thereon, to the value 
of one thousand dollars, and occupied as a residence, and 
owned b}^ a debtor having a family, is exempt, except from 
sale for taxes or for the purchase mone}^ or for debt con- 
tracted prior to the recording of the exemption. But no 
debtor is entitled to this exemption whose wife owns in 
her own right, and is in the actual enjoyment of property 
exceeding one thousand dollars in value. 

Kentucky. — Personal. — One yoke of oxen; one work 
horse, one plough with its gear ; one axe, one hoe ; two 
cows and calves ; two bedsteads, beds, and bedding ; all 
wearing apparel ; one loom, spinning wheels and cards ; 
all the spun yarn, cloth, and carpeting manufactured by 
the family, and necessary for its use ; one pot, oven, 
coffee-pot, tea-pot, six each of table knives, forks, cups, 
saucers, plates, and chairs, the chairs not to exceed eight 
dollars in value ; cooking stove, and other cooking uten- 
sils, to the value in all of twenty-five dollars ; ten sheep ; 
provisions sufficient for the support of the family for one 
year; one saddle and bridle, with their appendages, and 
the family Bible. 

A debtor may surrender any of the articles specifically 
exempted, and retain others of equal value ; the value to 
12 



254 'saloon keeper's companion. 

be determined by two disinterested householders selected 
by the officer. 

Illinois. — Personal. — All necessary wearing apparel; 
necessary beds and bedding ; cooking utensils ; household 
furniture to the value of fifteen dollars ; one pair of cards ; 
two spinning-wheels ; one weaving-loom and appendages ; 
one stove and its pipe ; one milch cow and calf ; two sheep 
and the fleeces taken from them, or the fleeces of two 
sheep for each member of the famil}^, provided thej' have 
not been purchased by anj^ debtor owning sheep, together 
with the yarn and cloth that may be manufactured from 
the fleeces ; and sixty dollars worth of property suited to 
the condition of, and to be selected by, the debtor ; three 
months' provision and fuel, and necessarj' food for stock 
exempted from execution ; and any lot used as a burying- 
ground. 

Upon the death or desertion of the head of the family, 
the family shall be entitled to the like exemption. 

Indiana. — Property, real or personal, to the value of 
three hundred dollars, owned and occupied by any resident 
householder, is exempt from execution for debt incurred 
since July 4th, 1852, mechanics', laborers', and vendors' 
liens excepted. The articles for exemption may be selected 
by the debtor from his general efi"ects. Their value must 
be ascertained by appraisers, one chosen b}'- the plaintiff" or 
his attorney, one by the debtor, and a third, if necessary 
by these two. In case either party fails to select an ap- 
praiser, one is chosen by the officer. The appraisers shall 
make a schedule of the property selected by the debtor, 
which, verified by the affidavit, must form part of the 
return. If the debtor select real and personal property 
exceeding three hundred dollars in value, he may pay the 
excess within sixty days. If he fails to do so, the real 
property is sold, and so much of the proceeds paid to the 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 255 

debtor as, with the vakie of the personal pi'operty selected 
by him, amounts to three hundred dollars. Whenever 
real property, selected for exemption is susceptible of 
division without material injury, it must be so divided 
as to exempt the principal dwelling-house of the debtor. 

Ohio. — Eveiy householder can exempt from execution 
the wearing apparel of the family ; the necessary bed- 
steads, beds, and bedding ; one stove and pipe ; fael suffi- 
cient for sixty days consumption ; one cow ; or household 
furniture, if the debtor own no cow, to the value of fifteen 
dollars ; two swine, or the pork therefrom ; or if the debtor 
own no swine, furniture to the value of six dollars ; six 
sheep, the wool therefrom, and the cloth and articles 
manufactured from the wool ; or, in lieu of sheep, furni- 
ture to the value of ten dollars ; and sufficient food for the 
exempt stock for sixty days ; also, the Bibles, hymn 
books, psalm books, Testaments, and school books used 
in the family, and all family pictures ; also, provisions to 
the value of forty dollars, to be selected by the debtor ; 
and articles of household or kitchen furniture, necessary 
for himself and family, to the value of thirty dollars ; also, 
the tools and implements selected by the debtor, to the 
value of fifty dollars, and necessary in carrying on his 
trade or business. All questions arising as to the number 
of beds necessary for the family, the amount of fuel neces- 
sary for sixty days, the quantity of food for the support 
of the animals exempt, etc., must be determined b}'^ two 
disinterested freeholders, selected b}^ the oflficer holding 
the execution. These also appraise the propert}' claimed 
by the debtor as exempt. 

Homestead. — The family homestead is exempt from 
execution, provided it does not exceed five hundred dol- 
lars in value. 

On petition of executors or administrators to sell the 



256 SALOON keeper's companion. 

lands of a deceased debtor to pa^^ his debts, if the deceased 
has left a widow or minor child or children nnmavried, the 
appraisers shall set apart a homestead, and the homestead 
shall remain exempt so long as any unmarried minor child 
resides thereon, although the widow may have previously 
died, and although the parent from whom the homestead 
descended may have left neither wife nor husband surviv- 
ing. Every wadow or Avidower having an unmarried child 
or children residing with him or her, and married persons 
living together as man and wife, though without cliihlren, 
are entitled to the privileges of homestead exe nption, as 
also are persons owning dwellings occupied b}' themselves 
as homesteads, though built upon land owned by anoiher. 

When, in the opinion of the appraisers, it would injure 
the property of the debtor to separate the homestead, the 
plaintiff in execution receives in lieu of the proceeds of 
the sale such a sum annually, above forty dollars, as the 
appraisers shall decide upon as a reasonable rent ; and he 
continues to receive this rent in quarterl}' payments until 
the debt, interest, and costs, are paid. The payments are 
to be made quarterl}", and if within ten days alter the pay- 
ment becomes due the defendant does not pa}' the same, 
the officer proceeds to sell the homestead, observing the 
same process provided in other cases for the sale of real 
property. But the homestead cannot be sold for less than 
its appraised value. The plaintiff, when in receipt of rent, 
ma}' cause a re-appraisement as often as once in two 
years, and the rent shall be paid according to the new ap- 
praisement ; it between txny two appraisements the value 
of the homestead has not increased one hundred dollars, 
the cost of the appraisements must be paid by the 
plaintiff. 

Missouri. — All wearing apparel ; the tools and imple- 
ments of a mechanic ; ten hogs, ten sheep, two cows and 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 257 

calves, and working animals to tho value of sixty -five dol- 
lars ; one plough and set of plow gears ; one axe and one 
hoe, or an}" other propert}^, real or personal, not exceed- 
ing in value one hundred and fift}^ dollars, chosen bj' the 
debtor, if he is a householder, the spinning-wheels and 
cards, one loom, and apparatus necessary for manufactur- 
ing cloth in a private family ; all the spun yarn, thread 
and cloth manufactured for family use ; flax, hemp, and 
wool, tvvent^^-five pounds each ; the wearing apparel of the 
family ; two beds, with the usual bedding, and other 
necessary household and kitchen furniture, not exceeding 
twent3'-iive dollars in value ; lawyers, physicians, and 
ministers ma}' select books necessary to their profession in 
place of other property, at their option ; physicit.ns ma}^ 
also select their medicines. The property of the wife is 
exempt from execution against the husband if the debt 
was a security debt, or was contracted before marriage, or 
before tlie wife came into possession, or if it was a fine, 
or for costs in any criminal case against the husband. 
The husband's property is exempt from all liabilities con- 
tracted b}' the wife before marriage. 

Michigan. — Personal. — All spinning-wheels and weav- 
ing-looms, with the apparatus ; stoves kept for use ; the 
pew occupied by the debtor and his family ; all rights of 
burial ; the arms and accoutrements required by law ; the 
wearing apparel of the family ; the library and school 
books, to the value of one hundred and fiftj'^ dollars ; all 
family pictures ; ten sheep, with their fleeces, and the yarn 
or cloth manufactured therefrom ; two cows, five swine, 
and provisions and fuel for the subsistence of the debtor 
and his family for six months ; household goods, furni- 
ture, and utensils, to the value of two hundred and fifty 
dollars ; hay, grain, etc., enough to keep properly for six 
months the forementioned stock ; and the tools, imple- 



258 SALOON keeper's companion. 

ments, materials, stock, apparatus, team, harness, or other 
things to enable any person to carry on his profession, or 
trade. The property, however, with the exception of 
mechanical tools and implements of husbandry, is not 
exempt froili execution on demand for tlie purchase 
money. By the constitution, such personal propert}' as 
is designated by law shall be exempted, to the amount of 
not less than five hundred dollars, from execution for any 
debts contracted after January 1, 1851. Any chattel 
mortgage, bill of sale, or lien, on exempt property, is 
void, unless signed by the wife. 

Arkansas. — Personal. — One horse, mule or yoke of 
oxen; one cow and calf: one plough, one axe, one hoe, 
and one set of plough gears ; spinning-wheels and cards ; 
one loom and apparatus necessary for manufacturing cloth 
in a private family, spun 3'arn, thread, and cloth manu- 
factured for family use ; hemp, flax, cotton, and wool not 
exceeding twenty-five pounds ; all wearing apparel of, the 
family ; two beds with bedding ; also, any other house- 
hold and kitchen furniture necessary for the family, agree- 
ably to an inventory of it, to be returned on oath by the 
oflflcer with the execution. There is also exempt the 
necessarj" tools and implements of a mechanic carrying on 
his trade ; all military equipments required by law ; and 
such provisions as are on hand for family use. 

Tennessee. — Personal. — One cow and calf; one bed- 
stead, and bed containing not more than twent^'-five pounds 
of feathers ; two sheets, two blankets, and one counterpane. 
When the family of the debtor consists of more than six 
children, an additional teather-bed and cow and calf are 
exempt for every three children. The following are also 
exempt from execution : six knives and forks ; six plates ; 
one dish ; one pot ; one dutch oven ; one spinning, wheel ; 
one pair of cotton cards ; one chopping-axe ; five sheep ; 



SALOON ICEEPER's COMPANION. 259 

ten swine ; all fowls and poultiy ; famil}^ Bible and hymn 
book ; one loom : five hundred bundles of oats ; five hun- 
dred bundles of fodder ; ten bushels of wheat ; one stack 
of ha}' ; one man's saddle and one side saddle ; one bridle, 
ox cart, yoke, ring, staple, and log-chain ; one farm-horse, 
mule, or yoke of oxen ; six hundred pounds of pork or 
bacon ; one hundred bushels of corn ; one plough and 
ploughing gear ; one iron wedge ; one set of mechanics' 
tools, necessarj' for one workman at any trade ; and the 
arms and equipments of the militia. In case of the death 
of the householder, the property is exempt in the hands of 
his widow ; or, if she did not survive him, in those of his 
representatives, for the benefit of his children. 

Texas. — Personal. — There is exempt from sale on 
execution, household and kitchen furniture; to the value 
of two hundred dollars ; farming implements, to the value 
of fifty dollars ; the tools, apparatus, and books, apper- 
taining to the trade or profession of any citizen ; five 
milch cows ; one yoke of oxen, or on§ horse ; twenty 
swine ; and provisions for one year. 

Iowa. — All wearing apparel kept for actual use, and 
suitable to the condition of the defendant, with the trunks 
or other receptacles in which it is contained, even though 
the debtor is a non-resident ; one musket or rifle ; the 
tools, instruments, and books, used in the practice of a 
debtor's business or profession ; the horse, harness, and 
wagon, used by a physician, clerg3'man, or public officer, 
or by the use of which a farmer or laborer gains a sub- 
sistence ; all libraries, family Bi])les, portraits, and paint- 
ings ; a pew occupied by the debtor or his family in any 
house of public worship ; and an interest in a public or 
private burying-ground, not to exceed one acre for any 
one defendant. 

If the debtor be the bead of a family, there is a further 



260 SALOON keeper's companion. 

exemption of one cow and calf, one horse, unless exempted 
as above, fifty sheep and the wool therefrom ; five hogs, 
and all pigs less than six months old ; the food necessary 
for the subsistence of the animals exempt for sixty days ; 
flax raised by the defendant, and the manufacturers there- 
from ; all cloth manufactured by the defendant not ex- 
ceeding one hundred yards ; household and kitchen 
furniture to the value of one hundred dollars ; all spin- 
ning-wheels and looms, and other instruments of domestic 
labor kept for actual use ; a bedstead and bedding for 
every two in the family, and the necessarj'^ provisions and. 
fuel for the use of the family for six months. 

The earnings of the debtor by his own personal services 
or those of his family, at any time within ninety days next 
preceding the levy, are also exempt. 

Wisconsin. — Personal. — The family Bible, family pic- 
tures, school books, or library ; a seat or pew in any house 
of public worship ; and the family place of sepulture ; . all 
wearing apparel of the debtor and his family ; all bed- 
steads, beds, and bedding used by the familj^ ; all cook- 
ing utensils, and^ther household furniture, to- the value of 
two hundred dollars ; two cows, ten swine, one yoke of 
oxen, and a horse, or, in lieu of them, a span of horses ; 
ten sheep, and the wool therefrom, either as raw material, 
or manufactured into yarn or cloth ; necessary food for 
the support of the stock mentioned, for one year, whether 
provided or growing, as the debtor may choose ; one 
wagon, cart, or dray, one sleigh, one plough, one drag, 
and other farming utensils including tackle for teams to 
the value of fifty dollars. Provisions and fuel necessary 
for one year's consumption ; the tools and implements, or 
stock in trade, of any mechanic, miner, and other person, 
used and kept for the purpose of carrying on his trade or 
business, to the value of two hundred dollars ; the library 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 261 

and implements of any professional man, to the value of 
two hundred dollars ; all of which articles are to be chosen 
by the debtor or his representative. Money arising from 
insurance on property exempt, which has been destroyed 
by fire, cannot be seized on execution. 

California. — Personal. — Sewing machine, worth not 
over one hundred dollars ; chairs, tables, desks, and 
books, to the extent of hundred dollars ; necessary house- 
hold table and kitchen furniture, including stoves, stove- 
pipes, and stove furniture ; wearing apparel, beds, bed- 
ding, and bedsteads, and one month's provisions ; two 
oxen or horses or mules, and their harness ; one cart or 
wagon, and food for such horses, mules, or oxen for one 
month ; seed grain and vegetables for planting or sowing 
within six months, not to exceed two hundred dollars 
worth ; tools of a mechanic or artisan necessar}' to his 
trade ; instruments and chest of a surgeon, physician, sur- 
veyor, or dentist, necessary" to their profession and their 
scientific or professional libraiy ; lawj'ers' and ministers' 
libraries ; two oxen, horses, .or mules, and harness and 
cart of a cartraan, huckster, peddler, teamster, or other 
laborer, by which he h-ibitually earns his living ; one horse 
and harness or other equipments used b}^ a physician or 
minister in professional visits, with food for same. The 
cabin or dwelling of a miner not over five hundred dollars 
in value, also a miner's sluices, pipes, hose, windlass, 
derrick, pumps, tools, • instruments, and appliances for 
mining, not over five hundred dollars in value ; also two 
iiorses, oxen or mules, and harness, and one month's food 
for them, wlien they arc necessary to work any of the 
above machinery ; all fire apparatus of companies organ- 
ized under laws of the State ; all arms and equipments 
required by law to be kept ; all public buildings and 
grounds and offices, and their appurtenances, books and 
12* 



262 sALOox keeper's companion. 

papers ; the earnings of a debtor for his personal services 
for the last thirty days, when necessary for support of a 
family in the State, are exempt. 

Homestead. — A quantity of land, with dwelling-house 
and its appurtenances, not exceeding five thousand dollars 
in value, to be selected by the owner, is exempt from exe- 
cution for any debt contracted after July 1, 1851, or at 
any time oni of the State. This exemption, however, 
does not extend to mechanics' or vendor's lien, or any 
lawfully obtained mortgage, or to liability for taxes ; seven 
or more persons may form a homestead association, and 
the shares, deposits, or assessments of any person therein, 
to the par value of one thousand dollars, are exempt. 

If the plaintiff so require, appraisers maj' be appointed 
to value the homestead. If the lot is two thousand five 
hundred square yards, or less, and with improvements is 
valued at more than five thousand dollars, either the ex- 
cess or the whole may be sold ; in the latter case no bid 
can be received for less than five thousand dollars, and 
the amount. exempt must be paid to the defendant. If the 
lot exceed two thousand five hundred square yards and 
five thousand dollars in value, the appraisers must set off 
land, including the dwelling-house, to the value of five 
thousand dollars. The defendant may also designate 
such personal property as is exempt by law. Upon the 
death of the head of the family, the same benefits accrue 
to his wife and children. 

Minnesota. — Personal. — The family Bible, family 
pictures, school books, or library, and musical instru- 
ments for use of famil}' ; a seat or pew -in Siuj house or 
place of public worship ; a lot in any burial ground ; all 
wearing apparel of the debtor and his familj^ ; all beds, 
bedsteads, and bedding kept and used bj^ the debtor and 
his family ; all stoves and appendages, all cooking uten- 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 263 

sils, and all other household furniture not herein enumer- 
ated, not exceeding five hundred dollars ; three cows, ten 
swine, one yoke of oxen, and one horse in lieu of one yoke 
of oxen and a horse, a span of horses or mules, twenty 
sheep and the wool from the same, either in the raw ma- 
terial or manufactured into yarn or cloth ; the necessary 
food for all the stock mentioned in this section, for one 
year's support, either provided or growing, or both, as the 
debtor may choose ; also one wagon, cart, or dray, one 
sleigh, two ploughs, one drag, and other farming utensils, 
including tackle for teams, not exceeding three hundred 
dollars in value ; the provisions for the debtor and his 
family necessary for one year's support, either provided 
or growing, or both, and fuel necessary for one year ; the 
tools and instruments of any mechanic, minor or other 
person, used and kept for the purpose of canying on his 
trade or business, and in addition thereto, stock in trade 
not exceeding four hundred dollars in value ; the library 
of any professional man ; all of which articles herein- 
before intended to be exempt, shall be chosen by the 
debtor, his agent, clerk or legal representative, as the 
case ma}- be. 

Nothing in this act shall be so construed, as to exempt 
any, property in this State from execution or attachment 
for clerks', laborers', or mechanics' wages. 

Oregon. — Personal. — Books, pictures, and musical 
instruments, owned by any person to the value of sevent}'- 
five dollars ; necessar}' wearing apparel owned b}' an}' 
person to the value of one hundred dollars, and if such 
person be a householder, for each member of his family to 
the value of fifty dollars ; the tools, implements, apparatus, 
team, vehicle, harness, or library, necessary to enable an}'^ 
person to carry on the trade, occupation, or profession by 
which such person habitually earns his living, to the value 



264 



SALOON KEEPER'S COMPANION. 



of four hundred dollars ; also sufficient quantity of food to 
support such team, if any, for sixty days. The word team 
in this subdivision, shall not be construed to include more 
than one j^oke of oxen, or a pair of horses or mules, as 
the case may be to each householder, ten sheep, with one 
year's fleece, or the wool or cloth manufactured therefrom ; 
two cows and five swine, household goods, furniture, and 
utensils, to the value of three hundred dollars ; also food 
sufficient to support such animals, if any, for three months, 
and provisions actually provided for family use, and neces- 
sary for the support of such householder and family for 
six months ; the seat or pew occupied b}' a householder or 
his familj^ in a place of worship ; but no article of property 
mentioned, shall be exempt from execution issued on a 
judgment for its price, or upon a mortgage thereon. 

Kansas. — Personal. — The family Bible, family pic- 
tures, school books, or library and musical instruments for 
use of famil}^ ; a seat or pew in any house or place of 
public worship ; a lot in any burial ground ; all wearing 
apparel of the debtor and his family; all beds, bedsteads, 
and bedding kept and used by the debtor and his family ; 
all stoves and appendages put up or kept for the use of 
the debtor and his family ; all cooking utensils, and all 
other household furniture not herein enumerated, not ex- 
ceeding five hundred dollars ; three cows, ten swine, one 
yoke of oxen, and one horse, or, in lieu of one yoke of 
oxen and one horse, a span of horses or mules ; twenty 
sheep, and the wool from the same, either in the raw ma- 
terial or manufactured into yarn or cloth ; th« necessary 
food for all the stock mentioned, for one year's support, 
either provided or growing, or both, as the debtor may 
choose ; also, one wagon, cart, or dray, one sleigh, two 
ploughs, one drag, and other farming utensils, including 
tackle for teams, not exceeding three hundred dollars in 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. • 265 

value ; the provisions for the debtor and his faniily neces- 
sary for one year's support, either provided or growing, or 
both, and fuel necessary for one year ; the tools and in- 
struments of any mechanic, minor or other person, used 
or kept for the purpose of carrying on his trade or busi- 
ness, not exceeding three hundred dollars in value, and, 
in addition thereto, stock in trade, not exceeding four 
hundred dollars in value ; the librar}' and implements of 
any professional man ; all of which articles, hereinbefore 
intended to be exempt, shall be chosen by the debtor, his 
agent, clerk, or legal representative, as the case maj' be. 
Nothing in this act shall be so construed as to exempt any 
propert}' in this State from execution or attachment for 
clerks', laborers', or mechanics' wages. 

Homestead. — A homestead, consisting of any quantity 
of land not exceeding 160 acres, for agricultural or horti- 
cultural purposes, and the dwelling-house thereon and its 
appurtenances, to be selected by the owner thereof, and 
not included in any incorporated town, city, or village ; 
or instead thereof, at the option of the owner, a quantity- 
of land, not exceeding in amount one acre, being within 
an incorporated town, city, or village, and the house 
thereon, and its appurtenances, the whole not exceeding 
in value one thousand dollars, owned and occupied by 
any resident of this State, being the head of a family, 
shall not be subject to attachment, levy or sale upon exe- 
cution, or an}^ other process issuing out of any court within 
this State. This section sliall be deemed and construed 
to exempt such homestead, iu the manner aforesaid, duiing 
the time it shall be occupied by the widow or minor child 
or children of any deceased person who was, when living, 
entitled to the benefit of this act. Such exemption shall 
not extend to any mortgage, or any instrument in the 
nature thereof, lawfully obtained, but such mortgage or 



266 . SALOON KEEI*ER*S COMPANION. 

other alienation or incumbrance of such land, by the 
owner thereof, if a married man, shall not be valid with- 
out the signature of the wife of the same, unless such 
mortgage or other instrument shall be given to secure the 
payment of the purchase money, or some portion thereof. 

Nebraska. — Personal. — The family Bible, family pic- 
tures, school books and library for the use of the family ; a 
seat or pew in any house or place of public worship ; a lot 
in au}^ burial-ground ; all necessary wearing apparel of 
the debtor and his family ; all stoves and appendages put 
up or kept for the use of the debtor and his family, not to 
exceed four ; all cooking utensils, and all other household 
furniture not herein enumerated, to be selected by the 
debtor, not exceeding in value one hundred dollars ; one 
cow, three hogs, and all pigs under six months old, and if 
the debtor be at the time actually engaged in the business 
of agriculture, in addition to the above, one yoke of oxeo, 
or a pair of horses in lieu thereof, ten sheep, and the wool 
therefrom, either in the raw material or manufactured into 
yarn or cloth ; the necessary food for the stock mentioned 
above for three months ; one wagon, cart, or dray, two 
ploughs and one drag, the necessary gearing for the team 
herein exempted, and other farming implements not ex- 
ceeding fifty dollars iiji value ; provisions for the debtor 
and his famil}^ necessary for six months' support, either 
provided or growing, or both, and fuel necessary for six 
months ; the tools and instrumenrs of any mechanic, minor 
or other person, used and kept for the purpose of carrying 
on his trade or business ; the library and implements of 
an}' professional man ; all of which articles, hereinbeiore 
intended to be exempt, shall be. chosen by the debtor, his 
agent, clerk, or legal representative. 

All heads of families, who have neither lands, town 
lots, or houses subject to exemption as a homestead, under 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 267 

the laws of the State, shall have exempt from forced sale 
on execution the sum of five hundred dollars in personal 
property. 

Washington. — Personal. — All private libraries ; all 
articles of clothing of married women and children under 
twenty-one ^-ears of age ; and to each family, kitchen and 
cupboard ware to the amount of one hundred and fifty dol- 
lars ; one bed for every two persons in the family ; two 
cows, two horses or two yoke of oxen, one wagon, two 
hogs, farming utensils actually used by the family ; pro- 
duce raised upon the farm or garden sufficient for six 
months' consumption, and all tools of mechanics used to 
cany on their trade. But no article of property mentioned 
above, shall be exempt from an execution issued on a 
judgment recovered for its price, or upon a mortgage 
thereon, or for an}^ tax levied thereon. 

Homestead. — The family homestead is exempt from 
execution provided it does not exceed five hundred dol- 
lars. When a person shall die, leaving a widow and 
minor child or children, the widow, child, or children 
shall, until letters have been granted and the inventory 
returned, be entitled to remain in possession of the home- 
stead, and of all the wearing apparel of the family, and of 
all the household furniture of the deceased, and shall also 
be entitled to a reasonable provision for their support to 
be allowed by the Probate Judge ; but no such allowance 
shall be made after one year from the granting letters 
testamentary or of administration. When property shall 
have been set apart for the use of the family, in accord- 
ance with the foregoing provisions, if the deceased shall 
leave a widow, and no minor children, such propert}^ shall 
be the property of the widow ; if he shall have left also a 
minor child or cliildren, one-half to the widow, and the 
remainder to such child, or in equal shares to such chil- 



268 SALOON keeper's companion. 

dren, if there are more than one ; if there be no widow, 
then the whole shall belong to the minor child or children. 

All real and personal estate to which any married 
woman shall hereafter become entitled to in her own 
right,' and all which may at the time of her marriage 
belong to her, and all the issues, rents, and profits of such 
real estate shall not be liable to attachment for, or execu- 
tion upon, any liability of a judgment against the hus- 
band, so long as she, or any minor heir of her body shall 
be living : Provided^ That her separate property shall not 
be exempt from attachment or execution where the debts 
were owing by the wife, previous to marriage, or may have 
been contracted for her benefit. 

New Mexico. — The clerks of the probate courts of the 
diflEerent counties of this territory, shall be ex-oflicio re- 
corders in their respective counties. It shall be the duty 
of the recorder to record in a book of good si2re (which he 
shall keep in the oflfice for this purpose), all land titles 
and other papers which by law should be recorded. When 
any land title, or other document, shall be delivered to the 
recorder to be recoTded, it shall be his duty to endorse 
immediately on that document, or other paper, the day, 
month, and year in which he received it, and he shall re- 
cord it in the book of record as soon as possible, and the 
said documents, from the date in which the}' were delivered 
to the recorder, shall be considered as recorded, and this 
shall be sufficient notice to the public of the contents 
thereof. The recorder shall receive for his services ten 
cents for every hundred words recorded b^' him in accord- 
ance with this law, and shall further receixe for certificate 
and seal to documents recorded, one dollar. 

Nevada. — Personal. — All spinning wheels, weaving 
looms, and stoves put up or kept for use ; the family 
Bible, family pictures, and school books, and library, not 



SALOON keeper's COMPANtON. 269 

exceeding in valne two hundred dollars ; all sheep, to the 
number of twenty, with their fleeces, and the yarn or cloth 
manufactured fi'om the same ; two cows, five swine, with 
the necessary food for them for six months ; all wearing 
apparel Of the widow and children, and all household 
goods, furniture, and utensils, not exceeding in value 
seven hundred and fifty dollars. 



QUALIFICATION OF VOTERS IN THE DIF* 
FERENT STATES. 

Maine. — Every male citizen of the United States, of 
the age of twenty-one years (excepting paupers, persons 
under guardianship, and Indians not taxed), having his 
residence established in this State for the term of three 
months next preceding any election, shall be an elector in 
the town or plantation where his residence is established. 

New -Hampshire. — Every male citizen twenty-one 
years of age (excepting paupers and persons excused 
from paying taxes at their own request) , resident in the 
State and town six months next preceding the election, is 
entitled to vote. 

Vermont. — Every man of the full age of twentj'-one 
years, having resided in the State for the space of one 
whole year and in town three months next before the elec- 
tion, who is of a quiet and peaceable behavior, and has 
taken the freeman's oath, shall be entitled to all the privi- 
leges of a freeman. 

Massachttsetts. — livery male citizen of the age of 
twent3^-one years (except paupers and persons under 
guardianship), who has resided in the Commonwealth 
one year, and in the town or district in which he claims a 
right to vote six months next preceding the election, and 



270 SALOON keeper's companion. 

can read the Constitution in English, and write his name, 
may vote, provided tliey have paid all taxes assessed upon 
them (unless legally exempted) within two years next 
preceding the day of election. 

Rhode Island. — The right of suffrage is granted to 
everj^ male native citizen of the United States twent3'-one 
years of age, who has had his residence and home in the 
State two years, and in tlie town where he purposes to 
vote six months next preceding the time of election, whose 
name has been registered in the town clerk's office at least 
seten days before he shall offer his vote, and who shall 
have paid a tax of one dollar, or done military duty, 
within the preceding ^^ear ; also any male citizen (natural- 
ized foreigner) of the United States who, in addition to 
the preceding qualifications (except only one year's resi- 
dence is required), posses real estate in the town or city 
where he offers his vote of the value of $134 over and 
above all encumbrances, or which rents for seven dollars 
per annum. 

Connecticut. — Everj^ white male citizen of the United 
States, who shall have attained the age of twenty-one 
years, who shall have resided in this State for a term of 
one year next preceding, and in the town in which he may 
offer himself to be admitted to the privileges of an elector, 
at least six months next preceding the time he may offer 
himself, and shall be able, in presence of the board of 
registration before whom he may so offer himself, at the 
request of any elector of the town then present, to publicly 
read a clause in the Constitution, or Statutes of this State, 
and shall sustain a good moral character, shall, on his 
taking such oath as may be prescribed by law, be an 
elector ; and any elector presenting before the board of 
registration of any town, a certificate from the town clerk 
of the town in which he was admitted an elector of this 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 271 

State, of the fact of such admission, and shall prove that 
he has resided in the town in which he claims the right to 
vote, at least four months next preceding the day of the 
electors' meeting, shall have the right to be registered as 
an elector of such last specified town. 

New York. — Ever}^ male citizen aged twenty-one 
years, who shall have been a citizen ten days, aud is an 
inhabitant of this State one yeav next preceding any elec- 
tion, and for the last four months a resident of the count}', 
and for thirty days of the district from which the officer is 
to be chosen for whom he offers his vote shall be entitled 
to vote. 

Men of color, who are possessed of a freehold estate of 
the value of two hundred and fifty dollars, and residents 
of the State three years, and for one year seized of said 
estate of two hundred and fifty dollars over and above all 
debts and incumbrances charged thereon, and who shall 
have been actually rated and paid a tax thereon, are enti- 
tled to vote. 

New Jersey. — Every white male citizen of the United 
States of the age of twenty-one years, having been a resi- 
dent of the State one year, and of the county five months, 
next before the election, and who actually resides in the 
township where he claims his vote, shall be entitled to 
vote. 

Pennsylvania. — Eveiy white freeman, being a citizen 
of the United States, of the age of twenty-two years, hav- 
ing resided in the State one 3^ear, and in the election dis- 
trict where he offers his vote, ten days immediately pre- 
ceding such election, and within two }ears paid a State or 
county tax which has been assessed at least ten days 
before the election, shall enjoy the rights of an elector. 
Persons between the ages of twenty-one and twenty-two 
years, with residence as above, can vote without paying a 



272 - SALOON keeper's companion. 

tux. A previously qualified voter in the State, on return- 
ing, can vote after a residence of six months. 

Delawaek. — E^ver}?^ free white male citizen of the age 
of twenty-two years or upward, having resided in the 
State one year next before the election, and the last month 
thereof in the county where he offers to vote, and having 
within two years next before the election, paid a county 
tax, which shall have been assessed at least six months 
before the election, shall enjoy the right of an elector ; 
and every free white male citizen of the age of twenty-one 
years and under the age of twenty-two years, having re- 
sided as aforesaid, shall be entitled to vote without pay- 
ment of any tax. 

Makyland. — Every free male person, being a citizen 
of the United States, above twei^ty-one years of age, hav- 
ing resided in the State one year, and six months in the 
county, next preceding tlie election at which he offers to 
vote, shall have the right of suffrage. 

ViR<uNiA. — Every white male citizen of the Common- 
wealth, of the age of twenty-one years, who has been a 
resident of the State two years, and of the county or town 
where he offers to vote for twelve months next preceding 
an election, shall be qualified to vote. 

North Carolina. — All freemen (persons of color ex- 
cepted) of the age of twenfy-one years, who have been 
inhabitants of any one district within the State twelve 
months immediatel}^ preceding the day of any election, 
and shall have paid public taxes, shall be entitled to vote 
for members of the house of commons for the district in 
which he resides, and for the governor ; to vote for a 
member of the senate, he must have in addition to the 
same qualification a freehold of fift}^ acres of land in the 
county in which he offers to vote. 

South Carolina. — Ever}^ free white man of the age of 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 273 

twenty-one 3- ears (paupers excepted), being a citizen of 
the State, and having resided therein two years previous 
to the day of election, and who hath a freehold of llfty 
acres of land, or a town lot, of which he hath been legally 
seized and possessed, at least six months before such elec- 
tion, or not having such freehold or town lot, hath been a 
resident of the election district in which he offers to give 
his vote six months before the said election, and hath paid 
a tax the preceding year of three shillings sterling to the 
support of government, shall have a right to vote for mem- 
bers of the legislature for the election district in which he 
holds such property, or is resident. 

Georgia. — An elector must be twenty-one year^ of 
age ; a citizen and inhabitant of the State one year ; of 
the county six months, and have paid all the taxes which 
may have been required of him, and which he has had an 
opportunity of paying agreeably to law, for the year pre- 
ceding the election. In all elections for governor or 
electors of president or vice-president, the county resi- 
dence is not required. 

Florida. — Every free white male person of the age of 
twenty-one j^ears, a citizen of the United States, a resi- 
dent of the State two years, and of the county in which 
he may offer his vote six months, immediately preceding 
the election, and who shall be enrolled in the militia of 
the State (unless exempted from militia duty) , is a quali- 
fied voter. 

Alabama. — Every white male citizen of the age of 
twenty-one years, who shall be a citizen of the United 
States, having resided in this State one year next preced- 
ing an election, and the last three months in the city, 
county, or town, in which he offers to vote, shall be 
deemed a qualified elector. 

Mississippi. — Every free white male citizen of the 



274 SALOON keeper's companion. 

United States of the age of twenty-one 3^ears, who shall 
have resided in the State one j-ear next i)receding an 
election, and the last four months within the county, city, 
or town, in which he offers to vote, is a qualified voter. 

Louisiana. — Every free white male two years a citizen 
of the United States, of the age of twenty-one years, hav- 
ing resided in the State one year next preceding the elec- 
tion, the last six months th^^reof in the parish in which he 
offers to vote, has a right to vote ; but no person who 
fights a duel, acts as a second, or sends or accepts a chal- 
lenge, can hold office or enjoy the right of suffrage. 

Texas. — Every free male person over the age of 
twenty-one years, a citizen of the United States (Indians 
not taxed, Africans, and decendants of Africans, ex- 
cepted) who shall have resided in the State one year next 
preceding an election, and the last six months in the dis- 
trict, county, or town, in which he offers to vote, shall be 
deemed a qualified voter, provided that qualified voters 
shall be permitted to vote anywhere in the State lor state 
officers. 

Arkansas. — Every free white male citizen of the United 
States (except idiots, insane persons, and persons con- 
victed of infamous crimes), twenty-one years of age, a 
resident of the State six months next preceding the elec- 
tion, and of the county in which he claims to vote, is enti- 
tled to vote. 

Tennessee. — Every free white man twenty-one years 
of age, a citizen of the United States, and resident of the 
county wherein he offers his vote six months next preced- 
ing the election, is entitled to vote. Also, all male per- 
sons of color twenty-one years of age who are competent 
witnesses in a court of justice against a white man, are 
entitled to vote. 

Kentuckt. — Every free white male citizen of the age 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 275 

of twenty-one years, having had a residence in the State 
of two years, and in the county in which he offers to vote 
one year next preceding the election, is entitled to the 
right of suffrage. 

Ohio. — Every white male citizen of the United States 
of the age of twenty-one years, who shall have been a 
resident of the State one year next preceding the election, 
and of the .county, township, or ward, in which he resides 
such time as may be provided by law, shall have the quali- 
fication of an elector, and be entitled to vote at all elec- 
tions. 

Michigan. — The right of suffrage is held by every 
white male citizen above the age of twenty-one years ; 
ever}'^ white male citizen residing in the State on the 24th 
of June, 1835 ; every white male inhabitant residing in the 
State on the 1st of January, 1850, who has declared his 
intention to become a citizen of the United States six 
months preceding an election, or who has resided in the 
State two years and six months, and declared his inten- 
tion as aforesaid, and every civilized male inhabitant of 
Indian descent, a native of the United States, and not a 
member of any tribe ; but no citizen or inhabitant shall be 
entitled to vote at any election unless he has resided in 
the State three months, and in the township or ward in 
which he offers to vote ten days next preceding such 
election. 

Indiana. — Every white male citizen of the United 
States of the age of twenty-one years and upward, who 
shall have resided in the State during the six months im- 
mediately preceding an election, and every white male, of 
foreign birth of the age of twenty-one years and upward, 
who shall have resided in the United States one year, and 
in the State during the six months next preceding such 
election, and shall have declared his intention to become 



276 SALOON keeper's companion. 

a citizen of the United States, shall be entitled to vote in 
the town or precinct where he may reside. 

Illinois. — All white male citizens of the age of twenty- 
one years, having had a residence in the State one year 
next preceding the election, can exercise the elective 
franchise. 

Missouri. — Every free white male citizen of the United 
States of the age of twenty-one years, who shall have re- 
sided in the State one year before an election, the last 
three months whereof shall have been in the county or 
district where he offers to vote, s.hall be an elector. 

Iowa. — Every white male citizen of the United States 
(idiots, insane persons, and persons convicted of an in- 
famous crime, excepted), of the age of twenty-one years, 
a resident of the State six months next preceding the 
election, and of the county in which he claims to vote 
twenty days, is entitled to vote. 

Wisconsin. — Every male citizen of the age of twenty- 
one years, resident in the State one year next preceding 
an election, belonging to either of the following classes, 
is a qualified elector. 1st. White citizens of the United 
States. 2d. White persons of foreign birth who have 
declared their intentions to become citizens, conformably 
to the laws ot the United States on the subject of natural- 
ization. 3d. Persons of Indian blood who have once been 
declared by the laws of Congress to be citizens of the 
United States. 4th. Civilized persons of Indian descent, 
not members of any tribe. 

Minnesota. — All free white male inhabitants over the 
age of twenty-one years, who shall have resided within 
this State for six months next preceding an election, shall 
be entitled to vote ; provided^ that they shall be citizens of 
the United States, or shall have resided within the United 
States for a period of two years next preceding such elec^ 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 277 

tion, and declared on oath their intention to become such, 
and aiso to support the constitution of the United States, 
and the State government of Minnesota. All persons of 
mixed white or Indian blood who have adopted the cus- 
toms and habits of civilization, are entitled to vote. No 
insane person, or person who has been convicted of an 
infamous crime, unless restored to civil rights, shall be 
permitted to vote. 

Kansas. — Every white male citizen of the United 
States and civilized male [ndian, twenty-one years of 
age, who shall have resided and had his home and place 
of permanent abode in Kansas six months, in the county 
thirty days, and in the district where he offers his vote 
ten days immediately preceding the election, shall be 
deemed a qualified elector. Persons engaging in a duel, 
either as principals or assistants, lose the rights of an 
elector. 

New Mexico. — Every white male citizen of the United 
States, over twenty-one years of age, who shall have re- 
sided in the territory over one year, and in the county in 
which he offers to vote for three months, shall be entitled 
to vote and be elected to office in any election. No per- 
son prevented by the organic law of the territory, no 
officer or soldier in the United States army, and no per- 
son included in the term " camp followers " of the United 
States army, shall be entitled to vote or hold office in this 
territory. 

Utah. — All free white male citizens of the age of 
eighteen years shall be considered legal voters. Military 
officers or soldiers in the United States service, stationed 
within the territory, are excepted. 

Oregon. — All white male inhabitants over the age of 
twenty-one years, who shall have resided within this 
State for six months next preceding an election, shall be 
13 



278 SALOON keeper's companion. 

entitled to vote ; provided, that they shall be citizens of 
the United States, or shall have declared their intention, 
on oath, to become such, or shall have resided six months 
in the State and fifteen days in the county where they 
offer to vote, next preceding the day of election. Persons 
insane or convicted of crime are excepted ; also, officers 
and soldiers of the United States army, unless they were 
residents of the State at the time of their enlistment. 

California. — Every white male citizen of the United 
States, and every Mexican electing, under the treaty of 
1848, to be a citizen of the United States, who has been 
a resident of the State six months and of the county or 
district where he offers his vote for thirty days, has a 
right to vote. 



LIMITATION OF ACTIONS IN THE DIFFERENT 
STATES. 

Maine. — Actions wJiicJi must be commenced within one 
year after the cause of action accrues. — Actions against 
endorser of writ on judgment, in the original action. 

Within two years. — All actions for assault and battery, 
false imprisonment, slander, and libel. 

Within four years. — All actions against sheriff. 

Within six years. — Actions of debts on contract not 
under seal ; for arrears of rent ; for waste ; trespass on 
land ; replevin and all other actions for detention and in- 
jury to goods ; and all causes for action founded on con- 
tract or liability. 

Cause of action accrues, in cases of open account, from 
the date of the last item proved. 

New Hampshire. — Actions which must be commenced 
within two years after the cause of actiori accrues. — All 
actions for slander, assault and battery and wounding. 



SALOON KEEPKh's COMPANION. 279 

Within three years. — Ail writs of error after judgment 
has been rendered. 

Within five years. — All rights in action, relative to 
real estate, by minors or persons insane, may be com- 
menced within live years after such disability is removed. 

Within tioenty years. — All actions for the recovery of 
real estate ; all actions of debt founded on a judgment or 
recognisance, or a contract under seal.- 

Vermont. — Actions which must he commenced within 
two years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
for slander and libel. 

Within three years. — All actions for assault a^jd bat- 
tery, and for false imprisonment. 

Within four years. — All actions against Sheriffs for the 
negligence or misconduct of their deputies. 

Within six years. — All actions of debt on judgment, 
rendered in any court, not being a court of record. All 
actions of debt on contract, or liability, not under seal for 
arrearages of rent; open account; trespass on lands; re- 
plevin, and all other actions for taking, detaining, or in- 
juring goods. 

Within fourteen years. — All actions on promissory 
notes signed in the presence of attesting witnesses. 

Within fifteen years. — All actions for the recovery of 
land. 

Massachusetts. — Actions vMch must be commenced 
within two years after the cause of action accrued. — Ac- 
tions for assault and battery, false imprisonment, slander, 
and libel. 

Within four years. — Actions against Sheritfs for the 
negligence or misconduct of their deputies. 

Within six years. — All actions for arrears of rent ; 
waste ; trespass on land ; replevin, and all other actions 
for taking, detaining, or injuring goods or chattels. 



280 SALOON keeper's companion. 

In all actions of debt brought to recover the balance 
due upon a mutual and open account, the cause of action 
accrues at the time of the proof of the last item in such 
account. 

Rhode Island. — Actions which must be commenced 
within two years after the cause of action accrued. — All 
actions of slander and libel. 

Within four years. — All actions of trespass, and of 
trespass and ejectment. 

Within six years. — All actions of covenant, account, 
arrearages of rent, detinue or replevin, and of debt 
found ^ on contract without specialty. 

Within twenty years. — All accounts that concern trade 
or merchandise between merchant and merchant, their fac- 
tors or servants. 

Connecticdt. — Actions which must be commenced within 
three years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
of slander, libel, trespass, and express contracts, not in 
writing. 

Within six years. — All actions of account, debt on 
book, on simple contract, and on implied contracts not 
under seal. Those not capable may bring them within 
three years after becomicg capable. 

Within fifteen years. — All actions of entry on lands. 
Those legally incapable at the time such right of action 
accrued, may bring the same at any time within four years 
after becoming capable. 

Within seventeen years. — All actions on bonds, written 
obligations, contracts under seal, and promissory notes 
not negotiable. 

Nevt Yobk. — Actio7is which must be commenced within 
two years after the caxise of action accrued. — All actions 
for libel, slander, assault, battery, false imprisonment, 
and for forfeitures or penalties to the people of the State, 



SALOON keeper's companiok. 281 

Within six years. — All actions upon unsealed contracts, 
obligations or liabilities, express or implied ; for trespass 
on real estate ; for taking, detaining, or injuring goods or 
chattels ; for the specific recovery of personal property ; 
for criminal conversation ; and for injury to the person or 
rights of another. 

Within twenty years. — All actions upon judgments or 
decrees of any court or courts in the United States ; upon 
sealed instruments ; and for the recovery of real estate. 

In a case of open account, cause of action accrues from 
the time when proof is given of the last item in the 
account. 

All actions to enforce the payment of bills, notes, or 
other evidences of debt, issued by moneyed corporations, 
or put in circulation as money ; and all actions against 
directors or stockholders of moneyed corporations or 
banking associations, to recover an impo&ed penalty or 
forfeiture, or to enforce a liability created by law, must 
be brought within six years after the discovery by the 
aggrieved party of the facts upon which the penalty or 
forfeiture attached, or the liability, was created. 

No acknowledgment or promise shall be sufficient evi- 
dence of a new or continuing contract, unless the same 
be contained in some writing, signed by the party to be 
charged thereby. But this section shall not alter the 
effect of any payment of principal or interest. 

New Jersey. — Actions which must be commenced within 
tioo years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
for libel and slander within two years after the words 
spoken. 

Within four years. — All actions of trespass for assault, 
menace, battery, and imprisonment. 

Within six years. — All actions of trespass, detinue, 
trover, and replevin, for injuring or taking away goods 



282 SALOON keeper's companion. 

and chattels ; of debt, founded on any contract without 
specialty ; and for arrearages of rent on contracts not 
under seal. 

Within sixteen years. —All actions of debt ; covenants 
tor rent ; arrearages of rent, founded on any lease under 
seal ; actions of debt on any bill for the payment of money 
only, or upon any obligation with condition for the pay- 
ment of money only ; and all actions upon awards under 
the hands and seals of arbitrators, for the payment of 
money only. 

Within twenty years. — All actions for the recovery of 
lands. 

Pennsylvania. — Actions which must be commenced 
within one year after the cause of action accrued. — All 
actions for libel and slander. 

Within two years. — All actions of trespass, assault, 
menace, battery, wounding, and imprisonment. 

Within six years. — All actions of account between re- 
tailer and consumer ; actions of debt founded upon any 
contract without specialty ; for arrearages of rent, except 
the proprietaries' quit-rents ; aclions of replevin for goods 
and chattels ; and all actions of trespass upon land. 

Within twenty-one year's. — r All actions for the recovery 
of lands. 

Delaware. — Actions ivhich must be commenced loithin 
three yecws after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
of trespass, replevin, detinue, debts not founded on a 
record of specialty, and of account. 

Within six years. — All actions on promissory notes, 
bills of exchange, and acknowledgments under the hand of 
the debtor. 

Within tiuenty years.- — All actions for recovery of lands. 

In cases of mutual and running account, limitation not 
to begin while the account continues open. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 283 

Minors, married women, lunatics, and persons impri- 
soned, to have ten years after the removal of such dis- 
ability. 

The time of the defendant's absence from the State is 
to be deducted ; and in every such case, one j-ear after his 
return, to be allowed, when the cause of action arises in 
the State. 

Maryland. — Actions which must he commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
relative to slander, assault, battery, wounding, and im- 
prisonment. 

Within three years. — All actions of trespass on land, 
detinue, trover, replevin, contract, account, loans, non- 
residents, contracts without specialty, and arrearages of 
rent. 

Virginia. — Actions lohich must he commenced loithin 
two years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
founded on accounts between retailers and consumers. 

Within five years. — All actions on awards or contracts 
in writing not under seal. 

WitJmi ten years. — All actions on indemnifying bonds 
taken under any statute, and on all bonds of executors, 
administrators, guardians, curators, committees, Sheriffs, 
or other public officers. 

Within fifteen years. — All actions to recover land. 

Within twenty years. — All actions founded on contracts 
in writing under seal. 

North Carolina. — Actions which must he commenced 
ivithin six months after the cause of action accrued. — All 
actions for slander and libel. 

Within one year. — All actions for trespass, assault, 
battery, wounding, and imprisonment. 

Within three years. — All actions of account, arrear- 
ages of rent, of debt upon simple contract, and of detinue, 



284 SALOON keeper's COMPANIOlT. 

replevin, and trespass, either for goods and chattels, or 
upon land. 

Within seven years. — All claims for the recovery of 
lands. 

Minors, married women, lunatics, prisoners, and per- 
sons beyond seas, have the same periods after the removal 
of their disability. 

South Carolina. — Actions ivhich must be commenced 
within six months after the cause of action accrued. — All 
actions of libel and slander. 

Within one year. — All actions of assault, battery, and 
imprisonment. 

Within four years. — All actions of trespjiss on land ; 
trespass, detinue, and trover ; and replevin, debt, and 
covenant. 

Within seven years. — All claims for the recovery of 
lands. 

All titles to lands or possession for seven years are 
good against all claims whatsoever. In actions to try 
titles to lauds, if the plaintiff or claimant discontinue, or 
suffer a non-stiit, verdict or judgment against him, or in 
any other way let the first action fall, he may bring a 
second action within two years ; otherwise, he is barred. 
The second action is final. 

Georgia. — Actions which must be commenced within 
six months after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
fjr slander. 

Within two years. — All actions for trespass, assault, 
battery, wounding, and imprisonment. 

Within four years. — All actions on open accounts, 
trespass, debt, detinue, replevin, for goods ; also, all ac- 
tions for trespass on land. 

Within Jive years. — All actions on foreign judg- 
ments. 



saLoon keeper's companion. 286 

Within six years. — All actions on notes and instru- 
ments in writing, not under seal. 

Within seven years. — All actions for the recovery of 
land. 

Within twenty years. — All actions on instruments under 
seal. 

Florida. — Actions which must be commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions for 
libel and slander. 

Within ttoo years. — All actions on book accounts. If 
the creditors die within such two years, then the further 
time of two years. 

Within three years. — All actions for assault, battery, 
wounding, and imprisonment. 

Within five years. — All actions of account ; debt ; tres- 
pass on land ; and trespass, detinue, and replevin for 
goods and chattels. 

Within seven years. — All actions for the recovery of 
real estate. 

Minors, ma-ried women, lunatics, prisoners, and per- 
sons beyond seas, have the same periods after the removal 
of their disability. 

Alabama. — Actions tohich must he commenced tvithin 
one year after the caus^ of action accrued. — All actions for 
libel and slander. 

Within tioo years. — All actions for trespass, assault, 
menace, battery, wounding, and imprisonment, 

Within three years. — All actions on open account. 

Within six years. — All actions for trespass ; detinue, 
trover, replevin ; for taking goods and chattels ; actions 
of debt founded on contract ; for arrearages of rent ; on 
parole, demise ; and of account. 

Within sixteen years. — All actions on instruments 
under seal. 
13* 



286 SALOON keeper's companion. 

Within twenty years. — All actions relative to the right 
of entry on lands ; all actions on judgments in any court 
of record ; and all actions of debt between merchants, con- 
cerning trade in merchandise. 

Within thirty years. — All actions on real, possessory, 
ancestral, and other actions for the recovery of lands. 

Mississippi. — Actions which imist be commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
for slander, assault, and battery. 

Within two years. — All actions on account between re- 
tail merchants and consumers. 

Within six years. — All actions on debts, covenants, 
arrearages of rent, founded on leases under seal, and all 
actions of debt on bills, obligations, and awards for the 
payment of money. All actions of trespass on land ; of 
trespass, detinue, trover, and replevin ; action of debt 
founded on any lending or contract without specialty ; 
for arrearages of rent due on parole demise ; and all ac- 
tions of account. 

Within ten years. — All actions for the recovery of lands, 
and all actions on judgments of any court of record. 

Louisiana. — Actions which must he commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions for 
slander ; libel ; trespass on leased premises ; for delivery of 
merchandise on board vessels ; for damage sustained by 
merchandise on board vessels ; for monthly lessons by in- 
structors ; claims by innkeepers, and others, oa account 
of board and lodging ; all accounts between retail mer- 
chants and consumers ; all claims by workmen, laborers, 
and servants ; all claims by officers and sailors ; and all 
bills for the supply of materials for the construction, 
equipment, and provisioning of vessels. 

Within three years. — All actions for arrearages of rent, 
annuities, alimony, and hire of movables or immovables ; 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 287 

for the payment of loaned money, salaries of overseers, 
clerks, secretaries, and school teachers ; and for the pay- 
ment of physicians', surgeons', and apothecaries' bills. 

Within Jive years. — All actions on bills of exchange, 
and accounts between merchants relative to merchandise. 

Within thirty years. — All actions relative to the re- 
covery of lands. 

Texas. — Actions which must be commencd within one 
year after the cause of action accrued, — All actions for 
assault and battery, slander, and libel. 

Within two years. — All actions of trespass for injury to 
property ; for taking away goods and chattels ; open 
accounts ; and accounts between retail merchants and 
consumers. 

Within four years. — All actions for debt on contract, 
in writing ; on all instruments under seal ; and all accounts 
between merchants relative to merchandise. 

Arkansas. — Actions which must be commenced witJiin 
one year after cause of action accrued. — All actions for 
libel and slander. 

Within three years. — All actions of account between 
retail merchants and consumers ; all actions on debts for 
labor, rent, trespass, and replevin. 

Within Jive years. — All actions on promissory notes and 
other instruments in writing, not under seal. 

Within ten years. — All actions of accounts between 
merchants concerning merchandise ; actions on sealed in- 
struments ; judgments and decrees. 

Tennessee. — Actions which must be commenced loith- 
in six months after cause of action accrued. — All actions 
for libel and slander. 

Within one year. — All actions of assault, battery, 
wounding and imprisonment. 

Within three years. — All actions founded on accounts 



28§ SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 

rendered, of debt for arrearages of rent, of debt on simple 
contract, and of detinue, replevin, and trespass, either for 
goods or chattels, or upon land. 

Within seven years. — All claims for the recovery of real 
estate. 

Kentucky. — Actions which must be commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions for 
injury to the person of plaintiff or his wife, child, ward, or 
servant, other than a slave ; for malicious prosecution or 
arrest ; for seduction or breach of promise of marriage ; 
libel and slander ; for the carelessness of Sheriff or his 
deputy ; and for accounts between retail merchants and 
consumers. 

Within five years. — All actions on simple bonds or con- 
tracts ; foi; trespass on real estate ; for taking, detaining, 
or injuring personal property ; for recovering personal 
property ; on bills of exchange, promissory notes, checks, 
drafts, and orders ; accounts between merchants concern- 
ing trade in merchandise ; and actions for relief on the 
ground of fraud. 

Within ten years. — All actions on the oflBcial bonds of 
a Sheriff or other public officer, or his deputy ; on the offi- 
cial bond of a personal representative, guardian, or com- 
mittee ; on bonds for appeals, attachments, injunctions, 
and orders for arrest, or for the delivery of property ; on 
bonds for costs ; on bonds for replevin ; on bonds for sale 
and delivery, taken under an execution or warrant of dis- 
tress ; and on bonds to suspend sale or proceeding under 
a distress warrant or, an execution. 

Within fifteen years. — All actions on judgments and 
decrees of court. 

Ohio. — Actions which must be commenced within one 
year after cause of action accrued. — All actions for libel, 
slander, assault, battery, malicious prosecution, and false 
imprisonment. 



SALOON keeper's companiok. 289 

Within four years. — All actions for trespass on real 
estate ; for taking, detaining, or injuring personal prop- 
erty ; for the recovery of personal property ; and for re- 
lief on the ground of fraud. 

Witht'n six years. — All actions on contracts not in 
writing, express or implied, and on a liability by statute 
for a forfeiture or penalty. 

Within fifteen years. — All actions on specialty, agree- 
ments, contracts or written promises. 

Within twenty-one years. — All actions for the recovery 
of real estate. 

Michigan. — Actions which must he commenced within 
two years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
for trespass on land ; assault and battery, false imprison- 
ment, slander and libel. 

Within six years. — All actions of debt founded on 
contract or liability not under seal ; on judgments and 
decrees rendered in all courts otlier than those of any 
court of record of the State, or of any other State ; for 
arrears of rent ; actions founded on contract or liability, 
express or implied ; of waste ; replevin and trover, and 
all other actions for taking, detaining, or injuring goods 
or chattels. 

Within ten years. — All actions for the recovery of real 
estate, and actions founded on contracts, and instruments 
under seal. 

Indiana. — Actions which rwust be commenced within 
three years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
for assault, battery, and false imprisonment. 

Within six years. — All actions of debt founded on 
contract or liability, express or implied ; upon judgments 
rendered before a Justice of the Peace, or in any court 
not a court of record ; for arrears of rent ; for waste ; 
trespass upon land ; and actions of replevin, and for 
taking, detaining, and injuring goods. 



290 SALOON KEEPER*S COMi»ANlO». 

Within ten years. — All actions for the recovery of 
land ; actions on judgment rendered in any court of record 
of the State, or of any of the States or Territories of the 
United States ; actions on bonds, notes, and contracts on 
specialty ; and on bills, notes, and other evidences of debt, 
issued by banks or other moneyed corporations. 

Illinois. — Actions which must be commenced within 
one year after the cause accrued. — All actions for slander 
and libel. 

Within two years. — All actions for assault, battery, 
wounding, imprisonment, and malicious prosecution. 

Within Jive years. — All actions of trespass on lands, 
trespass on personal property, and taking and injuring 
goods ; for arrears of rent on parole demise ; and of 
accounts between retail merchants and consumers. 

Within sixteen years. — All actions for debt, or cove- 
nants for rent, founded on a lease under seal ; and of debt 
founded on bills, promissory notes, written obligations, 
covenants of specialty, awards of arbitrators under seal, 
and on accounts between merchants relative to trade in 
merchandise. When any payment has been made upon 
such instruments, right of action commences from the 
time of such payment. 

Within twenty years. — All actions concerning the re- 
covery of real estate ; and on judgments rendered by any 
court of record. 

Missouri. — Actions which must he commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
against individuals by the State. 

Within two years. — All actions for libel, assault, 
battery, false imprisonment, and for penalty or forfeiture 
to the State. 

Within Jive years. — All actions for contracts, express 
or implied, and not under seal ; on all liabilities created 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 291 

by statute, other than penalties or forfeitures ; for trespass 
on real estate; for taking, detaining, or injuring goods; 
for the recovery of personal property ; for criminal con- 
versation, or other injury to the rights of persons ; and all 
actions for relief on the ground of fraud, the cause accru- 
ing at the discovery of the fraud. 

Within ten years. — All actions founded on instruments 
under seal. 

Within twenty years. — All actions on bonds, judg- 
ments, and decrees. 

Iowa. — Actions which must be commenced within one 
year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions for 
trespass on personal property ; for libel and slander ; and 
for assault, battery, false imprisonment, and malicious 
prosecution. 

Within two years. — All actions for debts due on 
accounts between retail merchants and consumers. 

Within five years. — All actions of trespass on property ; 
for taking, detaining, or injuring goods ; for arrearages of 
rent promised by word of mouth ; and for debts due on 
running accounts. 

Within six years. — All actions of debt for rent or 
money founded upon covenant or lease ; of debt on single 
or penal bills, promissory notes ; on writings obligatory 
for the payment of money, or the delivery of property, or 
the performance of contracts, or on the award of arbitra- 
tors for the payment of money only ; for the recovery of 
money or property on promises not under seal ; and all 
actions on accounts between merchants on account of 
merchandise. 

Within twenty years. — All actions for the recovery of 
real estate. The judgment of any court of record may be 
revived after twent}' 3'ears, b}^ giving the defendant notice, 
and calling upon him to show cause why an action should 
not be coumienced. 



292 SALOON KEEPER S COMPAKION. 

Wisconsin. — Actions which must be commenced within 
two years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
foi' assault, battery, malicious prosecution, false imprison- 
ment, slander and libel. 

Within six years. — All actions of debt founded on 
judgments or decrees of courts which are not courts of 
record ; for arrears of rent ; on contracts for money, ex- 
press or implied ; for waste ; trespass on land ; and for 
replevin, and all other actions for taking, detaining, or 
injuring goods. 

Within twenty years. — All actions for the recovery of 
real estate ; all actions founded on judgments or decrees 
of courts of record, either in or out of the State. 

California. — Actions which must he commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
founded on penalties or forfeitures, for libel, slander, 
assault, battery, or false imprisonment ; and for accounts 
between retail merchants and consumers. 

Within two years. — All actions on contracts, obliga- 
tions, or liabilities, not founded on instruments in writing. 

Within three years. — All actions founded on liabilities, 
other than penalties or forfeitures ; for ti-espass upon real 
estate ; for taking, detaining, or injuring goods or chat- 
tels ; for the recovery of personal property ; for relief on 
the ground of fraud ; the cause of action accruing upon 
the discovery of the fraud. 

Within four years. - — All actions founded on contracts, 
obligations, or liabilities, in writing. Actions on open 
account for goods. 

Within five years. — All actions for the recovery of real 
estate ; and all actions on judgments or decrees of courts 
in the State, or in any of the United States or Territories. 

Minnesota. — Actions ivhich must be commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 



SALOON keeper's companion. 29^ 

against a sheriff, or other officer, for the escape of a per- 
son arrested or imprisoned by a civil process ; all actions 
brought to recover the balance due upon a mutual open, 
and current account ; the cause of action accrues at the 
time of proof of the last item. 

Within two years. — All actions for libel, slander, 
assault, battery, or false imprisonment. 

Within three years. — All actions against a sheriff, coro- 
ner, or constable, upon the liability by the doing of an 
act in their official capacity, or by the omission of their 
official duty, including the failure to pay moneys collected 
upon an execution. 

Within ten years. — All actions upon a judgment or 
decree of a court of the United States, or of any State or 
Territory of the United States. 

Within twenty years. — All actions for the recovery of 
real estate. 

Kansas. — Actions which must he commenced within 
one year after the cause of action accrued. — All actions 
for libel, slander, assault and battery, malicious prosecu- 
tion, or false imprisonment. 

Within tivo years. — All actions for trespass upon real 
property ; all actions for taking, detaining, or injuring 
personal property, including actions for the specific recov- 
ery of personal property. 

WitJiin three years. — All actions npon a specialt}', or 
any agreement, contract, or promise in writing. Also, all 
actions not in writing, expressed or implied. 

Within twenty-one years. — All actions for the recovery 
of the title or possession of lands, tenements, or heredita- 
ments. 

Nevada. — Actions which must be commenced within two 
years after the cause of action accrued. — All actions upon 
a contract, obligation, or liability, not founded upon an 



294 SALOON keeper's companion. 

instrument of writing ; all actions against a sheriff, coroner, 
or constable, upon the liability incurred by the doing of an 
act in his official capacity, and in virtue of his office, or by 
the omission of an official duty, including the non-payment 
of money collected upon an execution ; all actions for libel, 
slander, assault, battery, or false imprisonment ; all 
actions upon a statute for a forfeiture, or penalty, to the 
people of this Territory ; actions against a sheriff, or other 
officer, for the escape of a prisoner arrested or imprisoned 
on civil process ; all actions on an open account for goods, 
wares, and merchandise, sold and delivered, and for any 
article charged in a store account. 

Within three years. — All actions upon a liability created 
by statute, other than a penalty, or forfeiture ; all actions 
for trespass upon real property ; all actions for taking, 
detaining, or injuring, any goods or chattels, including 
actions for the specific recovery of personal property ; all 
actions for relief, on the ground of fraud, the cause of 
action, in such case, not to be deemed to have accrued 
until the discovery, by the aggrieved party, of the facts 
constituting the fraud. 

Within four years.. — All actions upon any contract, 
obligation, or liability, founded upon an instrument of 
writing. 

Within Jive years. — All actions upon a judgment or 
decree of any court of the United States, or of any State, 
or Territory, within the United States. 

Within ten years. — All claims for the recovery of 
lands, or the issues or profits thereof. 

Washington. — Actions which must be brought within 
one year. — All actions for libel, slander, assault, assault 
and battery, and false imprisonment ; all actions upon 
a statute for a forfeiture or penalty to the Territory ; 
all actions for relief, not hereinbefore provided for, shall 



SALOOSr keeper's COMPANION. 295 

be commenced within two years after the cause of action 
shall have accrued. In all actions brought to recover a 
balance due upon a mutual, open, and current account the 
cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued from the 
time of the last item proved in the account on either side. 

Within three years. — All actions for waste or trespass 
upon real property ; all actions for taking, detaining, or 
injuring personal property, including actions for the spe- 
cific recovery thereof, or for any other injury to the person 
or rights of another, not hereinafter enumerated ; actions 
upon all contracts, express or implied, which are not in 
writing, and do not arise out of any written instrument ; 
all actions for relief, upon the ground of fraud, the cause 
of action in such case not to be deemed to have accrued 
until the discovery by the aggrieved party of the facts 
constituting the fraud ; all actions against a sheriff, coro- 
ner, or constable, for non-payment of money collected 
upon an execution ; all actions for seductions and breach 
of marriage contract. 

Within six years. — All actions upon a judgment or de- 
cree of anjr court of the United States, or of any State or 
Territory within the United States ; all actions upon a 
contract in writing, or liability, express or implied, arising 
out of a written agreement ; all actions for the rents and 
profits, or for the use and occupation of real estate. 

Within tioenty years. — All actions for the recovery of 
real estate, or for the recovery of the possession thereof. 



NOTES AND BILLS. 

The words " value received," though usually inserted in 
notes, are not legally indispensable, as value is implied in 
every note, bill, acceptance, and endorsement. 



296 SALOON KEEPER*S COMi»ANlON. 

In the States of Pennsylvania and New Jersey, the 
words, " without defalcation or discount," must be inserted 
after the words, ''for value received." In Missouri, the 
words, " negotiable and payable, without defalcation or 
discount," must be added to the words, " for value 
received." 

Notes bear interest only when it is so stated ; but, after 
maturit}-, all notes bear legal interest. When a note is 
payable on demand, interest can alone be charged after 
the demand has been made. When it is improbable that 
a note payable on demand will be paid when due, it should 
be made payable one day after date, with interest. 

The holder of a note made payable to order, may sue in 
his own name. 

If a note is made paj-able to a firm, the signatures of 
the firm is suflficient endorsement. But, if it be made 
payable to two or more persons not co-partners, it is not 
negotiable without the endorsement of each. 

No note is payable till the third day after the day 
expressed for its payment. These three days are called 
" days of grace," and if payment is not made, no suit can 
be begun till they have expired. Notes payable " on de- 
mand" are not entitled to grace. An endorsed note, 
payable on demand, must be presented within a reasonable 
time — say within three months. 

A person becoming surety on a note, is liable as an 
endorser. An endorser may waive demand and notice of 
a note before its maturity, without any consideration for 
such notice. 

When a note falls due on Sunday, or on any leading 
holiday when general business is suspended — Fourth of 
July, Thanksgiving, Christmas, or New Year's, for 
instance — demand for its payment must be made on Sat- 
urday, or the da}^ preceeding the holiday. The demand 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 297 

must be made at the place of business of the maker within 
business hours, or at the specified place of payment, 
should he have no place of business, then at his dwelling- 
house. When the maker has absconded, no notice is 
necessary. 

The indorser of an accomodation note is a surety for 
the maker, and is liable for the costs of collection brought 
against such maker or endorser. 

If. a party takes a note after it is due, he takes it at his 
own risk, as it is then subject to every defense against its 
payment that the drawer or indorser had against it before 
it was negotiated. 

Any promise to pa}', without specifying the time of pay- 
ment, is equal in law to a promise to pay on demand. 

A note promising to pay, " so soon as circumstances 
will permit," is not a promisory note. 

A paper is of no value where the acceptor draws it up 
and then writes across it his acceptance, leaving a blank 
for the drawer to sign his name. Such a paper is neither 
a bill, note, order, or security for the payment of money. 

In many States, the making of a promisory note on 
Sundaj^ renders it worthless 

The altering of a note, in any manner, by the holder, 
makes it void. 

Demand of payment for a note must be made of the 
maker the da,j it is due : if not paid, notice must immedi- 
ately be given, to the endorsers ; otherwise they will be re- 
leased of their liability. If the note be made payable at 
a bank or other place, demand must be made at the place 
where it is made payable. If payment is refused, no- 
tice to that effect must be served without delay upon 
the maker and each of the endorsers. This notice ma}^ be 
given b}'^ any person competent to serve it, but Notaries 
Public are usually employed for the purpose, When pay- 



298 SALOON keeper's companion. 

ment of a note is refused, it is called dishonored. No 
particular form of words is necessary in a notice ; all that 
is requisite is to apprise the party or parties of the fact 
that the note has been dishonored. 



Note with Surety. 
$100. Worcester, June 27, 1874. 

Six months after date, I promise to pay John Jones, or 
order one hundred dollars, value received. 

JAMES CLARK. 

G. J. TiFFNET, 



An Unnegotiable Note. 
$1000. Worcester, June 25th, 1874. 

Three months after date, I promise to pay William 
Chase, one thousand dollars, for value received. 

HENRY BEAN. 



A Negotiable Note. 
$1000. Worcester, June 30th, 1874. 

Three months after date, I promise to pay William 
Wilcox, or order, one thousand dollars, for value received. 
RANDOLPH ARLINGTON. 



A Note, or Due Bill, payable on demand, 
$100. New York, May 1st, 1874. 

On demand I promise to pay George Read, or order, 
one hundred dollars, for value received. 

CHARLES LELAND, 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 299 

A Note bearing Interest. 
$100. New Orleans, June 1st, 1875. 

Six months after date, I promise to pay Charles Stock- 
well, or order, one hundred dollars with interest, for 
value received. 

EUGENE STUART. 



A Note payable by Instalments. 
$5000. Mobile, April 19th, 1860. 

For value received, I promise to pay Stuart & Ellsworth, 
or order, five thousand dollars in the manner following, 
viz : one thousand dollars in one year, one thousand dol- 
lars in two years, and three thousand dollars in three 
years, with interest on all said sums, payable semi-annu- 
ally, without defalcation or discount. 

GEORGE LILLEY. 



Sealed Note. 
$5000. Chicago, May 1st, 1870. 

For value received, I promise to pay Stuart & Brown, 
or order, five thousand dollars, in three years from the 
date hereof with interest payable semi-annually, without 
defalcation or discount. And in case of default of my pay- 
ment of the interest or principal aforesaid with punctuality, 
I hereby empower any attorney at law, to be appointed by 
said Stuart & Brown, or their assigns, may select, and com- 
mence or prosecute a suit against me on said note, to confess 
judgment for all and every part of the interest or principal 
on said note, in the payment of which I may be delinquent. 
Witness my hand and seal, this first day of May, A. D. 1870. 
FRANK MORSE. [Seal]. 
Attest, Frank Smith. 



300 SALOON keeper's compakion. 

Due Bill, payable in goods. 
Due Henry Davis, or bearer, forty dollars in merchan- 
dise, for value received, payable on demand. 
Providence, Dec. 2, 1866. FRANK JENKS. 



Order for Goods. 

Boston, Aug. 7, 1869. 
C. W. SwEKTSER : — Please pay Henry Miller, or order, 
one hundred dollars in merchandise, and charge the same 
to account of WALLACE FOSTER. 



Bill of Exchange. 
SoOO. Boston, (Mass.) Feb. 5, 1860. 

Thirty days after sight, pay to the order of Messrs. 
Maynard, Fiske & Co., five hundred dollars and charge 
the same to the account of JOHN BROWN. 

To Messrs Rice & Light, Worcester. 



Money Order. 

Mobile, May 1, 1860. 
Mr. John Smith : — Please pay John Brown, or order, 
one hundred dollars, and charge the same to the account 
of R. L. KNAPP. 

Receifts, and Releases. 
A receipt in full, though admitted to be strong evi- 
dence, is by no means legally conclusive. If the party 
signing it can show an error or mistake, it will be admitted 
in his favor. Receipts for money will be held open to ex- 
amination, and the party holding the receipt muSt abide by 
the results of such examination ; the great aim of law being 
to administer strict justice. A release might be given 
over a seal. A release from all demands extinguishes 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 301 

all possible causes and rights of action, and leaves no 
room for subsequent quibbling. A release of o;ne of many 
equally wrong doers, generally releases all. This, of course, 
does not appl}' to such of the parties as covenant to remain 
liable. A release of one of several joint obligors, releases 
all. An agreement not to sue two joint debtors, is a 
release to both, but an agreement not to sue one, will not 
«erve as a release to either. 

Inasmuch as a receipt in full, in the ordinarj' form, still 
leaves room for a tricky or unprincipled creditor to harrass 
and annoy a debtor, it would be well, in all such cases, 
for the latter to obtain a sealed release, like that under the 
head of Release of all Demands, or that under the caption 
•of Special Release. 



Receipt in full of all demands. 
^300. Troy, June 24, 1868. 

Received of James Brown, three hundred dollars, in full 
•of all demands against him. JOHN SMITH. 



Receipt on Account. 
$100. BosTon, May 1, 1860. 

Received of James Brown one hundred dollars, to apply 
on account. JOHN SMITH. 



Receipt for money paid for another. 
4100. Troy, Jan. 24, 1860. 

Received of E. Welds, one hundred dollars, in full of all 
demands against Johnathan Knowles. 
14 



302 SALOON keeper's companion. 

Release of all Demands. 
Know all men by these presents, that I, Thomas Smith, 
of New Orleans, for and in consideration of the sum of 
five thousand dollars, to me in hand paid by Edward 
Bean, of said city, have remised, released, and forever 
discharged the said Edward Bean from all claims of every 
kind, nature, and character soever against him, from the 
beginning of the world to this day. As witness my hand 
and seal, this 21st day of September, one thousand eight 
hundred and sixty-seven. 



Special Release. 
Know all men by these presents, that I, Edward Crane, 
of Taunton, for and in consideration of the sum of two 
thousand dollars to me in hand paid by James Allen of 
said city, have remised, released, and forever discharged, 
and by these presents do, for myself, my heirs, executors, 
administrators, and assigns, remise, release, and forever 
discharge the said James Allen, his heirs, executors, and 
administrators, of and from all manner of action and 
actions, cause and causes of actions, suits, debts, dues, 
sums of money, claims and demands whatsoever, in law 
or in equity, which I ever had or now have, or which I or 
my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns hereafter 
can, shall or may have, by reason of any matter, cause or 
thing whatever, from the beginning of the world to this 
daj'-, arising out of any dealings or transactions between 
myself and the said James Allen, at my manufactorj', in 
the city of Taunton. As witness, &c., [_us in Release of 
all Demands. '\ 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 303 

LANDLORD AND TENANT. 

A contract from a landlord, empowering a tenant to 
take possession, for a stated period, of certain property, 
at a stipulated rental, is called a lease or demise. It may 
be for a month, a quarter, one year, a term of years, for 
life, or at the will of either of the parties. Leases for less 
than a year require no written agreement ; if for a longer 
period they must be in writing ; if for life, they must be 
"WTitten, iigned, sealed, and witnessed, like any other im- 
portant instrument. 

No particular form is needed ; any instrument that con- 
veys the property in a plain manner, as the parties may 
agree, is all that is required. 

Where no agreement can be shown in writing for more 
than a year, the tenant only holds the property from year 
to year at the discretion of the landlord. 

When a person enters into possession of a property 
without an agreement in regard to time, it is generally 
held that he is a tenant from year to year. 

A tenant is responsible for taxes only when it is so 
stated in the lease. Verbal promises are of no effect. A 
lease must speak for itself. 

Unless there is a provision in the lease forbiding it, the 
tenant has a right to underlet as much of the property as 
he pleases, so long as his lease runs. A mere tenant at 
will, however, cannot underlet. 

A married woman cannot make a lease even of her own 
property ; for her husband has sole control over her estate 
during his life, and he alone can demise it. Such leases 
are binding on her, however, only during the life of her 
husband. 

Where there are no writings the tenancy commences 
from the day the tenant takes possession. Where there 



304 SALOON keeper's companion. 

are writings, and the time for the commencement of the 
tenancy is not stated, it will be considered as having 
begun at the time the writings were delivered. 

A lease for a term of years, without mentioning the 
number, is good only for two years. 

When a landlord consents to receive a substitute, the 
first tenant is released. 

A new lease invalidates a former one. 

A lease by a mprtgagor is good only so long as the 
mortgagee refrains from foreclosing the mortgage. 

When a landlord executes a lease on verbal misrepre- 
sentation, the tenant can recover a deduction from the 
rent, for the fraud. 

A tenancy at will may be terminated in the eastern 
states by giving the tenant three months' notice in writ- 
ing ; in the middle and southern states by six months ; 
in the western states by one month. A tenant is also free 
to notify the landlord of his intention to quit the premises ; 
if he fail to relinquish possession at the time mentioned in 
his notice he will be liable for double rent. 

Where occupancy is for a short period — a week, for 
instance, a month, or a quarter — the length of the notice 
to quit must be regulated by the letting ; as a week's notice 
for a week's letting, and a month's notice for a month's 
letting. 

A landlord can no longer distress for rent in New York, 
the law authorizing it having been abolished. 

A tenant or under tenant may be removed by an order 
from any Judge of the county courts or by any Justice of 
the Peace of the town or city in which the premises are 
situated. 

Rent may be collected by action, after the summary re- 
moval of the tenant. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 305 

ASSIGNMENTS. 



Assignment of a Lease. 

Know all men by these presents, that I, the within 
named A. P., the lessee, for and in consideration of the 
sum of one thousand dollars, to me in hand paid by C. 
D., of, &c., at and before the sealing and delivery hereof, 
(the receipt whereof I do hereby acknowledge,) have 
granted, assigned and set over, and by these presents do 
grant, assign and set over, unto the said C. D., his execu- 
tors, administrators, and assigns, the within indenture of 
lease, and all that messuage, &c., thereby demised, with 
the appurtenances ; and also all my estate, right, title, 
term of years yet to come, claim, and demand whatsoever, 
of, in, to, or out of the same. To have and to hold the 
said messuage, &c., unto the said C. D., his executors, 
administrators, and assigns, for the residue of the term 
within mentioned, under the yearly rent and covenants 
within reserved and contained, on my part and behalf to 
be done, kept and performed. 

In testimony, &c., [_asin General Form of Assignment.'] 



Assignment of a Mortgage. 
Know all men by these presents, that I, A. B. the mort- 
gagee within named, for and in consideration of the sum 
of sixteen hundred dollars, to me paid by C. D., of, &c., 
at and before the sealing and delivery hereof (the receipt 
whereof is hereby acknowledged,) have granted, bar- 
gained, sold, assigned, and set over, and by these pres- 
ents do grant, bargain, sell, assign, and set over, unto the 
said C. D., his heirs, executors, administrators, and as- 
signs, the within deed of mortgage, and all my right and 



306 SALOON keeper's companion. 

title to that messuage, &e., therein mentioned and de- 
scribed, together with the original debt for which the said 
mortgage was given, and all evidence thereof, and all the 
rights and appurtenances thereunto belonging. To have 
and to hold all and singular the premises hereby granted 
and assigned, or mentioned, or intended so to be, unto 
the said C D,, his heirs and assigns, forever ; subject,, 
nevertheless, to the right and equity of redemption of the 
within-named E. F., his heirs and assigns, (if any they 
have,) in the same. 

In testimony, &c., [^asin General Form of Assignment.J 



Assignment of Debt. 

Know all men by these presents that we, S. and T.,. 

booksellers, in consideration of the sum of dollars, 

paid to them by A. B., of , in the county of , 

(the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,) do hereby 
sell, assign, and transfer unto the said A. B., all their 

claims and demands against J. S., of said , for 

debts due the said S. and T. ; and all actions against said 
J. S., now pending in their favor, and all causes of action 
whatsoever against him. 

And the said S. & T. do hereby nominate and appoint 
the said A. B., his executors and administrators, their at- 
torney or attorneys irrevocable ; and do give him and 
them full power and authority to institute any suit or 
suits against said J, S., and to prosecute the same, and 
any suit or suits which are now pending for any cause or 
causes of action, in favor of said S. & T., against said J. 
S., to final judgment and execution ; and any executions 
for the cause or causes aforesaid, to cause to be satisfied 
by levying the same on any real or personal estate of the 
said J. S., and the proceeds thereof to take and apply to 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 3 07 

his or their own use ; and in case of levying said execu- 
tions on any real estate, the said S. & T. hereby empower 
the said A. B., his executors and administrators, to sell and 
pass deeds to convey the same, for such price or consider- 
ation, and to such person or persons, and on such terms,, 
as he or they shall deem expedient ; or, if he or they pre- 
fer it, to execute any conveyances that may be necessary 
to vest the title thereof in him or them, as his or their 
own property ; but it is hereby expressly stipulated that 
all such acts and proceedings are to be at the proper costs 
and charges of the said A. B., his executors and adminis- 
trators, without expense to the said S. & T. 

And the said S. & T. do further empower the said A. 
B., his executors and administrators, to appoint such sub- 
stitute or substitutes as he or they see fit, to carry into 
effect the objects and purposes of this authority, or any of 
them, and the same to revoke from time to time at his or 
their pleasure ; the said S. & T. hereby ratifying and 
confirming all the lawful acts of the said A. B., his, &c,, 
in pursuance of the foregoing authority. 

In testimony, &c., [as in- General Form of Assignment.'} 



Assignment of a Policy of Insurance. 
Know all men by these presents, that I, the within- 
named A. B, for and in consideration of the sum of ,. 

to me paid by C. D., of, &c,, (the receipt whereof is 
hereby acknowledged,) have granted, sold, assigned, 
transferred, and set over, and by these presents I do 
absolutely grant, sell, assign, transfer, and set over to 
him the said C. D., all my right, property, interest, claim, 
and demand in and to the within policy of insurance, 
which have already arisen, or which may hereafter arise 
thereon, with full power to use my name so far as may be 



308 SALOON keeper's companion. 

necessary to enable him fully to avail himself of the in- 
terest herein assigned, or hereby intended to be assigned. 
The conveyance herein made, and the powers hereby given, 
are for myself and my legal representatives to said CD. 
and his legal representatives. 
In testimony, &c., las in General Form of Assignment.] 



Assignment of Demand for Wages or Debt. 

In consideration of $100 to me in hand paid by M. D., 
of the city of , the receipt whereof is hereby acknow- 
ledged, I, L. C, of the same place, have sold, and by 
these presents, do sell, assign, transfer, and set over, unto 
the said M. D., a certain debt due from N. E., amounting 
to the sum of $150, for work, labor, and services by me 
performed for the said N. E., (or for goods sold and de- 
livered to the said N. E.,) with full power to sue for, col- 
lect and discharge, or sell and assign the same in my name 
or otherwise, but at his own cost and charges ; and I do 
hereby covenant that the said sum of $150 is justly due as 
aforesaid, and that I have not done and will not do any 
act to hinder, or prevent the collection of the same by the 
said M. D. 

Witness my hand, this April 10th, 1863. L. C. 



Assignment of Account Endorsed Thereon. ??:• --* 

In consideration of $1, value received, I hereby sell and 

assign to M. D., the within account which is justly due 

from the within named N. E., and I hereby authorize the 

said M. D., to collect the same. 

Troy, April 10th, 1863. L. C. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 309" 

Assignment of a Seaman's Wages. 
To all persons to whom these presents shall come, A. B., 

of, &c., sends gi-eeting : 

Know ye, that I, the said A. B., for and in considera- 
tion of the sum of , in which I am justly indebted ta 

C. D., of, &c., have hereby assigned, sold, and set over, 
and by these presents I do hereby assign, sell, and set 
over, unto the said C. D., all such sum or sums of money 
as are now due and owing to me, the said A. B., for wages 
or services on board the ship or vessel called the — = — , 
from the master or owner of said vessel, on board of which 

vessel I served as a mariner on her voyage from to 

, which has recently terminated. And to enable the 

said C. D. the better to recover and receive the same, I do 
hereby appoint him, the said CD., my attorne}^ irrevoca- 
ble, with full power in my name, but at his charge, to 
prosecute any and all persons liable therefor, and receive 
and recover the same, and give discharge therefor. 

[Add covenants that A. B. has not released, and that 
he will give further assurance.] 

In witness whereof, &c. 



Common Bill of Sale. 
Know all men by these presents, that I, A. B., of the 

town of , in the county of , and State of , of 

the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of 

dollars, lawful money of the United States, to me paid by 
C. D., of, &c., of the second part, the receipt whereof is 
hereby acknowledged, have bargained and sold, and by 
these presents do grant and convey unto the said party 
of the second part, his executors, administrators and as- 
signs, the one equal undivided half of six acres of wheat,- 
now growing on the farm of 0. S., in the town of 



310 SALOON keeper's compakion. 

aforesaid, one black horse, two oxen, and forty sheep, be- 
longing to me and now in my possession, at the place last 
aforesaid : (or, " all the goods, wares, merchandise, chat- 
tels, and effects mentioned and described in the schedule 
hereto annexed, and marked A : ") to have and to hold 
the same unto the said party of the second part, his execu- 
tors, administrators and assigns, forever. And I do, for 
myself, my heirs, executors and administrators, covenant 
and agree, to and with the said party of the second part, 
his executors, administrators and assigns, to warrant and 
defend the sale of the said property, goods, and chattels 
hereby made, unto the said party of the second part, his 
executors, administrators and assigns, against all and 
every person and persons whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and 

seal the day of , one thousand eight hundred 

and sixty. 

Signed, sealed and delivered ) A. B. [l.s.] 

in presence of 5 
M. T. 

*BONDS. 

Common Bond, with Condition. 

Know all men by these presents : That I, A. B., of the 

town of , in the county of , and State of New 

York, am held and firmly bound unto C. D., of, &c., in 
the sum of one thousand dollars, lawful money of the 
United States, to be paid to the said C. D., his executors, 
administrators or assigns : for which payment, well and 
truly to be made, I bind myself, my heirs, executors and 
administrators, firmly by these presents. 

Sealed with my seal. Dated, the day of , one 

thousand eight hundred and . 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 311 

The condition of the above obligation is such, that if the 
above bounden A. B., his heirs, executors, or administra- 
tors, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto 
the above named C. D., his executors, administrators, or 
assigns, the just and full sum of five hundred dollars, in 
five equal annual payments, from the date hereof, with 
annual interest, then the above obligation to be void ; 
otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. 

Sealed and delivered ) A. B. [l.sT] 

in presence of > 
G. H. 



Bond —' Several Payments. 

Know all men by these presents ; &c., [as in Common 
Bond, and then add ;] the just and full sum of five hundred 
dollars ; in manner following, that is to say : the sum of 

one hundred dollars on the tenth day of next ; the 

sum of two hundred dollars on the day of , 18 — ; 

and the remaining sum of two hundred dollars in one year 
from the said last mentioned date, together with the legal 
interest on the whole sum remaining unpaid at the time of 
each payment ; then the above obligation to be void ; else 
to remain in full force and virtue. 

Sealed, &c., [as in Common Bond.'] 



MORTGAGES. 

All mortgages on personal property, to be valid, must 
be recorded in the town clerk's oflice of the town in which 
the property lies at the time of the execution of the instru- 
ment ; they must also be recorded in the town clerk's office 
of ever}' town to which the property may be removed. 
When the property is in a city where the count}' clerk's 
office is kept, then the mortgage must be recorded in that 



812 SALOON keeper's companion. 

■office. Such mortgages will cease to be valid after the ex- 
piration of one year from the recording thereof unless a 
true copy of such mortgage, together with a statement of 
the real interest of .the mortgagee in the property-, shall, 
within thirty days of the expiration of the j^ear, be again 
filed in the office of the town or county clerk in which the 
mortgagor shall then reside. 

When the mortgage is paid, a certificate to that eflect 
from the mortgagee or his legal representatives, duly 
acknowledged b}^ a commissioner of deeds must be pre- 
:sented to the clerk of the town or county office in which 
the mortgage is recorded, who will file it, and the mort- 
igage is at an end. 

A mortgage sometimes conveys to the mortgagee the 
.power to sell ; in such cases, the mortgagee may sell the 
property without the aid of any court. Such sale, how- 
■^ver, will not do away with a judgment or mortgage ob- 
tained prior to the sale. All such sales must be made at 
public auction. 



Mortgage on Goods and Chattels. 
To all to whom these presents shall come : Know ye, 

that I, A, B. of , part}^ of the first part, for securing 

the payment of the money hereinafter mentioned, and in 
consideration of the sum of one dollar to me dul}'- paid by 
■C. D. of , of the second part, at or before the enseal- 
ing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is 
liereby acknowleged, have bargained and sold, and by 
these presents do grant, bargain, and sell unto the said 
X^arty of the second part, two ba}^ horses, and all other 
goods and chattels mentioned in the schedule hereunto 

annexed, and now in the possession of ; to have and to 

hold all and singular the goods and chattels above bar- 
gained and sold, or intended so to be, unto the said party 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 313 

of the second part, his executors, administrators, and 
assigns, forever. And I, the said party of the first part, 
for myself, m}- heirs, executors, and administrators, all 
and singular the said goods and chattels above bargained 
and sold unto the said party of the second part, his heirs, 
executors, administrators, and assigns, against me, the 
said party of the first part, and against all and every per- 
son or persons whomsoever, shall and will warrant and 
forever defend ; upon condition, that if I, the said party of 
the first part, shall and do well and truly pay unto the 
said party of the second part, his executors, administra- 
tors, or assigns, the full sum of dollars, on the 

day of next, according to the tenor and effect of a 

certain promissory note, bearing even date herewith, made 
by me in favor of the said C. D., then these presents shall 
be void. And I, the said party of the first part, for my- 
self, my executors, administrators and assigns, do cove- 
nant and agree, to and with the said party of the second 
part, his executors, administrators, and assigns, that in 
case default shall be made in the payment of the said sum 
above mentioned, then it shall and may be lawful for, and 
I, the said party of the first part, do hereby authorize and 
empower the said party of the second part, his executors, 
administrators, and assigns, with the aid and assistance of 
any person or persons, to enter my dwelling-house, store, 
and other premises, and such other place or places as the 
said goods or chattels are, or maybe placed, and take and 
carry away the said goods and chattels, and to sell and 
dispose of the same for the best price they can obtain ; and 
out of the money arising therefrom, to retain and pay the 
said sum above mentioned, and all charges touching the 
same, rendering the overplus (if any) unto me, or to my 
executors, administrators, or assigns. And until default 
be made in the payment of the said sum of money I am to 



314 SALOON keepeb's companion. 

remain and continue in the quiet and peaceable possession 
of the said goods and chattels, and the full and free enjoy- 
ment of the same. 
In witness, &c. 

MINORS. 

In law, both males and females are infants, or minors, 
till they arrive at the age of twenty-one years. In the 
States of Vermont and Ohio, females are legally of age at 
eighteen. 

No minor can bind him or herself by contract for any- 
thing except necessaries — such as food, clothing, or edu- 
cation. 

Minors can do no act to the injury of their property. 
In case one should do so, he or she may repudiate or 
rescind it on arriving of age. 

A minor whose parents may have released his claim for 
his or her labor, or the wages arising therefrom, is not 
thereby enabled to enter into contracts which he or she 
may not at any time annul. 

A contract for necessaries is binding on a minor when 
he or she becomes of age, and may be recovered in a suit 
of law ; but in order to recover the sum due for them, it 
must be shown that the articles were really necessary for 
him or her under the circumstances and condition in which 
he or she was placed when they were furnished. 

A parent is not bound by the contract of his son, even 
for necessaries, unless an actual authority can be shown, 
or the circumstances be sufficient to imply such authority. 
The safest rule in all such instances is to always demand 
a written order or authority. 

A father is liable for necessaries furnished to his minor 
children, but they must be strictly necessaries. In all 
«uch cases the sums due therefor may be recovered. 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 315 

NATURALIZATION PAPERS. 

DECLARATION OF INTENTION. 

I, A, B., do declare, on oath, that it is hona fide my 
intention to become a citizen of the United States, and to 
renounce for ever all allegiance and fidelity to all and any 
foreign prince, potentate, state, and sovereignty whatever ; 
and particularly to Victoria, queen of the united kingdom 
of Great Britain and Ireland. 

Sworn in open court, this > 
day of , 18—, > A. B. 

I, L. T., clerk of the court of , do certif}^ that 

the above is a true copy of the original declaration of in- 
tention of A. B. to become a citizen of the United States, 
remaining on record in m}!- oftlce. 

In testimony whereof, I have hereunto subscribed my 
name and affixed the seal of the said court, the 

[l. s.] day of , one thousand eight hundred 

and . L. T. 



OATH OF ALIEN. 



united states of america. 
State of New York, ^ 

County of , 5 

A. B., being duly sworn, doth depose and say, that he 
is a resident in the State of New York, and intends 
always to reside in the United States, and to become a 
citizen thereof as soon as he can be naturalized, and 
that he has taken such incipient measures as the laws 
of the United States require, to enable him to obtain 
naturalization. 

Sworn before me, the day of , 18 — . 

J. S., Clerk of the U. S. District Court. 



316 SA.LOON keeper's companion. 

NEW YORK STATE JjAYT FOR THE PROTECTION OF HOTEL AND 
BOARDING-HOUSE KEEPERS. 

Every person who shall at any hotel, inn, restaurant, 
or boarding-house order, or cause to be furnished, any 
food, drink, or accommodation with intent to defraud the 
owner or proprietor of such hotel, inn, restaurant, or 
boarding-house out of the value, or price of such food, 
drink, or accommodation, in accordance with the terms, 
or custom of such hotel, inn, restaurant, or boarding- 
house, and every person who shall obtain at any hotel, 
inn, restaurant, or boarding-house, by the use of false 
pretence, or device, either by depositing at such place 
baggage or property of value less than the amount of 
such credit, or of the bill by such person incurred or 
otherwise, and afterwards abscond from such hotel, inn, 
restaurant, or boarding-house, or surreptitiously remove 
such baggage or deposit, shall, upon conviction, be ad- 
judged guilty of a misdemeanor. 

All baggage left by guests may be sold at the expira- 
tion of six months. Passed February, 1867. 



MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION. 

When a house is rendered untenantable in consequence 
of improvements made on the adjoining lot, the owner of 
such cannot recover damages, because it is presumed that 
he had knowledge of the approaching danger in time to 
protect himself from it. 

An agreement by the holder of a note to give the prin- 
ciple debtor time for payment without depriving himself 
of the right to sue, does not discharge the surety. 

A day book copied from a " blotter" in which charges 



SlLOON &EEPER*S COMPANION. 31*7 

are first made, will not be received in evidence as a book 
of original entries. 

A bidder at a SheriflTs sale may retract his bid at any 
time before the property is knocked down to him, what- 
ever may be the condition of the sale. 

Agents are solely liable to their principals. 

A debtor may give preference to one creditor over 
another, unless fraud or special legislation can be proved. 

A court cannot give judgment for a larger sum than that 
specified in the verdict. 

An action for malicious prosecution will lie, though 
nothing further was done than suing out warrants. 

A finder of property is compelled to make diligent in- 
quiry for the owner thereof, and to restore the same. If, 
on finding such property, he attempts to conceal such fact, 
he may be prosecuted for larceny. 

A private person may obtain an injunction to prevent a 
public nuisance by which he is affected in common with 
others. 

To prosecute a party with any other motive than to 
bring him to justice, is a malicious prosecution, and ac- 
tionable as such. 

Permanent erections and fixtures, made by a mortgagor 
after the execution of the mortgage upon the land con- 
veyed by it, become a part of the mortgaged premises. 

A seller of goods, chattels, or other property, commits 
no fraud, in law, when he neglects to tell the purchaser of 
any flaws, defects, or unsoundness in the same. 

When land trespassed upon is occupied by a tenant, he 
alone can bring the action. 



3 IS SALOON Keeper's companion. 

To say of a person, "if he does not come and make 
terms with me, I will make a bankrupt of him, and ruin 
him," or any such threatening language, is actionable, 
without proof of special damage. 

In an action for slander, the party making complaint 
must prove the words alleged ; other words of a like 
meaning will not suffice. 

A parent cannot sustain an action for any wrong done 
to a child, unless he has incurred some direct pecuniary 
injury therefrom, in consequence of some loss of service, 
or expenses necessarily consequent thereupon. 

A master is responsible for an injury resulting from the 
negligence of his servant, whilst driving his cart or car- 
riage, provided the servant is, at the time, engaged in his 
master's business, even though the accident happens in a 
place to which his master's business does not call him ; 
but if the journey of the servant be solely for a purpose of 
his own, and undertaken without the knowledge or consent 
of his master, the latter is not responsible. 

The liabilit}^ of an innkeeper is not confined to personal 
baggage, but extends to all the propert}' of the guest that 
he consents to receive. 

When a person has, by legal inquisition, been found an 
habitual drunkard, he cannot, even in his sober intervals, 
make contracts to bind himself or his property, until the 
inquisition is removed. 

A guest is a competent witness in an action between 
himself and an innkeeper, to prove the character and value 
of lost personal baggage. Mone}^ in a trunk, not exceed- 
ing the amount reasonably required by the traveller to 
defray the expenses of the journey which he has under- 
taken, is a part of his baggage ; and in case of its loss, 



SALOON KEKPER's COMPANION. 319 

while at any inn, the plaintiff may prove its amount by his 
own testimony. 

In all cases of special contract for services, the plaintiff 
can recover only the amount stipulated in the contract. 

Fiiilure to prove plea of justification, in a case of slander, 
aggravates the offence. 

An agreement to pay for procuring an appointment to 
office is void. 

A person entitling himself to a reward offered for lost 
property has a lien upon the property for the reward ; but 
only when a definite reward is offered. 

Confession by a prisoner must be voluntarily made to 
constitute evidence against him. 

The defendant in a suit must be served with process ; 
but service of such process upon his wife, even in his 
absence from the State, is not, in the absence of statutory 
provisions, sufRcient. 

No action can be maintained against a Sheriff for omit- 
ting to account for money obtained upon an execution 
within a reasonable time. He has till the return day to 
render such account. 

An interest in the profits of an enterprise as profits, 
renders the party holding it a partner in the enterprise, 
and makes him presumptively liable to share any loss. 

In an actio'n against a railroad company, by a passenger, 
to recover damages for injury sustained on the road, it is 
not compulsory upon the plaintiff to prove actual negli- 
gence in the defendants ; but it is obligatory on the part 
of the latter to prove that the injury was not owing to any 
fault or negligence of theirs. 



320 



SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. 



USEFUL INFORMATION FOR EVERYBODY. 

Table of Distances from New York, as the crow flies, 
to important cities : 



Albany, N. Y. . . 


Miles. 

. 146 


St. Louis, Mo. . . 


Miles. 
1,090 


Newark, N. J. . . 


9 


Milwaukee, Wis. . 


1,100 


Boston, Mass. . . 


236 


Detroit, Mich. . . 


679 


Philadelphia, Pa. . 


87 


Little Rock, Ark. . 


1,400 


Baltimore, Md. . . 


185 


Omaha, Neb. . . 


1,430 


Washington, D. C. 


225 


St. Paul^ Minn. . 


1,450 


Richmond, Va. . . 


353 


Denver City, Col. . 


1,980 


Raleigh, N.C. . . 


538 


Salt Lake City, U. T. 


2,430 


Charleston, S. C. . 


764 


San Francisco, Cal. 


3,306 


Savannah, Ga. . . 


854 


Saratoga Sp'gs, N.Y. 


183 


Atlanta, Ga. . . . 


1,000 


Burlington, Vt. . . 


301 


Montgomery, Ala. 


1,220 


Buffalo, N. Y. . . 


469 


Mobile, Ala. . . . 


1,352 


Rochester, N. Y. . 


401 


New Orleans, La. . 


1,597 


Newburgh, N. Y. . 


53 


Galveston, Tex. . . 


1,800 


New Haven, Conn. 


76 


Memphis, Tenn. . 


1,200 


Providence, R. I. . 


183 


Nashville, Tenn. . . 


1,028 


Newport, R. I. . . 


160 


Louisville, Ky. . . 


845 


Portland, Me. . . 


344 


Cincinnati, 0. . . 


744 


Hartford, Conn. . 


133 


Cleveland, 0. . . 


588 


Pittsburg, Pa. . . 


431 


Indianapolis, Ind. 


838 


Harrisburg, Pa. . 


182 


Chicago, 111. . . . 


898 


Long Branch, N. J. 


36 




FOREIGN 


CITIES. 




Montreal, Ca. . . 


401 


St. Petersburgh, Rus 


4,860 


London, Eng. . . 


3,206 


Madrid, Spain, . . 


3,140 


Paris, France, . . . 


3,557 


Frankfort, Germ. . 


3,530 


Dublin, Ireland, . 


3,130 


Havana, Cuba, . . 


1,930 


Rome, Italy, . . . 


4,396 


Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 4,550 


Edinburgh, Scot. . . 


3,586 


Calcutta, India, 


8,300 



SAtoON Keeper's coiiPAirioN. S2l 

POPULATION OF THE WORLD. 

Europe 230,000,000 

Asia . . 800,000,000 

Africa 150,000,000 

North America .• 60,000,000 

South America 20,000,000 

Australia 2,000,000 

Polynesia ". . . . 1,500,000 

PENALTIES, &C. 

For signing or issuing any paper without being properly 
stamped, $50 fine, and such document shall be deemed 
invalid. 

The instrument may, however, be subsequently stamped 
and made valid by the District Collector on paying the 
fine, &c. 

For not properly cancelling stamps $50 for each offence. 
The mode of cancellation is by writing on the stamp the 
initials and date. 

For accepting or negotiating a bill of exchange made in 
any foreign country, unless properly stamped, $200 fine. 

For selling any medicine, perfumery, matches, cards, 
&c., without the proper stamp, $100 fine and forfeiture of 
the goods. 

For making, selling, or using counterfeit stamps, or 
washing thoSe previously used, with fraudulent intent, a 
fine of $1,000, or imprisonment for five years. 

BUSINESS MAXIMS FOR BUSINESS MEN. 

1. After the feast the giver shakes his head. 

2. The sleeping fox catches no poultry. 

3. Creditors have excellent memories. 

4. Caution is the father of security. 

6. He who pays before-hand is served behind-hand. 
15* 



§22 SAlOON keeper's COilPAtllON. 

6. If you would know the value of a dollar try to bor- 
row one. 

7. Great bargains have ruined many; 

8. Be silent when a fool talks. 

9. Give a foolish talker rope enough and he will hang 
himself. 

10. Never speak boastingly of j'our business. 

11. It is hard for the hungry man to wait when he 
smells the roast meat. 

12. An hour of triumph comes at last to those who 
watch and wait. 

13. Word by word Webster's big Dictionary was made. 

14. Speak well of your friends — of your enemies say 
nothing. 

15. Never take back a discharged servant. 

16. If you post your servants upon your affairs they 
will one day rend you. 

1 7 . No man can be successful who neglects his business. 

18. Do not waste time in useless regrets over losses. 

19. Systematize your business and keep an eye on 
little expenses. Small leaks sink great ships. 

20. Never fail to take a receipt for money paid, and 
keep copies of your letters. 

21. Do your business promptly, and bore not a busi- 
ness man with long visits. 

22. Law is a trade in which the lawyers eat the oj^sters 
and leave the clients the shells. 

Rothschild, the founder of the world-renowned house 
of Rothschild & Co.^ ascribed his success to the fol- 
lowing : 

Never have anything to do with an unlucky man. 

Be cautious and bold. 

Make a bargain at once. 



SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. 



32S 



INTEREST TABLE, 

(6 Per Ger\t.) 
SHOWING THE INTEREST ON ANT SUM FROM $10 TO 

$10,000. 









For 


For 


For 


For 




1 Day. 


15 Days. 


1 Month. 


1 Year. 


$10. . . . 


$ 


$ 3 


$ 5 


$ 60 


20. 









5 


10 


1 20 


30 . 






1 


8 


15 


1 80 


40. 






1 


10 


20 


2 40 


50. 






1 


13 


25 


3 00 


60 . 






1 


15 


30 


3 60 


70. 






1 


18 


35 


4 20 


80 . 






1 


20 


40 


4 80 


90 . 






2 


23 


45 


5 40 


100 . 






2 


25 


50 


6 00 


200 . 






3 


50 


1 00 


12 00 


300. 






5- 


75 


1 50 


18 00 


400 . 






7 


1 00 


2 00 


24 00 


500. 






8 


1 25 


2 50 


30 00 


600 . 






10 


1 50 


3 00 


36 00 


700 . 






12 


1 75 


3 50 


42 00 


800 . 






13 


2 00 


4 00 


48 00 


900 . 






15 


2 25 


4 50 


54 00 


1,000 . 






17 


2 50 


5 00 


60 00 


2,000 . 






34 


4 99 


10 01 


120 00 


3,000 . 






52 


7 49 


15 01 


180 00 


4,000 . 






69 


9 99 


20 01 


240 00 


5,000 . 






86 


12 48 


25 02 


300 00 


6,000 . 






1 03 


14 98 


30 02 


360 00 


7,000 . 






1 20 


17 48 


35 02 


420 00 


8,000 . 






1 36 


18 97 


40 03 


480 00 


9,000 . 






1 55 


22 47 


45 03 


540 00 


10,000 . 






1 72 


24 97 


50 03 


600 00 



^24 



SALOON KEEPER 8 COMPANION. 



INTEREST TABLE, 

(7 Per Cent.) 

SHOWING THE INTEREST ON ANT SUM PROM $10 TO 
$10,000. 





For 


For 


For 


For 




1 Day. 


15 Days. 


1 Month. 


1 Tear. 


$10. . . 


$ 


$ 3 


$ 6 


$ 70 


20 . 







6 


12 


1 40 


30. 








9 


18 


2 10 


40. 








12 


23 


2 80 


50 . 








14 


29 


3 50 


60 . 








17 


35 


4 20 


70. 








20 


41 


4 90 


80 . 






2 


23 


47 


5 60 


90. 






2 


26 


53 


6 30 


100 . 






2 


29 


58 


7 00 


200. 






4 


58 


1 17 


14 00 


300. 






6 


86 


1 75 


21 00 


400 . 






8 


1 15 


2 33 


28 00 


500. 






10 


1 44 


2 92 


35 00 


600 . 






12 


1 73 


3 50 


* 42 00 


700 . 






13 


2 01 


4 08 


49 00 


800. 






15 


2 30 


4 67 


56 00 


900 . 






17 


2 59 


5 25 


63 00 


1,000 . 






19 


2 88 


5 83 


70 00 


2,000 . 






38 


5 75 


11 67 


140 00 


3,000 . 






58 


8 63 


17 50 


210 00 


4,000 . 






77 


11 51 


23 33 


280 00 


5,000 . 






96 


14 38 


29 17 


350 00 


6,000 . 






1 15 


17 26 


35 00 


420 00 


7,000 . 






1 34 


20 14 


40 83 


490 00 


8,000 . 






1 53 


28 01 


46 67 


560 00 


9,000 . 






1 73 


25 89 


52 50 


630 00 


10,000 . 






1 92 


28 77 


58 33 


700 00 



SALOON KEEPEES COMPANION. 



32§ 



LEGAL RATES OF INTEREST IN THE UNIT«D STATES. 



Heavy penalties for usury. 

state. Per cent. 

Maine 6 

New Hampshire .... 6 

Vermont 6 

Massachusetts .... 7 

Rhode Island 6 

Connecticut 6 

New York 7 

New Jersey 6 

Pennsylvania 6 

Delaware 6 

Maryland 6 

Vii-ginia 6 

North Carolina .... 6 

South Carolina , . . . 7 

Georgia 8 

Alabama 8 

Mississippi 8 



state. Per cent. 

Louisiana ...*.. 5 

Tennessee 6 

Kentucky 6 

Ohio 6 

Indiana 6 

Illinois, (Contract on 

Loans) 10 

Missouri 6 

Michigan 7 

Arkansas 6 

Florida 6 

"Wisconsin 7 

California 10 

Oregon 6 

Minnesota 7 

Iowa 6 

Utah 7 



A TABLE OF DAILY SAVINGS AT COMPOUND INTEREST. 

Fifty Tears. 

$2,900 

5,800 

11,600 

29,000 

53.000 

116,000 

145.000 

B}' the above table it appears that if a mechanic, or 
clerk, saves only 2f cents per day, from the time he is 21 
until he is three score and ten, the aggregate, with inter- 
est, will amount to $2,900 ; and a daily saving of 27J 



Cents a Day. 


Per Tear. 


In Ten Tears. 


2f 


$10 00 


$130 


51 


20 00 


260 


11 


40 00 


520 


27^ 


100 00 


1,300 


55 . 


200 00 


2,600 


1 10 


400 00 


5,200 


1 37 


500 00 


6,500 



S26 



SAI^OON keeper's COMPANION. 



cents reaches the important sum of $29,000.. A sixpence 
saved daily will provide a fund of nearly $7,000 — suffi- 
cient to purchase a good farm. There are few employees 
who cannot save daily by abstaining from the use of 
cigars, tobacco, liquor, &c., twice, or ten times the amount 
of the six cent piece. Every person should provide for 
old age, and the man in business who can lay by a dollar 
a day will eventually find himself possessed of over 
$100,000. 



HIGHEST AND LOWEST PRICE OF GOLD, 

Since the suspension of Specie Payments. 



1862 . . . 






137 


. 100 


1863 . . . 






172J 


. 122^ 


1864 . . . 






285 


. 151^ 


1865 . . . 






234J 


. 128f 


1866 . . . 






168f 


. 128 


1867 . . . 






146^ 


. 137 


1868 . . . 






150 


. 132J 


1869 . . . 


• • • 


. . . 


165 . . 


. 121i 


VALtTE 


OF FOREIGN MONET ON A GOLD BASIS 


;. 


Pound St'g of Eng. 


$4 83 


Johannes of Brazil, 


17 04 


Sovereign 


" 


4 84 


Dobra " 


17 31 


Guinea 


" 


5 05 


Moidore 


5 56 


Crown 


" 


1 21 


Franc of Belgium, 


18* 


Shilling 


u 


22 


Ducat of Bavaria, 


2 26 


Louis d'Or, France, 


4 52 


Ryder of Holland, 


6 04 


Napoleon 


u 


3 84. 


Marc Banco, Hamb'g 


, 35 


Five Francs 


u 


93 


Franc, Switzerland, 


18* 


Franc 


C( 


18^ 


Rix Dollar, Saxony, 


69 


Frederic d'Or. 


, Prus. 


3 95 


Ducat of Naples, 


80 


Thaler of Saxony, 


63 


Scudo of Rome, 


1 ooj 



SALOON keeper's companion. 327 

Florin of Netherl'ds, 40 Lira of Lombardy, 16 

Ducat of Austria, 2 23 Crown of Tuscany, 1 05^ 

Rix Dollar " 97 Livre of Genoa, 18 

Guilder " 48J Pezzo of Leghorn, 91^ 

Doubloon,Sp. 1800, 15 54 Milrea of Portugal, 112 
Pistareen " 19^ 2 Rigsdaler, Denm'k, 1 11 

Real " 05 Doubloon, Mexico, 15 53 

Five Rubles, Russia, 3 95 Tale of China, 1 48 

Ruble " 75 Rupee of India, 44 J 

Ecu of Egypt, 1 10 



NATIONAL DEBTS OF PRINCIPAL NATIONS. 

United states $2,453,559,735 

Interest 130,694,242 

Interest per head $3.75 

England 3,753,420,000 

Interest 125,840,000 

Interest per head $4.28 

France 2,613,600,000 

Interest 121,000,000 

Interest per head ...... ... $3.16 

Russia 1,282,600,000 

Interest 53,240,000 

Interest per head .70 

Austria 1,210,000,000 

Interest 63,920,000 

Interest per head $1.96 

Italy 1,094,040,000 

Interest 82,280,000 

Interest per head $3.70 

Spain 793,760,000 

Interest 19,360,000 

Interest per head $114.00 



3S^ 



SAtOON keeper's COMPANION. 



Prussia 

Interest .... 

Interest per head 

Canada 

^ Interest .... 

Interest per head 
Switzerland .... 

Interest .... 

Interest per head 



235,560,000 

9,680,000 

.36 

72,600,000 

3,630,000 

.98 

. 774,400 

14,520 

.01 



POPULATION OF CITIES 



Having over ten thousand inhabitants, as per census of 
1870 : 



New York . . . 


. 926,341 


Fall River, Mass . 


26,786 


Philadelphia . . 


674,022 


Springfield, Mass. . 


26,703 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


396,300 


Nashville, Tenn. . 


25,872 


St. Louis, Mo. . 


. 310,864 


Peoria, 111 


25,787 


Chicago, 111. . . 


. 298,983 


Covington, Ky. . . 


24,505 


Baltimore, Md. . 


. 267,354 


Salem, Mass. . . . 


24,117 


Boston, Mass. . 


. 250,526 


Quincy, 111. . . . 


24,053 


Cincinnati, 0. . 


. 216,239 


Manchester, N. H. 


23,536 


New Orleans, La. 


. 191,322 


Harrisburg, Pa. 


23,091 


San Francisco, Cal 


. 149,482 


Trenton, N. J. . . 


22,874 


Buffalo, N.Y. . 


. 117,715 


Evansville, Ind. . 


22,830 


Washington, D. C 


109,204 


New Bedford, Mass 


21,320 


Newark, N. J. . 


. 105,078 


Oswego, N. Y. . . 


20,918 


Louisville, Ky. . 


. 100,754 


Elizabeth, N, J. . 


20,833 


Cleveland, 0. . 


. 92,846 


Lancaster, Pa. . . 


20,233 


Pittsburg, Pa. . 


. 86,235 


Savannah, Ga. . , 


20,233 


Jersey City, N. J. 


. 81,744 


Poughkeepsie, N.Y 


20,080 


Detroit, Mich. . 


. 79,580 


Camden, N. J. . . 


20,045 


Milwaukee, Wis. 


. 71,499 


Davenport, la. . . 


20,042 


Albany, N. Y. . 


69,422 


St. Paul, Minn. . . 


20,031 


Providence, R. I. 


68,906 


Erie, Pa 


19,646 



SALOON Keeper's companion. 



Rochester, N. Y. 


62,315 


Wheeling, W.Va. 


19,282 


Alleghany, Pa. . 


53,181 


Norfolk, Va. . . 


19,256 


Richmond, Va. . 


51,038 


Taunton, Mass . 


18,629 


New Haven, Ct. 


50,840 


Chelsea, Mass. . 


18,547 


Charleston, S. C. 


48,956 


Dubuque, la. . . 


18,404 


Troy, N. Y. . . 


45,481 


Leavenworth, Kan 


. 17,849 


Syracuse, N. Y. . 


43,058 


Fort Wayne, Ind. 


17,718 


Worcester, Mass. 


41,105 


Springfield, 111. . 


17,365 


Lowell, Mass. . 


40,928 


Auburn, N. Y. . 


17,225 


Memphis, Tenn. . 


40,226 


Newburg, N.Y. . 


17,014 


Cambridge, Mass. 


39,634 


Atlanta, Ga. . . 


16,986 


Hartford, Ct. . . 


37,180 


Norwich, Ct. . . 


16,653 


Indianapolis, Ind. 


36,565 


Sacramento, Cal. 


16,484 


Scranton, Pa. . 


35,093 


Omaha, Neb. . . 


16,083 


Reading, Fa. . . 


33,932 


Elmira, N. Y, . 


15,863 


Columbus, 0. . 


33,745 


Loclq)ort, N. Y. 


15,458 


Paterson, N. J. . 


33,582 


Gloucester, Mass. 


15,387 


Dayton, 0. . . 


32,579 


Cohoes, N. Y. . 


15,357 


Kansas City, Mo. 


. 32,260 


Brunswick, Me. . 


15,059 


Mobile, Ala. . . 


32,184 


New Albany, Ind. 


14,273 


Portland, Me. . 


31,414 


Hudson, N. Y. . 


14,135 


Wilmington, Del. 


30,841 


Newburyport, Mass 


3. 13,595 


Lawrence, Mass. 


28,921 


Binghampton, N.IJ 


\ 12,862 


Utica, N. Y. . . 


28,804 


Concord, N. H. . 


12,241 


Toledo, 0. . . . 


28,546 


Schenectady, N. Y 


. 11,026 


Charlestown, Mass 


. 28,323 


Ogdensburg, N'. Y 


. 10,076 


Lynn, Mass. . . 


28,233 






CENSUS CF THE UNITED STATES 1870 BY ST 


AXES. 


Alabama .... 


996,961 


Missouri . . . . 1 


,717,000 


Arkansas . . . 


483,179 


Nebraska . 


123,000 


California . . . 


560,285 


Nevada .... 


42,491 


Connecticut . . 


537,418 


N. Hampshire . 


318,300 


Delaware . . . 


125,051 


New Jersey . . 


905,794 



3S0 



SALOON Keeper's companion. 



Florida 
Georgia 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Iowa . 
Kansas 
Kentucky 
Louisiana . 
Maine . . . 
Marj^land . 
Massachusetts 
Michigan 
Minnesota . 
Mississippi . 



187,756 

1,200,609 

2,539,638 

1,673,046 

1,191,802 

362,872 

1,321,001 

732,731 

626,463 

708,894 

1,457,351 

1,184,296 

435,511 

834,170 



Total Population of States 



New York . . 
North Carolina 
Ohio . . . 
Oregon . . 
Pennsylvania 
Rhode Island 
South Carolina 
Tennessee . 
Texas ... 
Vermont . . , 
Virginia . . 
West Virginia 
Wisconsin . 
Territories . 
and Territories, 



. 4,364,411 
. 1,069,914 
. 2,659,214 
. 90,922 
. 3,515,993 
. 217,356 
. 728,000 
. 1,257,983 
. 797,500 
. 330,552 
. 1,224,830 
. 445,610 
. 1,055,167 
. 442,500 
38,977,741 



CAPACITY OF SOME OP THE LARGEST THEATRES IN THE 
WORLD. 

Note. — In estimating the capacity of seats not parti- 
tioned off or numbered, such as gallery benches, etc. , we 
allow eighteen inches for each person. 

New York— Barnum's Hippodrome 8,433 

Stadt Theatre, German 3,015 

Academy of Music 2,433 

Niblo's Garden . 1,978 

Grand Opera House 1,883 

Booth's Theatre 1,807 

Bowery Theatre 1,775 

Olympic Theatre 1,625 

Wallack's Theatre 1,605 

*Wood's Museum 1,530 

Fifth Avenue Theatre 1,529 

Lyceum Theatre 1,299 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 331 

Union Square Theatre 1,210 

Tony Pastor's Opera House 1,194 

Globe Theatre 1,063 

Theatre Comique 1,005 

Metropolitan Theatre 948 

Park Theatre 925 

San Francisco Minstrel Hall 701 

Bryant's Minstrel Hall 640 

Brooklyn — * Academy of Music 2,433 

*Brooklyu Theatre 1,661 

Park Theatre 1,120 

Hoolej^'s Opera House 709 

Philadelphia — Academy of Music 2,864 

Chestnut street Theatre 2,380 

*Fox's American Theatre 2,256 

*Grand Central Theatre 1,775 

Walnut Street Theatre 1,720 

Arch Street Theatre 1,614 

Arch Street Opera House 1,200 

Col. Wood's Museum 1,188 

Pittsburg — Opera House 1,800 

Fifth Avenue Theatre 1,440 

Academy of Music 1,313 

Chicago— jNewAdelphi Theatre 2,238 

*McVicker's Theatre 1,786 

Gardner's Academy of Music 1 ,494 

■ Hooley's Theatre 1,373 

Grand Opera House 1,235 

Cincinnati — Grand Opera House ! 1,631 

Robinson's Opera House 1,608 

National Theatre 1,599 

Wood's Theatre 1,594 

Pike's Opera House 1,592 

Stadt Theatre (German) 1,050 



5^2 SALOON Keeper's companion. 

Boston— Boston Theatre 2,972 

Music Hall 2,585 

*New Globe Theatre 2,200 

Tremont Temple 1,942 

Beethoven Hall 1,525 

*Howard AthenfBam 1,500 

Museum , . . , 1,275 

New Orleans — Grand Opera House 2,052 

St. Charles Theatre 2,178 

Academy of Music 1,674 

Varieties Theatre 1,565 

Globe Theatre 1,537 

Washington — National Theatre 1,709 

Theatre Comique 1,296 

Ford's Opera House 1,138 

Lincoln Hall (Y. M. C. A.) 1,025 

Baltimore — *Ford's Opera House . ....... .1,720 

Front Street Theatre 1,561 

Holliday Street Theatre 1,524 

Cleveland — fEuclid Avenue Opera House . . . .1,640 

Case Hall 1,240 

Theatre Comique 1,114 

Academy of Music .' 1,065 

Detroit — Opera House 1,790 

Theatre Comique 914 

Albany — Opera House 1,404 

Martin Hall 1,354 

Worcester — Mechanics' Hall 2,000 

Rochester — Opera House 1,025 

Charleston — Academy of Music 1 ,038 

Indianapolis — jAcademy of Music 2,042 

I Metropolitan Theatre 1,219 

Memphis — Greenlaw Opera House 1,507 

Memphis Theatre 1,220 



SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. 666 

Louisville — Macauley's Theatre 1,754 

Public Library Hall .1,131 

Masonic Temple . 1,056 

Montreal — Theatre Royal .1 ,368 

Opera House 928 

St. Louis — De Bar's Opera House 1,696 

Theatre Comique 1,564 

Mercantile Library Hall 1,450 

Temple 1,412 

Olympic Theatre 1,349 

Deagle's Theatre 1,014 

San Francisco — California Theatre 1,651 

Maguire's Theatre 1,078 

Richmond — Richmond Theatre 1 ,423 

Paris — • *Acadamie Imperiale de Musique . . . .1,950 

*Ambigue Comique 1,900 

* Porte St. Martin 1,800 

*Theatre Italien 1,700 

*Theatre Lyrique 1,700 

*Odeon 1,650 

*Opera Comique 1,500 

St. Petersburg — *Bolshoi Theatre 5,000 

Milan — *La Scala 4,000 

Naples — *San Carlo 3,600 

Venice — *La Fenice 3,000 

Turin — *Theatre Royal . . ' 2,500 

Florence — *La Perigola 2,500 

Munich — *Theatre Royal . .2,500 



♦Estimated. jNot completed, pi'l^ures furnished by proprietor or employee 
of theatre, 



334 



SALOON keeper's COMPANION. 



DIFFERENCE OF TIME. 

When it is 12 o'clock, noon at New York City, it was 
the morning at all places west of New York, and after- 
noon at all places east, as shown in the following table : 



WEST OF NEW YORK. 

H. M. S. 

Auburn, N. Y. . . 11 50 12 
Augusta, G-a. . . 11 28 28 
Baltimore, Md. . . 11 49 38 
Buffalo, N. Y. . . 11 40 24 
Charleston, S. C. . 11 36 22 
Chicago, 111. ... 11 6 2 
Cincinnati, O. . . 11 18 16 
Columbus, O. . . 11 23 52 
Dayton, O. ... 11 19 20 
Detroit, Mich. . . 11 23 54 
Geneva, N. Y. . . 11 47 53 
Harrisburgh, Pa. .11 48 44 
Honolulu, Soc. I'ds. 6 24 8 
Indianapolis, Ind . 11 11 44 
Jefferson, Mo. . . 10 47 32 
Key West, Fla. . 11 28 54 
Knoxville, Tenn. . 11 20 28 
Little Rock, Ark. . 10 47 16 
Louisville, Ky. . . 11 14 4 
Milledgeville, Ga. 11 22 45 
Milwaukee, Wis. .11 4 16 
Mobile, Ala. ... 11 2 
Monterey, Cal. . . 8 48 35 
Nashville, Tenn. .11 8 48 
Natchez, Miss. . . 10 50 26 
Newark, N. J. . . 11 59 24 
Newbern, N. C. . 11 47 44 



EAST OF NEW YORK. 

H. M. S. 

Albany, N. Y. . . 1 6 
Archangel, Russia, 7 36 2 
Augusta, Me. . . 16 44 
Bangor, Me. . . . 20 56 
Berlin, Prussia, . 5 40 39 
Calcutta, India, . 10 21 58 
Cape of Good Hope, 6 13 52 
Charlottet'n,P.E.L 43 10 
Constantinople,Tky 6 52 
Dover, N. H. . . 12 28 
Dublin, Ireland, . 4 30 42 
Eastport, Me. . . 28 20 
Edinburgh, Scotl'd, 4 48 21 
Frankfort, Germ'y, 5 29 26 
Frederickton, N. B. 29 4 
Geneva, Switzerl'd, 5 20 40 
Gibraltar, Spain, . 4 34 40 
Gloucester, Mass. 12 25 
Greenwich, Engl'd, 4 56 4 
Halifax, N. S. . . 41 33 
Hamburg, Germ'}^ 5 35 56 
Hartford, Ct. . . 5 21 
Jerusalem, Palest'e, 7 17 26 
Liverpool, Engl'd, 4 44 3 
London, England, 4 55 41 
Lowell, Mass. . . 10 48 
Lynn, Mass. . . . 12 22 



SALOON KEEPER S COMPANION. 



335 



New Orleans, La. . 


, 10 56 4 


Mecca, Arabia . . 


7 36 2 


Norfolk, Va. . . , 


, 11 50 49 


Middletown, Ct. . 


5 28 


iPetersburgh, Va. . 


, 11 46 44 


Montreal, Canada, 


1 44 


Philadelphia, Pa. . 


11 55 25 


New Haven, Ct. . 


4 23 


Pittsburgh, Pa. . 


, 11 35 56 


Paris, France, . . 


5 5 26 


Raleigh, N. C. . . 


11 40 52 


Portland, Me. . . 


15 10 


Richmond, Va. . . 


. 11 46 15 


Portsmouth, N. H. 


13 1 


Rochester, N. Y. . 


, 11 44 40 


Providence, R. I. . 


10 25 


Sacramento, Cal. . 


8 56 4 


Quebec, Canada, . 


11 


San Francisco, Cal 


.. 8 46 19 


Rio Janeiro, Brazil, 


2 3 14 


Savannah, Ga. . . 


11 31 32 


. Rome, Italy, .- . . 


5 45 50 


Springfield, 111. . 


10 57 52 


Salem, Mass. . . 


12 30 


St. Augustine, Fla, 


,11 29 44 


Singapore, E. I. . 


11 44 2 


St. Louis, Mo. . . 


10 55 4 


St. Johns, N. F. . 


1 24 25 


St. Paul, Minn. . 


10 43 45 


St. Petersb'h, Rus. 


6 57 18 


Tallahassee, Fla. . 


11 17 40 


Stockholm, Swed'n. 


6 8 18 


Toronto, C. W. . 


11 38 38 


Tobolsk, Siberia, . 


9 20 2 


Washington, D. C, 


. 11 47 53 


Vienna, Austria, . 


6 137 




BUSINESS LAW. 





1. Ignorance of the law excuses no one. 

2. It is a fraud to conceal a fraud. 

3. The law compels no one to do impossibilities. 

4. An agreement without consideration is void. 

5. Signatures made with a lead pencil are good in 
law. 

6 . A receipt for mone}' paid is not legall}^ conclusive. 

7. The acts of one partner bind all the others. 

8. Contracts made on Sunday cannot be enforced. 

9. A contract made with a minor is void. 
10. A contract made with a lunatic is void. 



336 SALOON keeper's companion. 

1 1 Contracts for advertisements in Sunday newspapers 
are invalid. 

12. Principals are responsible for the acts of their 
agents. 

13. Agents are responsible to their principals for er- 
rors. 

14. Each individual in a partnership is responsible for 
the whole amount of the debts of the firm. 

15. A note given by a minor is void. 

16. Notes bear interest onl}' when so stated. 

17. It is not legally necessary to say on a note " for 
value received." 

18. A note drawn on Sunday is void. 

19. A note obtained by fraud, or from a person in a 
state of intoxication cannot be collected. 

20. If a note be lost or stolen, it does not release the 
maker ; he must pay it. 

21. An endorser of a note is exempt from liability if 
not served with notice of its dishonor within 24 hours of 
its non-payment. 



AMERICAN 



SPORTING MANUAL, 



CONTATNING THE 



LAWS AND RUIES OF BASE BALL, BOAT RACING, 
EECtATTAS, &C. 



RECORD OF THE BEST PERFORMANCES IN ROWING 
AND SAILING, RACING, TROTTING, WALKING, RUN- 
NING, JUMPING, SHOOTING, BALL GAMES, BIL- 
LIARDS, AND ENCOUNTERS IN THE 
PRIZE RING, WITH A FULL 
ACCOUNT OF THE MOST 
IMPORTANT. 




THE LAWS OF BOAT-RACING, 



A3 ADOPTED 



BY THE NATIONAL AMATEUR ASSOCIATION. 



1. All boat-races shall be started in the following man- 
ner : The starter, on being satisfied that the competitors 
are ready, shall give the signal to start. 

2. K the starter considers the start false, he shall ^t 
once recall the boats to their stations, and any boat re- 
fusing to start again shall be disqualified. 

3. Any boat not at its post at the time specified shall 
be liable to be disqualified by the umpire. 

4. The umpire may act as starter as he thinks fit. 
Where he does not so act, the starter shall be subject to 
the control of the umpire. 

5. Each boat shall keep its own water throughout the 
race, and any boat departing from its own water will do 
so at its peril. 

6. A boat's own water is its straight course, parallel 
with those of the other competing boats, from the station 
assigned to it at the starting to the finish. 

7. The umpire shall be sole judge of a boat's own water 
and proper course during the race. 

8. No fouling whatever shall be allowed ; the boat 
committing a foul shall be disqualified. 



4 LAWS OF BOAT RACING. 

9. It shall be considered a foul when, after the race ha& 
commenced, any competitor by his oar, boat, or person^ 
comes into contact with the oar, boat, or person of another 
competitor, unless in the opinion of the umpire such con- 
tact is so slight as not to influence the race. 

10. The umpire may, during a race, caution any com- 
petitor when in danger of committing a foul. 

11. The umpire, when appealed to, shall decide all 
questions as to a foul. 

12. A claim of foul must be made to the judge or the 
umpire by the competitor himself before getting out of his 
boat. 

13. In case of a foul, the umpire shall have the power — 

A. To place the boats, except the boat committing the 
foul, which is disqualified, in the order in which they 
come in. 

B. To order the boats engaged in the race, other than' 
the boat committing the foul, to row over again on the 
same or another day. 

G. To re-start the qualified boats from the place where 
the foul was committed. 

14. Every boat shall abide by its accidents. 

15. No boats shall be allowed to accompany a com- 
petitor for the purpose of directing his course or afibrding 
him other assistance. The boat receiving such direction 
or assistance shall be disqualified, at ttie discretion of the 
umpire. 

16. The jurisdiction of the umpire extends over the 
race, and all matters connected with it from the time the 
race is specified to start until its final termination, and his- 
decision in all cases shall be final and without appeal. 

17. Any competitor refusing to abide by the decision 
or to follow the directions of the umpire shall be dis- 
qualified. 



REGATTA RULES. O" 

18. Boats shall be started by their sterns, and shall 
have completed their course when the bows reach the 
" finish." 

19. In turning-races each competitor shall have a 
separate turning-stake and shall turn from port to star- 
board. Any competitor may turn any stake other than 
his own, but does so at his peril. 

20. The umpire, if he tliinks proper, may reserve his 
decision, provided that in every case such decision be 
be given on the day of the race. 



REGATTA RULES OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIA- 
OF AMATEUR OARSMEN. 

Rule 1. This Regatta shall be open to all amateur clubs 
which have been duly organized three months prior to the- 
holding of the Regatta. 

Entries of individuals will not be received. 

2. No club shall be allowed to enter any person who has 
not been a member of that club for at least three months 
preceding the Regatta. 

3. Any club intending to compete for any of the prizes, 
must give due notice to the Secretary of the Regatta on or 
before the appointed day for closing the entries. Entries 
shall close two weeks before the date of the Regatta. 

In all cases of entries for four-oared races, a list of not 
more than eight names, and in all cases of entries for 
pair-oared or double-scull races, a list of not more than 
four names shall be sent to the Secretary, and from these 
names the actual crew shall be selected. 

The name of the captain and secretary of each crew or 
club entering for any race shall be sent, at the time ot 
entrance, to the Secretary. 
1* 



t» KEGATTA RULES. 

A copy of the entrance-list shall be forwarded by the 
Secretary to the captain and secretary of each crew or 
club so duly entered. 

4. No assumed names shall be given to the Secretary. 

5. No one shall be allowed to be entered twice for the 
same race. 

6. The Secretary of the Eegatta shall not be permitted 
to declare any entry, nor to report the state of the en- 
trance-list until such list shall be closed. 

7. Objections to any entry shall be made in writing to 
the Secretary of the Executive Committee within seven 
days from the declaration of the entries, when the Com- 
mittee shall investigate the grounds of objection and 
decide thereon forthwith. 

8. Entrance-money for each boat shall be paid the 
Secretary at the time of entering, as follows : Four oars, 
$15 ; pair oars, $10 ; double sculls, $10 ; single sculls, $5. 

9. All races shall be one mile and a half straightaway. 

10. A meeting of the Eegatta Committee shall be held 
immediately preceding the Regatta, at which the captain 
or secretary of each crew or club entered shall deliver tO' 
the Secretary of the Eegatta a list containing the names 
of the actual crew appointed to contend in the ensuing 
races, to which list the name of one other member may 
be added, who may be substituted for any one of the crew 
in the event of illness or accident, subject to Rule 11. 

11. No member of a club shall be allowed to be substi- 
tuted for another who has already rowed in a heat, nor 
shall any member of a club be allowed to row with more 
than one crew in any of the heats for the same prize. 

12. In the event of a dead heat taking place, the same 
crews shall contend again, after such interval as the Re- 
gatta Committee may appoint, or the crew refusing shall 
be adjudged to have lost the heat. 



INTER-COLLEGIATE REGATTA. 7 

13 . In tlie event of there being but one boat entered 
for any prize, or if more than one enter, and all withdraw 
but one, the crew of the remaining boat must row over 
the course to be entitled to such prize. 

14. Heats and stations shall be drawn for by the Re- 
gatta Committee in the presence of such competitors, or 
their representatives, who may attend, after due notice 
having been given of a meeting of the Committee for that 

purpose. 

15. An Umpire shall be chosen by the Regatta Com- 
mittee, and his decision shall be final. 

16. The Judge at the winning-post shall be appointed 
by the Umpire, and his decision shall be final. 

17. The laws of boat-racing established by the National 
Association of Amateur Oarsmen shall be observed at 
this Regatta, and the definiton of an amateur oarsman 
established by said association shall govern the qualifica- 
tions of each competitor. 

18. The prizes shall be delivered at the conclusion of 
the regatta to their respective winners, who, in case of a 
challenge prize, shall receipt for the same as may be re- 
quired by the Committee. 

19. All questions of eligibility, qualification, or inter- 
pretation of the rules shall be referred to the Committee, 
and their decision shall be final. 



[From The Spirit of the Times, July 18 and 25.] 

INTER-COLLEGIATE REGATTA. 



FRESHMAN RACE. 

Princeton — Calvin G. Green (bow), Charles Halstead, 
John A. Campbell, John F. Williamson, John S. Ely, 
Benj. Nichols (stroke), 1 



S INTEB-COLLEGIATE REGATTA. 

Yale — Charles S. Mervine (bow), Frank W. Wheatoiiy 
Luther D. Bradley, Miles G. Nixon, William W. 

Collin, Elbridge C. Cooke (stroke) , 2" 

Brown — Arthur G. Griffin (bow), Samuel J. Bradbury, 
Walter R. Stiness, Geo. W. Dow, Christ M. Lee, 

Walter A. Peck (stroke) , 3-. 

Time, 18-12^. 
The Princeton crew, rowing a very lively stroke, were 
the first to take any perceptible lead, and as they ap- 
proached the press boat, lying half a mile down the 
course, the Princetons led Yale by a length, Brown being 
a length and a half behind. Before reaching the mile 
Yale had gradually worked up, and passed Princeton, and 
in turn Brown drew up to Yale. At a mile from the start 
the positions, as near as we could judge, were Brown, 
Yale, and Princeton, but with little difference between 
them. All three crews were steering very much off their 
course, and making for the western side of the lake. 
Before reaching the little point of land about half a mile 
from the finish, Princeton, who had been pulling through- 
out in excellent form, put on a fine spurt, and it seemed a 
close thing between them and Yale, the latter having the 
best of it. Up to this point Brown was the leading boat, 
but the brush between the other crews brought them up 
with Brown ; and Yale, tackling them for the lead, dis- 
posed of them after a brief struggle, and a quarter of a 
mile from home the dark-blue crew had a clear lead of 
half a length from the Princetons, who had now also 
passed Brown. It seemed now as if the race was Yale's, 
but when within a short distance of the finish Princeton 
put on a magnificent spurt, and coming up hand over 
hand, completely rowed the leaders down, and shot the 
bows of their boat over the line the winner by a few 
feet. 



INTER-COLLEGIATE REGATTA. it 

SINGLE-SCULL RACE. 

Yale — Ansley Wilcox, 1 

Harvard — A. L. Devens, 2 

Cornell — Edward L. Phillips, 3 

Time, 14 : 12^. 
Devens was the fii'st to lead out, and in two hundred 
yards had drawn clear of Wilcox, both steering wide 
down the middle, while Phillips kept close alongside the 
line marked by buoys, carefully mowing down with his 
sculls as many of the little flags stuck up as he could con- 
veniently reach on his way down the course. Devens- 
held the lead for three quarters of a mile, when Wilcox 
began to overhaul him, and soon getting on even terms, 
the Yale man went on in front at about the mile. At the 
mile and a half Wilcox appeared to have a three-lengths 
lead, but Devens stuck to his work, and as they ap- 
proached the finish gradually worked up nearer to Wilcox,, 
who won, however, by a length and three-quarters, Phil- 
lips about three lengths behind Devens. 

UNIVERSITY race. 

Columbia — Phillip T. Timpson (bow), 157 lbs. ; Jasper 
T. Goodwin, 157 lbs. ; Jasper Griswold, 157 lbs. -^ 
*Edward S. Rapalto, 157 lbs. ; *Robt. C. Cornell^ 
177 lbs. ; *B. Frank Rees (stroke), 151 lbs. . . 1 

Wesleyan — Walter H. Downs (bow), 148 lbs. ; John W. 
Whitney, 138 lbs. ; Geo. M. Warren, 144 lbs. ; Henry 
C. Hermans, 161 lbs. ; Cyrus P. Marsh, 147 lbs. ;. 
John E. Eustis (stroke), 147 lbs., 2 

Harvard— Walter J. Otis (bow), 156 lbs.; William R. 
TayloT, 174 lbs. ; *Hemy L. Morse, 168 lbs. ; *Wen- 
dell Goodwin, 172 lbs. ; *Daniel C. Bacon, 170 lbs. ; 
Richard H. Dana (stroke), 160 lbs., a 

*Eowed in last year's University crew. 



10 INTEll-COLLEGIATE REGATTA. 

Williams — Marshal P. Washburn (bow), 144 lbs. ; Harry 
A. Barker, 141 lbs. ; Charles B. Hubbell, 163 lbs. j 
Chas. Gilbert, 155 lbs. ; John P. Haynes, 146 lbs. ; • 
*John Gunster (stroke), 156 lbs., . ...... 4 

Dartmouth — Willis G. Eaton (bow), 150 lbs.; Wm. F. 
Westgate, 162 lbs. ; Benjamin F. Eobinson, 140 lbs. ; 
Chas. W. Eager, 165 lbs. ; Frank W. Mitchell, 170 
lbs. ; *Chas. 0. Gates (stroke), 170 lbs., . ... 5 

Cornell — J. N. Ostrum (bow), 154 lbs. ; L. F. Hender- 
son, 152 lbs. ; P. D. Clark, 170 lbs. ; M. M. Garver, 
174 lbs.; R. W. Corvvin, 158 lbs.; C. C. King, 

(stroke), 159 lbs., 6 

Trinity — George M. Dubois (bow), 150 lbs. ; Sidney D. 
Hooker, 153 lbs. ; *John DeF. McKennan, 175 lbs. ; 
Wm. J. Roberts, 189 lbs. ; C. C. Buckley, 145 lbs. ; 

Henry 0. Dubois (stroke), 159 lbs., 7 

Princeton — William M. Smith (bow), 142 lbs. ; Craig B. 
Cross, 147 lbs. ; Richard J. Hall, 154 lbs. ; John M. 
Taylor, 154 lbs. ; W. H. Addicks, 150 lbs. ; FmL 

A. Marquand (stroke), 147 lbs., 8 

Yale— George L. Brownell (bow), 142 lbs. ; W. C. Hall, 
151 lbs. ; David H. Kellogg, 152 lbs. ; Fred. Wood, 
155 lbs. ; *Julian Kennedy, 164 lbs. ; *Robert J. 

Cook (stroke), 154 lbs., 

Positions at starting — No. 1 (east side) , Trinity ; No. 
2, Princeton; No. 3, Cornell; No. 4j Yale; No. 5, Har- 
vard ; No. 6, Wesleyan ; No. 7, Columbia ; No. 8, Dart- 
month ; No. 9, Williams. 

The nine boats apparently got off well together, it being 
an impossibility to say out of such a number which was 
the actual first, but in the first half dozen-strokes, Colum- 
bia and Harvard in the center were the first to show in 

* Ivowed in last year's University crew. 



INTER-COLLEGIATE REGATTA. - 11 

front, the former being the actual leader bj' several feet. 
Princeton and Trinit}^ on the east shore were very slow in 
getting under headwaj'^, but the remainder were all in a 
good line. At the Columbia House, the New York rep- 
resentatives, rowing very long and clean, had drawn 
half a length out from Harvard, while the Weslej^ans and 
Dartmouth showed in advance of Williams, and were 
about up to Columbia's stern. Yale on the east side of 
Harvard were just lapping the Cambridge men, and Cor- 
nell, Trinity, and Princeton formed the rear division in the 
order named. Off the point at Mud Mill Bridge, Colum- 
bia had improved her position, and showed with a few 
feet clear of Harvard, while Yale was right in behind the 
latter crew and receiving the full benefit of their wash : 
the Wesleyans were nearly abreast with Yale, and had 
shaken off the Dartmouth crew, who were now being 
closely pursued by Williams. Of the remaining crews it 
will be unnecessary to refer to them, other than to say that 
they were already out of the race, Cornell being fully 
three lengths behind Yale, with Trinity and Princeton 
following at short intervals in the order named, and in 
this position these three crews continued till the finish of 
the race. Little change occurred among the leading boats 
till they came to the end of the first mile ; here Harvard 
steadily crept up on Columbia, who had been a few sec- 
onds before showing with nearlj^ a half-length lead, and 
Yale steering out of Harvard's wash, now lapped them on 
the outside. Wesleyan was not quite up to Yale, but 
clear of everything else on her side of the lake, so that 
the race was now confined to these four crews. Gradually 
and surely as the Harvards closed up with the Columbias, 
still more quickly did the Yale crew overhaul both of 
them. The latter were pulling a stroke so much slower 
than either of the leaders, and yet making so much head- 



12 INTER-COLLEGIATE REGATTA. 

way that we timed them, and in thirty seconds they pulled 
a bare seventeen strokes, thus making for the full min- 
ute hard on to thirty-four strokes. The Wesleyans were 
by this movement of Yale, dropping behind. At the mile 
and half signal boat we checked them off as follows : Yale a 
quarter of a length ahead of Columbia and Harvard, who 
were rowing as nearly level as it was possible for us to 
make out, the Harvard men covering the Columbias as they 
swung back and forwards, Wesleyans two lengths behind 
Harvard. As the Columbias claim never to have been 
headed in the race, we are thus particular in giving the 
positions at this point. Moreover, it was just here that 
the trouble arose. Yale and Harvard now fouled and 
stopped, and Columbia, drawing away, was two clear 
lengths ahead, and Wesleyan a few feet in front of Har- 
vard before they started again. Yale being hors du com- 
bat, lay still, and were passed in turn by Williams, Dart- 
mouth, and the other three crews. From this point the 
race was all over, as Columbia kept in front throughout, 
but between the Wesleyans and Harvards a magnificent 
race took place for second position, the Wesleyans having 
the best of the struggle, and notwithstanding all Dana's 
.efforts, he could not get up even. Behind this pair came 
Williams, about three lengths in the rear, a still further 
gap of four lengths separating them from Dartmouth, 
while Cornell, Trinity, and Princeton brought up the rear 
at intervals. Columbia crossed the line with a length of 
clear water between her and Wesleyan, who just beat 
Harvard by three-quarters of her own length, Williams 
fourth, Dartmouth fifth, Cornell sixth, Trinity seventh. 
The judges at the finish were of little use, and nearly as 
crazy as the eleven at Springfield last year. It was their 
duty to drop the fiag as each crew passed the post, so that 
the official time-keeper on the referee's boat could take 



SARATOGA REGATTA. 13 

the time, and also mark down the order of the boats. 
The duties surely were simple enough, but it was not until 
the fourth boat crossed the line that they remembered to 
drop the flag, and after the race was finished some of 
them turned round to the members of the signal corps 
and asked how the boats came in. Subsequently they 
made out lists of the supposed order of the arrival of the 
crews, but as they placed Cornell ahead of the Dartmouth 
and could not tell whether Trinity, wearing alternate 
green and white head colors, or Princeton, wearing all 
white, were the last crews, although there was fifteen 
seconds difference in the time of their arrival, their oflficial 
ruling may be taken for what it is worth. The referee's 
boat was so far behind at the finish that it was impossible 
to see the flag drop, and no official time was taken. Ap- 
peals of foul were made by Harvard and Yale against 
each other, and "Wesleyau and Dartmouth against Colum- 
bia, but none of them were allowed by the referee. 



[From the Spirit of the Times.] 

SARATOGA REGATTA, August 28, 29, 31, 1874. 



FIRST DAY. 

Single scull race for the championship of the State of 
New York. Open to members of any regularlj'-organized 
club within the State. Diamond championship medal and 
presentation cup. 2 miles. 

Chas. E. Courtney, Union Springs B, C, 1 ; David 
Roche, Gramercy B. C, 2 ; James Wilson, Beaverwyck 
B. C, 3 ; Edward Blake, Atalanta B. C, 4 ; W. B. Cur- 
tis, N. Y. A. C, ; Frank E. Yates, N. Y. A. C, 0. 

Curtis and Y^es pulled about a hundred yards and 
then drew out. Blake, who was backing water at the 
2 



14 SARATOGA REGATTA. 

time the pistol fired, was caught at a disadvantage ; but 
getting to work at once, went off at a great pace. Court- 
ney, settling down to his work, caught him about two 
hundred and fifty yards from the starting-point, and keep- 
ing in front won with great ease hj fom' lengths. Roche 
a similar distance ahead of Wilson, and Blake a poor 
fourth. Time, 14.44; Roche, 14.56; Wilson, 15.10; 
Blake, 15.48. 

Double scull race. Two gold presentation medals. 2 
miles. 

N. Y. A. C, Frank E. Yates, W. B. Curtis (stroke), 1 ; 
Beaverwyck B. C, Joseph H. Grirvin, George W. Lathrop 
(stroke), 2 ; Mutual B. C, Perry H. Ewing, Jr., George 
Hughes (stroke), 3. 

The Beaverwycks were the first to show in front. 
Yates catching a crab, stopped the way on his boat ; but 
righting himself they quickly disposed of the Mutuals and 
Beaverwycks, reaching the stake-boat ten seconds ahead of 
the latter crew. The difference between the boats in- 
creased on the home stretch, the Athletics winning the 
race easily in 13.23^; Beaverwycks, 13.50^; Mutuals, 
14.10. 

SBCOND DAY. 

Single scull race. Silver championship cup and presen- 
tation medal. 2 miles. 

Wm. B. Curtis, N. Y. A. C, 1 ; Frank E. Yates, N. Y. 

A. C, 2; James Wilson, Beaverwyck B. C, 3; Fred. 
Hardy, Chesapeake B. C, 4; J. H. Girvin, Beaverw3^ck 

B. C, 5 ; Perry H. Ewing, Jr., Mutual B. C, ; Edward 
Blake, Atalanta B. C, ; De Saussure Bull, Carolina In- 
dependent B. C, 0. 

Blake took the lead, and was at onentime some two 
lengths ahead of Curtis, but after going a quarter of a 



SARATOGA REGATTA. 15 

mile he began to "come back," and before the half-mile 
was reached Curtis came up with him, shortly after going 
on in front, when Blake stopped pulling. Curtis had his 
fellow-clubman for his inamediate attendant, both being 
well clear of Wilson, Hardy and Girvin, who were rowing 
a good close race for third place. Yates catching a crab, 
was momentarily put out, but getting to work again, drew 
up nearer to the leader, turning his stake ten seconds 
after Curtis, Wilson four lengths behind, with Grirvin and 
Hardy close up, Bull and Ewing being the last two to get 
round. On the home stretch Curtis kept in front, though 
Yates closed up well at the finish, and was beaten by a 
length only. Hardy drew up and passed Girvin, who, 
however, stuck to him, the pair drawing up to Wilson as 
they neared the judges' boat, and crossing the line lapping 
each other. Ewing and Bull came in at their leisure. 
Time, 14:37f ; Yates, 14:41; Wilson, 14:50^; Hardy, 
14:50f ; Girvin, 14:52^ 

Pair of oars, for the Interlaken Championship Cup, the 
gift of Frank Leslie, Esq., with presentation cups. 3 miles. 

Ai'gonauta R. A., Edward Smith, Fred. C. Eldred 
(stroke), 1 ; Gramercy B. C, H. M. Howell, W. K. Wil- 
liamson (stroke), 2 ; Argonaut R. C, Toronto, A. Lang- 
ton, H. Lamb (stroke), ; Vernon B. C, H. Schley, G. 
G. Kimball (stroke), 0. 

The Argonautas at once took the lead, the Gramercy s 
and Canadians rowing together for a short time, when the 
latter crew dropped behind. The Vemons canying a 
coxswain, had no charwe whatever, and merely drew into 
line as a matter of form. The Canadians also retired 
after turning the stake-boat, leaving but two in the race, 
the Argonautas winning by any number of lengths. Time, 
21 : 52^ ; Gramercy, 22 : 29. 



16 SARATOGA REGATTA. 

THIRD DAY. 

Junior single scull race. Presentation medal. 2 miles, 
David Eoche, Gramercy B. C, 1 ; Gr. W. Lathrop, Bea- 
verwyck B. C, 2 ; Fred Hardy, Chesapeake B. C, 3 ; P. 
Christie Ackerman, Atlantic B. C, 4 ; R. H. Robinson ^ 
Union Springs B. C, 5 ; Joseph H. Girvin, Beaverwj'ck 
B. C, ; D. B. Brown, Cincinnati B. C, ; A. Langton, 
Argonaut R. C, ; A. Hasslacher, Seawanhaka B. C, ; 
De Saussure Bull, Carolina Independent B. C, ; W. R^ 
Shaw, Gleam B. C, 0. 

Girvin was the first to show in front on the eastern end 
of the line, while Hardy, Roche and Hasslacher drew out 
together in the centre, Shaw being the last to get away. 
As Brown, Langton, Girvin and Shaw did not go very far 
it is not necessary to record their movements. Hardy led 
slightly in the center of the field for a short distance, and 
then Roche drawing past him took the lead, Hasslacher 
lapping Hardy, while Lathrop had drawn clear of all at 
his end of the line, and Robinson ditto at the other end. 
At a quarter of a mile Roche had a clear length's lead, 
and Lathrop drew up, passing both Hasslacher and Har- 
dy, and going on second. No further change took place 
until the stake-boats were reached, Roche then leading 
by five seconds, Lathrop second about three lengths 
ahead of Hardy. Making a good turn, Lathrop drew up 
within a length of Roche when they started for home, but 
the latter went away again,* and half way home led by 
about three lengths, as near as it was possible to judge- 
From this point Lathrop and Hardy improved their posi- 
tions, while Robinson who was at one time third, fell back,, 
a crab aiding in putting him further behind. The last 
quarter of a mile was closely contested, Lathrop at one 
time lapping Roche, but stopping as they reached the 
score, Roche won by his own boat's length. Hardy a good 



SARATOGA REGATTA. 17 

third. Time, 14 : 24J ; Lathrop, 14:27; Hardy, 14 : 31 J ; 
Ackerman, 15:05^; Robinson, 15:12: the others not 
timed. 

Extra Race. Single scull race for members of clubs 
not qualified to row as amateurs. 3 miles. 

James O'Neil, Gramercy B. C, r. o. O'Neil rowed 
over against time, completing the distance in 21 : 19J. 

Four- oared race for the championship cup and four pre- 
sentation cups. 3 miles. 

BeaverwyckB. C— J. Wilson (bow), 154 lbs. ; T. J. 

Gorman, 165 lbs. ; R. J. Gorman, 171 lbs. ; Wm. 

Wilson (stroke), 156 lbs 1 

Argonauta R. a. — Ed. Smith (bow), 139 lbs. ; Walter 

Man, 149 lbs. ; B. Stephenson, 155 lbs. ; Fred. C. 

Eldred (stroke), 160 lbs 2 

Buffalo R. C— C. W. Baldy (bow), 140 lbs.; R. H. 

Heberd, 147 lbs. ; J. B. Green, 153 lbs. ; C. E. Dun- 
bar (stroke), 161 lbs 3 

Wah-Wah-Sum B. C. — James Jerome (bow), 148 lbs.; 

P. Manning, 158 lbs.; H. Smith, 157 lbs.; V. B. 

Paine (stroke), 142 lbs 4 

Potomac B. C.— H. S. Truax (bow), 140 lbs.; Frank 

Jones, 150 lbs. ; A. J. McBlair, 160 lbs. ; D. Cough- 

lin (stroke), 160 lbs. . ". ^. . . 5 

Seawanhaka B. C. — John H. Johnson (bow), Robert 

On-, John Keppler, William Knoth (stroke) , . . 6 
Palmetto B. C.— H. B. Bull (bow), 132 lbs.; D. D. 

Parker, 138 lbs. ; W. M. S. Lesesne, 168 lbs. ; H. 

N. Parker (stroke) , 141 lbs 7 

Vernon B. C— J. W. Schley (bow), 138 lbs.; George 

Schley, 148 lbs. ; George C. Kimball, 150 lbs. ; Hal. 

Schley, 158 lbs 8 

Gramercy B. C. — W. F. Gannon (bow), 155J lbs,; 
2* 



18 SARATOGA REGATTA. 

Henry B. Mills, 155 lbs. ; H. M. Howell, 164J lbs. ^ 

W. K. Williamson, (stroke), 172 lbs 9- 

Atlantic B. C. — Robert Lefman (bow), 147 lbs. ; James 
Eeed, 153 lbs. ; Geo. Perry, 148 lbs. ; Dixon Mc- 
Queen (stroke), 149 lbs 10 

DuQUESNE B. C. — John Straub (bow), 123 lbs. ; Samuel 
Moody, 130 lbs.; Geo. Schraff, 140 lbs.; Frank 

Brannon (stroke), 140 lbs 11 

Argonaut R. C. (Toronto) — H. O'Brien (bow), 155 lbs. ; 
G. R. Grassett, 154 lbs. ; A. Langton, 168 lbs. ; H. 

Lambe (stroke), 155 lbs 

Atalanta B. C. — R. B. Bainbridge (bow) , 142 lbs. ; 
Wm. H. Spears, 148 lbs. ; 0. T. Johnson, 158 lbs. ; 

Russel Withers (stroke), 158 lbs dis. 

Time, 18 : 34. 
The first crews to break the line as soon as they started 
were the Argonautas and Atalantas, the Duquesnes being 
the next one. The Argonautas, however, at once drew 
ahead, and were clear of everything, while the Atalantas 
led the Duquesnes by half a length, the Wah-Wah-Sums^ 
in between them, lapping the Atalantas and even with the 
Gramercy crew. The Argonauts were the actual last 
from the moment of the start, with the Atlantics next to 
them. On the far end the Potomacs and Palmettos were 
having a smart tussle for the supremacy, which ended in 
the Washingtonians takin^g a clear lead, and even with 
them were the Beaverwycks, who had gone off slowly but 
were now going along at a good pace, two clear lengths 
behind the Argonautas. Referring back to the other end 
of the line, the Wah-Wah-Sums had drawn up even with 
the Duquesne and were creeping up gradually but surely 
upon the Atalantas, the three crews being in rather close 
quarters, caused by the Atalantas sheering over from their 
course. All three of these were clear of the Gramercy,. 



SARATOGA REGATTA. 19* 

Atlantic, Vernon, Buffalo, and Argonaut crews, the Ver- 
nons being the next best of the lot. About a mile from 
the start it was plainly observable that the Beaverwycks, 
were rapidly overhauling the Argonautas. the Wah-Wah- 
Sums being third, clear of the Duquesnes and half a 
length ahead of the Atalantas. The Buffalo boat had 
also improved its position and had disposed of the Ver- 
nons, being little more than a length behind the Du- 
quesnes. The steering gear in the Atalanta's boat, which 
had been held hard against the bow side, gave way about 
a quarter of a mile from the stake-boats, and the boat at 
once sheered across, striking the Wah-Wah-Sum, throw- 
ing them off their course and the men out of stroke. The 
Atalantas easing up let the Saginaw crew get away, but 
as soon as they got to work again the boat came almost 
straight across and smashed into the Duquesne's boat,- 
catching it close to the rudder and splitting it open, so- 
that the water came in quite rapidly. The Atalanta was 
stove in forward and filling went down by the head, putting 
them out of the race. While all this trouble was going on 
the Beaverwycks were gradually creeping up to the Argo- 
nautas, and there could not have been much more than a 
length difference between them when they reached the 
stake-boats. These two were the first round, and had 
started for home while three or four were in the act of 
turning. The Wah-Wah-Sums were delayed in getting 
round by the Gramercys, who came up wide off their own. 
stake-boat, and turned the Atalanta's instead of their 
own. The third boat to get clear round was the Poto- 
macs, and starting off with a good spurt they seemed at 
one time to be in a fair way to come in one of the first 
three. It was already evident that the Argonautas were 
beaten, and the Beaverwyck's rowed them clean down 
within a quarter of a mile of the stakes, and going away 



20 BOAT-RACING. 

in front had soon a commanding lead. So good were the 
Potomacs doing thus far that they seemed as if able to 
secure second place, but half a mile of this work began to 
tell, and they began to drop back. The Buffalos, Sea- 
wanhakas, and Wah-Wah-Sums were rowing a splendid 
bow-and-bow race for a long way on the home stretch, 
behind the PotOmacs, and it was not until the last half- 
mile had been entered upon that they began to split up — 
the Buffalos going to the front and the Seawanhakas to 
the rear, where they were joined by the Potomacs. The 
race between the three had also put them further to the 
front, and as they neared the line it was evident that the 
Buffalos were not far behind the Argonautas. The race 
was, however, decided long since so far as first place was 
concerned, and the Beaverwycks rowing strongly right 
out to the finish, came in winners by four lengths, the 
Argonauta a length and a few feet ahead of the Buffalo ; 
the Wah-Wah-Sums fourth, five lengths behind. Time, 
18:34; Argonauta, 18:47|; Buffalo, 18:50^; Wah- 
Wah-Sum, 19 : 06f ; Potomac, 19 : 15 ; Seawanhaka, 
19 : 19f. The remainder we not timed. The Argonauts, 
the last boat in, had evidently given up rowing, as it was 
fully half a mile astern of the winner. 



ROWING. 



FASTEST RECORDED TIME UP TO JuNB, 1875. 

1^ miles, single-scull shell, straight, 7 :07, Walter Brown, 

Portsmouth, N. H., June 29, 1865. 
1 J miles, four-oared shell, straight, 8 :36^, Argonauta R. 

A. of Bergen Point, N. J., Philadelphia, Pa. Oct. 8, 

1873. 



BOAT-EACING. 21 

2 miles, double-scull shell, one turn, 12 :54^, Parker and 

Carpenter, Boston, July 4, 1861. 
2 miles, double-scull working boat, one turn, 13 :45, 

Doj^le and Colbert, Boston, July 4, 1860. 
2 miles, six-oared gig, one turn, 12 :38, Harvard crew 

(amateurs), Boston, June 2, 1860. 

2 miles, fom'-oared shell, one turn, 11 :55, Argonauta, R. 

A., Kill von KuU, July 4, 1873. 

3 miles, single-scull shell, one turn, 21 :19J, James 

O'Neill, Saratoga, N. Y., Aug. 31, 1874. 
3 miles, single-scull shell, straight, 20:45, George H. 

Pierce, (amateur) , Harlem River, N. Y., Nov. 7, 1873. 
3 miles, double-scull shell, one turn, 20 ;45, W. S. Mose- 

ley and Charles Piepenbrink, Albany, N. Y., Sept. 

3, 1873. 
3 miles, pair-oared shell, one turn, 21 :52^, Ed. Smith 

and Fred. C. Eldred, Saratoga, Aug. 29, 1874. 
3 miles, six-oared shell, straight, 16 :32|, Amherst U. 

crew — best college racing time — Springfield, Mass , 

July 24, 1872. 
3 miles, six-oared shell, one turn, 17:40^, Ward Bros. 

and Raj'mond, Worcester, Mass., Julj^ 22, 1868 ; in 

17 :48^, Harvard U. crew — best college time — Wor- 
cester, Mass., July 24, 1868. 
3 miles, six-oared gig, one turn, 18:40, Mutual B. C, 

Troy, N. Y., Oct. 8, 1867. 

3 miles, eight-oared barge, one turn, 21 :20^, Vesper R. 

A., Hoboken, N. J., Sept. 5, 1870. 
3^ miles, single-scull shell, straight, 25 :03, Joseph H. 
Sadler, Halifax, N. S., Sept. 1, 1871. 

4 miles, single-scull shell, one turn, 30 :1&J, J. H. Sadler, 

Saratoga, Sept. 11, 1871. 
4 miles, four-oared shell, one turn, 24 :40, Ward Bros., 
Saratoga, Sept. 11, 1871. 



22 BOAT-RACING. 

4 1 miles, single-scull shell, straight, 23 :13, Tom White, 
Thames River, Eng. ; in 23 : 15, by Robert Chambers 
and James Renforth, Thames, best championship time. 

4^ miles (about), single-scull shell, straight, 32 :45, Harry 
Kelley, international race with James Hamill, Tyne 
River, Eng., July 4, 1866. 

4 miles 1,040 yards (about), single-scull shell, one turn, 

34 :28^, Walter Brown, Pittsburg, Pa., Sept. 9, 1868. 

5 miles, single-scull shell, one turn, for champion belt, 

35 :10, Joshua Ward, Staten Island, N. Y., Oct. 11, 
1859 ; in 37 :00, George Brown (champion), near St. 
John, N. B., Sept. 26, 1874. 

5 miles, working boats, one turn, 39 :04, John Biglin, 

Hudson River, N. Y., Sept. 8, 1869. 
5 miles, pair-oared shell, one turn, 32:01, John and 

Barney Biglin, Philadelphia, May 20, 1872. 

5 miles, six-oared barge, one turn, 35 :00, Gulick beating 

Atlanta and Columbia B. C, Yonkers, N. Y. Sept. 
22, 1866. 

6 miles, four-oared lapstreak, one turn, 38 :50 ; R. Ful- 

ton, George Price, S. Hutton, and McLaren, St. 

John, N. B., Sept. 10, 1866. 
9L miles, eight-oars, coxswain, 67 :34, on a three mile 

turning course. Maid of Erin against T. F. Meagher, 

Boston, Mass., July 18, 1855. 
10 miles, single-scull shell, one turn, 1.23 : 00, Joshua 

Ward, — first five miles in 32 :00 — Poughkeepsie, 

Nov. 5, 1860. 
12 miles, eight-oars, coxswain, 1.34:30, on a three mile 

turning course, Superior of St. John, N. B., against 

Maid of Erin, Boston, Sept. 13, 1855. 
50 miles, single-scull shell (paper), ninety-i^ne turns, 

10.11 :55, Wm. B. Cm-tis, match with J. H. Edel- 

mann, extremely cold, Calumet River, near Chicago, 

111., April 25, 1874. 



BOAT-RACING. 25 

RECORD OF WINNERS OF AMERICAN UNIVER- 
SITY BOAT RACES. 



18Y1. 

1872. 
1873. 
1874. 









UNIVERSITY RACE. 






DATE. 


WINNER. 


COURSE. 


TIME. 


WON BV 


1852. 
1855. 
1869. 
1860. 

1864. 
1865. 
1866. 
1867. 
1868. 
1869. 
1870. 


..Aug. 3 
..July 21 
. .July 26 
. .July 24 

. .July 29 
..July 28 
. .July 27 
..July 19 
. .July 24 
. .July 23 
..July 22 


Harvard 
Harvard 
Harvard 
Harvard 

Yale. . . . 
Yale. . . . 
Harvard 
Harvard 
Harvard 
Harvard 
Harvard 


Lake Winnipiseogee, 2 miles. 
Springfield, Mass., 3 miles.... 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 


22:00'" 

19:18 

18:53 

19:01 
17:41 1-2 
18:43 1-4 
18:12 3-4 
17:48 1-2 
18:02 
20:30 


2 lengths 
3s. 
Im. 

12 l-2s. 
42 1-28. 
26 3-48. 
26 3-48. 
1:10 3-4. 
508. 

93. 

foul. 



ROWING ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN COLLEGES. 



.July 21 
.July 24 
.July 17 
■July 18 



Am. Ag. 
Amherst 
Yale. . . . 
Columbia 



Ingleside, Mass...., 
Springfield, Mass., 
Springfield, Mass., 
Saratoga Lake 



17:46 1-2 
16:32 3-4 

16:69 



42s. 
37s. 
lOs. 
2 lengths 



FRESHMAN RACE. 



DATE. 


WINNER. 


COURSE. 


TIME. 


WON BY 


1860... July 24 
1867.... July 19 
1869.... July 23 
1870. . . July 22 


Harvard 
Yale. . . . 
Harvard 
Brown. . 


Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 

Lake Quinsigamond 


19:40 1-2 
19:38 1-4 
19:30 
19:21 


39 l-2i. 

27 3-48. 

28 1-23. 
24s. 



ROWING ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN COLLEGES. 



1871. . 
1872.. 


. .July 21 
. .July 24 
. .July 17 
. .July 15 


Harvard 
Wesleyan 

Yale. . . . 
Princeton 


Ingleside, Mass 

Springfield, Mass 


20:18 

17:07 


27s. 
228. 


1874 


Saratoga Lake 


1812 1-4 


a few ft 













* As stated in the full report of the race in the Record, no official time was 
taken, and as there was a dispute with regard to the time taken by outsiders, 
we have omitted it. The most reliable figures are 16:42 1-2, but that does not 
constitute a record either for the time of the race or for the decision of bets. 



24 



BOAT-RACIXe. 



RECORD OF ENGLISH UlflVERSITY BOAT RACES. 



1836 
1839 
1840 
1841 
1842 
1845 
1846 
1849 
1849 
1852 
1854 
1856 
1867 
1858 
1859 
I860 
1861 
1862 
1863 
1864 
1865 
1866 
1867 
1868 
1869 
1870 
1871 
1872 
1873 
1874 



June 10 
June 17 
April 3 
April 15 
April 14 
June 11 
Mar. 15 
April 3 
Mar. 29 
Dec. 15 
April 3 
April 8 
Mar. 16 
April 1 4 
Mar. 27 
April 15 
Mar. 31 
Mar. 23 
April 12 
Mar. 28 
Mar. 19 
April 8 
Mar. 24 
April 13 
April 4 
Mar. 17 
April 6 
April 1 
Mar. 23 
Mar. 29 
Mar. 28 



WINNERS. 



Oxford 

Cambridge . 
Cambridge . 
Cambridge . 
Cambridge . 

Oxford 

Cambridge , 
Cambridge , 
Cambridge , 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Cambridge 

Oxford 

Cambridge 

Oxford 

Cambridge 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Oxford . . , 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Cambridge . 
Cambridge . 
Cambridge . 
Cambridge . 
Cambridge . 



COURSE. 


TIME. 


Henley 


14m 30a 


WtoP* 


36m 008 


WtoP 


31m 00s 


WtoP 


29m 308 


WtoP 


32m 30a 


WtoP 


30m 45s 


PtoMt 


23m 308 


MtoP' 


21m 05s 


PtoM 


22m 00s 


PtoM 




PtoM 


21m 36b 


PtoM 


25m 29s 


MtoP 


25m 508 


PtoM 


22m 35s 


PtoM 


21m 23b 


PtoM 


24m 408 


PtoM 


26m 058 


PtoM 


25m 308 


PtoM 


21m 4l8 


MtoP 


23m 06s 


PtoM 


21m 40s 


PtoM 


21m 24s 


PtoM 


25m 35s 


PtoM 


22m 408 


PtoM 


20m 56s 


PtoM 


20m 068 


PtoM 


22m P48 


PtoM 


23m 058 


PtoM 


21m 35s 


PtoM 


igm 35s 


PtoM 


22m 358 



easily 
Im 

lm458 
2-3 length 
lm43 

138 

30s 

2 lengths 

easily 

foul 

27b 

11 strokes 

1-2 length 



Camb. sank 
1 length 



43s 
26s 
4 lengths 

158 

1-2 length 
6 lengths 
3 lengths 
1 1-4 lengths 

1 length 

2 lengths 

3 1-4 lengths 
3 lengths 



♦Westminster to Putney. 



tPutney to Mortlake, 4 miles, 3 fur. 



CHAMPIONSHIP EACES. 
Oct. 11, 1859.— Joshua Ward beat A. Fay, T. Daw, and J. Hanson; 5 

miles; Staten Island, N". Y. 
Aug. 14, 1862.— James Hamill beat Joshua Ward; 5 miles; Philadel- 
phia, Pa. ; $500. 
July, 23, 1863. — Joshua Ward beat James Hamill; 5 miles; Poughkeep- 

sie, N". Y. ; $1,000. 
Sept. 28, 1863.— James Hamill beat Joshua Ward; 5 miles; Poughkeep- 

sie, N. Y. ; $2,000. 
July 19, 1864. — James Hamill beat Joshua Ward; 5 miles; Pittsburg, 

Pa. ; $2,000. 
May 21, 1867.— Walter Brown beat James Hamill; Smiles; Pittsburg, 

Pa. ; $2,000. 
Sept. 9, 1867. — James Hamill beat Walter Brown; 5 miles; Newburg, 

N. Y. ; $4,000. 



LAWS OF ATHLETICS. 25 

June 19, 1868. — James HamiU beat Heiiry Coulter; 5 miles, Pkiladel- 

pliia, Pa. ; .$2,000. 
Sept. 9, 1868.— Walter Brown beat Henry Coulter; 5 miles; Pittsburg, 

Pa. ; $2,000. 

CHAMPIONSHIP, ENGLAND. 

Sept. 9, 1831.- C. Campbell, Westminster, beat Williams; Time — . 
August 19, 181:6. — E. Coombs, Vauxhall, beat Campbell; P. to. M. ; 

Time, 26:15. 
May 24, 1852.— T. Cole, Chelsea, beat Coombs; P. to M. ; Time, 25:15. 
Nov. 20, 1854.— J. Messenger, Teddiugton, beat Cole; P. to M. ; 

Time, 24:25. 
May 12, 1857.— H. Kelley, Fulham, beat Messenger; P. toM. ; Time, 24:30. 
Sept. 29, 1859.— R. Chambers, Newcastle, beat Kelley; P. to M.; 

Time, 25:25. 
Augusts, 1865.— H. Kelley, Putney, beat Chambers; P. to M. ; Time, 

23:26. 
Nov. 22, 1866.— K. Chambers, Newcastle, beat J. Saddler; P. to M. ; 

Time, 25:04. 
May 6, 1867.— H. Kelly, Putney, beat Chambers; on Tyne; Time, 31:47. 
Nov. 17, 1868.— J. Kenforth, Newcastle, beat Kelley; P. to M.; Time, 

23:15. 
Aprilie, 1874.— J. Sadler, Surbiton, beatE. BagnaU; P. to M.; Time, 

24:15. 



THE LAWS OF ATHLETICS. 

AS IN FORCE AT THE AMATEUR CHAMPION MEETING (bNG.), 
AND OXFORD AND CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITIES. 

1. No attendant to accompany a competitor on the 
scratch or in the race. 

2. Any competitor starting before the word, to be put 
back one yard, at the discretion of the starter. On a rep- 
etition of the offence, to be disqualified. 

3. All level races to start by word of mouth ; handi- 
caps by pistol. 

4. In hurdle races each competitor to keep his own 
hurdles thoughout the race. 

5. In sprint racing each runner to keep his own side of 
the course. 

3 



26 LAWS OF ATHLETICS. 

6. Jostling, running across, or wilfully obstructing 
another, so as to impede his progress, to disqualif}' the 
offender from any further competitions held b}"^ the club. 

7. All cases of dispute to be referred to the committee 
of management at the time. 

8 The decision of the judges in all competitions to be 
final. 

9. In pole leaping and high jumping, three tries at 
each height. The height at each successive elevation to 
be determined by the majority of the competitors. Dis- 
placing the bar only to connt as a try. 

10. In broad jumping, putting the weight, and throw- 
in the hammer, three tries only allowed. The three best 
competitors of the first trials to be allowed three more 
tries each for the final. The farthest jump, put, or throw 
of the six attempts, to win. 

11. In throwing the hammer, the length of the run is not 
limited, the throw to be measured from the nearest footprint 
at the delivery to the pitch of the head of the hammer. [The 
accuracy of the measurement is facilitated by sprinkling 
ashes, sawdust, or sand at the point of deliver}' ; the foot- 
prints of the competitors being effaced after each throw.] 

12. " No throws " to count as a try. 

13. In putting the weight and broad jumping, crossing 
the scratch in the attempt, to count as " No try." 

14. The weight of the hammer and shot or stone to be 
16 lbs. each. 

15. The height of the hurdles to be 3 ft. 6 in. 

16. The weight to be delivered from the shoulder with 
either hand. Seven feet run allowed. No "put" to 
count, if delivered or followed with any part of the body 
touching the ground ov,er the mark. All throws to be 
measured from the nearest point of the scratch, continued 
in a straight line on either side until opposite the pitch. 



BEST PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCES. 



27 



PCTCING THE WEIGHT AND THROWING THE HAMMER. 



DESOKIFTION. FT. & IW 



DATE AHD PLACE. 



16 Ibe. weight. . 42 6 K. J. Bor March 27, 1872; Londojp, Eng. 

16 IbB. weight. . 126 9 Q. H. Halea March 27, 1874; London, Eng. 



BEST PROFE8BIONAL PERFORMANCES. 







WALKINC 


. 


BI8TANCK. 


TIME. 


NAME. 


DATE AWD PLACE. 


Imile 


6:231 
13:30 > 
20:47 > 






2 miles 


W. Perkins 


Stockwell ; London, Eng. 


3niil«8 






4 miles 


29:13 
36:61 [ 
41:39 ) 






Smiles 


J. Stockwell 


Feb. 14, 1870-in a 8-mlle match 


6 miles 




against G. Davidson; London, 


7 miles 


54:10 
1:00:00 
2:53:64 ) 




Eng. 


7 m. 1,380 yds. 


©.Davidson 


Dec. 6, 1869; London, England; 
Match against time. 


21 miles 




21m. 147 yds... 


2:69:01 


C. Weethall 


Feb. 20, 1858 ; Newmarket, England, 
Match against time. 


50 miles 


9:34:03 


J. Redfern 


London, Eng. 



Professional Walking performances are often doubtful, but the above may be thoroughly 
relied on as bona-fide performances. 



DISTANCE. 



time. 



DATE AND PLACE. 



100 yards.... 
120 yards.... 
200 yards.... 
30() yards ... 
Quarter mile 
6C0 yards — 
Half-mile.. .. 
Imile 

I'i miles... 
2 miles,.... 

Smiles 

4 miles 

6 miles 

Smiles 

7 miles 

8 m. less 30 yds 

9 miles 

10 miles 

11 miles. ... 

12 miles 

11', miles.. . 



:09^ 

■.ny, 
-.19% 

:31'. 

:48.¥ 
1:13 
1:535, 

4:17>4 

6:50 
9:11-3 
14:36 
19:36 
24:40 
29:50 
34:45 
40:57 
46:15 
61:26 
53:52 
1:02:02>, 
59:44 



Geo. Seward, N'w 
" [Haven 

James Nuttall 

R. Buttery, 

J. Nutlall 

Frank Hewett. . . . 

W. Richards.... 

W. Lang 

J. Fleet 

W. Lang 



L. Beniiett,o/ias 
'• Deerfoot.".. 



Sept. 30, 1844 ; London. 
VI ay 3. l>-47; London. 
May 22, 1847; London. 
April, 1863; Manchexter. 
Oct. 4. 1873; Newcastle. 
Feb. 20, 1864; Manchester. 
Sept., 18T1; Lyttleton, Australia. 
August 19, 1865; Manchester; ran 

a dead heat. 
Feb. 23. 1867 ; Manchester. 
August 1, 1863; Manchester. 



May 11, 1863, in a 10 mile race; 
London. 



April 3, 1863, in a 12 mile handicap, 
the Indian starting from scratch ; 
London. 

February 23, 1863 ; London ; Match 
against time. 



DKSOBirTION. 



Standing Ungiii 
Ruuiiiug length 



13:5J 

29:7 



Ed. Bearles.. 
J Heward... 



-Musgrave . 



DATE AND PLAOE. 



Sept. 23, 1870; Utica, N. Y. 

Chester, England, "from a firm 
block of wood two feet in length, 
wedge-shaped, raised four inches 
in front." 

England. 



28 BASE BALI- 



BASE BALL. 



THE CHAMPIONSHIP CODE. 
RULE I. 

Sec. 1. — All club contestants for the championship 
pennant of the National Association of Professional Base- 
Ball Players shall be regularly enrolled members of the 
said Association : and before being eligible to enter the 
lists in the championship arena, they must have paid the 
entry fee as hereinafter provided. 

2. — Each contesting club in the championship arena 
of the Professional Association shall pay to the Secretary 
of said Association the sum of ten dollars entry fee, the 
:same to be paid on or before the first day of May of the 
championship season 

3. — The amount received for entry fees, as referred to 
in Sec. 2 of this code, shall be expended in the purchase 
of a flag and pennant, on the former of which the word 
" Champions," the name of the winning club, and the 
year which tbey hold the championship, shall be in- 
scribed. 

4. — The championshij) season shall extend from the 
first day of March to the first day of November of each 
year, and no game shall count in the championship series 
unless played within the above-named period. 

rule II. 

Sec. 1. — No match-game shall be considered legal, or 
shall count in the series of championship contests, unless 
the contesting clubs shall previously have duly paid their 
entry fees. 

2. — The regular series of championship contests shall 



BASE BALL. 29 

consist of ten games, and each club entering the lists shall 
play ten games with every other club contesting for the 
championship pennant. 

3. — No game played between two contesting clubs 
in the championship arena shall count as a regular 
match in the championship series, when the total games 
won are counted at the cl>se of the season, unless 
each of such contesting clubs shall have played not less 
than six games with every other contesting club in the 
arena. 

4. — No contesting club in the championship arena shall 
play any "exhibition" or "tournament" game with any 
other of said contestants within the United States, until 
said club has finished its regular series of ten champion- 
ship games. 

RULE III. 

Sec. 1. — The club which shall win the greatest number 
of regular games in the championship arena shall be de- 
clared the champion club for the season in which such 
games are played ; and, moreover, such clubs shall be 
entitled to fly the championship pennant until the close of 
the ensuing season. 

2. — In case of a tie record of won games between two 
or more of the contesting clubs in the arena, the Judiciary 
Committee of the Professional Association shall decide 
which club shall be entitled to the championship for the 
succeeding season. 

3.— The championship pennant and gold medal shall 
be presented to the club declared champions by a ma- 
jority vote of the Championship Committee, within 
thirty days from the date of the close of the champion- 
ship season. 



OU BASE BALL. 

RULE rv. 

Sec. 1. — At the close of the championship season, each 
contesting club in the arena shall send in to the Cham- 
pionship Committee a full record of the championship 
games played, won and lost by such club during the sea- 
son ; and said committee shall then examine the several 
records, and compare the same, and afterwards award the 
pennant in accordance with the code of championship 
rules. No record shall be received by said committee 
unless sent in within twenty days after the close of the 
championship season, and no award of the pennant shall 
be made except upon the basis of such legal records of 
the contesting cluba. 

2. — The Championship Committee shall count no game 
as a championship contest in which any section of the 
playing code of rules, or of the championship code of 
the Professional Association, shall have been wilfully 
violated. 

3. — No charge of fraudulent play, or of any violation 
of the Rules of the Professional Association, shall be en- 
tertained or acted upon by the Championship Committee, 
unless the same shall first have been fully investigated 
and passed upon by the Judiciary Committee of said 
Association. 

4. — No charge of violating the rules of the Profes- 
sional Association shall be adjudicated upon by either 
the Judiciary or the Championship Committee of the said 
Association, unless the same shall have been presented 
in writing to the Judiciary Committee on or before 
November 15th of the championship season. And no 
charge whatever shall be acted upon by either committee 
unless duly presented in writing to one or other of the 
members of the Judiciary Committee of the Professional 
Association, which committee shall be the sole judges of 



BASE BALL. 31 

law and the testimony in the case ; and from their de- 
cision there shall be no appeal. 

RULE V. 

Sec. I.' — Should either of two clubs fail to meet a regu- 
lar engagement to play, mutually agreed upon — except 
on account of the death or severe illness of one of its 
players, or on account of stormy weather — the club thus 
failing to plaj' shall forfeit the game to the club having its 
men on the field ready to play at the time appointed ; and 
such forfeited game shall count in the series of champion- 
ship contests as a game won by a score of nine runs to 
none. 

2. — After any two contesting clubs shall have mutually 
agreed upon which ground the first game of the series 
between them shall be played, the succeeding ^ames of 
the series shall be alternately placed on the grounds of 
each of the contesting clubs. 

3. — In case of a tie game ending in a draw match in 
any series of championship contests between two clubs, 
said tie or draw game shall not count on Ihe record of 
either club, if there be not due time to pla}' such game 
over before the close of the season. And no tie or draw 
game shall be played over again until after the full scries 
of ten games have been plaj^ed, including such drawn 
matches. 

4. — No championship game shall be played on any 
ball-ground on which any pool selling is allowed. 



32 BASE BALL. 

THE PROFESSIONAL CHAMPIONSHIP. 

The first season's play for the championship pennant, 
established by the Professional Association, in 1871, 
closed October 31st, 1871, leaving the Athletic Club, of 
Philadelphia, tlie holders of the pennant, by the decision 
of the Championship Committee. The record of games 
won and lost, as officially declared by the committee, 
being as follows : 

>■ Ki 9 o w W K o w ^ 

Name of ClcB ?^o 5 £■£ ^-£ o ^ 

: : : : T : : : : B 
: . . . ^ » 

Athletic won 013333333 22 

Boston * 301333333 22 

Chicago 230213 333 20 

Cleveland 011020303 10 

Haymaker 021203322 15 

Kekionga 000310111 7 

Mutual 221213033 17 

Olympic 012338103 16 

Roekford 000113100 6 

GamesloBt 7 10 9 19 15 21 18 15 21 135 

In the record two victories over the Athletic Club by 
the Rockfords were decided as forfeited games, for the 
reason that one of the Roekford players was not entitled 
to play. And yet a game won by the Olympics over the 
Boston nine was decided to be legal, though the very 
same rule was violated by the Olympics as by the Rock- 
fords. It is but just that these facts should be placed 
on record. 



BASE BALL. 



aa 



THE SEASON OF 1872. 
October 31st ended tlie legal season for playing cham- 
pionship games, and below will be found the complete 
record of all the legal games played, won and lost, for 
the season of 1872 : 



k (> 



QHg^JtziOHpcp 



& S "5' 3 



Name of Club, 



Athletic 

Atlantic 

Baltimore 

Boston 

Cleveland 

Eebford 

tfansfield 

Mutual 

National 

Olympic 

Troy 

Games lost. 



3 


4 
4 


1 

2 2 




1 1 



14 27 19 8 15 



2 

3 
2 



I 3 

c 

... 

1 ... 

7 10 



3* 



34 



BASE BALL. 



SEASON OF 1873. 
The championship season of 1873 closed on Friday, 
October 31st, and the record of games actually played, 
won and lost by the nine clubs which entered in May, 
was as follows. 



£^ 



& «• a 



B g 



I « 5= S S B § £ 2- 



B t 



._, 



1. a- '< m 
"< ^ ^ i 

^ 1- s § 



Athletic 6 

Atlantic 4 ... 

Baltimore S 7 

Boaton 4 8 

Mutual 4 

Maryland 

Philadelphia.... 8 7 6 4 4 

ReBolnte 10 10 

Waohington 2 12 

Gameg lost. . . .23 S7 22 16 24 5 17 21 31 196 

Series lost 46 2130 103 



17 4 

33 6 

43 

29 5 



36 4 

2 1 



2 31 

4 19 
6 38 

5 48 

4 34 

5 
4 40 

21 3 

3 8 
54 216 



The average play of each month in runs and over to a 
game of the season is as follows : 



GAMES. 

April 9 

May 33 

June 40 

July 32 

August 20 

September 33 

October 31 



WIN. SCORES. 
141 



432 
473 



Total. 



.198 



AYERAGK. LOSING SCORES. AVERAGE. 

15.06 40 4 06 

9.27 160 4.18 

10 32 232 ■ 5.32 

14 25 211 «.19 

11.03 90 4.10 

13.05 136 4.04 

13.29 194 6.08 

l!053 



BASE BALL. 



^5 



THE SEASON OF 1874. 
The record of championship games played by each of 
the contesting nines up to November 1 , inchisive, is as 
follows : 



u 


1 


► 9 


lis 


lillilll 


3 


3. 


» ? 


£" 


9 




•8 Vhat Count. 
Thrown Out. 
Forfeited. . . . 

GamM 

leftlTnplayed.. 

Played 

Won 



Boston 9 9 8 7 8 8 5 ... 52 70 1 10 43 

Mutual 887914... 5 42 65 600»34 

Athletic 20639062 33 to 14 014 31 

Philadelphia 4 4 8 7 1 6 2 29 68 ... 5 25 

Chicago 9 4 4 3 4 1 3 28 .59 11 10 10 

Atlaiitic -3 5 3 3 1 3 4 22 55 16 1 4 10 

Hartford 80814321 17 54 16 005 14 

Baltimore 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 9 47 23 47 

Gamea Lost 38 37 33 31 29 23 23 18 232 414 96 2 1 94 115 

Defeats that Count.. 35 32 30 28 21 22 17 

By the above recoid it will be seen that of the full 
series of 280 games, but 232 were played, and of these 
forty-seven were thrown out as games not to be counted, 
leaving 185 {>ames as legal contests on which to award the 
pennant. Of these the contesting clubs have won and 
lost the following number. We give the clubs in the order 
of won games : 

CLUBS. CAMKS WON, (JAMES LOST. 

BbBton 43 17 

Mutual 34 22 

Athletic 31 21 

Philadelphia 26 28 

Chicago 19 30 

Atlantic. 19 8i 

Hartford 14 35 



36 YACHTING. 

YACHTS AND YACHTING. 

" Rule Brittiannia, rule the waves," was sung long years 
ago and continues to be Bung by John Bull of the present 
day, with the same arrogance with which his fathers sung 
it years ago. But, however true this may have been in 
the days of Nelson, the claim to-day is false, we Amer- 
icans deny it ; and even more than that affirm that in 
the majority of contests, whether in open war upon the 
high seas, or in the more peaceful contests of trials of 
skill and speed ; whether with the large clipper ship, or 
with the tasty yacht, English ships, English yachts, and 
English seamen have, with a very few exceptions, been 
defeated. 

Of the naval battles upon the high seas we refrain from 
speaking ; it is not our province ; history has paid her 
tribute to the skill and bravery of American seamen dur- 
ing the war of 1812 ; so that to day the names of Hull, 
Decatur, Jones, Perry, and others are familiar to every 
school boy in the land. 

Twenty-five or thirty years ago England and the com- 
mercial world were surprised by the appearance of the 
American Clipper ship. True, as long ago as 1810 the 
Baltimore Clipper was known, but the large, majestic 
Clipper ship which startled our English cousins, and up 
to the time of the last war made a revolution in the con- 
veying business upon the sea, was first built about 1848. 

Many of our readers remember the "Great Republic" 
before she was burned at her dock in New York City, and 
the names of the Northern Light, Sovereign of the Seas, 
Grape Shot, Wild Pigeon, Young America, and others 
are not unfamiliar. 

We would gladly, if space permitted, give an account 
of the remarkable voyages made by these ships, but as 



YACHTING. 37 

they cannot properly come under the head of sporting 
matters, we will turn from them and saj'^ a few words 
concerning 

AMERICAK YACHTS. 

Many of us remember the thrill that went through the 
September day in 1851, when the news was flashed land one 
in all directions that the European steamer had arrived 
and brought the particulars of the great contest at Cowes, 
England, where the yacht America won the Royal Yacht 
Squadron Cup, defeating the entire English fleet. 

The national pulse beat high for many days ; the name 
of the America was upon all lips ; songs were composed 
in her honor, and aU regarded the victory as a triumph of 
American skill and seamanship. In the war of 1812, 
England failed to rule our brave seamen. After the 
advent of our clipper ships she was defeated in her at- 
tempts to control the commerce of the world ; but it re- 
mained for the yacht America to give her the most 
humiliating defeat, and to prove to the world that Britain 
did not rule the waves. 

How has it been since August, 1851 ? 

In 1861 American ships and American commerce stood 
as high as ever ; but soon the fortunes of war, assisted by 
English gold and English Pirates, swept our commerce 
from the seas. 

Not so our yachts, however ; although but comparatively 
few were built during the war, yet soon after its close 
many fine boats were launched, and July 18, 1869, the 
American Yacht, Sappho, sailed from New York, making 
the passage to Queenstown, Ireland, in 12 days, 9 hours 
and 36 minutes. 

On the 10th, 11th, and 18th of the May following, the 
Sappho beat the English Yacht, Cambria, in each of tlio 



38 YACHTING. 

three races. Britain did not rule the waves then, for the 
Cambria was justly regarded as the fi^stest English yacht. 

Soon after, the Cambria beat the American Yacht, Daunt- 
less, in a race from Daunt's Eock, on the coast of Ireland, 
to Sandy Hook. This occurred in July, and in October 
of the same year the Dauntless returned the compliment 
by beating her adversary in a forty-mile ocean race out- 
side Sandy Hook, and in the month of August following 
her arrival here, this same English yacht which had come 
across the Atlantic hoping to carry back the Royal Yacht 
Squadron Cup, which the America had so gallantly won, 
was defeated in a contest for the same with the New York 
Yacht Club, coming in tenth in a fleet of sixteen. The 
Cambria was also defeated by the Palmer in a forty-mile 
race at Newport R. I., August 17, 1870, and by the Mad- 
aline and Phantom on the 9th of the next month ; she in 
turn beating the Idler in a forty-mile race. 

The next year the owner of the Cambria came to this 
country in his new Yacht, Livonia, and on October 16th, 
18th, 19th, 21st, and 23d occurred a series of international 
races for the famous Queen's Cup, between the English 
Yacht and the New York Yacht Club. Of those the first and 
second were won by the Columbia, third by the Livonia, 
and fourth and fifth by the Sappho ; and on the 24th of the 
same month the Dauntless beat the Englisman in a forty- 
mile race outside Sandy Hook, and Mr. Ashbury was 
compelled to return to England without the much coveted 
cup. 

Thus it will be seen that in contests running through a 
series of years, uuder all circumstances, in fair weather 
and foul, in both English and American waters, the Eng- 
lish yachts have almost always been defeated, and the 
Royal Yacht Cup yet remains in the hands of the cute 
Yankee. Britain does not rule the waves. 



YACHTING. 39 

Below we give the dates of some of the most remark- 
able contests. 
1851, August 22. — Yacht America won the Royal Yacht 

Squadron's Cup, defeating British squadron — Cowea, 

Eng. 
1854, July 22. — Breeze of Virginia beat Messena of New 

York, yacht race, $10,000, 41 miles— Old Point 

Comfort, Va. 
1866, Dec. 11 to 25. — Schooner yacht Henrietta beat 

Fleetwing and Vesta, ocean sweepstakes race, Sandy 

Hook, U. S., to the needles, Cowes, Isle of Wight — 

$90,000. 

1869, July 28.— Yacht Sappho sailed from New York, 
arriving at Queenstown, Ireland, in 12 days, 9 hours 
and 36 minutes. 

1870, May 10, 11, 12. — American yacht Sappho beat the 
English yacht Cambria, three races — Cowes, Isle of 
Wight. 

1870, July 27. — English yacht Cambria beat the Amer- 
ican 3 acht Dauntless, ocean race from Daunt's Rock, 
Irish coast, to Sandy Hook lightship, N. Y. Started 
July 4. 

1870, August 8. — Royal Yacht Squadron Cup won by the 
Magic, defeating the English yacht Cambria, (tenth) 
and fourteen others — Clifton, S. I., around Sandy 
Hook lightship and return. 

1870, August 17.— Palmer, N. Y. Y. C, beat Cambria, 
40 miles — Newport, R. I. 

1870, August 18. — English yacht Cambria beat Idler, N. 
Y. Y. C, 40 miles — Newport, R. I. 

1870, Sept. 9. — Madaline and Phantom, N. Y. Y. C, 
beat Cambria — Newport, R. I. 

1870, Oct. 13.— Dauntless, N. Y. Y. C, beat English 
yacht Cambria, ocean race, 40 miles — Outside Sandy 
Hook. 



40 YACHTING. 

1870, Oct. 25. — Sappho beat Dauntless, 25 miles to wind- 
ward and back — Outside Sandy Hook. 

1871, Oct. 16, 18, 19, 21, 23. — Series of international 
yacht races for the Eoyal Yacht Cup, between the 
English schooner Livonia and N. Y. Y. C. vessels. 
First and second, won by the Columbia ; third, by 
the Livonia; fourth and fifth, bj^ the Sappho — New 
York. 

1871, Oct. 24.— Dauntless, N. Y. Y. C, beat English yacht 
Livonia, 40 miles — Outside Sandy Hook lightship. 

1871, Oct 27.— Dauntless beat Dreadnaught, ^acht race, 
40 miles — Outside Sandy Hook lightship. 

1871, Oct. 28. — Sappho beat Dreadnaught, yacht race, 
40 miles — Outside Sandy Hook lightship. 

NEW YORK TACHT CLUB REGATTA. 

The annual regatta of the New York Yacht Club was 
sailed June 16, 1875, over the usual course, from a ^jing 
start off Stapleton, Staten Island, through the Narrows, 
around a bouy on Southwest Spit, thence around the 
lightship off Sandy Hook and return, in all about 40 miles. 

There were twent3'^-two entries, and all started excepting 
the schooner-j^acht Atalanta. A novel feature was a race 
between the steam-yacht Ideal, Lookout, and Lurline, 
which was won by the latter in 2 hours, 52 minutes, and 
30 seconds. The best actual time made by the sailing 
yachts was 5 hours, 21 minutes, and 48 seconds, made b}^ 
the schooner-yacht Palmer, taking the prize for that class. 

The keel yachts Alarm, Rambler, and Wanderer had 
agreed to sail also for a subscription cup prize, which was 
won by the Wanderer, in 6 hours, and 23 seconds. The 
prize for the second-class schooners was won by the 
Comet ; the first-class sloop prize b}- the Vision ; the sec- 
ond-class sloop race by Mad Cap. 



41 



BILLIARDS. 

Of late 3'oars this instructive and fascinating game has 
become one of the most general and popular amusements 
of our whole people. Regardless of sex, age, or social 
position ; it is participated in bj' all classes of society, 
and besides the numerous public billiard rooms in all our 
large towns and cities, no gentleman's residence is con- 
sidered completely furnished unless it contains a billiard 
apartment. 

The game of billiards is one of considerable antiquitj^, 
and its origin is claimed by various nations. It was prob- 
ably suggested by bowls, or some like game, and was first 
played upon the ground, then upon raised platforms or 
tables, which were of different sizes, and oval, round, 
square, and oblong, in the various stages of their perfec- 
tion. The French, to whom the early advancement of the 
game is mainly indebted, are not without evidence to sus- 
tain their claim to its invention ; and the terms Bille, 
Caramholage, and many instances, aid in this conclusion. 

The first billiard table in the country of which we have 
any record was put up in a house on Whitehall Dock, in 
New York city in the year 1800, and in 1808 the first 
public billiard hall was opened in the same city. In 1832 
the first large billiard room in this country was opened by 
Bassford, the table maker. It stood on the site now occu- 
pied by the N. Y. Herald building ; it contained about 
eighteen tables. 

About 1845 owing to the introduction of ten pins into 
the country, billiards began to decline, but about 1855 a 
change began to be effected by a few talented individuals, 
the master spirit of whom was Michael Phelan. 

In the following will be found a list of some of the most 
important games. 



42 BILLIARDS. 

1854, May 13. — First public billiard match for a stake in 
this country. Joseph N. White defeated George 
Smith, four ball game — Malcolm Hall, SjTacuse, 
N. Y. 

1855, April 81. — Michael Phelan defeated Mons. Damon 
of Paris (received odds of 20 in 100, best in three 
games), 3-ball billiards, $500 — San Francisco, Cal. 

1857, Dec. 30. — Michael Phelan defeated Ralph Benjamin 
(received odds of 3 points in 16, best in seventeen 
games), S-Tjall billiards, $2,000 — Philadelphia. 

1860, July 25.— Harvard defeated Yale College at bil- 
liards — Worcester, Mass. 

1867, June 10. — J. Dion defeated J. McDevitt, billiards, 
champion cue and $1,500 — Montreal, Can. 

1867, Dec. 11.— John McDevitt defeated J. Dion, bil- 
liards, champion cue and $1,000 — Montreal, Can. 

1868, Jan. 8.— J. McDevitt ran 1,483 in a billiard match 
with W. Goldthwait. Best on record at four-ball 
game. 

1868, April 8.— J. McDevitt defeated M. Foster, bil- 
liards, champion cue and $1,000. Game unfinished, 
Foster withdrawing under protest. Never decided, 
but McDevitt received stakes — Chicago, III. 

1868, July 9.— Beginning of 4000 point match at 3-ball 
billiards, in which Francois Ubassy defeated Charles 
Burger. No stake — Paris, France. 

1868 — Sept. 16.— J. McDevitt defeated J. Dion, billiards, 
champion cue and $1,000. McDevitt made largest 
run (1,458) on record without crotching balls — Chi- 
cago, III. 

1868, Sept. 30. — M. Foster defeated J. Deery, 3-ball bil- 
liards, $500 — New York. 

1868, Dec. 22.— J. McDevitt defeated W. Goldthwait 
billiards, champion cue and $1,000 — Chicago, 111. 



BILLIARDS. 43 

1868, Dec. — John McDevitt resigned championship of 
billiards, preparatory to instituting new game (push 
shot and crotch ban-ed, and three points counted for 
each carom — Chicago, 111. 

1869, April, 23.— M. Foster defeated J. Deery, 3-ball 
billiards, $500— New York. 

18G9, May 10. — C. Dion defeated J. McDevitt, 3-baU 

billiards, $500 — New York. 
1869 May 11. — W. Goldthwait defeated M. Daly, 4-ball 

billiards, $500 — New York. 
1869, August 4. — M. Foster defeated George Stone, 4- 

ball billiards, $400. Best average (1000) on record 

— game run out in one inning — Norwich, Ct. 
1869, Sept. 14. — J. Deery defeated M. Foster, billiards, 

champion cue and $1,000 — New York. 

1869, Jan. 28. — J. Dion defeated M. Foster, 4-ball bil- 
liards, $2,000 — Montreal, Can. 

1869, April 6.— J. Dion defeated M. Foster, 4-ball bil- 
liards, (last game of home-and-home series of three), 
$2,000 — Montreal. 

1869, April 26 to May 10. — Championship billiard tour- 
nament. John Deery won championship cup ; A. P. 
Rudolphe, 2d prize ; M. Foster, 3il ; P. Snyder, 4th 

— New York. 

1870, Jan. 8. — J. Deery defeated Cyrille Dion, billiards, 
champion cue and $1,000 — San Francisco, Cal. 

1870, Feb. 3. — J. Deery defeated Cyrille Dion, billiards, 
$2,000 — San Francisco, Cal. 

1870, March 5. — A. P. Rudolphe defeated J. Deery, bil- 
liards, champion cue and $1,000 — -San Francisco, Cal. 

1870, March 17. — liudolphe defeated Deery, billiai-ds, 
$3,000 — San Francisco, Cal. 

1870, May 31.— A. P. Rudolphe defeated Cyrille Dion, 
billiards, champion cue and $1,000 — New York. 



44 BILLIARDS. 

1871, Jan. 26. — J. Deevj defeated J. Dion, (latter giv- 
ing odds of 100 in 600) 3-ball billiards, $200 — San 
Francisco, Cal. 

1871, Feb. 9. — J. Deery defeated J. Dion, (latter giving 
50 in 600) 3-ball billiards, $200 — San Francisco, Cal. 

1873, Jan. 2. — Match for champion cue between C. Dion 
and M. Dalj^ billiards. Undecided (score 1,486 to 
1,500 in favor of Daly). Game played over Jan. 9, 
when Dion won — New York. 

1873, May 16. — M. Daly defeated C. Dion, billiards, 
champion cue — New York. 

1873, June 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 30. — Billiard tourna- 
ment for Challenge Cup, 3-ball game ; first prize won 
by A. Garnier ; C. Dion, second — New York. 

1874, March 3. — Maurix3e Daly ran 212 (best on record) 
at the 3-ball carom game, defeating Cyrile Dion by a 
score of 600 to 547, for a money stake — Tammany 
Hall, N. Y. City. 

1874, Dec. 10.— A. P. Rudolphe ran 161 (second best), 
3-ball game, defeating A. Garnier, championship ; 
Bcore, 600 to 387 — Tammany Hall, N. Y. 

1874, Oct. 9. — William Cook, champion billiard player of 
England, beaten by A. P. Rudolphe — 3-ball carom 
game, 400 points, with 2 1-1 6th balls, on a 6x12 
(inside measurement) six pocket English made table, 
for $1,000 a side — Irving Hall, N. 1 . 

1874, Dec. 8. — Maurice Vignaux defeated Cyrille Dion, 
3-ball carom game 800 points, on a 5x10 table, for 
$500 a side — Tammany Hall, N. Y. City. 

1875, April 28. — A. Garnier defeated Maurice Vignaux, 
3-ball game, for the championship. 



THE PRIZE RING. 45 

THE PRIZE RING. 

In ti book like ours it is not possible to give more than 
a passing glance at events, and we are compelled to be 
brief in our remarks upon the various subjects on which 
we treat. 

We have nothing to say in regard to the morality or 
immorality of pugilism ; we have only to deal with the 
fact that battles have been fought, victories won, and* 
many times the whole country thrown into a state of ex- 
citement by them, and we propose to give a record of the 
same. 

The first fight of which we have any knowledge was be- 
tween Jacob Hyer and Tom Beaslev, in 1816, which 
ended in a draw, one of Hyer's arms having been broken. 
Although this was a ring fight, it was not a prize fight, it 
having its origin in a quarrel. 

We shall endeavor to give in order the more important 
fights as they occurred, with extracts and descriptions 
from the papers of the day of some of the principal ones. 

From the year 1810 to the year 1835 some seven or 
eight battles were fought, none of them, however, of much 
importance, the last being in 1834, when Andy McLane 
and Jim Reed fought near Elizabeth town, N. J. It was 
at this fight that one of the " old* time" sheriffs came up 
to the party and read the Riot Act, and then said, " Now, 
gentlemen, I 've done my duty, and as you don't seem dis- 
posed to go, I'll stay and see what you are going to do." 

From 1835 to 1841, some eleven battles of minor im- 
portance occurred, the most noteworthy being between 
Young Fearnon and Spanish Leu ; the former although 
only seventeen years old and the lightest man by twenty 
pounds, contrived to make the contest result in a draw, 
after fighting 210 minutes. 



46 THE PRIZE RING. 

Early in 1841, Yankee Suliivan came to this countiy on 
"business." Having but a short time previous defeated 
Wammer Lane, his friends this side of the water were 
very enthusiastic in his behalf, and a match was soon 
arranged with Vincient Hammond, The fight took place 
at League Island, Penn., on the 2d of September, 1841. 
Hammond was almost nothing in the hands of Sullivan, 
for after fighting eight rounds in only ten minutes, feulli- 
van was declared the victor. 

Sept. 9, 1841. Tom Hyer and County McCluskey. 
Won by Hyer in 101 rounds. 
Jan. 24, 1842. — Yankee Sullivan and Tom Secor. Won 

by Sullivan in 67 rounds. 
Aug. 29, 1842. — Yankee Sullivan and Professor Bell. 

Won by Sullivan in 24 rounds. 
Sept. 13, 1842. — Chris. Lilly and Tom McCoy. Won by 

Lilley in 120 rounds. McCoy died in a few minutes 

after the fight ended. 
May 11, 1847. — Yankee Sullivan and Robert Gaunt. 

Won easily by Sullivan in 12 minutes. 
Feb. 7, 1849. — Tom Hyer defeated Yankee Sullivan in 

16 rounds. Time 17 minutes and 18 seconds. 
Aug. 31, 1852. — George Thompson and John Mo/- 

rissey. Won by Morrissey in 14 rounds. Time, 16 

minutes. 
Oct. 12, 1852. — John Morrissey and Yankee Sullivan. 

Won by Momssey in 37 rounds. Time, 55 minutes. 
Aug. 31, 1852. — John Morrisse}^ and George Thompson, 

$2,000 a side. Won by Morrissey. 
Jan. 9, 1855. — James Martin beat John Kelley in 39 

rounds. Time, 55 minutes. $500 a side. New 

Orleans, La. 
Nov. 22, 1855. — Barney Ford, John E. Taylor. Won by 

Ford in 11 rounds. 



THE PRIZE RING. 47 

Dec. 18, 1855. — John Monegan and Jimmy Hart. Won 

by Monegan in 45 rounds. Time, 57 minutes. 
Ma}' 1, 1856. — Ed. Price and Joe Coburn. Draw after 

fighting 160 rounds in 200 minutes. 
July, 19, 1856. — Johnny Monegan and James Hart. Won 

by Hart. 
Aug. 18, 1856. — Charley Lynch beat Andy Kelly for 

$150 a side, in 85 rounds, in 105 minutes ; the result 

being fatal to Kelly. 
May 25, 1857. — Jim Brown beat Frank Mclntire. 24 

rounds. 
June 10, 1857. — Harr}^ Lazarus beat Denney Horrigan 

in 97 rounds, and 178 minutes. 
Aug. 1, 1857. — Dominick Bradley beat S. S. Rankin for 

$1,000 a side, in 152 rounds, in 178 minutes. 
Sept. 28, 1857. — Young Barney Aaron beat Johnny Mon- 

negan. 
Oct. 20, 1857. — Tom Jennings beat Billy Blake in 9 

rounds. 
Nov. 18, 1857. —Joe Coburn and Harry Criblin, for $500 

a side. Won by Coburn. 
April 12, 1858.— Pat. Carrol and Jim Brown. $100 a 

side. Won b}- Carrol in 28 rounds. 
April 15, 1858. — Brown and Kelly. $200 a side. Won 

by Brown in 60 rounds. 
Oct. 18, 1858. — Young Barney Aaron and Scotty fought 

for $200 a side and the championship of the light 

weights in America, at Point Albino, Canada. Won 

by Scotty by a foul on the part of Aaron, in 10 rounds. 

Time, 13 minutes. 

MORRISSEY AND HEENAN. 

Oct. 20, 1858. —The big fight of the year, and one of 
the greatest fights that ever occuired in the prize ring, 



48 THE PRIZK KING. 

when John Morrissey and John C. Heenan fought for 
$2,500 a side at Long Point Island, Canada. Owing 
to the great interest which centered in this great event 
Ave present tlie full report of the battle as published in the 
papers of that time. 

[From the New York Clipper.] 
THE FIGHT. 

Round 1. After a little preliminary prospecting, during 
which the fine and free style of Heenan was particularly 
observable, Morrissey took the initiative in gallant style, 
as the elder nan, and sent out his left with tremendous 
force, but the intention did not reach ; he tried with his 
right, and was cleverly stopped. Heenan, letting fly his 
right, caught Morrissey with a tremendous hit upon the 
left eye. Loud cheers here burst forth from Heenan's 
side, mingled with cries of "First blood." Heenan dis- 
charged three more with his left in rapid succession, press- 
ing Morrisse}' towards the ropes. Morrissey seemed 
surprised at this unexpected cannonade, and some despe- 
rate in-fighting followed, in which Heenan seemed to be 
the master. Morrissey broke away, and Heenan struck a 
stake instead of his man, and seriously damaged two of 
his knuckles. Heenan then rushed in, and severe hits 
were exchanged, mostly in favor of Heenan. Morrissey 
then seemed on the point of throwing him, when Heenan 
broke the hold, changed the position in his own favor, and 
threw Morrissey heavily, falling upon him. Immense ap- 
plause went up at this result from the party of the Benicia 
Boy, and made the astonished friends of Morrissey lo^^k 
blue. The round lasted six minutes. Though Morrissey 
had much the worst of it, the circumstances did not by 
any means discourage his friends. 

2. Bpth came up with an eager caution, but after ^ few 



THE PRIZE KING. 49 

feints the Benicia Boy cut loose again, and in quick suc- 
cession delivered two terrific hits with his left on Morris- 
sey's nose, the latter staggering him. Morrissey kept his 
hands well up, however, and stopped a third intent of like 
character. Some figuring then took place, but Heenan 
caught another opportunit}^, and sent in a stunning blow 
on Morrissey's right eye. Wild fighting followed, in which 
Morrissey deliverd some effective body hits ; choosing that 
place in preference to the head, which he had not yet been 
successful in reaching. After an exchange of a few not 
very effective hits at longer reach, Heenan rushed in and 
clinched, and then ensued a terrific struggle for the fall. 
Heenan's hand pressed the face of Morrissey backward, 
but correcting the accident, by the cries of "Foul," he 
passed it downward, and, taking a fresh hold, he threw 
him heavily, and fell upon him. The cries of foul were 
here set up again by the friends of Morrissey, but the 
claim was not allowed. 

3. Business, and nothing but business, seemed to be on 
each man's face, when Morrissey led off with force, but 
hit short, and caught a terrible right-hander on the cheek, 
in return. While the effects were still on him, he caught 
another stinging visitation in the same neighborhood, 
which puffed up his cheek, and covered him with blood. 
Morrissey rushed at his man, but Heenan, giving ground, 
delivered two or three more, getting home with his left 
effectively on the nose. Morrissey still pressed to meet 
his punishment, countered once or twice with much effect, 
and a good hit having turned Heenan's side towards him, 
he let fly with his right, and caught him a banging hit on 
the left side. Heenan turned, let fly with his left without 
effect, whereupon Morrissey rushed in and clinched, and 
there followed a tremendous effort for the fall. Morrissey 
proved this time too powerful for his fast fighting antag- 
5 



50 THE PRIZE RING, 

onist, and threw him handsomely, and fell heavily upon 
him. Loud cheers burst forth at this first success for 
Morrissey. 

4, Those body hits in the third round convinced 
Heenan's friends that he had been fighting too fast. 
Morrissey detected this condition like a watchful general, 
and advanced within range of the Benicia Boy, and 
caught a stinging hit upon the nose, which sent him back 
three or four steps ; Heenan pressed after his advantage 
with similar incaution, and caught a fearful visitation on 
the same feature of his own face which drew blood in 
profusion. Applause followed this trenchant hit, and the 
re-encouraged friends of Morrissey again shouted out the 
original odds. Heenan now retired from Monissey's 
fierce advance, whereupon Morrissey rushed in and chal- 
lenged for the throw. They fell, shaking the ground with 
the concussion, Morrissey on top. On being lifted and 
carried to his corner, Heenan looked limp and half ex- 
hausted, and Morrissey also showed signs of great fatigue. 

5. Both men on a blowing spell. Heenan's guard very 
low, and steps unsteady, the sore on his right instep 
evidently rankling on his condition. Morrissey seemed to 
have recovered confidence, with more strength to come. 
Advancing fiercely upon Heenan, he delivered a stunning 
blow upon the head, which brought him to a stand still. 
Recovering with surprising quickness, Heenan let fly right 
and left, getting well in twice on Morrissey's right cheek ; 
for this he received heavily in return, on the body and in 
the face. Heenan got his left arm around Morrissey's 
neck, with a good chance of getting it into Chancery. 
But Morrissey broke away, and open fighting again com- 
menced. Several ineffective hits were exchanged, Mor- 
rissey retreating, but as he neared the ropes, Heenan 
succeeded in delivering a tremendous shot upon the jaw, 



THE PRIZE RING. 51 

which knocked him clean from his feet. This was the 
first knocli-down blow, and elicited loud cheers. 

6. The men manojuvred for an opening ; Morrissey 
quickest on his feet, reaching Heenan's nose, and received 
left and right in return. More sparring, when Morrissey 
got in his left heavily on Heenan's neck. Heenan's blows 
seemed to lack precision, the consciousness of failing 
strength evidently telling on him badly. Morrissey closed 
the round by rushing in and delivering a severe upper cut, 
when they clinched, and Heenan was thrown, Morrissey 
falling upon him heavily. 

7. The contrast in the condition of the two contestants 
became more remarkable. Morrissey took the lead, but 
Heenan managed to get in a couple of slashing facers, as 
if determined to relieve Morrissey's head of any extra- 
vasated blood. The body blows sent by Morrissey told 
with powerful effect, though Heenan took them without 
flinching. In the close, Morrissey's hand was momentarily 
passed across Heenan's face. Heenan made a desperate 
effort to obtain the fall, but was thrown heavily, Morris- 
sey, however, kept him company. 

8. Heenan stock on the decline ; that of Morrisse}^ on 
the rise, and he seemed determined to plump Heenan at 
his own corner. As Heenan gave way, however, he kept 
exhibiting a fighter's instinct, and in return for the visita- 
tions he received about the body, he got in two pretty 
good hits on Morrissey's right cheek. Morrissey then 
made a rush at him, delivered some five or six telling hits, 
and was on the point of crowding him on the ropes, when 
Heenan went down from exhaustion. 

9. Apart from Heenan's lack of condition, he now be- 
gan to acknowledge the receipt of Morrisse}''s handiwork 
on the body. Heenan struck out wildl}- several times, 
turning himself once or twige half round by the force of 



52 THE PRIZE RING. 

his blow. Morrissey, however, was himself so weak, that 
he could not advance briskly enough to take advantage of 
the opportunities thus given to him. Presently, however, 
they got settled in position, and a fair exchange. Mor- 
rissey getting in twice on the body, and Heenan counter- 
ing ineffectively, on the cheek. Mofrissey then pressed 
Heenan to his corner, where the Benicia Boy was 
thrown, 

10. After sparring around for distance measure, Heenan 
resumed a slight rally, but was stopped, and received on 
the cheek ; in return for this, however, he countered on 
the forehead with a very telling hit ; some rough exchanges 
followed, in which Morrissey had much the best of it ; he 
then run in, clinched his man, threw him, and fell on him. 
Wild shouts went up from the Morrissey crowd, and offers 
were made of 100 to 10 that their favorite would be the 
victor. 

11. The fight was now reduced to a mere question of 
endurance. What ability to hit remained was with Mor- 
rissey. Heenan reeled and staggered, as both were led to 
the scratch. All that Mon-issey need do was to lead off 
and hit him, without danger of rejoindet. Heenan en- 
deavored to couuter, but he struck wildly in the air, and 
over-reaching himself in this way, in endeavoring to return 
a sharp blow, which Morrissey had delivered on the neck, 
he fell from exhaustion, and was carried insensible to his 
corner. 

March 5, 1859. — Jim Burns defeated Shanghie Comers 

in 11 rounds. 
June 27, 1859. — John McCooley defeated William Blake 

in 29 rounds. 
August 8, 1859. — James Dunn defeated William Ramsey 

in 42 rounds. $100 a side. 



TH£ pRttE RING. 53 

Oct. 6, 1859. — Ed. Price defeated James Kelly, at Point 
Albino, Canada, in 11 rounds. $1,000 a side. 

April 24, I860. — Henry Gibbon and Ed. Wilson fought 
for $500 a side. After 59 rounds in 77 minutes, the 
referee ordered a draw. 

May 7, I860. — Harry Bell defeated Steve O'Donnell in 
146 rounds. $300 a side. 

Aug. 21, 1860. — Dan Kerrigan and James Kelly fought 
for $1,000 a side, at Island Point, Vt. Won by Ker- 
rigan in 2© rounds, he claming a foul which was 
allowed. 

Dec. 4, 1860. — James Fitzpatrick and James O'Neil fought 
for $500 a side, at Berwick, Maine. Owing to a foul, 
decided in favor of Fitzpatrick at the 66th round. 
Time, 4 hours and 20 minutes. Longest battle in 
America. 

Jan. 13, 1861. — Mathew Tracy defeated Bill Blackwood 
at Storm's Ranch, Cal., in 28 rounds. Time, 45 min- 
utes. $1,000 a side. 

May 2, 1861. — Mike McCool defeated Tom Jennings in 
27 rounds. Time, 33 minutes. 

August, 24, 1861. — Con. C. Orem defeated Enoch Davis 
in 109 rounds. Time, 1 hour and 40 minutes. $500 
a side. 

COBUBN AND McCOOLE. 

May 5, 1863, occurred the great fight between Joe 
Coburn and Mike McCoole, for $1,000 a side and the 
championship of America. As this was a sporting event 
of great importance, we give an account of the fight as 
published in the Clipper. 

THE FIGHT. 

RouNT> 1. As the two men stood facing each other in 
the centre of the ring, the contrast in their height and 



54 THE t*RizE uiiia. 

appearance was most striking, McCool's tall and power- 
fully-built form towered high over the slighter but more 
elegant figure of his antagonist. But the condition of the 
latter was far superior ; there was not an ounce of super- 
fluous flesh on any part ; the muscles of his arms and 
shoulders, as he stood watching his antagonist's every 
movement, with his right guard close to his body and his 
left in regular play, ready to shoot in whenever an open- 
ing appeared, showed like bundles of cord under his fair, 
almost transparent skin. After some little sparring, 
McCoole dashed in, but Coburn jumped back quickly out 
of harm's way. Mac, following him up resolutely, let fly, 
but was short, and Joe countered him on the neck with 
his left and delivered his right full on .the cheek under 
the left eye, cutting it like a knife and drawing blood 
profusely. (Loud cheers for Coburn.) Mac rushed in 
and clinched, and after some fibbing on the body on both 
sides, threw Coburn and fell upon him. First blood for 
Coburn claimed and allowed. 

2. Both prompt at the call of time ; Mac came up with 
the blood trickling slowly from the cut under his left eye, 
where a lump was plainly visible. After some cautious 
sparring and slight exchanges, which did no damage, 
Mac closed and Joe was thrown on his knees. 

3. No time was lost in getting to work, for Joe rushed 
in and nailed Mac heavily cm the cheek, receiving a slight 
one on the ribs. In the clinch which ensued both went 
down, Coburn underneath. 

4. Joe, as before, commenced with sending home a left- 
hander straight on the damaged eye, Mac countering with 
his right on the body. Joe was busy on the ribs with his 
right, varied alternately with a reminder on the face, while 
Mac kept getting in occasionally on the body, but not very 
heavily. In the clinch, Coburn was thrown, Mac falling 



THE PRIZE RIKG. 65 

upon him. This round was so decisively in Coburn's 
favor that offers to bet $100 to $80 were numerous. 

5. Mac came up smiling, but his darkened eye showed 
plainly the effects of Joe's handiwork. The latter, after 
some feinting, planted his left heavily on the cheek, stop- 
ping the return neatly, and in the close went down. 

6. No sooner were they at the scratch than Joe got to 
work instanter, nailing Mac heavily on the nose and 
avoiding the return ; got in again twice on the head and 
neck, as Mac bored in, and was forced over the ropes 
outside the ring. 

7. Mac led off, but was short, and Joe countered him 
beautifully on the dial, cross-countering with the right on 
the damaged optic ; Mac, not to be denied, bored in and 
again missed, when Coburn clinched, and getting Mac 
around the body, fibbed away at his face, ending the round 
by both going down, Mac uppermost. (Loud cheers from 
the Coburnites, who were in ecstacies.) 

8. McCoole came up bleeding profusely, while Coburn 
had not a mark on him ; he out-fought his opponent at 
every point. As soon as they faced each other Coburn, 
quick as lightning sent his left heavily on the mark, Mac 
countering on the side of the head. A sharp rally ensued, 
terminating by Mac throwing Joe cleverly and falling 
upon him. 

9. Joe, after trying but unsuccessfully to draw Mac on, 
led off with the left on the ribs, and clinched. A tre- 
mendous struggle now ensued for the fall, both using all 
their science and strength in the effort ; Coburn at last, 
amid uproarious cheering, throwing his man in splendid 
style. An appeal was made at the beginning of this 
round by Joe's seconds that Mac had something in his 
hands. The referee called him up and bade him open 
them, when nothing was found, and the round proceeded. 



56 



THE PRIZE RING. 



10. Coburn was without a scratch, and as fresh as at 
the commencement, while Mac's face was terribly dis- 
figured. He, however, came up as cheerful and confident 
as ever, although showing some slight symptoms of dis- 
tress. He rushed in at once, and hit Joe on the shoulder 
sharply, but was met with a right and left hander full on 
the nose, which turned on the claret freely, following it 
up with a vicious upper-cut with his right on the face, and 
in the close was thrown. (Loud cheers for Coburn, and 
offers to bet $100 to $60). 

11. Both equally ready to respond to the call of "time." 
Exchanges in the centre of the ring, when Coburn went 
down on one knee. Mac evidently thought the round 
ended, and instead of hitting him in this position, as he 
had an undoubted right to do, he turned away to follow 
his second, Kelly's advice, and go to his corner. Joe im- 
mediately jumped up and renewed the round, hitting Mac 
heavily on the face and ribs several times in succession. 
Cries of " foul " were immediately raised by the friends of 
McCoole, and the uproar and confusion was increased by 
the alarm of " police," which caused a general panic and 
stampede for some moments. The referee and umpires 
manfully stood their ground, and the former, on being ap- 
pealed to by McCoole's umpire, decided "fair," ordering 
the men to " fight on." 

12. The uproar had hardly subsided when the men 
commenced this round, the alarm of police having been 
unfounded. Exchanges, principally in Coburn's favor, 
and the latter got down. 

13. Both men equally ready to begin. Joe led off and 
and got home a heavy left-hander on the nose, and as Mac 
bored in he retreated to the ropes, falling over them out- 
side the ring. (Cheers for McCoole) . 

14. McCoole's face was much disfigured, even at this 



tHE PRIZE RINe. 57 

early stage of the fight, but he came up as gay and game 
as at first. Joe planted a quick one two on the dial, and 
as Mac's returns were slow, he repeated it twice in suc- 
cession on the same spot, and as Mac clinched he dropped 
through his arms. (Cheers from Coburn's corner) . 

15. Joe took the initiative, reaching Mac on the cheek, 
and again on the body, jumping back to avoid the return. 
He then pressed Mac on the ropes, when the latter 
clinched and threw Coburn. 

16. Joe came up unmarked, presenting a striking con- 
trast to his opponent. He led off with his left on the ribs, 
and neatly stopping Mac's counter hit, nailed him with a 
tremendous upper-cut with the right, which turned on the 
tap again freely, Mac getting home on the ribs two or 
three times. In the close Coburn was down, JMac falling 
on him 

17. Joe rushed in, administered a sharp left-hander on 
the dial, clinched and threw Mac cleverlj^, amid loud 
cheers from his partisans, and offers of |100 to $40 on 
him. 

18. Mac " smiled a ghastly smile " as he faced the 
music again. His left eye was nearly closed, the other 
following suit, and his nose had lost its outline of propor- 
tion. Coburn, whose face was without a mark, was the 
first to get to work. He led off in his usual quick style, 
getting home heavily on the mark, while Mac was busy 
on the ribs. His slow, round-arm hitting was in striking 
contrast to Joe's straight, well-timed and rapid deliveries. 
After some rattling exchanges with about equal advantage, 
Joe, finding himself in a tight position, got down in such 
a manner as to cause an appeal by Mac's seconds. This 
was not allowed, but the refeiee cautioned Coburn to be 
more careful in going down. 

19. A short round, both countering together and then 

6* 



58 THE PRIZE RING. 

clinching. Mac got his arm around Joe, but seemed 
wanting in presence of mind as to what he should do with 
him, and Joe slipped down easily. 

20. Coburn sent in a right-hander fair and straight on 
the nose, which was a regular cracker, drawing the blood 
profusely. Mac rushed in and clinched, when Joe pegged 
away merrily until he went down. 

21. Both were ready when time was called. Joe 
required little attention from his seconds, as he was 
unmarked, except some flushes on the body where Mac 
had got home ; Mac, on the contrary, was much cut up 
about the face, and bled . so profusely that his seconds 
sponged him at the end of every round, with his back 
turned to Coburn's corner. Joe nailed him on the ribs as 
he rushed in, Mac getting in on the cheek, but not heavil3^ 

In the clinch Joe went down on his knees, and was 
again cautioned by the referee, 

22. This was a rattling round. Joe dashed in and 
planted a tremendous hit on the right cheek, following 
Mac into his corner, and nailing him four or five times in 
succession as he retreated. Mac rallied and got home one 
or two heavy body hits, and then clinched, threw and fell 
on him. (Cheers from both sides of the ring.) 

23. The fine science displayed by Coburn in the last 
round, his unimpaired strength, coolness and confidence, 
made his friends sanguine of winning, and $100 to $30 
was offered in his corner without being taken. He missed 
as he led off, his left passing over Mac's shoulder, and the 
latter countered on the ribs, and closing in Coburn's cor- 
ner, threw and fell upon him heavily. (Cheers for Mc- 
Coole, who had the best of that round.) 

24. A very short one, Joe getting on the ribs and Mac 
countering on the body. In the clinch Joe was thrown 
after a struggle. 



tHE PRIZE RING. 50 

25. Mac as prompt to the scratch as erer, his seconds 
doing their duty quickly and efficiently. He led oflF but 
was out of distance, and Joe countered on the ribs, Mac 
returning a hot'un on the same spot. In the clinch Joe 
threw him, but went down with him. 

26. Mac's gameness was as apparent as ever, for he was 
always at the scratch when "time " was announced. They 
got quickly to work, Joe as usual taking the initiative by 
hitting Mac on the body, a compliment the latter returned 
with interest. Mac clinched in Joe's corner and swung 
him off his feet, delivering a swinging hit as he was fall- 
ing, which, had it taken effect on the ribs, might have 
proved serious. As it was it fell upon Joe's left elbow, 
which seemed stunned for a moment. (Loud cheers from 
the McCoolites). 

27. Joe sent in his left as straight as a die on Mac's 
damaged optic, while McCoole was too slow in his de- 
livery. He clinched and threw Joe, falling on him 
heavily. 

28. Both countered together, Mac on the ribs and Joe 
on the dial ; the latter underneath in the fall. 

29. This was a repetition of the preceding round, Joe 
getting on the nose and Mac encountering on the body, 
the latter as usual gaining the fall. 

30. A short round, both rushing in, clinching, and Joe 
being thrown. 

31. It was surprising to see the contrast of the two 
men, as they advanced to the scratch for this round. 
Coburn had not a cut or mark upon him, except some 
flushes about the body, and a little of the "bark" peeled 
off his back, from being pressed upon the ropes. He 
delivered his left heavily on the fast-closing peeper, and 
as Mac countered with a rattling right-hander on the ribs, 
he planked a terrific right-handed hit on the same place, 



60 THte PRIZE RING. 

which was heard distinctly over the entire circle of spec- 
tators around the ring. In the clinch Coburn was thrown. 
This round was so decidedly in favor of Coburn that any 
odds would have been laid by the excited and loudly 
applauding spectators. 

32. Joe planted a heavy hit on the mark, and easily 
stopping the return, got home again and again on the 
ribs, until Mac closed and threw him. 

33. Joe's left hand was on his opponent's dial, while 
Mac was out of distance and missed. In the clinch Joe 
went down on his knees. 

34. This round was precisely a repetition of the pre- 
ceding, in every respect. Mac was evidently becoming 
distressed and falling away weak, but as gamely as ever 
he came up. 

35. Joe slipped just as he was about dashing in, and 
Mac being on the retreat at the same time, missed the op- 
portunity thus afforded to him. Eecovering himself, Joe 
got in right and left on the mouth and body, Mac being 
out of distance in his returns. In the close both went 
down in Coburn's corner. 

36. The exchanges on both sides were heavy, both get- 
ting on the body ; Joe's blows, however, did most execu- 
tion, as Mac's appeared to lack steam. The latter was on 
the top in the fall. 

37. Joe missed a viciously-intended left-hander, it pasS' 
ing over Mac's shoulder. The latter clinched and threw 
his man, falling upon him. 

38. Good exchanges, Joe getting on the ribs and face, 
and Mac on the body ; the former down. 

39. At this point Roche, Mac's second, made an ap^ 
peal to the referee that Coburn had something in his 
hands. On examination nothing whatever was found. 
Joe rushed at his man, nailed him heavily on the mark, 



THE PRIZE UlNG. 61 

clinched, and threw him through the ropes. (Cheers from 
Coburn's corner, and cries of " Isn't he a fine fighter !"] 

40. " Time !" was called twice, both evidently wishing 
to have as much rest as possible. Some good exchanges, 
and Joe thrown in his own corner, Mac cleverly avoiding 
stepping on him as he lay on the ground. 

41. Joe first at work — on the nose, and Mac on the 
bread-basket. Both down, Coburn under. 

42. Both cautious ; Joe sparred awhile, and then let 
fly on the mouth, Mac countering smartly on the ribs, 
and again on the face. The latter had the best of the 
round, and he was loudly cheered by his party. 

43. The seconds of the men performed their work 
scientifically and rapidly, and both were ready when time 
was called. As Mac rushed in, Joe met him with a fine 
left-hander on the ribs, which steadied him for a moment. 
He clinched, and as Joe was falling he hit Mac heavily 
on the body. 

44. Coburn nailed Mac heavily twice in succession on 
the face directly they met; the latter clinched, and Joe 
got down to avoid. An appeal was made, but the referee 
decided to fight on. 

45. It was evident that, bar accident, the day was 
Coburn's. He was as strong on the legs as ever, had 
scarcely a mark on the face, and his hitting was as 
straight, precise, and well-timed as at the start. Mac, 
on the contrary, was becoming weaker ; his face was out 
of shape, his blows lacked vigor, and his delivery was 
slower than ever. Joe led off with a terrific right-hander 
on the nose, following it up with a rattler on the body, 
clinching and throwing Mac, and falling upon him. 

46. Mac came up with his nose bleeding profusely. 
Joe led oflP, and after some heavy exchanges went down 
in the close. 



6S THE PRIZE RING. 

47. Similar to the last in the exchanges, Joe getting 
on the face and Mac on the ribs ; Joe thrown. 

48. Mac was slow to time ; Joe quickly at work, lead- 
ing off, but missing with his left, which passed over Mac's 
shoulder. He then closed and threw McCoole cleverly. 
(Loud cheers for Coburn.) 

49. Joe did not give Mac much time for sparring or 
reflection, for as soon as they faced each other he deliv- 
ered a tremendous right-hander on the nose, knocking 
McCoole off his feet, and gaining the first knock-down 
blow of the fight. (Loud cheers for Coburn.) 

50. Joe delivered a hot 'un on the cheek, Mac counter- 
ing on the ribs, and closing, threw Coburn. 

51. Joe missed, his blow passing over Mac's shoulder. 
He tried again, with no better success. Mac was too 
slow to profit by these failures, and Joe clinched and 
threw him. 

52. No sooner was time called than the men got to 
work, some good exchanges ensuing in Joe's favor. The 
latter slipped, nearly fell, but recovering, renewed the 
round, and in the close, after delivering some tremendous 
hits on the mouth and nose, was thrown ; Mae, as his 
seconds picked him up, patting Hen Winkle, who was 
raising Joe from the ground, good-temperedly on the head. 

53. A short round : Joe heavily on the face with the 
i-ight, clinched and both down, Mac underneath. 

54. A repetition of the preceding round, in all respects. 

55. Coburn in this round punished Mac very badly ; 
the latter clinched, and in the struggle for the fall ap- 
peared to be getting the best of it, when Joe adroitly 
turned in the very act of falling and fell uppermost. 

56. Joe was first to the scratch, nailed Mac as he 
bored in on the face, and went down in the close. 

57. Coburn led off on the old spot ; Mac clinched and 



THE PRIZE RING. b9 

tried to fib Joe with his right, but the latter seized and 
held it, and turning Mac partially around, tried to cross- 
buttock him, but Mac cleverly extricated himself from 
threatened danger, and both went down together, Joe 
uppermost. 

58. McCoole fast failing ; Joe, seeing his state, dashed 
in and delivered a one-two on the mouth and eye. Mac 
returned on the ribs, but without doing any harm, when 
Joe forced him down in his (Mac's) own corner. (Im- 
mense cheering, and offers to bet $100 to $20.) 

59. Joe had it all his own way ; he repeated his visita- 
tions on his opponent's bread-basket, and as Mac closed 
and threw him, went down laughing. 

60. Joe got heavily on the mark, and again on the face 
twice, forcing Mac to the ropes and hitting him as he was 
falling. 

61. Mac as game as ever, but his chance of winning 
was desperate. He was getting weaker every round, and 
his countenance was out of all shape, while his antagonist 
had hardly a perceptible mark. Joe on the ribs and Mac 
also ; the latter being thrown in the struggle for the fall. 

62. Joe now saw his time was come and victory was 
certain. He went straight to his man and sent him to 
grass with heavy hit on the body. 

63. Joe led off directly and brought Mac to his knees ; 
the latter was getting hopelessly weak. 

64. Joe hit Mac right and left, sending him down in 
a heap. 

65. Joe resolved to finish his man, and went in with 
both liands, knocking him down. 

66. Mac came up as game as a lion, but nature was 
fast leaving him. He led off, but missed, and Joe nailed 
him on the head sending him to earth. 

67. and last. It was evident to all that Mac was gone. 



64 TfiE PRIZE HING. 

He struggled gamely to the scratch, made one final effort 
to lead off", and was scjit down by a left-handed hit, all 
abroad. His seconds, seeing all hopes of success ex- 
tinguished, and unwilling to subject the brave fellow to 
more unnecessary punishment, threw up the sponge on 
his behalf, and amid the enthusiastic cheering of the 
assembled thousands, Joe Coburn was; proclaimed the 
victor and the "champion of America." Time, exactly V 
hour and 10 minutes. 

•May 19, 1863. — Owney Geoghegan and John Orem fought 
for S500 a side. Owing to a foul on the part of 
Orem, the fight was decided in favor of Geoghegan. 
Oct. 27, 1864. — Con. Fitzgerald defeated Ned Wilson in 
10 rounds, lasting 16 minutes. Wilson was severely 
bruised, while Con. left the ring without a mark. 
Jan. 5, 1865. — Con. Orem and Hugh O'Neil for $1,000 a 
side, at Virginia City, Nevada. After fighting 185 
rounds, in 3 hours and 8 minutes, the referee ordered 
a draw as both men were unable to fight longer. 
Feb. 2, 1865. — Johnny Ward and Billy Farrel fought for 
$1,000 a side. Owing to a foul, decided in favor 
of Farrel. 
Jan. 1, 1866. — Con. Orem defeated Patsy Marley in 95 

rounds ; $50 a side. 
Jan. 16, 1866. — Jim Kerrigan defeated Morris Phalen 

in 18 rounds Time, 29 minutes ; $1,000 a side. 
March 6, 1866. — Joe Riley defeated Jim Shannon in 48 

rounds. Time, 1 hour and 13 minutes. 
June 20, 1866. — Sam CoUyer defeated Barny Aaron in 
47 rounds. Time, 2 hours and 5 minutes. This fight 
was for $1,000 and the light-weight cliampionship. 
Sept. 13, 1866.— Mike McCool defeated Bill Davis in 34 

rounds. Time, 34 minutes ; $1,000 a side. 
Jan. 15, 1867.— Sam Collyer defeated John McGlode for 



THE PRIZE RING. DO 

the light-weight championship ; 47 rounds in 55 
minutes. 

April 10, 1867.— Tom Chandler defeated Dooney Harris 
in 23 rounds, which was for S5,000 and the middle- 
weight championship. 

June 10, 1867. — Barny Aaron defeated Sam CoUyer in a 
fight for a purse of $1,000 and the light-weight cham- 
pionship, in 67 rounds. Time, 1 hour and 55 minutes. 

MIKE MoCOOLE AND AARON JONES. 

August 31, 1867, Mike McCoole and Aaron Jones had 
an encounter at Busenbark's Station, O., in a match for 
$2,000. We give the report of the fight as published in 
the Clipper. 

THE FIGHT. 

Round 1. As they advanced towards the centre of the 
ring and stood there facing each other, the difference in 
size was truly remarkable. Big as Jones is, alongside of 
his burly opponent he looked quite boyish. The latter's 
gigantic frame was ponderously massive, his arms and 
legs a model for a Roman gladiator, while his swarthy 
complexion and general bronzed-up appearance betokened 
a hardihood of constitution which few men outside of Mor- 
rissey ever exhibited in the ring. Jones' appearance was 
of a different nature altogether. His flesh, except his 
hands, face, and neck, was almost as fair as that of a 
woman, and although well built, he didn't look able to 
stand the wear and tear of a McCoole. Their positions 
were as strikingly different as their other peculiarities. 
Jones held his left well out, and kept his right covering 
the ribs and mark, while McCoole, who has little or no 
idea of sparring, held both hands very low, looking 
sternly at his opponent, and ready to swing out either 
hand when he thought there was chance. He appeared 



bb THE, PRIZE RING. 

in no humor for fooling and gave Jones little time for 
sparring, although Aaron danced about for a spell on the 
retreat, feinted a time or two, and in getting" too close, 
caught a pile driver on his cheek, a swinger, which left its 
mark, cutting a gash, from which the blood spurted, and 
Jones was floored like a log, amid the most enthusiastic 
cheering, winning first blood and first knock-down in one 
hit in the first round. This was gi-eat surprise to the 
Cincinnati division, who appeared to have had the boot 
on the wrong foot. 

2. Prompt to the call the men advanced to the centre, 
both anxious to resume operations. McCoole, elated with 
his success in the previous bout, essayed, with right and 
left, but Jones avoided them cleverly, and returned the 
compliment by a smasher on the forehead by his left, 
followed up with another, rather light, on the neck, Mike 
investing heavily on the left side of Aaron's head, sending 
him down ; Mac walking to his corner laughing, amid the 
joyous shouts of his friends and increased oflfers of odds 
on his winning. 

3. Jones warmed up and somewhat nettled by this 
unexpected treatment, began hostilities, immediately 
landing with his left on Mike's right optic — a- terrible 
blow, cutting a deep gash, from which the blood flowed 
freely — and again with his dexter fin. In return for 
another right hander on the forehead, Mac delivered on 
the left ear, but without much effect, Jones showing his 
appreciation of such favors by a straight one with the left 
on the nose, from the force of which he fell, the St. Louis 
giant again walking leisurely to bis corner. 

4. Both men showed the efiects of the terrific blows 
exchanged thus early, Jones bleeding profusely from the 
cut on his right eye, and Mac from the left eye and facial 
promontory. Mike dashed to work without delay, but 



tHE tRiZE RING. 67 

Jones, in obedience to the advice of his seconds, kept out 
of harm's way, dancing about for an opening on his burly- 
antagonist. Seeing his chance he let fly with his left, 
getting home lightly on the side of the conk, receiving 
for his pains a tremendous pile-driver on the forehead, 
which caused him to seek the embrace of Mother Earth 
more suddenly than gracefully. Mike's friends jubilant 
and oflering additional odds, but without catching any fish. 

5. Aaron evidently intent on gaining time, and as Mac, 
who was now thoroughly warmed up, attempted to force 
matters, he retreated, avoiding a vicious lunge at the ribs, 
and getting in a nasty smack on the left ear. In a second 
attempt Mike was more fortunate, landing on the body 
with his ponderous right which Aaron returned with a 
left-hander on the nose and one with his right on the 
neck. These blows appeared like so many flea bites to 
Mac, who brought matters to a focus by delivering with 
his right again on the body, the blow resounding all over 
the ring and bringing Jones down like a shot. 

6. The fighting in the latter part of the last round was 
fast and furious, and the terrible force of the Mound City 
favorite's blows shook Aaron considerably. The latter 
was puffing like a porpoise when he toed the mark, and 
from the expression of his countenance it was plain that 
he was convinced he had caught a tartar. To mend his 
bellows he kept slowly retreating as Mike advanced, but 
the latter not to be bamboozeled thus, rushed in, and after 
feinting several times, delivered three blows in rapid suc- 
cession on Jones' ribs with his right, whom the fierceness 
of the onslaught seemingly confused, and after retaliating 
with a gentle rap on the head, he went down to avoid, 
Mac looking down upon him with an expression half 
of contempt, half of pity. 

7. Mac was n't so anxious to crowd his adversary' as in 



68 THE PRIZE KING. 

the prior round, which exactly suited Joues, who kept on 
the retreat, anxious to avoid, as far as possible, a repetir 
tion of the sledge-hammer licks he had already received. 
After considerable time spent in sparring, they countered 
on the mouth, each again turning on the tap, when, agree- 
ble to a persuasive appeal from Mac's right on the bodj^, 
Aaron sat down with fearful velocit}', Mac sauntering to 
his corner, amid the vociferous cheering of his adherents. 

8. Short, but by no means sweet for Jones. Michael 
dashed in immediatel}- with his dangerous right a terrible 
blow on the body, forcing Aaron on his knees. Things 
looked very gloom}' for the latter, and his backers en- 
deavored to hedge," but generally in vain, it being too 
evident that the battle, bar accident, was a foregone con- 
clusion for McCoole. 

9. Jones, urged- on b}^ the remarks of his partizans, 
commenced work at once by sending in his right on his 
opponent's bad eye, falling from the force of his own 
delivery just in time to escape an ugly upper-cut, which 
had it reached its destination, bade fair to have settled the 
struggle there and then. 

10. McCoole took the initiative as usual, missing a 
well-intended bodj'^-bender with his left, and catching a 
hot one on the left side, for which he returned with inter- 
est on the breast with his right. Jones got in another 
one on the left shoulder, Mac returning with a straight 
one with his right on the body, Jones going down. 

11. Jones, still on the defensive, visited the nose, as 
Mac bored in, avoiding the return, and as Mac dashed to 
close quarters Aaron slipped down. 

12. Caution was the watchword of Aaron, who spar- 
red away from Mac, who was short in several vicious 
essays, and napped it on the neck, Jones falling as soon 
as the blow was delivered. 



THE PKIZE RING. 61) 

13. This was one of the best contested rounds of the 
battle, both men giving and taking without any apparent 
anxiety to get out of danger. Jones assumed tlie offen- 
sive, sending in a couple of eye-openers, first on the left 
side of the head and again on the nose. These liberties 
gave member from the Puke State serious offence, as he 
evinced by sending his right on a voyage of discovery, 
catching Aaron a scorcher on the breast, and for his te- 
merity receiving a duo of punches on the nose from the 
latter's dexter digits, the blood spirting all over liis face 
and breast. After a little half-arm work Jones went 
down. 

14 and 15. Brevity was the order in these rounds. In 
the 14th Aaron planted with his left on the nose, causing 
the ruby to spurt out afresh. Mac was short in his return 
and Jones got home another light one on the head and 
dropped to escape threatening danger. In the 15th 
neither man struck a blow, Jones falling backwards in 
skipping away. A claim of " foul" was put in amid con- 
fusion worse confounded than in a lager beer saloon on 
" blue Monda}'," by Mac's friends, but at his own request 
it was not allowed. 

16 to 20. These rounds were very short and much alike 
in character, McCoole forcing the fighting, as he had done 
from the commencement, and Jones going down either 
from a blow or whenever he could do so with any excuse 
at all, for which he cannot be censured, considering the 
greater bulk and strength of his antagonist. In the last 
both countered beautifully, but neither blow eflected a 
landing where intended. The manner in which Jones got 
to grass in the 17th elicited hissing from McCoole's parti- 
sans, although no claim of foul was made. 

21. The frontispieces of the men presented anything 
but an inviting appearance, their features being knocked 



70 THE PRIZE RING. 

out of all shape, and McCoole's left eye was fast closing, 
Jones' right little better. MeCoole at once went to work 
with right and left, driving Aaron and getting in a ripper 
on the body, for which he received on the left cheek, nose, 
and bad eye, when Aaron slipped down on his knees, ex- 
pecting Mike to hit him in that position, but the latter was 
up to the dodge and restrained his impatience to deliver 
" one for his nob." 

22, and 23. McCoole, who was bleeding from an in- 
crusted opening of the gash under his left eye, delivered 
a couple of right-handers on the body, Aaron going down 
as soon as he had got in a teaser. 

24. After sparring a few minutes, Jones began opera- 
tions by a left-handed shot on the nose which Michael 
did n't like a bit, and in payment for which he adminis- 
tered a terrifier on the mouth, the blood gushing forth in 
a stream. A few harmless exchanges ensued, when Jones 
got home on the nose again and received on the body a 
blow which sent him to grass instanter. 
. 25 to 28. The fighting in these rounds was very light, 
and all in McCoole's favor, Jones going to grass in each. 
Aaron was apparently much disgusted, and did all he 
knew how to keep out of the range of his opponent's pon- 
derous fists, propelled with such tremendous force. The 
only hope he now had to win was the bare possibility of 
blinding Mac. 

29. This was a very spirited round, both men fighting 
earnestly, commencing work with left hand counters and 
then going in with right and left, the climax being capped 
by a stunner from McCoole's right on the body, which 
knocked Jones clean through the ropes. 

30 to 33. McCoole continued to rush things, regardless 
of consequences, and not caring a snap for the blows 
given by his opponent, which, however were few and not 



THE PKIZE RING. 71 

severe at that, he continuing to pursue his dropping tac- 
tics, much to Mike's disgust and that of the spectators. 
In the 33d Jones got down just in season to escape a severe 
visitation from Mac's right on his favorite spot on the 
body. 

34 and last. As McCoole was following him up, bent 
on mischief, Aaron let fly with his right, catching Mac on 
the head and nappirig a return on the body, and another 
— a terriflc hit — between the eyes as he was going down 
which latter sent him all in aheap. He was carried to his 
corner, his head falling helplessly on one side, and when 
time was called for the next round he was senseless, and 
his seconds elevated the sponge in token of his vanquish- 
ment, after fighting twenty-six minutes. 

April 27, 1868.— Dick Hollywood and John Keating 

fought for $2,500 a side. Keating's arm was broken 

in the second round, which decided the fight in favor 

of Hollywood. Time, 10 minutes. 
August 24, 1868.— Billy Edwards defeated Sam Collyer 

in 47 rounds. Time, 1 hour and 14 minutes. $1,000 

a side. 
Dec. 20. — Abe Wriflfen defeated Pete Maguire in five 

rounds. Time, 50 minutes ; $1,000 a side. 
Jan 12, 1869.— Tom Allen defeated Bill Davis in 43 

rounds. $1,000 a side. 
Feb. 23, 1869.— Charley Gallagher defeated Tom Allen 

in 2 rounds. Time, three minutes. $1,000 a side. 
June 15, 1869. — Milke McCool was said to have defeated 

Tom Allen in 9 rounds. $1,000 a side. 
August 15, 1869. — John Grady defeated John McGlade. 
August 17, 1869.— Tom Allen and Charley Gallagher 

fought for $1,000 a side. Decided a draw although 

Allen evidently had the best of the battle. 



rZ THE PRIZE RING. 

March 2, 1870*.— Billy Edwards defeated Sam CoUyer in 
40 rounds. Time 47 minutes; $1,000 a side. 

May 10, 1870. — Jim Mace defeateJ Tom Allen near New 
Orleans, in 10 rounds. Time, 44 minntes. $2,500 
a side and the championship of America. 

Nov. 5, 1870. — Tom Allen defeated James C. Gallagher. 

Dec. 6, 1870. — Billy McLean defeated Jim Murray. 

May 11, 1871. — Famous bloodless battle between Joe 
Coburn and Jem Mace. 

June 30, 1871.— Billy Vaugh defeated Pat Carter in 11 
rounds. Time, 45 minutes. 

COBURN AND MACE. 

Nov. 30, 1871. The great match between Joe Coburn 
and Jim Mace for $2,500 a side, and the championship of 
America, was finished at Bay St. Louis, Missouri. We 
give the i-eport of the battle as published in the New 
York Clipper. 

THE FIGHT. 

Round 1. In the condition of the men there was a per- 
ceptible difference in favor of Coburn, who was in fine 
fettle, while Mace, as in Canada, looked soft, compara- 
tively. The weight of the former was given as 163^ lbs. ; 
Mace's, 165 lbs. ; but we think both were heavier, and 
that the difference between them was greater than stated. 
The men looked earnest, and after a few moments' spar- 
ring and fiddling about for an opening, Mace offered at 
the body, but the blow was turned aside by Joe, who 
countered on the left side of the body, rather low, shortly 
afterwards effecting a lodgment for a left-handed shot, 
light on the breast. This Mace returned on the mark, 
receiving therefor a gentle tap on the ivories, which was- 
n't exactly to master Jem's liking, and he forced matters, 
planting his right on the left optic lightly and delivering 



THE PRIZE RING. 73 

a couple of times on the body in Coburn's corner. Joe 
got in one on the ribs and cross-countered on the neck, 
the round ending by Mace being thrown heavily, amid the 
exultant shouts of Joe's adherents. So well had the latter 
done in this round that the betting changed so much that 
the odds offered on the English ex-champion were very 
slight. Over half an hour elapsed from the call of time 
until the close of the round, by far the greater portion of 
which was spent in sparring and a repetition of the Canada 
tactics. 

2. Mace did not manifest the same inclination to assume 
he offensive this time, endeavoring to induce Joe to lead, 
•-which the latter finally did, sending in the left on the 
body, which Jim returned with a clip on the mouth. 
Twice afterwards did Coburn offer, but each time Jem 
was away ; but in reciprocation for a tap on the nose Joe 
sent home a reminder on the body, which was his main 
point of attack. Mace tried to counter, but the blow was 
neatly parried ; in getting together again Jem landed his 
left heavily on top of Coburn's nut, when Joe dashed in, 
getting home twice on the head and once on the ribs, for 
which he received a receipt on the neck ; a clinch, and 
Mace was again thrown in the centre of the ring, Coburn 
adding his weight to the fall. Time, 10 minutes. 

3. This opened with another display of fencing, neither 
caring to risk the chances of leading. At last Coburn 
offered the right, which caught Jem on the nose and 
mouth, the latter giving change by a left-hander on the 
cheek. Joe now dashed to close quarters, when several 
hot shots were discharged by both. Joe then grappled, 
and a brief struggle terminated in the men going to mud 
(the rain had been falling heavily, and the ground was in 
a miry state) locked in a close embrace, the advantage 
being slightly with Mace. 

6 



74 THE PKIZE RING. 

4. As yet blood was not visible upon the face of either, 
a claim therefore on behalf of Coburn in the opening round 
having been disallowed. Like the preceding ones this 
round was inaugurated by tedious manosuvreing which was 
ended by Mace delivering the left on Joe's right eye, Co- 
burn dropping his right on Jem's breast. More fiddling ; 
Joe hit at the body, but his blow fell harmless, and Mace 
countered lightly on the nasal organ, endeavoring to follow 
it up with another on the eye, but Joe was n't there just 
then. Coburn then jumped in and got home a one, two on 
the body and head, evading Jem's return. More sparring, 
ending by Joe getting in on the body, but receiving more 
than he gave by a slashing hit from Mace's left on the 
dial. The referee thrice urged them to commence before 
another blow was struck ; Jem leading and reaching the 
neck. Mace countering with terrific force, the blow cutting 
an ugly gash on the corner of Joe's left eyebrow, causing 
the ruby to gush forth and making Coburn's head swim. 
(First blood for Mace, claimed and allowed). After more 
sparring Jem sent in another on the bad orb ; Joe return- 
ing a one, two on the ribs and mouth, and receiving on 
the forehead. A rally, both striking rather wild, and 
Mace, who had the worst of it, di'opping in a suspicious 
manner in front of the referee ; Coburn walked to his cor- 
ner. Fifty-seven minutes were consumed by this round. 

5. Both were blowing from the effects of the closing 
rally in the previous round. Mace led with the left, which 
Joe napped on the nose. Joe rushed in and a rattling 
rally ensued, hits being exchanged rapidly. A break- 
away and more sparring, arm-rubbing and grinning formed 
the prelude to sharp exchanges in Mace's corner, ending 
by their going over the ropes together, alighting on their 
heads and turning a complete somersault outside the ring. 
The cheering was loud and enthusiastic and Coburn stock 



THE PRIZE RING. 75 

rapidly advanced. Indeed, Jim Goburn offered to wager 
$100 to $50 on his brother. 

6. Upon coming up Pooley Mace complained that 
Coburn had something in his hands. The referee ordered 
him to open his hands, and as he did so two small tightl}'- 
rolled pieces of oakum fell out ; but as the referee said as 
it was nothing worse than that, he would allow the fight 
to proceed. Few blows were exchanged in this round, 
slightly in ftivor of Joe, one of whose head-poultices partly 
turned Jem, who went to grass from a slip, one of his 
s^jikes having broken. Coburn turned and walked back 
to his corner. 

7 and 8. These rounds require little description. The 
first, which lasted twenty minutes, was mainly made up of 
sparring, a few sharp exchanges winding up by Mace be- 
ing back-heeled, Coburn falling upon him. There was 
more fighting in the eighth, Joe assuming the offensive 
vigorously and finally cross-buttocking Jem. The betting 
was now at evens ; Mace's left hand was puffed up con- 
siderably, and he appeared much weaker than Coburn. 

9. Neither anxious to begin, a long spell of sparring 
taking place. Coburn first offered, getting in heavily just 
above the belt. Mace claimed a foul, but it was not 
allowed. After another tiresome exhibition of sparring 
and strategy, the men clinched and Mace was thrown, the 
friends of Coburn again testing their lungs. 

10. This round was signalized by severe fighting, in 
favor of Mace, who took the initiative with a hot 'unon 
the left side of Joe's conk. The round was finished in the 
hitter's corner, where they clinched and both went down 
together. Great cheers for Mace. 

11. Coburn thoroughl}^ warmed up by the hot work in 
the preceding round, was quickly at the scratch, eager to 
resume. Mace, however, retreated to his corner upon 



76 THE PRIZE RING. 

Joe's advance, while his frame shook with the wet and 
cold. It was plain that Coburn was now, at least, the 
better man physically, and after trying to coax Jim out of 
his corner, went after him, and forcing the fight, a lively 
rally ensued, all in Coburn's favor (though, the blows were 
not very effective, being given at half-arm distance), the 
round closing by Mace being heavily thrown. 

12. This round was a counterpart of that in which the 
principals figured in May, with the exception that now it 
was Mace who declined to come out of his corner instead 
of Coburn. For nearly an hour they stood looking at each 
other, Jem only going up to the scratch when ordered by 
the referee to do so, and at once retreating again, amid 
the hisses of the crowd. Coburn, although he plainly had 
everything in his favor now, was apparently afraid to force 
the fight to a close. Whether he thus threw his chance 
away because of a mutual understanding or not, we can- 
not say, but such is the aspect it bears, as it is the opinion 
of those who saw the affair, or who have read accounts of 
the same. Finally the referee, finding that Mace would 
not leave his corner, and that Joe did not intend to drive 
him out, or do the fighting there, stepped inside the ropes 
and declared the fight a draw, expressing the opinion that 
"one was afraid and the other dares n't. Mace imme- 
diately crossed over to Joe's corner, shook his hand, and 
got off the following : " Joe, you are the best man I ever 
stepped into the ring with." The crowd were thoroughly 
disgusted with the affair, and approved of the decision of 
the referee. Mace was not marked in the face, though he 
had a badly swollen hand, and an ugly bruise on the body 
just above the hip. Coburn's nose was swollen, he had a 
cut on the left eyebrow, a slight abrasion of the skin on 
the nose, just below the right e3'e, a lump on the forehead, 
and a sore hand. Mace's excuse for sticking so closely 



THE PRIZE KING. 77 

to his corner was that he had injured his left hand and 
rendered it useless. The time occupied by the fight was 
three hours and thirty-eight minutes. 

HARRY HICKEN AND BRYAN CAMPBELL. 

March 4, 1873. — Harry Hicken and Bryan Campbell 
fought for $1,000 a side, at Collier's Station, West Va. 
We have only room for the report of the last round, which 
we quote from the Clipper. 

24. The betting, which before the commencement had 
ruled at odds of $100 to $80 on the Quaker City repre- 
sentative, was still slightly in his favor ; that is, offers to 
bet were frequently made, but we saw no money wagiered 
while the men were at work. Harry, who was much 
fresher-looking than his vis a vis, stepped over the line to 
meet the latter, and quickly oflTered with the left, which 
was stopped ere it reached its destination. A second 
attempt proved successful, the left eye being smartly 
visited. As usual, Bryan plunged in as Hicken jumped 
back, and effected a lodgment for a good right-hander 
on the ribs, receiving a plunging hit on the forehead 
and another on the side of the caput from Hicken's 
dexter mawley. Quick fighting ensued, in which Harry 
did most execution, and in the close both were down, side 
by side, locked in a close embrace near Hicken's corner. 
Just as O'Baldwin had carried his charge to his corner 
and was stooping over him, Geoghegan and Riley, Camp- 
bell's seconds, struck him while Johnny Murphy, who had 
been a warm partizan of Bryan, ran across the ring and 
struck Ned a blow on the head with the butt-end of a re- 
volver, knocking him down. He was kicked in the head 
several times while he lay prostrate, half a dozen severe 
scalp wounds being inflicted. The ring was broken in, 
and a general row seemed imminent, those who did n't 



78 THE PRIZE ElKG. 

wish to take part in it stampeded. Hieken was forced 
out of the ring, but immediatel}^ got back, aware of the 
penalty entailed by voluntary absence. 

The crowd recovered from their momentary scare and 
returned quickly to the ring-side, where they found Hlcken 
in the act of putting on his clothes, but Campbell, his sec- 
onds, and the referee, were nowhere to be seen. Harry 
was very much excited, and while expressing indignation 
at the outrage which had been committed, declared his 
intention to claim the stakes to which he thought he was 
entitled. The sympathy of nearly all, including some 
who had formerly been partizans of his antagonist, were 
plainly with him, those who had broken up the fight by 
attacking his second and causing the ropes and stakes to 
be disturbed being bitterly denounced, while the course of 
the referee and Campbell in leaving the ring was com- 
mented upon in anj'thing but complimentary terms. Noth- 
ing was to be done now but to look up Siddons and learn 
what his intentions were ; accordingly the crowd wended 
their way back to the station, uttering maledictions on the 
heads of the oflfending parties as they went. Arriving there, 
dilligent search was made by Colbert and others for the 
referee, but without avail, and it was afterwards learned 
that he had proceeded at once to Steubenville in company 
with Campbell and his brothers, Geoghegan, Riley, and 
one or two others. This made matters look still more 
dubious, and the opinion was freely expressed that the 
whole thing was a put-up job, arranged for the purpose of 
saving Campbell's money or euchring Hieken out of his 
share. We have refrained from adding our customar^'^ 
remarks, for the battle does not require it — the rounds 
tell the story of Hicken's superiority in every respect. 
Campbell is without science, is not as enduring as had 
been believed, and his style of fighting la^'^s him constantly 



THE PRIZE RING. 79 

open to a skilled antagonist. With a man of equal ability 
he would doubtless make a hard fight, but he is not a 
match for a boxer like Hicken. The time occupied by the 
fight as given by the referee, was one hour and five min- 
utes. Biyan was badlj' punished about the face, while 
Harry came ofl" without a mark on the dial, though the 
skin was broken by a rasping hit on the neck and a few 
bruises appeared on the body. Both sides claimed the 
stakes, but the referee refused to give a decision until 
after his arrival in New York, when he decided that 
Campbell had won, upon the ground that Hicken had left 
the ring without his permission — a decision manifestlj^ 
unjust, for Harry had been forced out, retmniing imme- 
diately ; besides which the fact of Campbell's friends hav- 
ing broken into the ring was sufficient to make him (Bryan) 
loose the battle. Hicken's backer, Jim Colbert, would not 
allow himself to be swindled in this manner, and protested 
against the money being given up in accordance with such 
decision, notifying the stake holder that he would sue for 
the recovery of Hicken's portion. Finding that he was in 
earnest in the matter, Campbell's backers proposed to 
compromise by giving Colbert $800, the other $200 going 
to Bryan, and as it would probably cost Colbert much 
more if he had persisted in sueing for the full amount, he 
agreed to the proposition, and thus the match ended. A 
challenge was subsequently issued on behalf of Hicken, 
offering to back him against Campbell again and stake 
$5,000 to $3,000, but it was allowed to pass unheeded. 
Intense indignation was created everywhere by the result 
of this encounter, which drove another nail in the coffin of 
pugilism in America. 

We shall now finish our record of the battle in the 
American Prize Ring by giving in full the account of the 
battle which took place April 20, 1875, between Jack 



80 THE PRIZE RING. 

Kelly and Dan Powers. The pugilists fought at catch 
weights, according to the rules of the London Prize Ring, 
for $200 a side. Everything relating to the time and 
place of fighting had been kept secret; nevertheless a 
large crowd gained the tip, and, in spite of the Bitter cold 
of the morning, journeyed thither. A ring was erected 
by daylight, and by the time it was completed the pugilists 
had arrived. Powers was the first to enter the ring- 
Kelly quickly followed. Powers won the toss for corners 
and took the west corner. 

Kelly is five feet eight inches high, and weighs 144 
pounds. Powers is five feet seven inches, and weighs 150 
pounds. Both men were in fair condition, having been 
trained several weeks for the contest. Johnny Costello 
and Robert Hayes attended Powers, while Jack Donovan 
and Matt Riley seconded Kelly. The umpires were 
James Harris for Powers, and Tom McNally for Kelly. 
A well known Greenpoint sport was referee. All being 
ready the men and their attendants advanced to the 
centre of the ring and exchanged the usual formalities. 
The seconds then left the ring and the referee called 
time. 

The men faced each other for the first round. No time 
was wasted in sparring or displaying a knowledge of 
science, for no sooner had they formed a position for de- 
fence than Powers rushed in to close quarters, and some 
sharp right and left handed exchanges took place, the 
round being brought to a close by Powers being knocked 
down in his corner, amid yells, hisses, and groans from 
all parts of the ring. First knock down was claimed for 
Kelly, and allowed amid loud cheers from the latter's 
corner. In the second round the same tactics were fol- 
lowed, Kelly hitting with more force and precision, 
and again knocking Powers down, obtaining first blood, 



THE PRIZE RING. 81 

which was claimed and allowed. On time being called 
for the fourth round, both men came up bleeding, Kelly 
from the nose and left ear, while the blood ran in streams 
from Power's mouth and nose. The fighting had been 
fast and furious, and in this round they sparred a little 
for wind. Kelly again led off, landed a terrific left- 
hander on Powers' neck, twisting him round, the latter 
countering heavily with the right on Kelly's left eye, cut- 
ting open a deep gash and darkening his vision. A 
desperate exchange followed and the men closed. In the 
struggle for the fall Kelly was uppermost, Powers fall- 
ing against the middle stake. In the succeeding rounds 
Kelly punished Powers terribly, closing his left eye, and 
opening a deep gash in his forehead, from which the claret 
ran in streams. Powers came up round after round, and 
gamely faced his opponent, but always receiving more 
punishment than he inflicted. Powers' friends began to 
shout " foul," and tried to intimidate Kelly. The latter 
paid no heed to the invectives but fought better. In the 
20th round Kelly crossed into his opponent's corner and 
deliverd a heavy blow on Powers' nose and knocked him 
down. He was carried to his corner weak and exhausted, 
and it was all his seconds could do to bring him to the 
work for the next round. He came, however, and gamely 
tried to turn the tables. Kelly, by the advice of Rile}', 
his second, forced the fighting, and both closed. Powers' 
friends shouted "foul," and several menaced the referee. 
He stood the storm of threats and curses, and refused to 
award a foul. Kelly got the hug on Powers, and holding 
him up on the ropes, punished him fearfully, and when 
tired he threw him heavily against the hard frozen ground. 
Powers lay helpless, and had to be assisted to his corner, 
when his seconds, seeing that he could fight no longer, 
threw up the sponge. Kelly was declared the winner. 
6* 



S^ THE ±*RiZE RING. 

The fight lasted 1 hour and 21 minutes. Twenty-ond 
rounds were fought. Both men were terribly punished. 
The pugilists were well cared for, and went by different 
routes back to Brooklyn. 

Bill Pool. — As many of our young readers do not 
remember this individual, a few words concerning him may 
not be out of place. William Pool, in history, was justly 
regarded by the bulk of his countrymen as the champion 
and exponent of native vigor and courage. 

He first became generally known in the early part of 
1854 during the Hyer and Morrissev controversy^ ; he giv- 
ing his influence in favor of Hyer, and finally made a 
wager to fight Morrissey in a rough and tumble at the 
foot of Amos Street, North River, at 6 A. M., July 26th. 
They met and Morrissey had to cry enough. 

Concerning this fight there are conflicting accounts. 
Pool's friends saying that Morrissej^ was fairly beaten, 
while Morrissey's friends claimed that Pool had several 
assistants in gaining what advantage he did. 

On Saturday night, Feb. 24, 1855, Pool entered Stanwis 
Hall, a saloon opposite the Metropolitan Hotel in Broad- 
way. 

Fight talk had been the order of the evening, and about 
midnight the quarrelsome elements were increased by the 
arrival of Lew Baker, Paugene, Turner and others. Pau- 
gene commenced abusing Pool, and Turner began the use 
of pistols, and in a moment the firing became general. 
Shots were fired by both parties and several of the con- 
testants were wounded. Pool mortallj^ so. 

Baker escaped on a vessel bound for the Canary Islands 
but was subsequently captured and brought back in the 
clipper bark Grapeshot.* 

* The Grapeshot at that time was called the fastest sailing vessel afloat. 



HORSE RACING. 83 

Pool lived but twelve days after the affair. He died 
regretted hj thousands who had never seen him, but who 
admired his character as a man. The affair caused the 
most profound excitement throughout the Country. 

Paugene, Turner and Baker were tried, but the Jury 
failed to agree. 

TROTTING. 

Without any introductory remarks, we shall proceed to 
give a brief sketch of some of the most noted trotting 
horses, beginning with the little mare, Flora Temple, who 
so long reigned queen of the turf. 

Flora Temple without doubt was more of a favorite 
with the whole American people than any other trotter. 
True, her time has been beaten by several horses, yet 
there are so many fast ones at the present time, that no 
one of them can have the number of admirers that this 
game little mare possessed. 

The sketch of her we give as it originally appeared in 
the Spirit of the Times. It is from the pen of the accom- 
plished editor of that paper, George Wilkes, Esq., and the 
sketch is so rac^^, the description so good, and the whole 
written in such a pleasing manner, that we feel justified 
in believing that it will interest those of our readers who 
have not yet perused it, as much as it did ourselves j^ears 
ago. 

FLORA TEMPLB. 

The sun shone beautifully in the summer of 1850. It 
shone with peculiar bi-ightness all along the Hudson River 
at that time, and especially in Duchess County ; but no- 
where in the wide world, in the summer of 1850, did its 
beams fall with a more sweet and mellow radience than in 
the little village of Washington Hollow, about four miles 
back of the town of Poughkeepsie. It seemed, indeed, to 



84 ilORSE RACUJG. 

come into the village with peculiar gladness ; and, from 
the way its glitter played among the leaves of the trees, 
and its broad, warm flood spread itself fondly upon the 
field and mixed wantonly with the very earth of the road, 
it appeared as if it never desired to withdraw. And 
everything in Washington Hollow seemed to respond in 
peaceful happiness to these visits of the sun ; and day 
in and day out, whenever the sun shone, which it did in 
Washington Hollow nearly the whole of its allotted term, 
the village looked precisely as cheerful as it did the day 
before. 

On one of the finest of these kind of mornings in Wash- 
ington Hollow, in the month of June of the year of grace 
aforesaid, Jonathan A. Vielee stood listlessly at his stable 
door, looking out into the road, thinking, doubtless, as 
was common with the inhabitants of that village, that he 
had never seen the sun shine so bright before, when his 
attention was attracted by the faint clank of a bell ; and, 
turning that way, he saw a stout drover coming down the 
road with fifty or sixty head of cattle, one of which bore 
the bell that had struck his ear. The cattle filed before 
the practised and admiring eyes of Mr. Vielee ; and after 
them came the drover's wagon, drawn by two stout mares, 
driven by a sleepy looking negro ; and on the other side 
of the road, but near enough to exchange a nod with Mr. 
Jonathan A. Vielee, rode the drover on a graceful gray 
stallion, keeping his charge in line. Mr. Jonathan A. 
Vielee looked approvingly upon many of the cattle : he 
thought the brown mares that drew the wagon a very ser- 
viceable pair of " horses-of-all-work ; " and he admired 
the tall stallion on which the drover rode, as a fine piece 
of flesh, that showed a good many signs of " blood ;" but, 
in all this scrutiny, Mr. Vielee saw nothing to excite him 
from the delightful state of tranquility which the soft and 



aORSE RACING. 85 

quiet beauty of the morning liad put Mm in. Just, how- 
ever, as he was about turning his head again to the ad- 
vanced part of the line, something riveted his attention. 

This something, which riveted the attention of Mr. 
Jonathan Vielee, was a little, rough-coated bay mare, not 
over fourteen hands two inches high (4 feet 10), tied at 
the tail of the wagon by a rope-halter some three or four 
feet long. There certainly was nothing in the conduct of 
the little bay mare to deserve this attention from the prac- 
tised eye of Mr. Vielee. She was going quietly along, 
not tugging at her halter, but yielding to it, and appar- 
ently enjoying the bright sun of Washington Hollow, as it 
laved her sides and back, and bathed the landscape far 
and near, as if she had belonged to Washington Hollow 
itself. To judge b}" her manner, as she ruminated over a 
sweet quid, which was occasionally replenished by a sturdy 
little boy of six years of age, who held handfuls of succu- 
lent fresh hay to her over the tail-board, she was in much 
the same tranquil, shiny -morning mood as Mr. Vielee him- 
self. Nay, it is not impossible (if a certain theory of 
animal intelligence be true), that, as she dropped her 
large, intelligent eye reflectively upon Mr. Jonathan Vie- 
lee, she thought, just at the moment when Mr. Vielee 
mentally exclaimed, " That's a mighty game looking little 
mare ! " — we say it is not impossible, that at that very 
moment, she might quietly have thought, " There's a man 
who knows something about a horse ! " 

And Mr. Jonathan Vielee would not have been misrep- 
■ resented by the little mare, had she even given utterance to 
this idea. He had a sharp eye for the points of a horse ; 
he had dealt a great deal in that way ; and, as he gazed 
at the little mare's blood-like head, traced her fine, well- 
set neck, firm shoulders, strong, straight back, long barrel 
well ribbed up, powerful forearms, fine pasterns, short 



86 HORSE RACING. 

cannon bones j and general display of muscle, he thought 
he would like to inquire into her mouth, and take a peep 
or two at her feet. Mr. Jonathan Vielee hailed the 
drowsy looking nigger who drove the wagon, and brought 
the drover to a stand-still with a more respectful but not 
less meaning signal. Then the civilities which are due 
between all people in bright mornings, as well in Wash- 
ington Hollow as everywhere else, passed between the 
drover and our good friend of Washington Hollow ; and 
presently Mr. Vielee had the little bay mare by the nose, 
and was studying every mark upon her teeth. He then 
took hold of her feet ; and the little mare lifted them suc- 
cessively in his hand with a quiet, downward glance, that 
seemed to say, "You'll find every thing right there, Mr. 
Vielee, and as fair and as firm as if jou wished me to 
trot for a man's life ! " And so Mr. Vielee did ; and as 
he dropped the last foot, he liked the promise of the little 
mare amazingly ; and it struck him, that, if he could get 
her for any sum short of $250 she would be a mighty good 
bargain. 

"She is about five years old?" said Mr. Vielee, inquir- 
ingly. 

" You have seen for yourself," replied the drover. 

"I should judge she was all right?" again suggested 
Mr. Vielee, partly walking round the mare, and again 
looking at her up and down. 

" Sound as a dollar, and kind as a kitten," responded 
the drover, as firmly as if prepared to give a written 
guarantee. 

" Not always so kind, neither," said Mr. Vielee, look- 
ing again steadily at the mare's face ; " or I don't under- 
stand that deviltry in her eye. But that 's neither here 
nor there ; you say the mare is for sale. Now, let's know 
what you '11 take for her." 



HORSE RACING. 



81 



This inquiry of Mr. Vielee's was the opening of a highly 
scientific display of diplomacy between him and the rider 
of the gray stallion ; which, after lasting some three- 
quarters of an hour, during which the little bay mare was 
put through all her paces in one of Mr. Vielee's wagons, 
resulted in her passing permanently from the halter at the 
tail of the wagon into the possession of Mr. Jonathan 
Vielee, for the sum of $175. 

" And a pretty good price at that," said the drover to 
himself, on pocketing the cash, " for an animal that only 
cost me ' eighty,' and who is so foolish and flighty that 
she will never be able to make a square trot in her life." 

The drover could give no satisfactory answer to Mr. Vie- 
lee's inquiries about the origin, or, to speak more profes- 
sionally, about the pedigree, of the little bay mare. All 
that he could say was, that he had bought her in Utica of 
a young man who had for some time been endeavoring to 
dispose of her in connection with another little mare, 
which he had vainly endeavored to drive in double harness. 
The fault of the team laid against the crazy disposition of 
the little creature whom we have now under consideration ; 
so, when they were offered for sale together, in a place 
where both of them were known, our intractable little 
beauty was invariably rejected, and finally the owner was 
obliged to dispose singty of her mate. 

This was all the drover could tell about the matter ; but 
had he been thoroughly' instructed in the antecedents of 
the little bay mare, he might have told him that she was 
foaled in Oneida County, near Utica, out of a mare the 
veiy picture of herself, who had been most happily united 
with a fine stallion, named One-Eyed Hunter, who was by 
Kentucky Hunter, well known among the thoroughbreds 
of the Western and Southern States. She was docked 
with a jack-knife before she was an hour old, and stood 



88 HORSE RACiNGa 

on her feet at that time, having the same grey hairs at the 
roots of her tail that she brought into Washington Hol- 
low, and carries to this day. Her owner, Mr. Tracy, 
kept her till she was four years old, when finding her 
wilful and unserviceable, he disposed of her to Mr. William 
H. Congdon, of Smyrna, Chenango County, for the sum 
of thirteen dollars. Mr. Congdon, after keeping her a 
while, disposed of her to Kelly & Richardson for sixty- 
eight dollars ; and, after changing hands once or twice 
more, she found herself at last standing as we have de- 
scribed her, on a bright Sunday morning, in the centre of 
Washington Hollow, listening attentively to the conversa- 
tion that was passing between the drover and Mr. Jona- 
than Vielee. 

Now, if the little bay mare could have foreseen and 
comprehended the brilliant influence which this bargain 
between the drover and Mr. Veilee was to have upon her 
destiny, she could not have evinced more joy than she did 
on this bright, soft, sunshiny summer morning, in the 
year of grace 1850, when she was\taken from the tail of 
the drover's wagon, and led into Mr. Vielee's comfortable, 
well-aired stable. She danced around him, as he led her 
across the road, to the full stretch of her halter ; she 
tossed her head gaily up and down ; she ran forward, and 
put her nose playfully over his shoulder ; and when she 
got into her clean, cozy, well-strewn stall, she whinnied 
long and slowly and repeatedly, with profound delight. 

But, if this pleasure on the part of the little bay mare 
proceeded from any notion that she had found an estab- 
lished home, her calculations were very much astray. 
Mr. Vielee was a practical man of business ; and his main 
idea in the way of business was to turn a rapid penny, 
and invest the profits of one good transaction immediately 
into another. He knew that he had a most promising 



HORSE RACING. 89 

piece of horse flesh, — one that united all the outside con- 
ceivable marks of merit ; and, with a correct judgment, 
he concluded that the city of New York, the great arena 
where the best trotting blood of the country is collected 
and pitted in continual contest, was the place where the 
new-found jewel would command the highest mark. 
"There's no telling what she may not be able to do 
in time," thought Mr. Vielee in connection with this reso- 
lution ; " for if, with that fine make and immense muscle, 
she only settles into a handy style of going, — a style that 
don't waste any of her power in false action, — she may 
yet be able to beat 'em all." 

With such thoughts as this in his head, Mr. Vielee kept 
the mare in his stable barely two weeks ; and, at the end 
of that time, he took her to New York. As he took her 
there to sell, it is not necessary to this history that we 
should trace his steps, further than to say, that, finding 
an opportunity to double his money, he sold the rough- 
coated, unknown little bay mare to Mr. George E. Perrin 
of this metropolis, for the sum of $350. 

In the hands of Mr. Perrin, the little bay mare, who had 
proved so intractable, so flighty, so harem-scarem, and, to 
come down to the true term, so worthless, to her original 
owners, was favored with more advantages than ever she 
had enjoyed before. She was not only introduced to the 
very best society of fast-goers on the Bloomingdale and 
Long-Island Roads, but she was taught, when " flinging 
herself out" with exuberant and superabundant spirit all 
over the road, as it were, to play her limbs in a true line, 
and give her extraordinary qualities a chance to show 
their actual worth. If ever she made a skip, a quick ad- 
monition and a steady check brought her to her senses ; 
and when, in her frenzy of excitement at being challenged 
by some tip-top goer, she would, to use a sportman's 



90 HORSE RACING. 

phrase, "travel over herself," and go "up" into the air, 
she was steadied and settled down by a firm rein into solid 
trotting and good behavior in an instant. The crazy, 
flighty, half-racking and half-trotting little bay mare be- 
came a true stepper, and very luckily passed out of her 
confused "rip-i-ty clip-i-ty" sort of going, into a clean, 
even, long, low, locomotive-trotting stroke. Many a man 
who came up to a road-tavern, after having been unex- 
pectedly beaten by her, would say to her owner, as they 
took a drink at the bar, "That's a mighty nice little 
mare of yours ; and, if she was only big enough to stand 
hard work, you might expect a good deal from her." 

There was at that time, as there has been for the last 
twenty years, many horses of great repute upon the roads 
in the vicinity of New York ; and, among the horses which 
now and then came in disdainful contact with the little 
bay mare, was one of considerable speed and fame, called 
" The Waite Pony." 

If his oats had sprouted into salt hay under his touch, 
the proud and supercilious Waite Pony could not have 
been more surprised, one fine afternoon in that same sum- 
mer of 1850 so oftenalready noticed, when, in a mile con- 
test in that stretch of road which lies between Burnham's 
and Elm Park, the little bay mare beat him to what is 
called " a stand-still," and deposited her owner in advance 
of his at Stryker's Bay, This caused the little bay mare 
to be looked at very closety by everybody on the stoop of 
the house at Stryker's Bay ; and, while the idlers and 
horse-sharps were descanting on her points, the owners of 
the respective horses made a match that they should go 
against each other on the Red-House Track on the follow- 
ing afternoon. It was a mere road-match, this match 
between the Waite Pony and the little bay mare, a match 
of fancy, not of profit ; but, though of this nature, the 



HORSE RACING. 91 

reputation of the little mare had been growing so rapidly 
of late that a large number of the habitues of the road 
were present at the contest. 

The track was a half-mile track, the same that is still 
attached to the above named house ; and the race was for 
a single mile in harness. At starting, the odds were all 
against the mare ; but they changed as soon as she got 
off; and she won with the greatest ease, and with the 
power, as was plain to every looker-on, to have reduced 
the time of the performance b}' several seconds. As, how- 
ever, the time was considerably over three minutes, it did 
not increase the reputation of the mare as much as it dis- 
counted her competitor. A match was, therefore, soon 
after made between her and a fine horse known as Vander- 
burg's gray stallion, for $500 a side, mile heats, the stal- 
lion to go to a 250 lb. wagon, and the mare to go in 
harness. This match came off on the Union Course, Long 
Island, and was easil}' won in three heats by the mare, in 
very handsome time. 

The next exploit of the little bay mare was the winning 
of a stake, on September 9th of that same year of grace, 
on the same course, for which she was entered after 
arriving on the ground. She was not in racing trim. On 
the previous day, she had been driven very hard ; and, on 
coming home that night, was treated with a " warm mash," 
and virtually put to bed. On the next norning, however, 
she looked so fine that her owner concluded to go and see 
the race ; and on the road she behaved so well, and beat 
so many going down, that he determined, "just for a 
flyer," to let her try her mettle for the purse. The race 
was a race of mile heats in harness ; and the horses en- 
tered were Whitehall, Delaware Maid, Napoleon, and 
Hiram. The first named horse, a fine brown stallion, 
entered by James Whelpley, was the contestant of the 



ya SORSE RACING. 

greatest promise ; but all the others were well thought of ; 
and their owners, being among the most popular patrons 
of the trotting-turf, had given to the race considerable 
interest. 

It was a bold exploit to enter that comparatively un- 
known little runt of a mare, under such circumstances, 
against such horses ; and when her owner, unable to ob- 
tain a trotting " skeleton," determined to put her through 
in a common road-sulky, his conduct was looked upon as 
audacious in the extreme. 

At length the start was given, and away they went. 
The five horses and sulkies were all well together for a 
few seconds, when Whitehall, with a fine, bold stroke, 
drew out of the clump, and took a commanding lead : the 
little bay mare, however, in the battered road-sulky, kept 
making her long, low, sweeping stride directly in his 
wake, with the regularity of machinery, and threatening 
to travel past him the first moment he should lose his 
foot. At the first-quarter pole, there was but one length 
distance between the stallion and the mare ; at the half- 
mile, but barely two : while the others, with the exception 
of Delaware Maid, who was tolerably well up, were being 
tailed off in most disastrous manner. In this order, the 
heat was won by Whelpley's stallion ; the little bay mare, 
with the heavy road-sulky, whom nobody thought would 
have the least chance in the world, being second ; Dela- 
ware Maid, third ; while Napoleon and Hiram were " dis- 
tanced." The two latter being now out of the race, the 
little bay mare secured a trotting sulky for herself ; and 
the record gives her the three succeeding heats in the im- 
proving time of 2 :55, 2 :52, and 2 :49 ; Delaware Maid 
being third on each occasion. The greatest excitement 
attended the conclusion of the third and fourth heats ; and 
when the race was done, the spectators advanced and felt 



HORSE RACING. \)6 

the little heroine all over, as if they could not comprehend 
how such a petite, indifferent-looking creature could stand 
the weight and fatigue, and 3'et maintain the speed she did. 

The latter was the first exploit that introduced the little 
bay mare to the pages of the " Racing Calendar." She 
was recorded under the modest name of " Flora ;" and it 
was little thought bj^ those who placed after her name on 
this occasion the mystic figures "2 1 1 1," that she was 
destined in future to render those tables so illustrious. 

After this trot, the little bay mare, or Flora Temple as 
we are now at liberty to call her, passed into the hands of 
John C, the brother of George E. Perrin, for the sum of 
$575, — a very handsome increase over the price paid by 
Mr. Jonathan Vielee to the drover, and more than seven 
times as much as the sum for which she had been gladly 
parted Avith by her Utica owner some three or four months 
before. 

Soon after obtaining possession of her, the new owner 
of Flora Temple, with unbounded confidence in her speed 
and lasting qualities, matched her that winter against the 
bay horse of Mr. Edward White, for ' f^ree-mile heats in 
harness, to trot in the following spring (1851), for $2,000, 
half forfeit. About six weeks before this match was due, 
however, the mare met with an accident in her exercise 
which would have rendered her unfit to go ; but this acci- 
dent being unknown to Mr. White, and his own horse 
being "out of trim," he paid forfeit, and the match was 
" off." 

. Nothing was done with the little bay mare in the spring, 
summer, and winter of 1851. The fright which she had 
taken, from the shafts of her sulkj'^ knocking against her 
heels in the accident referred to, rendered her apprehen- 
sive, wild, and flighty ; it was found necessary to take 
her out of training, and put her on the road. Ip that pO' 



94 HORSE RACING. 

sition she remained till the following summer (1852), 
when her owner, finding that she had regained her confi- 
dence and steadiness again by healing with great ease the 
bay mare, JPhildelphia Sal, round the Red-House track for 
a stake of $200, made a match against Young Dutchman, 
for $250 a side, mile heats, best three in five, in harness, 
to come off* on the Union Course, on Nov. 10. Though 
this match excited considerable interest, there was noth- 
ing about it to particularize. The mare won in three 
heats, placing herself indisputably "well up" among the 
first-class horses by recording the time at 2 :40, 2 :39, and 
2 :36. She was then taken out of training aud put in 
winter quarters at Jamaica, L. I. ; and, as we have given 
her an opportunity to express herself in thought once or 
twice before, we may be allowed to. imagine, that when 
she left the course at the close of the last contest, she 
might have meant to say, in her low neigh of triumph, 
" Little as I am, I am now mistress of the trotting-course, 
and let no one. henceforth value me at less than $2,000 !" 

GEORGE M. PATCIIEN. 

This noble horse was in his day justly called " King of 
Stallions." 

He was a powerful brown horse and had good blood in 
him, for he was by Cassius M. Cla}- , he by old Henry 
Clay, and his dam was by a j^oung horse who was brother 
to Trustee. 

After defeating such horses as Brown Dick and Fawcet, 
and trotting to heats in 2 :26^, and 2 :26^, he was thought 
by his friends to be a worthy competitor for Flora Temple, 
and he was matched against the little mare, but was 
defeated. 

His next performance of note was in a match with Ethan 
Allen, in harness, whom he defeated, as he also did in a 



HOUSE RACING. 95 

week later, in wagon, but was himself defeated by Flora 
Temple shortly after, although the contest throughout was 
verj^ close, and the first heat was made in 2 :2t. 

He next trotted a two-mile race with the little mare 
and defeated her, umch to the surprise of her thousand 
friends, who had considered the m^re invincible ; but she 
regained her standing again by defeating him a few days 
after. 

He subsequently encountered Flora in several races, 
three of which were won by the mare and one by Patchen. 

This ended his career upon the turf, for his owner 
decided to send him to the stud. 



GOLDSMITH MAID. 

This famous mare was bred by Mr. John B. Decker of 
Sussex County, New Jersey. She was foaled in 1857, 
and now at the age of eighteen, and after having made 
the fastest time on record, within a year remains sound 
and full of vigor. 

She was not put to work till she was eight j^ears old. 
In March, 1865 she was purchased by Mr. Alden Gold- 
smith for $650 and a buggy, and by skillful management 
he made a trotter of her. 

Her career since then is known to the public as much 
as was Flora Temple's in her day ; sutHce it to say that 
her crowning triumphs were during the season of 1874, 
when she trotted in 2:14, in harness, at Mystic Park, 
near Boston ; 2 :14f , at Rochester ; and 2 :15J, at Buffa- 
lo, N. Y. 

Up to the writing of this, June 30, 1875, she has not 
appeared upon the track this season ; but when she does 
it is somewhat doubtful if she ever out-does or even 
equals her performances of last season. 



96 HORSE RACING. 

SMUGGLER. ' 

This stallion, who created such a sensation in sporting 
circles last season, is a beautiful dark bay, fifteen hands 
and three inches high. He is by Blanco, he, by Irons 
Cadmus, he, by American Eclipse. 

So much has been said and written within a few months 
concerning the merits and performances of this horse, 
compared to some others, we have thought best to publish 
part of a letter which was written by a correspondent of 
the Spirit of the Times, and was published in that paper of 
April 10th, 1874. We are the more ready to select this 
article from the fact that it gives records and figures that 
are of general interest, although as far as the controversy 
as to which horse is entitled to the championship is con- 
cerned, we decline to take part : 

First. — Smuggler is a green horse. In his first race at 
Buflfalo, August 5, 1874, he won his first heat in 2 :22J, 
and the second heat in 2 :20f , which is faster than any 
horse in the world ever trotted his first race. Being 
green and unsteady, he got ofi" a long distance behind the 
other horses, and the actual time of his second heat, from 
wire to wire, was 2 :18f — a performance to this day un- 
equalled by any entire horse. We will admit that Thomas 
Jefierson is a game and fast hOrse — also a veteran — and 
it was not to be wondered at that a horse of nine years 
on the turf should have beaten a horse in his first race, 
although, during his nine years' trotting he has been 
unable to beat this time of Smuggler's first race. " Fair 
Play " claims that the sire of Thomas Jefferson was the 
first horse to trot a half-mile in 1 :08^. Although we get 
no records for half miles, I saw Smuggler trot home the 
last half mile in 1 :05 J, at Mystic Park, September 2, 
1874. With all due credit to George M. Fatchen, we fail 



HORSE RACING. . 97 

to see anything wonderful in his performances. They 
were good, not wonderful. The time of three mile heats, 
two mile heats, and wagon performances is at end, virtu- 
ally, instead of which we now have the mile heat, in har- 
ness, where a horse is apt to get all he can do from wire 
to wire, and oftentimes split up into seven, eight, nine, 
or more heats— certainly harder for a horse than two or 
three mile heats. Patchen's own time, mile heats, 2 :23^, 
does not equal Smuggler's, and none of his get have ever 
beaten Smuggler's time. I claim for Patchen that he is 
one of the good horses of the past, but in this progressive 
age, do not let us look back at what has been done, but 
rather let us look at what is being done now, and at what 
will be done in the future. 

Second. — The champion stallion race at Mystic Park, 
Sept. 15, 1874, was projected early in January, and the 
entries closed May 5, with sixteen entries. The stallion 
race at Buffalo was not projected until afterwards, and 
that at Beacon Park, Sept. 22, was for stallions who had 
not beaten 2 :26, and was not considered in the light of a 
champion stallion race. " Cosmopolite " says the race at 
Buffalo was the champion race. I claim it was not so 
considered by turfmen generally, and in comparison with 
the race at Mystic, it dwindles into insignificance. Now, 
if " Cosmopolite " claims the race at Buffalo was the 
champion race, why does he call Gift the champion ? Did 
not Thomas Jefferson win that race? and if that race is 
what he swears by, why not give the devil the due, and 
accord that prince of the house of Royal George the title 
champion, as he won with ease the last heat of the race 
in 2:28^? We do not usually look for as fast time in 
September as we do in August, and I consider Mambrino 
Gift's time, at Rochester, in August— 2 :21, 2 :20, 2 :23 
«— not as good as Smuggler's performance of 15th Sep- 
7 



98 HORSE RACING. 

tember— 2:23, 2:23, 2:20. I consider a third heat in 
2 :20 a much better performance than a second heat in 
2 :20 Smuggler won the race at Mystic Park, Septem- 
ber 15th, with greatest ease, in 2 :23, 2 :23, 2 :20. It was 
but an exercise gai^ for him to do this ; he never made a 
break in either heat, and the only time he got his head in 
Ifce race was in the third heat, when he trotted home from 
the half mile pole in 1 :08, and from the fact that he won 
this race. I claim for him the title of champion. Now, 
I claim Mambrino Gift entered that race in good condi- 
tion ; he had been at the Mystic three weeks, in the 
meanwhile trotted but one race, and was in the pitch of 
condition, and came to the score in as fine condition as 
he ever came up ; the pace was too strong for him. The 
fact that he won at Beacon Park the following week avails 
him nothing ; there was no heat trotted but what was 
slow— 2 :26J, 2 :25J, 2 :25J. Now, Smuggler, in his first 
season has done well, but next season look for the fastest 
time ever made ; he can certainly, and will beat Goldsmith 
Maid's 2 :14 ere this season closes. I believe him to be 
not only the champion stallion, but the fastest trotter in 
the world. There seems to be no limit to his speed, and 
while I accord good qualities to all stallions above named, 
they have not that electric turn of speed that Smuggler 
has. I would like to see Smuggler, Jay Gould, and Gift 
trot a race together, and I trust that at the stallion race 
next fall we shall see all these flyers together again. 
Hoping we may soon hear from another champion. 

I am Yours, 

C. J. Chapin. 



HORSE RACING. 



HORSES WITH A RECORD OF 2 :20 OR BETTER. 

We append a list of horses that have trotted in 2 :20 or 
better, with the best record of each, and the breeding as 
far as known : 

Goldsmith Maid, by Alexander's Abdallah, son of Ham- 

bletonian, dam by Abdallah 2:14 

American Girl, by Amos' C. M. Clay 2 :16J 

Lula, by Alexander's Norman dam imp. Hooten . 2 :16f 
Occident, by Dot, son of Pacer St. Clair . . . . 2 :16f 
Gloster, by Volunteer, son of Hambleton, dam by 

Stockbridge Chief 2:17 

Dexter, by Hambletonian, dam by American Star, 2:17^ 
Nettie, by Hambletonian, dam by American Star, 2 :18 

Red Cloud, by Legal Tender 2 :18 

Lady Thorne, by Mambrino Chief, dam by Gano, 2 :18J 
Lucy, by G. M. Patchen, dam by May Day . . 2 :18| 
Judge Fullerton, b}'^ Edward Everett, son of Ham- 
bletonian. 2:19 

George Palmer, by Lame Bogus 2 :19^ 

Bodine, by Volunteer, dam by Harry Clay ... 2 :19J 

CamOrs, by Gen. Knox 2 :19| 

Flora Temple, by Kentucky Hunter 2 :19f 

Mambrino Gift, by Mambrino Pilot, dam by 

Pilot, Jr., 2;20 

Smuggler, by Blanco, son of Iron's Cadmus, dam 

by Herod's Tuckahoe 2 ;20 

Fleety Golddust, by Golddust, dam a Morgan , 2 :20 

STALilONS THAT HAVE TROTTED BETTER THAN 2 :27. 

The following will, we think, be found to include all 
the stallions that have beaten 2 :27, in harness, with the 
sire, and the best record of each : 



100 HORSE RACING. 

Jay Gould, by Eysdyk's Hambletonian 2 :21^ 

George Wilkes, by Rysdyk's Hambletonian • . , 2 :22 

Blackbird, by Blackbird 2 :22 

Kilburn Jim, by Wood's Hambletonian 2 ;23 

Sam Purdy, by California Patchen 2 :23^ 

Thomas Jefferson, by Toronto Chief 2 :23^ 

W. H. Allen, by Volunteer 2 :23J 

Rhode Island, by Whitehall 2 :23^ 

George M. Patchen, by C. M. Clay 2 :2sl 

Fearnaught, by young Morrill 2 :23f 

Kirkwood, by Green's Bashaw • • • 2 :24 

Draco Prince, by Draco . 2 :24| 

Commonwealth, by Phil. Sheridan ....... 2 :24^ 

Pilot Temple, by Pilot Jr., 2 :24^ 

Bashaw, Jr., by Green's Bashaw 2 :24| 

Commodore Vanderbilt, by Young Columbus . . . 2 :25 

Mohawk, Jr., by Mohawk 2:25 

Ethan Allen, by Vermont Black Hawk 2 :25| 

Monarch, Jr., by Monarch 2:25 J 

Byron, by Field's Royal George 2 :25^ 

Charles E. Lowe, by George M. Patchen .... 2 :25^ 

H. W. Genet, by Godfrey's Patchen ...... 2.:26 

Joe Brown, by son of Biggart's Rattler 2 :26|^ 

Phil. Sheridan, by Young Columbus 2 :26J 

Prince Allen, by Ethan Allen 2 :26J 

North Star Mambrino, by Mambrino Chief . . . 2 :26 J 

Gilbreath Knox, by Gen. Knox ........ 2 :26f 

Below we give a record of performaces the time and 
place of their occurrence. 

ONE MILE. 

Henry, Beacon Park, Boston- June 23, 1871. . . 2 :20J 

Mountain Boy, Boston, July 3, 1868 2 :20| 

Gazelle, Prospect Park, L, I. Oct, 22, 1872. , , , 2 :21 



HORSE Racing. 101 

Rosalind, Philadelphia, Sept. 27, 1872 2 :21f 

Lady Maud, Prospect Park, L. I., Oct. 10, 1872 . 2 :22i 

Huntress, Mystic Park, Boston, June 18, 1872. . 2 :22^ 

Jenny, Springfield, Mass., Aug. 23, 1872 .... 2 :22^ 

Sensation, Beacon Park, Boston, Aug. 31, 1873. . 2 :22^ 

Kilburn Jim, Buflfalo, Aug. 8, 1872 2 :23 

General Butler, Rochester, N. Y., Nov. 2, 1866 . 2 :23i 

Fearnaught, Buffalo, July 29, 1868 2 :23i 

William H. Allen, Boston, June 18, 1872. ... 2 :23^ 

Sam Purdy, Sacramento, Cal., Sept. 16, 1873. . . 2 :23| 

Jim Irving, Utica, N. Y. Aug. 14, 1872 2 :23^ 

St. James, Buffalo, Aug. 8, 1873 2 :23^ 

John Morgan, Fashion Course, L. I. June 15, 1864, 2 :24 

Grey Mack, Boston, June 15, 1869 2 :24 

Kirkwood, Buffalo, Aug. 12, 1869 2 :24 • 

Hotspur, 2:24 

John W. Conley (Beppo), Prospect Park, L. I. 

Oct. 21, 1871 2:24 

Brother Jonathan, Chicago, 111., Oct. 2, 1873. . 2 :24 

Major Allen, Buffalo, Aug. 9, 1871 2 :24J 

California Damsel, Fashion Course, L. I., Sept., 

1863 2:24^ 

Prince, Fashion course, L. I., Sept., 1863. ... 2 :24^ 

Myron Perry, Baltimore, Md., June 3, 1871. . . 2 -M^ 

Sleepy John, Springfield Mass. Aug. 20, 1872. . 2 :24J 

Castle Boy, Cleveland, O., Aug 1, 1873 2 :2il 

May Howard, Sept. 15, 1873 2 :24^ 

George, Prospect Park, L. I., June 3, 1874. ... 2 :24^ 
Lady Lockwood, Union Course, L. I., Sept. 18, 

1865 2:25 

Commodore Vanderbilt, Union Course, L. I., June 

12, 1866 2 :26 

Rolla Goldust, St. Louis, Oct. 18, 1867. . . . . 2 :25 

Pilot Temple, St. Louis, May 13, 1871 2 :25 



102 aonsE racing. 

Mohawk, Jr., Cleveland, O., July 20, 1872. . . 2 :25 

Susie, Springfield, Mass., Aug. 23, 1873 2:25 

Crown Prince, Fleetwood Park, N. Y., Sept. 18, 

1873 2:25 

Young Bruno, Prospect Park, L. I., May 30, 1874, 2 :25 
Hopeful, Prospect Park, L. I., Sept. 27, 1873. . . 2 :25 
Brown Dick, Eclipse Course, L. I., Oct. 17, 1859. 2 :25i 

Lancet, Philadelphia, Oct. 25, 1859 2 :25J 

Joe, Boston, Oct. 3, 1871 2 :25i 

Lady Mac, New Orleans, Nov. 19, 1850 2:25^ 

Ethan Allen, Union Course, L. I., July 12, 1860. . 2 :25J 
Rockingham, Fashion Course, L. I., Oct. 29, 1862. 2 :25J 
Thomas JeflTerson, Prospect Park, L. L, May, 1871. 2 :25^ 
J. J. Bradley, Prospect Park, L. I., June 6, 1871. 2 :25^ 

Byron, Buffalo, Aug. 10, 1871 2 :25j 

Charles E. Leow, Boston, Oct. 5, 1871 2 :25J 

Derby, Cleveland, O., July 20, 1872 2 :25J 

Bodine, Chicago, July 1, 1873 2 :25J 

Col. Russel, Boston, Sept. 27, 1870 2 :25f 

Ella Wright, Hannibal, Mo., Sept. 26, 1872. . . 2 :25f 

Ripon Boy, Joliet, III., July 11, 1873 2 :25f 

Belle of Portland, New City, N. Y., Oct. 10, 1861. 2 :26 
George Cooley, Ottawa, 111. Nov. 2, 1866. ... 2 :26 

Tackey, St. Louis, Sept. 18, 1867 " 2: 26 

Tattler, Louisville, Oct. 28, 1868 2 :26 

W. B. Thomas, Louisville, Oct. 28, 1868 2 :26 

Belle Strickland, Narraganset, Oct. 4, 1870. . . 2 :26 
Surprise, Prospect Park, L. I., Oct. 14, 1870. . . 2 :26 

Clara G., Buffalo, Aug. 8, 1871 2 :26 , 

Sea Foam, Boston, June 21, 1872 2:26 

Fred Hooper, Chicago, July 3, 1873 2:26 

Blanche, Springfield, Mass., Aug. 19, 1873. ... 2 :26 
Joker, Prospect Park, L. I., May 30, 1874. ... 2 :26 
Lady Emma, Fashion Course, L. I., Oct. 8, 1864. 2 :26| 



HORSE RACING. 103 

License, Boston, Oct. 5, 1868 2 :26J 

Black Mack, Fredona, N. Y., June 3, 1871. ... 2 :26^ 
Royal John, Prospect Park, L. I., June 14, 1871. 2:26^ 
Queen of the West, Chicago, Aug. 23. 1871. . . 2 :26^ 
Lydia Thompson, Springfield, Mass., Aug. 20, 1872. 2 :26| 
Lady Blanchard, Sacramento, Cal., Sept. 21, 1872. 2 i26^ 

Molly Morris, Chicago, Oct. 25, 1873 2 :26i 

Honest Dutchman, Prospect Park, L. L, May 28, 

1872 2:26^ 

Morrissey, St. Louis, May 30, 1872 2 :26J 

Ben Flagler, Prospect Park, L. I., Oct 17. 1872. . 2 :26j 
Grand Dutchess, Springfield, Mass., Aug. 20, 1872. 2 :26 J 
Star of the West, Minneapolis, Minn., Sept 21, 

1872 2:26J 

Prince Allen, Boston, June 26, 1873 2 :26J 

Lady Banker, Buffalo, Aug. 8, 1873 2 :26^ 

Mila Caldwell, Chicago, Aug. 25, 1873 2:26^ 

Westfield, Sacramento, Cal., Sept. 19, 1873 ... 2 :26J 
Joe Brown, Catskill, N. Y., Oct. 17, 1873. ... 2 :26l 

Pocahontas, Boston, July 20, 1866 2 :26| 

Charley Green, Fleetwood Park, N. Y., May 24, 

1872. 2:26| 

Little Fred, Prospect Park, L. I., May 29, 1869. . 2 :26| 
Gilbreth Knox, Narragansett Park, Oct. 7, 1869. 2 :26f 

TWO MILES. 

Flora Temple, Eclipse Course, Aug. 16, 1859. . . 4 :50J 
Dexter, Fashion course, L. L, June 14, 1867. . . 4 :51 
Geo. M. Patchen, Union Course, L. I., July 12, 1860 4 :53^ 
Dreadnaught, Fleetwood Park, N. Y.. June 29, 

1870 4:59^ 

Stonewall Jackson, Fashion Course, L. I., Oct. 4, 

1864 5:01 

Princess, Eclipse Course, L. I., June 23, 1859. . . 5 :02 



104 HORSE RACING. 

Bashaw, Jr., Chicago, Aug. 22, 1868 5 :02J 

Jack Rossiter, Saratoga, Aug.24, 1850 5 :04J 

Commodore, Prospect Park, L. I., Oct. 17, 1872, 5 :04J 

Jim Rockey, Cincinnati, Oct., 21, 1859 5:05^ 

Fanny Sprague, Fashipn Course, L. I., Aug. 18, 

1868 5 :06f 

Ripton, Philadelphia, May 31, 1842 5:07 

Tacony, Union Course, L. I., Oct. 5, 1852 ... 5 :07| 

Ella Sherwood, Fashion Course, L. [., Oct. 7, 1865. 5 :08 

Fillmore, Cincinnati, Ohio, Oct. 11, 1860 . . . . 5 :08J 

Green Mountain Maid, St. Louis, Dec. 8, 1853 . . 5 :08J 
Lady Woodruff, Union Course, L. L, May 16, 

1859 5:08^ 

Lew Pettee, Union Course, L. I., Oct. 31, 1866. 5 :08J 

Fearless, Rochester, Aug 5, 1867 5 :08^ 

Mac, Union Course, L. I., Oct. 23, 1851 .... 5 :09 

THREE MILES. 

Huntress, Prospect Park, L. L, Sept. 23, 1872. . 7 :21| 

Flora Temple, Centreville, L. I., Sept. 27, 1850 . 7 :33| 
Stonewall Jackson, Fashion Course, L. I., Oct. 12, 

1864 7:39 

Dutchman, Beacon Course, N. J., July 4, 1839. . . 7 :41 

John Morgan, Louisville, Ky., Oct 27, 1860 . . 7:43^ 

Lady Moscow, Centreville, L. I., May 21 1850 . . 7 :44| 

Shark, Fashion Course, L. I., May 19, 1863 ... 7 :47f 

Canada Sam, Sandusky, Ohio, Sept. 15, 1858 . . 7 :50 

O'Blenis, Union Course, L. L, Oct. 28, 1852 . . 7:52 

America, Beacon Course, N. J., June 27, 1844 . 7 :52J 

Pelham,- Union Course, L. I., July 1, 1852 ... 7 :54 

FOUR MILES. 

Top Gallant, Philadelphia, Oct. 18, 1829 ... 11 :04 
Trustee, 1849 . 11 :06 



HORSE KACING. 105 

Whalebone, Philadelphia, Oct. 18, 1829 . i . . 11 :17 
Sir Peter, Hunting Park, Phila., Oct. 14, 1829 . 11 :23 

FIVE lilLES. 

Lady Mac, San Francisco, April 2, 1874 .... 13 :00 

Morrissey, Detroit, Aug. 26, 1868 13:11 

Fillmore, San Francisco, April 18, 1863 .... 13 :16 

TEN MILES. 

John Stewart, *Riverside, Boston, June 30, 1868 28 :02^ 
Prince, Union Course, L. I, Nov. 11, 1853, . . 28 :08J 
Captain McGowan, Cincinnati, O., Nov. 3, 1860 28:11^ 
Gypsy Queen, Louisville, Ky., Oct. 27, 1860 . . 28 :39 
Julia Aldrich, San Francisco, June 15, 1858 . . 29 :04J 
General Taylor, San Francisco, Feb. 6, 1857 . . 29 :41^ 

TWEKTT MILES. 

Capt. McGowan, *Riverside, Boston, Oct. 18, 1865 58 :25 

John Stewart, Fashion Course, L. I., 1868 ... 58 :30 

Trustee, Union Course, L. I., Oct. 20, 1848 . . 59 :35J 

Lady Fulton, Centreville, L. L, July 12, 1855 . . 59 :55 

FIFTY MILES. 

Black Joke, Providence, R. I., July, 1835 . . 3h. 00 :57 
Ariel, 1846 3h. 55 :40| 

ONE HUNDRED MILES. 

Conqueror, Centreville, L. L, Nov. 12, 1863 . 8h. 56 :53 
Fanny Murray, Albany, N. Y., May 15, 1846 9h. 41 :26 

PACING RECORD — ONE MILE. 

Billy Boyce, Buffalo, Aug. 1, 1868 2:14| 

Roanoke, Union Course, L. I., Sept. 9, 1852 . . 2 :18^ 

* Half-mile track. 



106 SORSE RACING. 

Pocahontas, New Orleans, Feb. 10, 1858 .... 2 :20 

Hero, Union Course, L. I., May 4, 1853 .... 2 :20^ 

Magoozler, St. Louis, Oct. 18, 1867 ...... 2 :20^ 

Tecumseh, Columbus, O., Sept. 25, 1851 .... 2 :21 

Eoanoke, Philadelphia, June 18, 1850 2 :21^ 

Dan Mahony, Detroit, Oct. 17, 1866 2 :2l| 

Dan Voorhees, Buffalo, Aug. 12, 1869 . . . . . 2:22 

Unknown, Beacon Course, N. J., May 2, 1844 . . 2 :23 

Dan Miller, Centreville, L. I., Oct. 3, 1849 . . . 2 :23 

Billy Mayo, Sacramento, June 25, 1870 .... 2:23 

Battling Jim, Newark, Ohio, Oct. 21, 1868 ... 2 :234 

Joe Gales, Washington, D. C, Nov. 7, 1867 . . 2 :23J 

Copperbottom, Beacon Park, June 9, 1874 . . . 2 :23^ 

ColdwaterBilly, Pittsburg, Sept. 17, 1867 . ... 2:24 

Longfellow, San Francisco, July 2, 1870 .... 2 :24J 

Lamplighter, Detroit, Aug. 25, 1868 2 :24f 

Sherman, Pittsburg, June 12, 1866 2 :25 

Ace of Clubs, Bloomington, 111., Aug. 24, 1867 . 2 :25^ 

Dan Voorhees, Terre Haute, Sept. 1864 2 :26J 

Hoosier Tom, Indianapolis, Oct. 3, 1868 .... 2 :26f 

TWO MILES. 

Hero, Union Course, L. I., May 17, 1853 . . . . 4 :56^ 

Fred Johnson, San Francisco, March 29, 1856 . . 5 :02J 

Dan Miller, Centreville, L. I., Nov. 12, 1849 . . 5 :03| 

Lady Mac, New Orleans, Feb. 28, 1853 5 :05 

Lamplighter, Detroit, Aug. 1868 5 :11J 

THREE MILES. 

James K. Polk, Centreville, L. L, Sept. 13, 1847 7:44 

Pet, Union Course, L. I , July 1, 1852 . ^. . . . 7:54 

Unknown, Sacramento, May 25, 1868 7 -.57^ 

Lady Bevins, Union Course, L. I., Oct. 15, 1850 . 7 :59 



aORSE RACING. 107 

RUNNING. 



THE FASTEST TIME ON RECORD. 

The following account of the great running race at Lex- 
ington, Ky., is from a distinguished sporting man who 
was present at the time. 

There were three horses started, Light Coin, Misfortune, 
and Searcher. Under the conditions of the race, Searcher 
carried ninety pounds, Misfortune, ninety-four pounds, and 
Light Coin, seventy-seven pounds. Searcher was largely 
the favorite in the pools, selling for $105, while Mis- 
fortune brought $56, and Light Coin $20. When all was 
in readiness for the race — the judges and timers in their 
places, and the riders up — the horses made ready for the 
start. The favorite, having gone up the stretch, a piece, 
came down the line in a run. As he passed the others he 
jumped out in a run, and immediately the drum was tap- 
ped, and off they went. The favorite went at a terrific 
rate round the turn, leading Misfortune by several lengths 
and leaving Light Coin far behind. He never slackened 
pace, but under a steady pull bore away past the first 
quarter pole and down the back stretch, his jockey being 
unable to check Mm in his mad career. The first half 
mile pole was passed in 48^ seconds. Going up the hill 
he increased his lead under a steady pull, and coming 
down the home stretch he seemed to slacken his pace, 
though running at a terrific rate. Observing this, the 
spectators shouted, " Go on, go on I " The jockey looked 
back to see where the other horses were, while the crowd 
shouted out, " Shut 'em out, shut 'em out ! " Then the 
jockey gave Searcher the rein, and he came on ahead gal- 
lantly, passing under the string just in time to shut out 
Misfortune, who was coming along gallantly undei- the 



108 MofeSfe RACING. 

whip and spur, and in another jump or two would have 
saved her distance. Light Coin was away back, loitering 
by the wayside. Searcher made the mile in the unprece- 
dented time of 1 :41f. The first half mile was made in 
48J seconds, and the last half in 53:^ seconds. The win- 
ner of this remarkable race is a bay colt three years old, 
by Enquirer, out of imp. Bonnie Scotland^ and belongs to 
Ji B. Rhodes. Under the conditions of the race Searcher 
was put up at a minimum price of $1,500, any excess above 
that to go to the second horse. He was bid in for the 
owner at $5,000 ; but, as both of his competitors were 
distanced, there was no second horse, and therefore the 
sale was a mere form. 

Half mile— 0:47|, Olitipa, 2 yrs, 97 lbs.; Saratoga, 

July 25, 1874. 
Three-quarters of a mile — 1 : 15 J, Chinaman, 111 lbs. ; 

San Francisco, Cal., Jan. 9th, 1875. 
One mile — 1 :41f , Searcher, 90 lbs. ; Lexington, Ky., 

May 13, 1875. 
One mile and an eighth-— 1 :5 6, Fadladeen, aged; 111 

lbs. ; Saratoga, Aug. 19, 1874 ; and Picola, 3 years, 

88 lbs, ; Saratoga, Aug. 15, 1874. 
One mile and a quarter — 2:09^, Frogtown, 4 yrs. 104 

lbs. ; Lexington Ky., May 12, 1874. 
One mile and a half — 2 :34f , Tom Bowling, 4 yrs, 104 lbs. ; 

Lexington, Ky., May 14, 1874. 
One mile and five-eighths — 2:56, Harry Bassett, 3 yrs, 

110 lbs. ; Jerome Park, June 10, 1871. 
One mile and three-quarters — 3 :05f , Reform, 3 years, 

83 lbs. ; Saratoga, Aug. 20, 1874. 
Two miles — 3 :32J, True Blue, 4 yrs, 108 lbs. ; Saratoga, 

July 30, 1872. Katie Pease, 4 yrs, 105 lbs., also 

made the same 'time at BuflJalo, Sept. 9, 1874, but 



WALfelilG. 109 

Was disqualified for foul riding, and the race given to 
Lizzie Lucas. 

Two miles and a quarter —;■ 3 : 59, Harry Bassett, 4 yrs, 
108 lbs. ; Saratoga, July 16, 1872. 

Two miles and a half — 4:28^, Katie Pease, 4 jts, 105 
lbs. ; Buffalo, Sept. 9, 1874. 

Three miles — 5:27^, Norfolk, 4 3'rs, 100 lbs.; Sacra- 
mento, Cal., Sept. 23, 1865. 

Four miles — 7 :19^, Fellowcraft, 4 yrs, 108 lbs.; Sara- 
toga, Aug. 20, 1874. 

Fifty miles— 2.05:20 (actual riding time, 1.52: 31 J), 
Charles Rediker, using ten horses, near Louisville, 
Ky., Sept. 16, 1873. 

Sixty miles — 2.33:00, George Osbaldiston, 11 horses, 
Newmarket, Eng., Nov. 5, 1831. 

One hundred miles ^^ 4.19 :40, George Osbaldiston, 16 
horses, as above. 

One hundred and fifty miles — 6.43:31, Jack Power, 25 
horses, Pioneer course, San Francisco, Cal., May 2, 
1858. 

Two hundred miles — 8h., Nell H. Mowry, 30 horses, 
Bay "View Park, San Francisco, Aug. 2, 1868 ; in 
8.42, George Osbaldiston, 29 horses, same perform- 
ance as in 60 and 100 miles, above. 

Three hundred miles— 14.09 :00, Nell H. Mowry, 30 
horses, inclusive of 200 miles as above. 



WALKING. 



RECORD Uf TO JuNE 30, 1875. 

April 24, 1874.— Daniel O'Leary, of Chicago, walked 116 
miles in twenty-three hours and eight minutes ; the 
best time on record. 



no WALKING i 

June 19, 1874. — Prof. John Tripp walked one hundred 
miles in twenty-two hours and nine minutes on the 
track of the Eastern Dutchess Agricultural Associa- 
tion at Amenia, N. Y., finishing Saturday night. He 
made the 100th mile in nine and a half minutes. 

WILSON REID vs. ED. MULLEN. 

The Mullen-Reid walk, for $250, came off on Deerfoot 
Park, L. I,, on the evening of June 16th, 1874. Reid was 
conceded a start of a quarter mile in ten, and was over- 
hauled by Mullen at the close of the eighth mile. The 
mnjority of those on the track now considered the result 
settled in Mullen's favor ; and the known ability of the 
latter justified this belief, while the style in Which he went 
along, widening the gap between them at will, was calcu- 
lated to strengthen it. He continued to lead until after 
entering upon the last quarter of a mile, when he slack- 
ened his speed, and shortly afterwards Reid passed him, 
amid the cheers of his partisans. As they came up the 
home stretch, Mullen quickened his pace and caught his 
opponent ; but at this juncture he began to wabble from 
one side of the track to the other like a drunken man, 
seemingly on the verge of fainting, and Reid, stepping 
out, finished first by ten seconds. The time given for his 
9f miles was 1 hour, 29 minutes and 40^ seconds. 

THE ONE HUNDRED-MILE WALK IN BOSTON. 

The walking contest for a sweepstakes of $300 between 
John Haydock, Charles Gushing, and George H. Avery, 
at Mystic Park, Boston, Mass., was concluded June 19tli, 
in favor of Haydock, whose time is given as 23h. 20m. 
and 29sec. He finished alone, Gushing giving up on the 
seventy-first mile, and Avery following suit after he had 
traversed the mile-track seventy-five times. 



IRISH-AMERICAN RIFLE MATCH. Ill 

THE IRISH- AMEBIC AN RIFLE MATCHES. 



THE MATCH OF 1874. 

The Irish team that came over in 1874 were very popu- 
lar gentlemen and capital shots. At their head (but not 
shooting) was the gallant Major Leech, whom a reader of 
Thackeray would involuntarily call Col. Newcome. The 
leading shot was John Rigby, of the famous firm of rifle 
makers, in Dublin. Among them was Dr. J. B. Hamilton, 
surgeon in the British army, who had served long in 
India, acquiring a great reputation as a shot, publishing, 
among other works " Tiger Hunting in India." Captain 
P. "Walker was also of the British regular service. The 
match resulted as follows : 

Irish Team. — John Rigby, 163 ; James Wilson, 160 ; Dr. 
Hamilton, 160 ; J. K. Milner, 154 ; E. Johnson, 150 ; 
Capt. Walker, 144. Total, 931. 

AmericanTeam.—H. Fulton, 171; G. W. Yale, 162; 
John Bodine, 158 ; H. A. Gildersleeve, 155 ; L. L. 
Hepburn, 149 ; T. S. Dakin, 139. Total, 934. 

Major Fulton's score — 171 out of a possible 180, 
or 36 bull's eyes out of 45 shots — is the best on record 
in any match in the world. The totals on each side are 
higher than any ever made in a Wimbledon match, so that 
the Irishmen had some glory, if not all they wished. 
After the match they felt at liberty to join in the festivi- 
ties, and they were overwhelmed by the most cordial and 
fraternal hospitalities. The return match was a necessity. 

THE MATCH OF 1875. 

The great international rifle match between the Irish 
and American teams took place at Dollymount, June 29. 



112 miSii- AMERICAN RII*LE MAtCBt. 

The weather was hazy, and a high wind was blowing. 
The road from the city to the scene of the shooting, a dis- 
tance of three miles, was lined during the morning with 
people en route to the range, and American and Irish 
flags were displayed on all sides. There were fully 10,000 
people on the grounds during the contest. Among the 
spectators were the lord mayors of London, Dublin, and 
York. The match resulted in a complete victor}^ for the 
American team by a score of 967 to 929. The victory of 
the American marksmen was hailed with tremendous 
enthusiasm. The distance shot over was 800, 900j and 
1000 yards. The individual scores at each range are 
given below. The highest possible score at each range 
is 60. 

800 yards ; Americans — Gildersleeve, 56 ; Yale, 57 ; Ful- 
ton, 58 ; Coleman, 56 ; Bodine, 52 ; Dakin, 58. To- 
tal 337. 

Irishmen — Wilson, 58; Hamilton, 56; McKenna, 52; 
Milner, 55 ; Johnson, 58 ; Pollock, 59. Total 338. 

900 yards ; Americans — Gildersleeve, 56 ; Yale, 52 ; Ful- 
ton, 57 ; Coleman, 48 ; Bodine, 59 ; Dakin, 55. To- 
tal 327. 

Irishmen — Wilson, 50; Hamilton, 51; McKenna, 44; 
Milner, 37 ; Johnson, 54 ; Pollock, 53. Total 292. 

1000 yards; Americans — Gildersleeve, 52; Yale, 51 ; 

Fulton, 46 ; Coleman, 52 ; Bodine, 51 ; Dakin, 51. 

Total 303. 
Irishmen — Wilson, 55; Hamilton, 51; McKenna, 53; 

Milner, 41 ; Johnson, 50 ; Pollock, 49. Total 299. 

A most enthusiastic ovation was given to the American 
team on their return from Dollymount in the evening. A 
grand banquet in their honor was given by the lord mayor 



YACHTING. 113 

of Dublin at the Mansion House. A large number of dis- 
tinguished guests, including the lord mayors of London 
and York, were present. The Irish riflemen admit the 
superiority of the Americans throughout the match, and 
acknowleged thgir victory was fairly won. The compara- 
tive merits of muzzle and breech-loaders are widely dis- 
cussed. The American team used breech-loaders and the 
Irish team all used muzzle-loaders. 



YACHTING, 1875. 



EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL REGATTA OF THE BROOKLYN YACHT 
CLUB. 

Saturday, June 19th, was the day of days for a yacht 
race, and well may the Brooklyn Club bless its good for- 
tune for such early spring breezes in the usually quiet 
June month. The following yachts started : 

SCHOONERS. 

Madeleine, Com. J. S. Dickerson ; Comet, W. H. Lang- 
ley ;, Clio, Bradhurst & Asten ; Leathea, W. H. Sanford. 

FIRST-CLASS SLOOtS. 

Undine, Brasher & Fowler ; Sadie, M. T. Davidson ; 
White Wing, A. P. Blivin. 

SECOND-CLASS SLOOPS. 

Maggie B, C. S. vStratton ; Emma S, J. J. Treadwell ; 
Elizabeth, M. S. Tynan ; Lizzie L, J. G. Johnson ; 
Schemer, C. H. Hall ; Maria, R. H. Huntley ; Sophia, 
C. M. Felt. 

THIRD-CLASS SLOOPS. 

W. T. Lee, C. A. Cheever ; Victoria, Thomas Fry ; 
Florence, C. H. Foote. 



114 



YACHTING. 



At 11.22 the preparatory gun sent its booming signal 
over the assembled yacht squadron. At 11.33 the start- 
ing gun was fired, and hardly had the smoke lifted from 
the waters, ere the majestic Madeleine slipped her sheets 
and dashed across the line under lower sails. The Clio 
and Comet quickly followed in her wake. The other 
classes were started, and soon all was life and animation 
as the white winged beauties sportively leapt onward 
through the foaming waters. The yachts crossed the line 
as follows : 

YACHTS. 

Madeleine, 11 h. 33m. 20s ; Clio, 1 Ih. 35m. 45s ; Comet, 
llh. 38m. 10s; Undine, llh. 39m. 32s; Lethea, llh. 
41m. lis; White Wing, llh. 42m. 02s; Emma T, IJh. 
41m. 41s ; Schemer, llh. 47m. 42s ; Sadie, llh. 48m. 39s ; 
Lizzie L, llh. 49m. 13s ; Sophia, llh. 49m. 25s; Maria, 
llh. 49m. 53s ; W. T. Lee, llh. 50m. 55s ; Florence, llh. 
50m. 56s; Elizabeth, llh. 51m. 10s; Victoria, llh. 51m. 
20s; Maggie B, llh. 55m. 22s. 

Reaching out through the Narrows, the yachts felt the 
full force of the westerly wind, the larger schooners Jiter- 
ally ran away from the lesser boats, it being just their 
day. The smaller boats were mostly running under short 
sail ; in some cases a little too much caution was used. 
It is absolutely impossible to tell aught of the manoeuv- 
ering of the leading yachts, as they were so far ahead as 
to be undistinguishable. The yachts, which sailed over 
the ocean course, had it all their own way undisturbed by 
the presence of the august judges. The smaller craft 
went bowling merrily around the Southwest Spit in the 
following order : 

Sadie, 12h. 51m. 00s ; Schemer, 12h. 53m. 40s ; Lizzie 
L, 12h. 54m. 53s; Emma T, 12h. 55m. 07s; Maria, 12h. 
55m. 18s; Sophia, 12h. 57m; W. T. Lee, 12h. 59m; 



YACHTING. 



115 



Maggie B, 12h. 59m. 52s ; Victoria, Ih. 03m. 528 ; Florence, 
Ih. 06m. 05 ; Elizabeth, Ih. 06m. 45s. 

From this point the Fletcher steamed to Gedney's 
Channel Buoy, and timed the second-class schooners. 
The Schemer led the fleet in a gallant manner, and they 
rounded the buoy as follows : 

Schemer, Ih. 31m ; Lizzie L, Ih. 33m; Maggie T, Ih. 
33m. 50s ; Maria, Ih. 33m. 50s ; Sophia, Ih. 37m. 02s ; 
Maggie B, Ih. 40m. 07s ; Elizabeth, Ih. 48m. 30s. 

From this it was sharp on the wind and a dead beat 
home. The Judges' boat decided to take a short trip 
seaward to look after the big fellows, who could be seen 
skimming merrily homeward on the distant horizon. The 
Madeleine held her lead, the Comet following sharp after 
her. The other boats were all doing well, the water being 
comparatively smooth. About half-past three a sudden 
flaw swept over the Emma T. and knocked her down. She 
quickly righted, however, none the worse for her slight 
mishap, except losing a little of her advantage. The run 
home of all classes was a fascinating sight, and made a 
pretty nautical picture. The arrival home of the yachts 
will be found in the following table : — 



W. T. Lee, 

Victoria, 

Schemer, 

Maggie B. 

Emma T. 

Madeleine, 

Lizzie L. 

Comet, 

Maria, 

Clio, 

Sophia, 

TJndine, 

White Wing, 

Elizabeth, 



ARRIVAL. 


ACTUAL. 


CORRECTED- 


H. M. S. 


H. M. S. 


H. M. a. 


2 56 56 


3 06 00 


3 06 00 


3 00 08 


3 08 48 


3 08 28 


4 24 11 


4 36 29 


4 27 52 


4 25 48 


4 30 26 


4 28 26 


4 26 40 


4 38 59 


4 30-07 


4 42 27 


5 09 07 


5 19 10 


4 47 16 


4 58 03 


4 51 56 


4 50 48 


5 12 .38 


5 13 03 


4 65 18 


5 05 ir > 


5 05 25 


5 05 42 


5 29 57 


5 25 05 


5 06 48 


6 17 23 


5 02 53 


5 20 19 


6 41 47 


5 27 14 


5 22 21 


5 40 19 


5 29 22 


6 09 00 


6 17 50 


5 55 58 



116 tACSfiNG. 

Two prizes were given in each class. The club and 
flag officers' prize, to be awarded to the first and second 
yachts respectively in each class on time allowance. The 
Comet wins the club prize, beating the Madeleine by 5m. 
21s. ; the Madeleine wins the flag officers' prize, but, as 
Commodore Dickerson can hardly win his own prize, they 
will probably be reversed, the Comet receiving the flag 
oflicers' and the Madeleine the club prize. The Undine 
wins the club prize and the White Wing the flag officers', 
the former beating the latter by 2m. 59s. The Schemer 
wins the club prize and the Maggie B. the flag officer's 
the former beating the latter by 348. The Wm. T. Lee 
wins the club prize and the Victoria, the flag officers', the 
former beating the latter by 2m. 28s. 

The above is the corrected time, worked out according 
to the rules, but not the official time. 



DORCHESTER YACHT OLUB. 

The second regatta of the Dorchester Yacht Club was 
sailed June 17. The yachts started ofi" Nahant, and 
sailed over a distance of ten and a half miles. The wind 
was light from the Southeast at the start, but freshened 
considerably during the afternoon. There were five 
entries among the first-class centre-board yachts, three 
of the second-class, one of the third class, three of the 
fourth class, and six keel sloops. The Nimbus won in the 
first class, Mabel, second class. Tulip, fourth class, and 
Sunbeam, of the keel boats. The regatta gave universal 
satisfaction and was attended by a large number of spec- 
tators, including the yachts Dawn, Magic, Julia, Nina, 
Waif, Francena, Water Lily, and a number of others. No 
protests were made. The Judges were Messrs. W^. 
Whitney Louis, and Frank W. Weston. The next regatta, 



YACHTIKG. 117 

being the second of the championship series, will take 
place at Commercial Point, July 10. 

ATLANTIC YACHT CLUB REGATTA, 

On Tuesday, June 22, the tenth annual regatta of the 
Atlantic Yacht Club took place under brilliant j'^achting 
circumstances. The day was delightful on the water, the 
cool breeze making the air fairly seductive. The course 
was nearly the same as that laid down for the New York 
Yacht Club. There was a generous breeze all through 
the day, a.nd the yachts fairly revelled in the bright, 
blue waters and danced merrily over the glistening white 
caps. The following yachts entered ; 

SCHOONERS. 

Ariel, W. L. Swan ; Triton, Com. G. A. Thayer ; Peer^ 
less, Ex-Com. R. Maxwell ; Vision, G. H. Seeley ; Agnes, 
Vice-Com. L. A. Fish. 

FIRST-CLASS SLOOPS. 

Undine, W. C. Fowler ; Orions, R. Com. W. Cooper ; 
Madcap, J. R. Bush ; Maria, R. H. Huntley. 

SECOND-CLASS SLOOPS. 

Kaiser Wilhelm L, W. E. Greenleaf ; Genia, S. Homans ; 
Josephine, S. V. Lowell ; Barbara Feftchie, J. H. Rhodes ; 
Marguerite, C. T. Pierce, 

The starting gun was fired at 11.34, and the schooners 
dashed over the line, the Peerless with the lead, the 
others following closely. A few minutes later the sloops 
were sent on their mission, and the lower bay presented 
a picturesque sight as the tiny yachts went bounding 
onward, with their white canvas spread to the lively 
breeze. Once clear of the Narrows the breeze freshened 



118 YACHTING. 

considerably, and the lesser craft had to reduce sail. As 
the wind was south, it compelled a beat down the bay. 
The breeze kept coming, so that at the Hook the yachts 
had full enough of it ; most of the contending craft dis- 
pensed with topsails, and scudded along under lower 
sails. The run down to the Lightship was very inspiring. 
The Triton wsis the first to swing around, and quickly 
made sale to rush homewards. The other yachts turned 
in the following order : Undine, Agnes, Peerless, and 
Vision. It was now all sail and a grand rush for 
home. The Triton never did better work, and slipped 
through the water with the greatest ease, holding her lead 
well, with the Agnes close up, the Undine and Peerless 
having a merry tussle together. The yachts arrived home 
in the following order, and closed without exception, the 
finest race of the season. 

SUMMARY. 



Triton, 
Agnes, 
Undine, 



AKKIVAL. 


ACTUAL. 


COBBECTBD. 


H. M. S. 


H. M. S. 


H. M. S. 


4 29 07 


4 54 12 


4 54 12 


4 38 57 


5 02 55 


4 55 15 


4 43 34 


5 02 59 


5 02 59 


4 43 55 


5 10 16 


5 10 02 


4 51 30 


5 12 12 


5 07 26 


3 59 16 


4 18 41 


4 18 41 


4 03 49 


4 23 14 


4 22 32 



Vision, . 
Kaiser, 
Genia, . 

The rest of the yachts gave up the race and were not 
timed. The prizes were awarded as follows : Schooner 
prize, on time allowance, Triton, beating the Agnes by 
Im. 3s. ; first-class sloop prize, on time allowance. Un- 
dine, the rest not placed ; second-class sloop prize, on 
time allowance, Kaiser Wilhelm I., beating the Genia by 
3m. 51s. The Undine also wins the Livingstone Memo- 
rial Cup. 



119 



THE OAR, 1875. 

Below we give an account of some of the more impor- 
tant regattas that have occurred up to June 30 : 

Boston June 17. — Not the least of the features which 
helped to celebrate the Centennial were the rowing races 
between the crews of the West End Boat Club, which took 
place over the Charles River course. The contests were 
three in number for four-oared, double and single sculls. 
The attendance was very good, the river surface was in the 
best shape for fun, and the weather delightful. At half 
past nine the crews were called into line for the four-oared 
race. Three boats entered. The Bunten crew won in an 
easy manner ; the Butler crew having fouled the Fierce 
crew, lost them the race. For the double sculls there 
were two entries. The race was well contested through- 
out. No Name winning by a quarter length. The single 
scull had but two sterters This race was also a spirited 
affair, each doing his best from start to finish. Butler 
had a little the best of it until near the finish, when 
Ahearn spurted, and, amid much enthusiasm, the two 
crossed the line on a dead level, making the race a draw. 

SUMMARIES. 

Charles River course, June 17. — Rowing Regatta of 
the West End Boat Club, four-oared race, for a purse of 
$100. 
C. V. Bunten — T. Hegner (stroke), J. Tivnan, 

T. F. Butler, J. H. Butler (Bow) 1 

W. J. Peirce — M. Ahearn (stroke), J. O. Day, 

R. O'Brien, F. Pierce (bow) 2 

M. F. Wells — T. C. Butler ( stroke ), J. Shea, D. 

Collins, P. Brophy (bow) 3 

Time, 16 minutes. 



120 BASE BALL. 

Rowing regatta of the West End Boat Club. Double 
scull race in outrigged working boats for a purse of $50. 
No. Name — J. Hennessey and F. Downing ... 1 
Maud Muller — F. Buckman and J. Chandler . . 2 

Time, 16 minutes. 
Rowing regatta of the West End Boat Club : single 
scull race for a purse of $50. 

J. F. Ormand— T. C. Butler 

J. J. Coffee— M. Ahearn 

Time, 16 minutes. 



BASE BALL — 1875. 

The following table shows the relative positions of the 
several nines contesting for the championship, up to June 

28, 1875. 

Name or Club. g'?"'§°^WS*s|B^ 



S E 



I & 



Athletic — 510216300623 

Atlantic 0— 0000 2 0000 2 

Boston 33— 23 5 2 3 13680 

Chicago 001— 1200420 10 

Hartford, 2700— 34180424 

Mutual 01010—23200 » 

NewHaven 0000 10— 0001 2 

PhlladelpMa 1302203— 112 16 

Red Box 00000000-00 

Bt.Louis 0012 13022— 1 12 

Waihington 000000 4000 — 4 

Total loBt 6 19 3 7 10 14 23 12 13 5 19 131 



4 



531^ 









':.v'^^^'^ 






-rfs's^. 



?^g*i 






LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



llllllilllllllllllllill 

029 712 938 7 





Wi 
111 

itmPm 




